Chevrolet - Civic - Workshop Manual - 2008 - 2008 (2)

Factory Workshop Manual Make Honda Model Civic Engine and year L4-1.8L CNG (2008) Please navigate through the PDF using the options provided by OnlyManuals.com on the sidebar. This manual was submitted by Anonymous Date 1st January 2018 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations Alarm Module: Locations 65. In Steering Column Cover Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 8 Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 9 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 10 Alarm Module: Diagrams 219. Security Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 191. Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 11 Alarm Module: Service and Repair Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the immobilizer-keyless control unit (B). 4. Remove the two screws and the immobilizer-keyless control unit from the ignition key cylinder (C). 5. Install the immobilizer-keyless control unit in the reverse order of removal. 6. After replacement, register the immobilizer-keyless control unit, and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations Navigation Module: Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 15 Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 16 Navigation Module: Diagrams Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector A (17P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector C (12P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 17 Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector D (5P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector H (2P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 18 Navigation Module: Service and Repair Navigation Unit Removal/Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location. Also review the precautions and procedures in Restraint Systems before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. - Lay a workshop towel under the parts when working on them to protect the face panel from scratches or other damage. - Do not work in a dusty or dirty place. - Discharge static electricity from your body before and during the work. - Do not touch the circuit board(s) with your bare hands. - Do not work with dirty hands. - Be careful not to fold the flat plate cable. - Do not touch the terminal connector of the flat plate cable with your bare hands. (If you have touched it, wipe it off thoroughly.) - Before replacing the navigation unit, make sure to remove the customer's navigation DVD, and their audio CD, or PC card. Remanufactured navigation units do not come with a navigation DVD. Re-install the customer's navigation DVD, audio CD, and audio PC card into the new Remanufactured unit. If the navigation display won't open, manually remove the navigation DVD, audio CD, and PC card. 1. Make sure you have the 4-digit anti-theft code for the navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Eject the DVD from the original navigation unit. To avoid scratching or damaging the DVD, temporarily place the DVD in a jewel case. 3. Remove the subdisplay visor. 4. Remove the center pocket hole lid and bolts, then pull out the center panel (A). 5. Disconnect the connectors (B), then remove the center panel. 6. Remove the screws, brackets (A), and the navigation unit (B) from the center panel (C). 7. Install the navigation unit in the reverse order of removal, and make sure all connectors are secure. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then reinstall the customer's original DVD, verifying that the DVD is free of scratches or smudges. 9. Check any official Honda service website for more service information about the navigation system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 19 NOTE: Simply transferring the DVD from the original navigation unit to the new navigation unit does not assure the correct software for the vehicle will be loaded into the new navigation unit. Doing the DVD transfer without doing software patches may cause the new navigation unit to appear to be malfunctioning. 10. Enter the new navigation anti-theft code, then enter the audio presets. 11. Park the vehicle outside, and do the GPS initialization. 12. Give the new navigation anti-theft code to the customer. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 24 Heated Mirror Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations Seat Heater Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 28 Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 29 Seat Heater Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 30 - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 41 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 42 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 43 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams 235. ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 44 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 45 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 46 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 47 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation NOTE: ^ Do not spill brake-fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. ^ To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. Removal 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector (A) by pushing the lock (B) and pulling down the lever (C); the connector disconnects itself. 3. Disconnect the six brake lines from the VSA modulator-control unit. NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (D) and to the right-front (E), the left-rear (F), the right-rear (G), and the left-front (H) brake systems. 4. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit (I) with the bracket (J) from the body. 5. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket. Installation 1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit onto the bracket. 2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit to the body. 3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. 4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector to the VSA modulator-control unit. 5. Pull up the lever of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated. 6. Bleed the brake system. 7. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. 8. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 9. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS, and the VSA indicators do not come on. NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator and then induced into the normal brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay: Locations Component Location Index Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 55 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 56 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 61 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 65 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 66 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay When the PCM receives a demand for cooling from the A/C system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 67 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 71 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 72 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 73 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations Instrument Panel Control Module: Locations 66. Left Side Of Dash 67. Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 78 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 79 Instrument Panel Control Module: Diagrams 209. Gauge Control Module (Speedo) 236. Gauge Control Module (Tach) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 80 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 81 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 165. Fog Light Relay (Honda Accessory) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 90 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 91 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 92 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 93 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 94 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 95 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 96 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 97 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 98 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 99 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 100 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 101 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 102 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 103 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 104 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 105 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 106 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 107 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 108 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 109 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 110 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 111 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 112 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 113 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 114 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 115 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 116 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 117 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 118 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 115-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 119 Diagram 115-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 120 Diagram 115-2 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 126 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 127 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 128 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 129 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 130 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 131 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 132 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 133 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 134 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 135 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 136 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 137 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 138 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 139 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 140 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 141 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 142 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 143 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 144 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 145 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 146 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 147 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 148 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 149 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 150 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 153 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 154 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 155 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 156 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 157 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 158 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 161 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Locations Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 167 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 168 Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 177 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 183 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 184 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 185 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 186 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 187 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 188 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 189 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 190 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 191 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 192 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 193 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 194 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 195 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 200 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 206 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 207 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 208 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 209 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 210 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 211 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 212 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 213 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 214 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 215 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 216 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 217 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 218 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 219 Engine Control Module: Locations 46. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 220 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 223 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 224 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 225 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 226 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 227 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 228 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 229 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 230 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 231 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 232 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 233 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 234 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 235 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 236 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 237 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 238 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 239 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 240 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 241 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 242 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 243 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 244 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 245 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 246 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 247 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 248 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 249 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 250 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 251 Engine Control Module: Connector Views PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 252 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 253 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 254 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 255 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 256 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 257 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 258 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 259 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 260 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 261 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 262 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 263 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 264 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 265 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 266 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 267 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 268 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 269 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 270 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 271 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 272 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 273 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 274 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 275 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors NOTE: The PCM stays on up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS line first, can damage the PCM. 1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 2. Remove the cover (A). 3. Lift up the under-hood fuse/relay box (D). 4. Remove the coolant reservoir (E). Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 5. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 278 6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to a commercially available digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C). 7. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port from the terminal side. Do not force the tips into the terminals. NOTE: For accurate results, always use the pin probe (male). - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. - Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 279 Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection PCM Terminal Values PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 280 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 281 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 282 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 283 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 284 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 285 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 286 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures Engine Control Module: Procedures ECM Reset HDS Clear Command The PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as when the battery negative terminal or No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, PCM reset, and CKP pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except CKP pattern. If the CKP pattern data in the PCM was cleared, you must do the CKP pattern learn procedure. The CKP pattern clear command erases only CKP pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. Scan Tool Clear Command If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time (CKP pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs). After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: PCM idle learn procedure.; CKP pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete . DTC Clear 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. PCM Reset NOTE:If the low fuel indicator is blinking, the PCM can not be reset with the HDS. To reset the PCM, do the low fuel indicator troubleshooting . 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 289 Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Updating the ECM/PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during a troubleshooting procedures. - Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version. - Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. - To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 290 you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5 and clean the throttle body after updating the PCM. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE:If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the update function and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow what is shown in the screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM. Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position - Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger) - Shut down the HDS - Disconnect the HDS from the DLC - Reboot the HDS - Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body, 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped). 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 and 6 and clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM, 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Remove the battery. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 291 9. Remove the cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the PCM (E). 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=Triangle, C=Circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 21. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped) and set the clock. Idle Learn Procedure ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: - Replace the ECM/PCM. - Reset the ECM/PCM. - Update the ECM/PCM. - Replace or clean the throttle body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 292 NOTE: Cleaning the DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.) are off. 2. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. 6. Verify on the HDS data list that the idle learn procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 293 Engine Control Module: Removal and Replacement ECM/PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software version. - If you are replacing the ECM/PCM after substituting a known-good ECM/PCM, reinstall the original ECM/PCM, then do this procedure. - During the procedure, is any READ DATA, WRITE DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then continue. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 through 10,19 through 24, and 27 through 29, and do these procedures after replacing the ECM/PCM (USA, Canada models): - Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter. - Replace the ATF (A/T model). - Clean the throttle body. 5. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 6. USA, Canada models: Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 7. USA, Canada models: Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original ECM/PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new ECM/PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 9. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T system with the HDS. 10. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the battery. 13. Remove the cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 294 14. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). 15. Disconnect ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 16. Install the ECM/PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. USA, Canada models: Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS: NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 19. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 8, go to step 22 (A/T model) or step 25 (M/T model). Otherwise, go to step 20. 20. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 21. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 22. USA, Canada models A/T: If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 10, go to step 25. Otherwise go to step 23. 23. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 24. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 25. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 26. Enter the immobilizer code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 27. USA, Canada models: If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7 clean the throttle body, then go to step 28. 28. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 8 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 21, replace the engine oil and engine oil filter, then go to step 29 (A/T model) or step 30 (M/T model). 29. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 10 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 24, replace the ATF, then go to step 30. 30. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. 32. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 295 33. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 34. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system (if equipped), then set the clock (if needed). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 299 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 300 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 301 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 302 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 303 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 304 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 305 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 309 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 310 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 311 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 316 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 317 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 318 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 319 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 320 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 321 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 322 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 326 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 327 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 328 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 329 Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 333 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 334 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 335 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations Ignition Relay: Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 340 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 341 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 342 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Check the No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse. If the fuse continues to blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the ignition coils. 2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it. Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the ignition coil relay. 3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Check for continuity between each ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. 5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 345 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 11. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 346 Is there continuity? YES - The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 347 Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations 92. Under Middle Of Dash 112. In Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 352 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 353 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 354 Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 355 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 356 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 357 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams 246. ODS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 358 250. SRS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair SRS Unit Replacement SRS Unit Replacement Removal NOTE: If you are disconnecting only SRS unit connector A, skip step 2. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. 3. Remove the center console. 4. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), connector B (28P) and remove the TORX bolts (C), then pull out the SRS unit. Installation 1. Install the SRS unit (A) with new TORX bolts (B), then connect the connectors (C) to the SRS unit-push them into position until they click. NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against it's bracket before torquing the TORX bolt. 2. Reconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and seat belt buckle tensioner connector. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Calibrate the ODS unit. 5. Do the ODS unit operation check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 361 6. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 7. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 362 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair ODS Unit Replacement ODS Unit Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the passenger's side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the passenger's seat assembly and seat-back cover. 4. Disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (A) and sensor connectors (B) from the ODS unit (C). 5. Remove the two nuts (D) and the ODS unit. Installation 1. Place the ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two nuts (B), and connect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (C) and sensor connectors (D) to the ODS unit. 2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal. 3. Install the seat assembly, then connect the side airbag 2P connector. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the front passenger's seat. 6. Initialize the ODS unit. 7. After installing the ODS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams 218. Remote Starting Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 370 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 371 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 372 Starter Relay: Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 373 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 374 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 381 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 382 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 383 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 384 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 385 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 386 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 387 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 388 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 389 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 390 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 391 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 392 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 397 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 398 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 399 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 400 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 401 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 402 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 403 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 404 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 405 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 406 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 407 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 408 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 409 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 410 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 411 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 412 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 413 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 414 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 421 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 422 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 423 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 424 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 425 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 426 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 437 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Power Window Control Module: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 442 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 443 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 444 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 445 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 446 Power Window Control Module: Testing and Inspection Power Window Control Unit Reset Resetting the driver's power window is required when any of the following have occurred: - Power window regulator replacement or repair - Window run channel replacement or repair - Power window motor replacement or repair - Driver's door glass replacement or repair - Power is removed from the power window control unit while the power window timer is ON. - Power window master switch replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Move the driver's window all the way down by using the driver's window DOWN switch. 3. Open the driver's door. NOTE: Steps 4-7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (O). 5. Push and hold the driver's window DOWN switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Release the driver's window DOWN switch. 8. Repeat steps 4-7 three more times. 9. Wait 1 second. 10. Confirm that AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN do not work. If AUTO UP and DOWN work, go back to step 1. If they do not, go to step 11. 11. Move the driver's window all the way down by holding the driver's window DOWN switch. 12. Pull up and hold the driver's window UP switch to the AUTO UP position until the window reaches the fully closed position, then continue to hold the switch for 1 second. 13. Confirm that the power window master switch is reset by using the driver's window AUTO UP and DOWN function. If the window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times, paying close attention to the 5 second time limit between steps. If it still does not work, refer to the master switch input test: - 4-door - 2-door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 450 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 451 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 452 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Relays and Modules > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 463 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 464 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Page 468 Remote Switch: Service and Repair Audio Remote Switch Replacement 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the audio remote switch. 3. Install the audio remote switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Lock Cylinder Switch: Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 476 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 481 207. Left Of Rear Shelf (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 482 259. Fuel Fill Door Switch (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 483 Fuel Door Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Fill Door Switch Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove the these items: - Fuel pipe protector. - Trunk side trim panel, left side. 2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the fuel fill door switch connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B). 3. Open the fuel fill door, and from the wheel arch, remove the fuel fill door switch (A) by turning it 90 ° from the fuel receptacle adapter (B). 4. From the wheel arch, detach the clips, and remove the grommet (A), then pull the fuel fill door switch cable (B) out through the hole in the body. Take care not to kink the cable. 5. Install the switch cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check for damages or stress-whitened clips, and replace them with new ones. - Align the marks (A) on the sensor cable (B) with the cable clips (C) and grommet (D) as shown. - Make sure the grommet is installed to the body properly. - Make sure the fuel fill door switch connector is plugged in properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 484 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 490 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 491 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Door Lock Switch: Locations 130. Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) 137. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 495 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 496 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 497 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 498 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams 199. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Driver's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) 200. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Front Passenger's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 499 201. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Left Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) 202. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Right Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations 57. Left Side Of Dash 127. Driver's Door (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 503 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 504 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 505 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 506 212. Power Mirror Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 507 Power Mirror Switch: Service and Repair Power Mirror Switch Test/Replacement 2-door 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the power mirror switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Component Locations 167. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: DX; Canada) 173. Right Side Of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 512 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 513 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 514 Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 515 168. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: LX; GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 516 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Diagrams 88. Trunk Latch Switch (USA: DX, LX, GX; Canada) 127. Trunk Key Cylinder Switch (USA: LX, GX, 4-door EX, 4-door Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 520 Seat Heater Switch: Service and Repair Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center console front panel. 2. Disconnect the 6P (or 7P*) connector from the seat heater switch (A), then remove the switch. *: Front passenger's seat heater switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Moonroof Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations 48. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 528 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 529 42. Brake Fluid Level Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 530 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection Brake Fluid Level Switch Test Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down position and in the up position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations 75. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 534 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 535 Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 536 146. Brake Pedal Position Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 537 Braking Sensor/Switch: Adjustments Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment Pedal Height 1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulation. Lift up the insulation cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor. Standard pedal height (with carpet move aside): M/T: 153 mm (6 in.) A/T 158 mm (6 1/4 in.) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance 4. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Then, turn the brake pedal position switch 45° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 538 5. Check the brake pedal free play. Pedal Free Play 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), inspect the pedal free play (A) at the pedal pad (B) by pushing the pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in excessive brake drag. Free play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 542 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 543 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 544 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 545 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 549 Steering Angle Sensor: Service and Repair Steering Angle Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration. 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the steering column covers and the cable reel. 3. Remove the combination switch assembly. 4. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B). 5. Replace the combination switch (C). 6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: ^ Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body. ^ When installing the cable reel, set the turn signal canceling sleeve position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 553 Traction Control Switch: Testing and Inspection VSA OFF Switch Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel. 3. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector (B). 4. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the switch is pressed, and no continuity when the switch is released. 5. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5. There should be continuity at all times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 558 Wheel Speed Sensor: Connector Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 218. Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (Right Similar) (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 559 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams 95. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front 96. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 560 97. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front 98. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 561 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 562 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Apply multipurpose grease to the O-ring (D). ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 566 Yaw Rate Sensor: Service and Repair Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive. Do not use power tools. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the center console. 3. Remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (A) mounting bolts. 4. Pull out the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, then disconnect the sensor connector (B). 5. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 572 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 575 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 580 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal position switch. 2. Remove the clutch pedal position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position switch. - If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Switch: Locations 59. Steering Wheel (4-door: DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 584 Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 585 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 586 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations 9. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 591 VTEC Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 592 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 593 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 594 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams 116. EOP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 12. Oil Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 595 Oil Pressure Sender: Service and Repair EOP Sensor Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the EOP sensor connector (A). 3. Remove the bracket (B) and the EOP sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 599 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 600 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations 177. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 605 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 606 63. Outside Air Temperature Sensor (GX, EX, Si; Canada: LX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 611 103. Under Right Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 612 50. Evaporator Temperature Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 616 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 617 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 618 109. A/C Pressure Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 623 189. Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 624 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 625 Dimmer Switch: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 629 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 630 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 631 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 632 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 633 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 637 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 638 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram. 1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs. - If no problem is found, go to step 3. - If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the rear seat cushion. 5. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 6. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 8. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage. - If the voltage is OK, go to step 9. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: a short in the ORN (2-door: PUR) wire to ground. - an open in the ORN (2-door: PUR) or LT GRN (2-door: ORN) wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 639 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank. 11. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. 12. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 13. Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge assembly. - If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE: The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF, regardless of the fuel level. - Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 640 Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 644 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 645 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 646 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 647 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 652 39. Back-up Light Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 653 Backup Lamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Back-up Light Switch Test 1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A). 2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the change lever is only in reverse. 3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Install the new washer and back-up light switch on the transmission housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation Brake Light Switch: Description and Operation Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations Combination Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 660 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 661 208. Combination Light Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 662 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 666 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 667 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 668 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 669 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 670 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations 85. Middle Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 674 Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 675 167. Hazard Warning Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 676 Hazard Warning Switch: Service and Repair Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Remove the screws and the hazard warning switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb (A) or the hazard warning switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations 58. Steering Wheel (Lower Access Panel Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 680 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 681 10. Horn Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 685 Interior Light Switch: Service and Repair Interior Light Switch Test/Replacement With moonroof NOTE: The interior light switch is built into the moonroof switch, and it switches the front individual map lights between the OFF and DOOR positions. 1. Remove the front individual map lights. 2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector (A) and map light 3P connector (B). [ ] :'08 model 3. Remove the moonroof switch (C). 4. At the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector, check for continuity between the No. 1 [No. 7] and No. 8 [No. 9] terminals. [ ] :'08 model - There should be continuity when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position. - There should be no continuity when the interior light switch is in the OFF position. 5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the switch. 6. Install the switch and light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Locations Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 694 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 695 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 698 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 699 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 700 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 704 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 705 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 706 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 707 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation Barometric Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 714 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 715 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 716 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 719 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 720 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 721 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 725 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 728 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 732 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 733 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 734 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 735 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 736 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 740 Electric Load Sensor: Service and Repair ELD Replacement 1. Remove the ECM/PCM. 2. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box. 3. Remove the screw (A). 4. Turn the housing over, then remove the screw (A). 5. Turn the housing over again. Using two flat-tip screwdrivers, release the tabs (A), and pry up the fuse/relay box base (B) from the fuse/relay box housing (C). NOTE: Make sure the terminals (D) are not bent or damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 741 6. Remove the ELD (A). 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 748 118. FTP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 749 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 750 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair FTP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTP sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 757 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG): Service and Repair FTT Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTT sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 761 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 762 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 763 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 764 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 768 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 769 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 770 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 771 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 775 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 776 121. MAP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 777 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 778 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Service and Repair MAP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 782 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 783 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 788 25. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 789 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams 139. A/F Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 149. HO2S, Secondary (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the TWC, and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor > Page 792 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC), and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal heater. The PCM compares the HO2S output with the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The secondary HO2S is located on the TWC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair A/F Sensor Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on S6176, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 795 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair Secondary HO2S Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), then remove the secondary HO2S (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 799 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 800 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 801 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 802 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 803 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 804 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 805 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 809 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 810 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 814 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 815 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 816 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 817 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 818 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 819 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 820 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 821 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 822 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 827 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 828 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 831 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 832 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 833 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 837 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 838 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 839 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 840 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 201. Right Rear Of Engine (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 844 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 845 264. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1. 2. Remove the fuel pressure switch (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 848 Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Remove the fuel feed hose (A). 4. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations 198. Rear Of Engine (GX) 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 852 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 853 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Diagrams 258. FTT Sensor (GX) 263. Fuel Temperature Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 854 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the fuel temperature sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 858 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 859 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 864 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 865 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 866 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 869 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 870 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 871 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 875 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 876 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 877 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 878 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 879 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 883 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 884 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 887 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 888 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 889 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 890 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 891 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 892 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 893 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 894 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 895 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 896 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 897 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 898 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 899 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 900 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 901 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 902 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 903 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 904 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 905 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 906 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 907 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 908 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 909 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 910 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 911 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 912 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 913 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 914 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 915 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 916 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 917 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 921 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 922 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 923 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 924 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations 119. Left Side Of Floor (Right Similar) (2-door) 122. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (2-door) 123. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 929 147. Left C-pillar (4-door) 178. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper (Right Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 930 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 931 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 932 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 933 Impact Sensor: Diagrams 57. Impact Sensor, Left Front 58. Impact Sensor, Right Front 78. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Left Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 934 79. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Right 157. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Left 158. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the front seat assembly. 4. Remove the front door sill inner trim. 5. Remove the lower B-pillar lower trim panel. 6. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the side impact sensor (first). 7. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the side impact sensor (first) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (first) with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (first). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the side impact sensor (first) confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 937 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side curtain airbag 2P connector. 3. For 2-door models: Remove the door sill trim, and the rear side trim panel. For 4-door models: Remove the rear seat cushion and seat side bolster. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor (second). 5. Remove the TORX bolt (A) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (second) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (second) with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the side impact sensor (second), confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 938 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Front Impact Sensor Replacement Front Impact Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector, the front passenger's airbag 4P connector, both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors, and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors. 3. Remove the front inner fender. 4. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the front impact sensor (C). Replace the bolt. Installation 1. Install the front impact sensor with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor (C). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations 120. Middle Of Floor SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 942 152. Rear Safing Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 943 Safing Sensor: Service and Repair Rear Safing Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both side curtain airbag 2P connectors. 3. Remove the rear seat. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the rear safing sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the rear safing sensor (B). Installation 1. Install the rear safing sensor (A) with a new TORX bolt (B) then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (C) to the rear safing sensor. 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the rear safing sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations 108. Under Driver's Seat 110. Under Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 947 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams 125. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Driver's 126. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization Seat Occupant Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization 08-041 June 7, 2008 Applies To: 2007 08 Civic ALL 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL ODS Unit Initialization, ODS Unit Calibration, and Seat Weight Sensor Output Check With Manual Mode BACKGROUND The 2006 2008 Civic Service Manual shows procedures for the occupant detection system (ODS) unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration, and the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check after a vehicle collision These procedures are normally done by following the on-screen instructions on the HDS Due to some software variations between the SRS unit and the ODS unit in some vehicles, when doing one of these procedures, the HDS may indicate to do the procedure with manual mode However these manual mode procedures are not in the service manual In these cases, follow the procedures in this bulletin to do the ODS unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration or the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check with manual mode NOTE Even though these procedures are done manually, an HDS is still required. This bulletin covers these procedures ^ ODS Unit Initialization With Manual Mode ^ ODS Unit Calibration With Manual Mode ^ Front Passengers Seat Weight Sensors Output Check After a Vehicle Collision With Manual Mode TOOL INFORMATION SCS Service Connector: P/N O7PAZ0010100 H/C 4231189 ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Initialize the ODS unit after replacing the seat back cover, the seat back cushion, and/or the ODS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs NOTE: A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS sensor can cause DTC 85-71. If you read this DTC, continue with this procedure. 2. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat back to a normal upright position Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS, but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 952 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer flashes no. 8. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is initialized. Go to ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is initialized, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not initialized. Repeat steps 3 thru 13. If after three attempts you cannot initialize the ODS unit, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. Do not use a jumper wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 953 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (0). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Always calibrate the ODS unit after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components (except the ODS unit or the seat weight sensors), after a vehicle collision, or after replacing the SRS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs. 2. Adjust the front passengers seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to the forward-most position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS (but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS. 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer display flashes no. 8. Buckle the driver's seat belt. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, buckle the driver's seat belt. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is calibrated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then go to FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is calibrated, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not calibrated. Repeat steps 8 thru 13. If after three attempts the ODS unit does not calibrate, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 954 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (I I). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: ^ Always check the front passenger's seat weight sensor output after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components, except the ODS unit, and after a vehicle collision. ^ Make sure the SCS line is not shorted by the HDS. 1. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to a normal upright position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for the passenger airbag OFF indicator to go off. 3. Apply the specified weight to the front passenger's seat: ^ 4-door: 58 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant is 58 pounds.) ^ 2-door: 64 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant and a 1 gallon jug of VTM-4 fluid is 64 pounds.) 4. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice to release any stiction that may be present in the seat weight sensors. 5. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should come on and stay on. If the indicator does not come on, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them. 6. Add another 15-20 pounds of weight to the front passenger's seat. 7. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice. 8. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should go off. ^ If the indicator goes off, the front passenger's weight sensors are OK. ^ If the indicator does not go off, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them, then repeat steps 1 thru 8. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Seat Occupant Sensor: Component Locations 113. Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) 114. Right Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 957 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 958 111. Under Front Passenger's Seat (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 959 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams 94. Weight Sensor, Inner Side Front Passenger's (2-door) 133. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Inner Side) (4-door) 134. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Outer Side) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 960 135. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Inner Side) (4-door) 136. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Outer Side) (4-door) 137. Weight Sensor, Outer Side Front Passenger's (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 4-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 4-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly section. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX E18 socket, remove the TORX nuts (A) attaching the seat track (B) to the front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the front passenger's weight sensors (E), then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. 1. Install the new front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors under the seat track. 2. Apply multipurpose grease to the spring washer and bushing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 963 3. Insert a 3.5 mm center punch into the hole in the cushion frame to position the spring washers, when tightening the TORX nuts (A). Begin with the (1) and tighten them in crisscross pattern in two or more steps. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 964 4. Using the pin driver to position the spring washers, torque the TORX nuts in the sequence shown in two or more steps. 5. Make sure the gap between the spring washer (A) and the seat track (B) is more than 4 mm, as shown. 6. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 7. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 8. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 9. Calibrate the ODS unit. 10. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 965 Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 2-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 2-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX T27 bit, remove the tamper-resistant TORX bolts (A) that attach the seat track (B) to the weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the ODS unit harness, then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure both of the hooks (A) on the seat track are properly secured to the front bracket (B). If the hooks are not properly secured, the seat weight sensors will not function properly. 1. Install the new front passenger's weight sensors with tamper-resistant TORX bolts (C) under the seat track. 2. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 3. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Calibrate the ODS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 966 6. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come ON for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations 106. Under Driver's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 970 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 971 70. Seat Position Sensor, Driver's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 972 Seat Position Sensor: Service and Repair Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement Removal NOTE: - Removal of the driver's seat position sensor must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable while removing the driver's seat position sensor. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector. 3. Remove the driver's seat assembly. 4. Disconnect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's seat position sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the driver's seat position sensor. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness so it does not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable, while installing the driver's seat position sensor. - After installing the driver's seat position sensor, make sure it is clean. Keep it away from dust. 1. Install the driver's seat position sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector to the driver's seat position sensor (B). 2. Install the driver's seat assembly. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations Clutch Switch: Locations 73. Under Left Side Of Dash (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 977 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 978 45. Clutch Interlock Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 979 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Interlock Switch Test M/T 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch. - If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 980 Clutch Switch: Adjustments Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment NOTE: ^ Check the clutch pedal position switch. ^ Check the clutch interlock switch. ^ The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. ^ If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and pushrod, the release bearing will be held against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Lift up the carpet (A). At the insulator cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side of the pedal pad (B). 2. Loosen the clutch pedal position switch locknut (A), and back off the clutch pedal position switch (B) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal (C). 3. Loosen the clutch pushrod locknut (D), and turn the pushrod (E) in or out to get the specified height (F), stroke (G), free play (H), and disengagement height (I) at the clutch pedal. F Clutch Pedal Height: 157 mm (6.18 in.) G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 130 - 140 mm (5.12 - 5.51 in.) H Clutch Pedal Free Play: 10 - 18 mm (0.39 - 0.71 in.) Clutch Pedal Disengagement Height: 77 mm (3.03 in.) 4. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. 5. With the clutch pedal released, turn in the clutch pedal position switch until it contacts the clutch pedal. 6. Turn in the clutch pedal position switch an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. 7. Tighten the clutch pedal position switch locknut. 8. Loosen the clutch interlock switch locknut (J). 9. Press the clutch pedal to the floor. 10. Release the clutch pedal 9 - 12 mm (0.35 - 0.47 in.) from the fully pressed position, and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch (K) so the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 11. Tighten the clutch interlock switch locknut. 12. Check the clutch operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 984 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 985 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 988 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 989 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 990 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 991 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 992 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 993 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 994 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 995 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 996 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 997 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 998 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 999 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1000 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1001 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1002 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1003 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1004 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1005 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1006 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1007 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1008 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1009 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1010 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1011 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1012 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1013 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1014 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1015 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1016 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1017 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1018 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1024 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1025 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1026 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1027 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1028 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1029 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1030 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1036 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1037 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1038 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1039 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1040 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1041 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1042 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1043 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1044 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1045 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1046 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1047 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1048 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1049 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1050 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1051 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1052 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1053 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1054 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1057 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1058 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1059 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1060 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1061 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1062 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1063 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1069 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1070 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1071 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 1074 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1079 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1080 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1081 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1085 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1086 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1087 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1088 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1089 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1090 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1091 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1092 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1093 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1097 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1098 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1099 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1100 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1101 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 1104 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1108 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1109 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1110 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1111 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 1112 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - M/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Window Switch: Locations 126. Driver's Door (2-door) 127. Driver's Door (4-door) 134. Front Passenger's Door (4-door) (2-door Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1121 135. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1122 Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1123 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1124 Rear Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1125 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1126 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1127 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1128 Power Window Switch: Diagrams 194. Power Window Switch, Front Passenger's 195. Power Window Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1129 196. Power Window Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1130 249. Power Window Master Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement 1. 4-door: Remove the passenger's switch (A). 2-door: Remove the passenger's switch. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4-door front passenger's door. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 1133 3. Connect battery power to the No. 4 terminal and ground the No. 7 (or No. 8) terminal. The switch light should come on. 4. If the continuity or switch light tests is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 1134 Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement 4-door 1. Carefully pry out the power window master switch (A). 2. Disconnect the 22P connector (B) from the power window master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN) The driver's switch is combined with the control unit, so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 1135 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1140 93. Washer Fluid Level Switch (Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1147 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1148 197. Wiper/Washer Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Sensors and Switches > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 1149 Wiper Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1159 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1160 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1161 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1162 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1163 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1164 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1165 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1166 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1167 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1173 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1174 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1175 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1176 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1177 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1178 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1179 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1180 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 1181 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1182 Alignment: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1183 Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1184 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1185 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1186 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1187 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1188 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1189 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1190 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1191 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1192 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1193 to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1194 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1195 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1196 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1197 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1198 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1199 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 1200 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1201 Alignment: Specifications Alignment Camber: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................... 0°00' ± 30' Rear (w/o "C" marks on the rear upper arm) .................................................................................................................................. -1°30', +1°05' -0°45' (w/ "C" marks on the rear upper arm) ..................................................................................................................................... -0°45' +1°05' -0°45' Caster: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................... 7°00' ± 1° Total Toe: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ................................ 0 ± 2 mm (0 ± 0.08 inch) Rear ............................................................................ ...................................................................................... 2, +2 -1 mm (0.08, +0.08 -0.04 inch) Front wheel turning angle: Inward .................................................................................................................................................. ...................................................... 40°06' ± 2° Outward ..................................................................... ...................................................................................................................... 31°55' (reference) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1202 Alignment: Service and Repair Suspension Wheel Alignment The suspension can be adjusted for front camber, front toe, and rear toe. However, each of these adjustments are related to each other. For example, when you adjust camber, the toe will change. Therefore, you must adjust the front wheel alignment whenever you adjust camber or toe. Pre-Alignment Checks For proper inspection and adjustment of the wheel alignment, do these checks: 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Make sure the suspension is not modified. 3. Check the tire size and pressure. Tire size: Front/Rear: P195/65R15 89H Tire pressure (at cold): Front/Rear: 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm2, 30 psi) 4. Check the runout of the wheels and tires. 5. Check the suspension ball joints. (Hold a tire with your hands, and move it up and down and right and left to check for wobbling.) 6. Bounce the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 7. Check that the steering column is set at the center tilt and telescopic position. Caster Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Check the caster angle. Caster angle: 7°00' ± 1° ^ If the measurement is within specifications, measure the camber angle. ^ If the measurement is not within specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Camber Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1203 Front Camber Adjustment The front camber can be adjusted by exchanging one or both of the damper pinch bolts with a smaller diameter adjusting bolt. The difference between the adjusting bolt diameter and the pinch bolt hole diameter allows for a small range of adjustment. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Loosen the damper pinch bolts (A), and adjust the camber angle by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1204 4. Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 6. Lower the vehicle to the ground, and bounce the front of the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 7. Measure the camber angle. ^ If the measurement is within specification, measure the toe-in. ^ If the measurement is not within specification, go to step 8. 8. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 9. Remove the front wheels. 10. Replace the damper pinch bolts with the adjusting bolts (A), and adjust the camber angle. 11. Tighten the adjusting bolts to the specified torque value. 12. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 13. Lower the vehicle to the ground, and bounce the front of the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 14. Measure the camber angle. If the camber angle is not within specification, repeat steps 8 through 13 to readjust the camber angle. If the camber measurement is correct, measure toe-in, and adjust it if necessary. Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Set the steering column to the center tilt and center telescopic position, then center the steering wheel spokes, and install a steering wheel holder tool. 2. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight ahead. Front toe-in: 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.) ^ If adjustment is required, go to step 3. ^ If no adjustment is required, go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. 3. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts (A) while holding the flat surface sections (B) of the tie-rod end with a wrench, and turn both tie-rods (C) until the front toe is within specifications. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1205 4. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts. Reposition the rack-end boot if it is twisted or displaced. 5. Go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Check the toe. Rear toe-in: 2 +2 -1 mm (0.08 + 0.08 -0.04 in.) ^ If adjustment is required, go to step 3. ^ If no adjustment is required, remove the alignment equipment. 3. Hold the adjusting bolt (A) on the trailing arm (B), and remove the self-locking nut (C). 4. Replace the self-locking nut with a new one, and lightly tighten it. NOTE: ^ Always use a new self-locking nut whenever it has been loosened. ^ Reassemble the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the eccentric facing up. 5. Adjust the rear toe by turning the adjusting bolt until the toe is correct. 6. Tighten the self-locking nut while holding the adjusting bolt. Turning Angle Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brakes, and measure the turning angle of both wheels. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1206 2. If the turning angle is not within the specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel Pressure ...................................................................................................................................... ............................... 204 - 326 kPa (29.58 - 47.3 psi)* *at idle, as measured at the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, using the HDS or a scantool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 1211 Fuel Pressure: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 °C (1000 °F). - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 1212 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel pressure can only be checked using the HDS and viewing the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR readings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications Idle Speed: Specifications Idle speed without load conditions ................................................................................................................................... 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Idle speed with load conditions ........................................................................................................................................ 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 1216 Idle Speed: Description and Operation Idle Control System When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the PCM sends signals to the throttle actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 1217 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: - Before checking the idle speed, check these items: The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs. - Ignition timing - Sparkplugs - Air cleaner - PCV system - Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) 5. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (A/C switch on, temperature set to max cool, blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the PCM idle learn procedure, If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to symptom troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1222 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1227 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1228 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications Ignition Timing: Specifications Ignition Timing M/T: ......................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Neutral A/T: ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in N or P Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 1235 Ignition Timing: Description and Operation Ignition Timing Control The PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressure. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 1236 Ignition Timing: Testing and Inspection Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in N or P (A/T) or neutral (M/T)) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness. 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). 10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM. 11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications Spark Plug: Specifications Electrode Gap Standard (New): .......................................................................................................................................... 0.7 - 0.8 mm (0.028 - 0.031 in.) Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1240 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plugs NGK: .................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................ IFR7F8DS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1241 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. - Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too hot - Insufficient cooling - Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too cold - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coils 2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE: Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. - When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification. NOTE: Do not adjust the gap (A) of iridium tip plugs. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark plugs as listed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1242 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 25 N-m (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1246 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the injectors from functioning. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 6. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the four ignition coils. 9. Remove the four spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Open the throttle fully, crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 880 kPa (9.0 kgf/cm2, 128 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. ^ Damaged or worn valves and seats ^ Damaged cylinder head gasket ^ Damaged or worn piston rings ^ Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the four spark plugs. 16. Install the four ignition coils. 17. Select ECM/PCM reset to cancel the ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS. 18. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1250 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you're going to check. 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on No. 1 cylinder and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1251 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw (A) until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. Tighten the locknut, and recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. 7. Tighten the locknut. Specified Torque: 7 x 0.75 mm 14 Nm (1.4 kgf-m, 10 lbf-ft) 8. Recheck the valve clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 3 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 10. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 4 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 12. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 2 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1252 14. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder. 15. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations Timing Component Alignment Marks: Locations Caution: Incorrect removal or installation of the timing chain can result in damage to internal engine components. For complete Timing Chain Removal and Installation information, please refer to Timing Chain; Service and Repair. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Drive Belt: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Inspection 1. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged, replace it. 2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt. After you inspected or replaced the drive belt, go to step 3. 3. If the maintenance minder required you to inspect the drive belt, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1259 Drive Belt: Service and Repair Drive Belt Removal/Installation 1. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from above the engine. Slowly turn the wrench in the direction shown, then remove the drive belt. NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner; you must turn the wrench slowly. 2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair Drive Belt: Electrical / Mechanical Repair Honda Serpintine Belt Wrench AST tool# HON1419 -Lightweight and slim design -Equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point securing attachments Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair > Page 1262 -Works on most Honda applications Contact AST for pricing Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1 800 525 2943 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair > Page 1263 Drive Belt: Aftermarket Tools Honda Serpentine Belt Wrench AST tool# HON1419 Honda serpentine belt wrench equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point secured sockets, for engagement every 30 degrees. Ideal for strong tensioners used on 2006 and newer civics. - Lightweight and Slim design - Equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point securing attachments - Works on most Honda applications Contact AST for pricing. Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1-800-525-2943 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1269 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Cabin Air Filter > Component Information > Service and Repair Cabin Air Filter: Service and Repair Dust and Pollen Filter Replacement 1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then let the glove box hang down. 2. Remove the dust and pollen filter assembly (A) from the evaporator. 3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter. 4. Install the filter in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leaking out of the evaporator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fluid Filter - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Fluid Filter - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Filter Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the ATF warmer hose (A) from the ATF filter (B). 3. Remove the ATF filter holder (C). 4. Remove the bolt (D) securing the ATF inlet line (E). 5. Remove the joint bolt (F) from the ATF inlet line. 6. Disconnect the ATF filter from the ATF warmer hose (G), and replace it with new one. 7. Slide the ATF warmer hose (A) on the new ATF filter until the hose end contacts the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (H) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (I) from the filter housing. 8. Install the ATF filter and the ATF inlet line/hose with the joint bolt and new sealing washers (J). 9. Secure the ATF filter with the ATF filter holder and the bolt. 10. Slide the ATF warmer hose (G) on the ATF filter until the hose end contacts the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (K) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (L) from the filter housing. 11. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1280 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1281 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair Engine Oil Filter Replacement Special Tools Required Oil filter wrench 07HAA-PJ70101 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. 3. Inspect the threads (A) and rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Clean the seat on the oil pan, then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 4. Install the oil filter by hand. 5. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. 6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or V to VVVV) are printed around the outside of the filter, you can use the following procedure to tighten the filter. ^ Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the oil pan, and note which number or mark is at the bottom. ^ Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted. For example, if mark V is at the bottom when the seal is lightly seated, tighten the filter until the mark VVVV comes around to the bottom. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Filters > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1285 7. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for at least 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Hoses > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Service and Repair Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications Brake Fluid Type Honda heavy duty brake fluid DOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary replacement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications CLUTCH LINE FLUID TYPE Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Coolant Replacement 4-door model Coolant change M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.37 US gal (5.2 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.40 US gal (5.3 L) Overhaul M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.72 US gal (6.5 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.77 US gal (6.7 L) 2-door model Coolant change M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.37 US gal (5.2 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.45 US gal (5.5 L) Overhaul M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.72 US gal (6.5 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.88 US gal (7.1 L) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1304 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications ENGINE COOLANT TYPE Always use Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Using a non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Premixing is not required. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1305 Coolant: Testing and Inspection Coolant Check 1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and MIN mark (B). 2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add coolant to bring it between the MIN and MAX marks, then inspect the cooling system for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1306 Coolant: Service and Repair Coolant Replacement 1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat, then turn off the ignition switch. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch. 2. Remove the radiator cap. 3. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant. 4. Remove the drain bolt (A) located at the front of the engine block. 5. After the coolant has drained, apply liquid gasket to the drain bolt threads, then reinstall the bolt with a new washer and tighten it securely. 6. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. 7. Remove the coolant reservoir, then drain the coolant, and reinstall the reserve tank. 8. Fill the coolant reservoir tank to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1307 9. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck. 10. Loosely install the radiator cap. 11. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 12. If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine coolant, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 20. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine coolant, go to step 13. 13. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1308 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 16. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 17. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 18. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 19. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS. 20. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed. 21. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again, and check for leaks. 22. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 23. Reset the maintenance information display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Fluid change ........................................................................................................................................ ...................................................... 2.4 US qts (2.5 L) Overhaul .......................................................... .......................................................................................................................................... 5.9 US qts (6.2 L) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1313 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications A/T Fluid Type .............................................................................................................................. Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF)-Z1, P/N 08200-9001 Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Level Check ATF Level Check NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Park the vehicle on the level ground. 2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up more than two cycles of the cooling fan. NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60 - 90 seconds after turning the engine off. Higher fluid level may be indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice or more. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A), and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark (A) and the lower mark (B). 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid leaks at the transmission, the hoses, and the line joints. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the transmission with ATF. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is below the lower mark: ^ Transmission damage will result. ^ The vehicle might not move in any gear. ^ The vehicle may accelerate poorly, and flare when starting off in D and R. ^ The engine may vibrate at idle. 7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is above the upper mark, the vehicle may creep forward while in N, or have problems shifting. 8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF through the dipstick hole (A) to bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Do not fill the fluid above the upper mark. Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1316 9. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1317 Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Replacement ATF Replacement NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the engine off. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid into the dipstick hole to bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity: 2.4 L (2.5 US qt, 2.1 Imp qt) at change 5.9 L (6.2 US qt, 5.2 Imp qt, at overhaul 6. Check that the fluid level is between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. 7. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission. 8. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 9. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and reset the ATF life with the HDS. 11. '06 4-door model and '07-08 2 and 4 door models: If the maintenance minder recommends replacing the ATF, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not recommend replacing the ATF, go to step 12. ^ '06 2-door model: If the maintenance minder recommends replacing the ATF, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not recommend replacing the ATF, notify the customer that the maintenance minder service interval has not been reached and the maintenance minder will still be on the same interval as before. 12. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 13. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 14. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 15. Select RESETTING THE ATF with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the engine oil at the same time with the ATF, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 1318 instead. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid - M/T: Specifications M/T Fluid Type ........................................................................................................................................ Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF): P/N 08798-9016 Always use Honda MTF. Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil At Oil Change ..................................................................................................................... .............................................................................. 3.5L (3.7 Qt) At Oil Change including Filter .............................................................................................................. ............................................................ 3.7L (3.9 Qt) After Engine Overhaul ......................................................................................................................... ............................................................. 4.5L (4.8 Qt) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1326 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil Honda Motor Oil: P/N 08798-9023 API Classification .................................................................................................................................... Make sure the label says "For Gasoline Engines". SAE Viscosity .............................................................................. ............................................................................................................................... 5W-20 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1327 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Engine Oil Replacement 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B). 4. Refill the engine with the recommended oil. 5. '06 4-door model and '07-08 2 and 4-door models: If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine oil, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 13. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine oil, go to step 6. '06 2-door model: If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine oil, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 13. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine oil, notify the customer that the maintenance minder term was not reset and the maintenance minder will indicate to replace the engine oil before it is actually needed. 6. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 10. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 11. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 12. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS instead. 13. Run the engine for at least 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1328 14. Reset the maintenance information display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Specifications Power Steering Fluid Type Honda power steering fluid preferred, or another brand of fluid as a temporary replacement. Do not use ATF. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1332 Power Steering Fluid: Service and Repair Fluid Replacement Check the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, and add the recommended fluid as necessary. Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Use of any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. 1. Remove the reservoir from its holder. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the return hose (A) to drain the reservoir. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. 2. Connect a hose (B) of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a suitable container. 3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off the engine. Discard the fluid. 4. Reinstall the return hose on the reservoir. 5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (C). 6. Start the engine and run it at idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air from the system. 7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line. 8. If the fluid is contaminated, dark, or discolored, repeat the procedure as necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection Refrigerant: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection 07-030 October 12, 2007 Applies To: ALL Vehicles With Conventional A/C Compressors A/C Leak Detection (Supersedes 07-030, dated June 15, 2007, to update the information marked by asterisks) The OPTIMAX Jr. (TM)A/C Leak Detection Kit for Honda vehicles, P/N TRP124893, is a new required tool. The kit is used to add small amounts of dye to A/C systems to help locate smaller leaks that an electronic leak detector might not find. When searching for leaks, always begin by using an electronic leak detector. Refer to Service Bulletin 97-027, Denso HLD-100 Halogen Leak Detector; for tips on using this tool, then follow up with the OPTIMAX Jr. This new detection kit complements but does not replace the electronic detector. The kit contains: ^ TRP8640CS, OPTIMAX Jr. (TM) cordless, fluorescent leak detection flashlight lamp (includes 3 standard AA batteries) ^ TRP38600601, (6) 0.06 oz. (1.7 g) Tracer-Stick(R) R134a/PAG A/C dye capsules with ID labels ^ TRP3887, R-134a Universal Connect Set(TM) ^ TRP120884, GLO-AWAY(TM) dye cleaner ^ TRP9940, fluorescence-enhancing glasses ^ TRP1143, (1) empty Tracer-Stick dye capsule ORDERING INFO *One OPTIMAX Jr. A/C Leak Detection Kit was shipped to each current dealer as a required special tool. Additional kits and replacement capsules may be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. On the iN, click on Service, Service Bay, Tool and Equipment Program, Online Catalog tab, and Air Conditioning Equipment, or call.* NOTICE ^ Do not use leak-trace dye in any Honda hybrid vehicle equipped with a dual-scroll compressor This can increase the chance of electric shock. The compressor is easily identified by the orange high-voltage cable that is connected to the compressor body. ^ Only Tracer-Stick single-dose fluorescent dye capsules from Tracer Products (Tracerline(R)) are approved for use in Honda vehicles. Other dyes contain solvents that may contaminate the system's refrigerant oil, leading to component failure. ^ Adding excessive amounts of dye can lead to compressor damage and failure. USING THE OPTIMAX JR. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1337 1. Before adding any leak-detection dye, check to see if there is dye in the system now. ^ Check for a label in the engine compartment indicating that fluorescent leak-detection dye has been added to the system. ^ Dye may have been added even though no label is present. To confirm this: - Put on the fluorescence-enhancing glasses, and remove the low-side service port sealing cap. - Direct the ultraviolet lamp into the valve stem area. If dye has been previously added, the lubricant traces will have a bright yellow fluorescent glow. You may need to press the port's valve stem briefly to release some lubricant and dye from the system. ^ If there is no dye in the system, go to step 2. ^ If there is dye in the system, go to step 5. Do not add more dye. 2. Add the dye. NOTE: Air and moisture must be evacuated from the universal connect set if it is being used for the first time, or if it has been stored with the control valve open. If the air and moisture have been evacuated, go to step 3; otherwise do the following: (a) Attach the empty dye capsule (provided in the dye kit) to the control valve fitting. (b) Attach the service valve fitting (provided in the kit) to the empty dye capsule. (c) Attach the low-side hose of the A/C recovery and charging station, and open the quick coupler's hand-wheel valve. Then open the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set. (d) Following the manufacturer's instructions for your recovery and charging station, evacuate the universal connect set for approximately 3 minutes. (e) When evacuation is complete, be sure the set's control valve is closed (finger tight), and disconnect the NC recovery and charging station. (f) Remove the service valve fitting and the empty dye capsule from the set, and store them for future use. NOTE: ^ Check the refrigerant charge level. There must be enough refrigerant in the system to operate the A/C compressor and to circulate refrigerant oil. ^ If the refrigerant charge is too low, recover the remaining amount and recharge the system before adding any dye. (g) Start the vehicle and operate the A/C system. Follow your A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's operating instructions for low-side charging to install the dye. * NOTE: Only 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant is needed to push the dye into the A/C system.* (h) Once the refrigerant charge is programmed, open the control valve on the set to allow the dye to enter the system. (i) After the dye capsule clears, allow the low-side of the A/C system to reach its lowest operating pressure, then quickly close both the service equipment's low-side coupler valve and the control valve on the set. (j) Remove the set from the vehicle by releasing its quick coupler. Remove the empty dye capsule from the service valve fitting. Return the hose, control valve, and service-valve fitting to the storage case. * NOTE: Store the hose with the control valve closed. This will retain a small amount of refrigerant in the hose so it does not have to be evacuated the next time you use it.* (k) Fill out an identification label (provided in the kit), and attach it to a location near the A/C charge label. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1338 3. Connect the universal connect set and the Tracer- Stick dye capsule: (a) Be sure the quick coupler and control valves on the set are closed. (b) Remove the low-side service port sealing cap, and connect the set to the low-side service port using the quick coupler. (c) Hold a new dye capsule so that the embossed arrow is pointing up. Remove the black end cap, and carefully attach the capsule to the control valve fitting. NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing up or the dye will leak out of the capsule. (d) Turn the capsule so the embossed arrow is pointing down. Remove the orange end cap, and carefully attach the service valve fitting provided in the kit (finger tight). NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing down or the dye will leak out. 4. Connect the NC service equipment: With the universal connect set and dye capsule attached to the vehicle's low-side service port, connect the A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's low-side hose quick coupler to the service valve fitting. Open the blue hand-wheel valves on both quick couplers. Leave the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set closed. NOTE: * ^ If you have recovered refrigerant to weigh it as part of your diagnostics, or if there is a low charge, it is more efficient to recharge the system using normal procedures before installing the universal connect set. Dye can then be added using approximately 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant.* ^ You do not need to connect the service equipment's high-side hose to the vehicle to install the dye. If the high-side hose is connected, make sure its coupler valve is closed before proceeding. ^ Do not use the A/C recovery and charging station to recover or evacuate the A/C system when a full dye capsule is attached. The dye will be drawn into the service equipment instead of being added to the vehicle's A/C system. 5. Inspect the A/C system for leaks: (a) Run the A/C system for at least 15 minutes to circulate the dye through the system. Large leaks will be seen immediately as a fluorescent yellow glow. Smaller leaks may require at least 24 hours of vehicle operation before they become visible. Operate the A/C system as much as possible during this time to keep the dye circulating. (b) Stop the vehicle's engine and inspect the system for leaks using the ultraviolet (UV) lamp and fluorescence-enhancing glasses from the kit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 1339 Low ambient light conditions (a dark work area) will aid in locating the leak. NOTE: Not all UV lamps work well with all types of fluorescent dye. Use only the lamp provided in the kit to inspect for leaks. (c) Inspect the entire system. Be sure to check these locations: ^ damaged and corroded areas ^ fittings ^ hose-to-line couplings ^ refrigerant controls ^ service ports ^ brazed or welded areas ^ areas near attachment points (d) Check for evaporator leaks by illuminating the evaporator drain tube area with the UV lamp and glasses. (e) After repairing a leak, remove any fluorescent residue using the GLO-AWAY dye cleaner from the kit and hot water (follow the instructions on the bottle). Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Capacity: 400 to 450 g 0.40 to 0.45 kg 0.9 to 1.0 lbs 14.1 to 15.9 oz Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1342 Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications Refrigerant Type: R-134a refrigerant Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications A/C condenser ..................................................................................................................................... ..................................................... 50 mL (1 2/3 fl-oz) Evaporator ....................................................... ......................................................................................................................................... 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz) Line or hose .......................................................................................................................... ....................................................................... 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz) Receiver/Dryer ................................. ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz) Leakage repair ......................................................................................................... .................................................................................... 25 mL (5/6 fl-oz) A/C compressor : Since the oil separator is equipped inside the compressor for this vehicle, oil drainage is unnecessary at the time of compressor replacement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fluids > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 1347 Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Recommended PAG oil: SP-10 - P/N 38897-P13-A01 AH .................................................................................................................... ................................................ 120 mL (4 fl-oz) - P/N 38899-P13-A01 .......................................................................................................................... ............................................. 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Brake System Bleeding NOTE: ^ Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. ^ Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not be compatible. ^ Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake system. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level line (B). 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. 3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system. 4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then, loosen the bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1351 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. 6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until no air bubbles are in the fluid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1355 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1356 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1357 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1358 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1359 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1360 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1361 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1362 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1363 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Locations Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1369 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1370 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1371 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1372 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1375 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1376 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1377 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1378 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1379 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1380 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1381 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1382 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1383 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1384 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1385 Fuse: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1386 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1387 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1388 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1389 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1390 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1391 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1392 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1393 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1394 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1395 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1396 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1397 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1398 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1399 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1400 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1401 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1402 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1403 Fuse: Connector Views 34. Ambient Light In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 36. Automatic Dimming Inside Mirror In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 66. Remote Starting System In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1406 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1407 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1408 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1409 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1414 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1415 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1416 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1417 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1418 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1419 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1420 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1421 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1422 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1423 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1424 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1425 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1426 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1427 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1428 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1429 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1430 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1433 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1434 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1435 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1436 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1437 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1438 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1439 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1440 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1441 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1442 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1443 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1444 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1445 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1446 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1447 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1448 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1449 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1450 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1451 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1452 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1453 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1454 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1455 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1456 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1457 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1458 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1459 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1460 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1461 Fuse Block: Connector Views 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1462 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1463 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1464 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1465 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1466 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1467 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1468 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1469 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1470 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1473 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1474 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1477 Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1482 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1483 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1484 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1485 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1486 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1487 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1488 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1489 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1490 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1491 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1492 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1493 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1494 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1495 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1496 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1497 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1498 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 1499 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1500 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1501 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1502 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1503 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1504 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1505 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 1506 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1509 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1510 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1511 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1512 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1513 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1514 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Fuses and Circuit Breakers > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 1517 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Locations Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Indicator Reset How TPMS Works How TPMS Works The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator. ^ If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. ^ If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. ^ If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increase slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures can also increase or decrease slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. System Indicator Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset > Page 1524 Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Reset After Tire Rotation or Sensor Replacement Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation Maintenance Minder References: - For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service - For information on how to reset the display, refer to the article under Resetting the Maintenance Minder. See: Service and Repair The vehicle displays engine oil life and maintenance service items on the information display to show when to perform an engine oil replacement and other indicated maintenance service. Based on the engine operating conditions and accumulated engine revolutions, the onboard computer calculates the remaining engine oil life and displays it as a percentage. Engine Oil Life Display To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position, then push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator appears. If the remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent, the engine oil life indicator will display every time the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position. The maintenance minder indicator will also come on, and the maintenance item code(s) for other scheduled maintenance items needing service will be displayed next to the engine oil life indicator. The maintenance item code or codes indicate the main and sub items required at the time of the oil change. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1528 When the remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent, you will see a "SERVICE" message along with the maintenance item code(s), every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. The maintenance item code or codes indicate the main and sub items required at the time of the oil change. For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service You can switch the display to the odometer, the trip meter, and the outside temperature indicator (if equipped) by pushing the SEL/RESET button on the dashboard repeatedly. When the engine oil life is 15 to 1 percent, the maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) comes on every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position, then it goes out if you switch the information display. When you see this message, the indicated maintenance should be performed as soon as possible. When the remaining engine oil life is 0 percent, the engine oil life indicator will blink. The display comes on every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. The maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) also comes on and remains on in the instrument panel. When you see this message, the indicated maintenance should be immediately performed. If you do not perform the indicated maintenance, negative mileage is displayed and begins to blink after the vehicle has been driven 10 miles (10 km) or more. Negative mileage means your vehicle has passed the maintenance required point. Have the indicated maintenance done immediately. You can change the information display from the engine oil life display to the odometer, the trip meter, or the outside temperature (if equipped) every time you press and release the SEL/RESET button. When the engine oil life is 0 percent or negative mileage, the maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) remains on even if you change the information display. Immediately have the service performed, and make sure to reset the display. Refer to Resetting the Maintenance Minder. See: Service and Repair Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1529 Maintenance Main Items and Sub Items All maintenance items displayed in the information display are in code. For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service Important Maintenance Precautions If you complete the required service but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance intervals. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will no longer be an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1530 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair Resetting the Engine Oil Life Display Reference: - For information regarding interpreting the maintenance minder display refer to Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator / Description and Operation / "Reading the Maintenance Minder". Reset the display after completing the required maintenance service. You will see "OIL LIFE 100%" on the information display the next time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Reset the Maintenance Minder as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. 2. Press the SEL/RESET knob (or button if equipped) repeatedly until the engine oil life is displayed. 3. Press the SEL/RESET button for about 10 seconds. The engine oil life and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1531 4. Press the SEL/RESET button for more than 5 seconds. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100." Important Maintenance Precautions If you complete the required service but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance intervals. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will no longer be an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain "readiness codes" that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the PCM has been reset, these codes are reset. In some states, part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may fail the test, or the test cannot be finished. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. The MIL will come on for 15-20 seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are complete'. If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not complete. To set each code, drive the vehicle or run the engine as described in the procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Service Reminder Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 1535 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function. Does the MIL indicator flash? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach), and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK, replace the original gauge control module (tach). 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 4. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is a short indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P), then disconnect the HDS. 7. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A31 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A31) and the SRS unit, the DLC. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service and Repair Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair Lift and Support Points NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as the suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall safety stands. When substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift. Vehicle Lift 1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle's front support points (B) and rear support points (C). 2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle gently to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle support points for solid contact with the lift blocks. Safety Stands To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same support points (B and C) as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety stands when working on or under any vehicle that is supported only by a jack. Floor Jack 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift lever in reverse for manual transmission, or in the P position for automatic transmission. 2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted. 3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it. 4. Position the safety stands under the support points, and adjust them so the vehicle is level. 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1545 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1546 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1547 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1548 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1549 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1550 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1551 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1552 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1553 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1554 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1555 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1556 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1561 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1562 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1563 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1564 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1565 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1566 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1567 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1568 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1569 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1570 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1571 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1572 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1573 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1574 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1575 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1576 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1577 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1578 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1584 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1585 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1586 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1587 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1588 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1589 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1590 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1591 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1592 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1593 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1594 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1595 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1596 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1597 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1598 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1599 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1600 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1601 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1602 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1605 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1606 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1607 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1608 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1609 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1610 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1611 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Locations Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Indicator Reset How TPMS Works How TPMS Works The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator. ^ If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. ^ If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. ^ If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increase slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures can also increase or decrease slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. System Indicator Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset > Page 1618 Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Reset After Tire Rotation or Sensor Replacement Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1623 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1624 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1625 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1626 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1627 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1628 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 1629 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1630 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1631 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1632 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1633 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1634 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1639 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1640 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1641 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1642 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1643 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1644 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1645 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1646 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1647 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1648 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1649 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1650 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1651 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1652 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1653 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1654 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1655 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1656 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1661 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1662 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1663 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1664 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1665 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1666 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1667 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1668 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1669 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1670 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1671 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1672 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1673 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1674 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1675 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1676 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1677 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 1678 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 1679 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1682 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1683 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 1684 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1685 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1686 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1687 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1688 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheels: Testing and Inspection Wheel Runout Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. 3. Set up the dial gauge as shown, and measure the axial runout by turning the wheel. 4. Reset the dial gauge to the position shown, and measure the radial runout. 5. If the wheel runout is not within the specification, check the wheel bearing end play, and make sure the mating surfaces on the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel are clean. 6. If the bearing end play is within the specification but the wheel runout is more than the service limit, replace the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc or the, brake drum securely against the hub. 4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against the hub flange. 5. Measure the bearing end play by moving the brake disc or the brake drum inward and outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 in.) 6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1697 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1698 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1699 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1700 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1701 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1702 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1703 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1704 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Disc Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1705 Drum Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1706 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the two washers (A). 6. Remove the brake disc. 7. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 8. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 9. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1707 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 6. Install the hub bearing Unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the splash guard (A). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1708 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (E) from the knuckle. 5. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. 6. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 7. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 8. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self locking nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1709 9. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 10. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the backing plate (C) with brake shoes assembly from the knuckle. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1710 4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components, 5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt W and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self-locking nut. 8. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 1711 NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked-, positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed the brake system. Check for a leak at the brake hose/line joint, and retighten it if necessary. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications Spindle Nut Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1719 Wheel Fastener: Service and Repair Wheel Bolt Replacement Special Tools Required Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 NOTICE: ^ Do not use a hammer or air or electric impact tools to remove and install the wheel bolts. ^ Be careful not to damage the threads of the wheel bolts. Front (except Si model) and Rear 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the brake disc or the brake drum. 3. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using the ball joint remover (C), and keep the jaw (D) of ball joint remover vertical against the wheel bolt. 4. Insert the new wheel bolt (A) into the hub (B) while aligning the splined surfaces (C) on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. Adjust the measurement (D) with washers (P/N 94101-12800 or equivalent) (E), then install a nut (P/N 90304-SC2-000 or equivalent) (F) hand-tight. 5. Tighten the nut until the wheel bolt is drawn fully into the hub. Do not exceed the maximum torque limit. Make sure there is no gap (G) between the bolt and the hub. Limited torque: 108 N-m (11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 lbf-ft) max. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1720 6. Install the brake disc or the brake drum. NOTE: ^ If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the front hub or the rear hub bearing unit as an assembly. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. Front (Si model) 1. Remove the front hub. 2. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic press attachments (C) or equivalent tools. 3. Insert the new wheel bolt into the hub while aligning the splined surfaces on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. NOTE: ^ Degrease all around the wheel bolt. ^ Make sure the wheel bolt is installed vertically in relation to the hub disc surface. 4. Install the wheel bolt using a hydraulic press until the wheel bolt shoulder is fully seated. 5. Install the front hub. NOTE: If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the front hub as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair Towing Information: Service and Repair Towing If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another vehicle with a rope or chain. It is very dangerous. Emergency Towing There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle. Flat-bed Equipment - The operator loads the vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way of transporting the vehicle. To accommodate flat-bed equipment, the vehicle is equipped with front towing hooks (A), front tie down hook slots (B), a rear towing hook (C), and rear tie down hook slots (D). The towing hooks can be used with a winch to pull the vehicle onto the truck, and the tie down slots can be used to secure the vehicle to the truck. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1724 Wheel Lift Equipment - The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and lift them off the ground. The other two wheels remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way of towing the vehicle. Sling-type Equipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle's suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this method of towing is attempted. This method of towing the vehicle is unacceptable. If the vehicle cannot be transported by a flat-bed, it should be towed with the front wheels off the ground. If the vehicle is damaged, and must be towed with the front wheels on the ground, or with all four wheels on the ground, do this: Manual Transmission - Release the parking brake. - Shift the transmission to neutral. - Leave the ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I) position so the steering wheel does not lock - Make sure all accessories are turned off to minimize battery current draw. Automatic Transmission - Release the parking brake. - Start the engine. - Shift to the D position, then to the N position. - Turn off the engine. - Leave the ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I) position so the steering wheel does not lock - Make sure all accessories are turned off to minimize battery current draw. It is best to tow the vehicle no farther than 50 miles (80 km), and keep the speed below 35 mph (55 km/h). NOTICE: - Improper towing preparation will damage the transmission. Follow the above procedure exactly. If you cannot shift the transmission or start the engine (automatic transmission), the vehicle must be transported on a flat-bed. - Trying to lift or tow the vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Maintenance > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service and Repair Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair Lift and Support Points NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as the suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall safety stands. When substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift. Vehicle Lift 1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle's front support points (B) and rear support points (C). 2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle gently to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle support points for solid contact with the lift blocks. Safety Stands To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same support points (B and C) as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety stands when working on or under any vehicle that is supported only by a jack. Floor Jack 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift lever in reverse for manual transmission, or in the P position for automatic transmission. 2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted. 3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it. 4. Position the safety stands under the support points, and adjust them so the vehicle is level. 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1735 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1736 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1737 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1738 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1739 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1740 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1741 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1742 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1743 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1744 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1745 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1746 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1747 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1748 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1749 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1750 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1751 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1752 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1753 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1754 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1755 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1756 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1757 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1758 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1759 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1760 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1761 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1762 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1763 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1764 Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1765 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Description and Operation VTEC System - This mechanism improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load. - The VTEC mechanism changes the valve lift and timing by using more than one cam profile. - The VTEC system changes the cam profile (angle) at cruising speeds. (Cam angle is changed to obtain the desired EGR effect and reduce pumping loss). Operation At engine start, and high load - The rocker arm oil control valve is OFF. - Oil pressure enters secondary rocker arm B from the oil passage in the intake rocker shaft. This forces the VTEC switching piston into secondary rocker arm A against the return spring and disengages secondary arm A from secondary arm B to stop valve actuation. At cruise The rocker arm oil control valve switches oil pressure to the oil passage in the intake rocker arm shaft. Oil pressure then enters secondary rocker arm A, and it moves the VTEC switching piston in the rocker arm. This causes the VTEC switching piston to slide into secondary rocker arm B, locking secondary rocker arms A and B together. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1766 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Cylinder Head Component Location Index (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1770 7. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1771 68. Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Actuators and Solenoids - Engine > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 1772 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Service and Repair Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control valve connector (A) and the EOP sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the rocker arm oil control valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new rocker arm oil control valve filter (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 1776 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the injectors from functioning. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 6. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the four ignition coils. 9. Remove the four spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Open the throttle fully, crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 880 kPa (9.0 kgf/cm2, 128 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. ^ Damaged or worn valves and seats ^ Damaged cylinder head gasket ^ Damaged or worn piston rings ^ Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the four spark plugs. 16. Install the four ignition coils. 17. Select ECM/PCM reset to cancel the ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS. 18. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1781 Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Service and Repair Camshaft Sprocket Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the cam chain. 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 3. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 4. Remove the camshaft sprocket. Installation 1. Install the camshaft sprocket. 2. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft sprocket mounting bolt, and install it. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the rocker arm assembly. 4. Install the cam chain. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Camshaft: Testing and Inspection Camshaft Inspection 1. Remove the camshaft sprocket. 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 3. Put the rocker shaft holders on the cylinder head, then tighten the bolts, in sequence, to the specified torque. 4. Seat the camshaft by pushing it toward the rear of the cylinder head. 5. Zero the dial indicator against the end of the camshaft. Push the camshaft back and forth, and read the end play. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust cover and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft. 6. Remove the camshaft. 7. Wipe the camshaft clean, then inspect the lift ramps. Replace the camshaft if any lobes are pitted, scored, or excessively worn. 8. Measure the diameter of each camshaft journal. 9. Zero the gauge to the journal diameter. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1785 10. Clean the camshaft bearing surfaces in the cylinder head. Measure the inside diameter of each camshaft bearing surface, and check for an out-of-round condition. ^ If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is within limits, go to step 12. ^ If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit, and the camshaft has been replaced, replace the cylinder head. ^ If the camshaft-to-holder clearance is beyond the service limit, and the camshaft has not been replaced, go to step 11. 11. Check the total runout with the camshaft supported on V-blocks. ^ If the total runout of the camshaft is within the service limit, replace the cylinder head. ^ If the total runout is beyond the service limit, replace the camshaft, and recheck the oil. clearance. If the oil clearance is still out of tolerance, replace the cylinder head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1786 12. Measure cam lobe height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Removal Camshaft: Service and Repair Camshaft Removal Camshaft Removal 1. Remove the cylinder head. 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 3. Remove the camshaft sprocket. 4. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) sensor. 5. Remove the camshaft thrust cover (A), then pull out the camshaft (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Camshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Camshaft Removal > Page 1789 Camshaft: Service and Repair Camshaft Installation Camshaft Installation 1. Install the camshaft (A) into the cylinder head, then install the camshaft thrust cover (B) with new O-ring (C). 2. Install the camshaft position (CMP) sensor with a new O-ring. 3. Install the camshaft sprocket. 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the cylinder head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly. 3. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 4. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter. 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 6. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is beyond the service limit, replace the rocker shaft and all out of service limit rocker arms. If any intake secondary rocker arm needs replacement, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. VTEC Rocker Arms 7. Inspect the rocker arm pistons (B). Push on them manually. If they do not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1794 8. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly. 9. Install the rocker arm assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1795 Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection VTEC Rocker Arm Test VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 1. Start the engine, and let it run for 5 minutes, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the cylinder head cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). 4. Move the intake secondary rocker arm A for the No. 1 cylinder. The secondary rocker arm A should move independently of the secondary rocker arm B. ^ If the intake secondary rocker arm A moves freely, go to step 5. ^ If the intake secondary rocker arm A does not move, remove the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then check that the pistons in the secondary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. 5. Repeat step 4 on the remaining intake secondary rocker arms with each piston at TDC. When all the secondary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 6. 6. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 400 kPa (4.0 kgf/cm2, 57 psi). 7. Inspect the valve clearance. 8. Install a 10 x 1.0 mm adapter to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator. 9. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the specified air pressure. Specified Air Pressure: 290 kPa (3.0 kgf/cm2, 42 psi) 10. With the specified air pressure applied, move the intake secondary rocker arm A for the No. 1 cylinder. The secondary rocker arm A and secondary rocker arm B should move together. If the intake secondary rocker arm A does not move, remove the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the secondary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1796 11. Remove the air pressure regulator and the 10 x 1.0 mm adapter. 12. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (A). 3. Remove the lost motion holder bolts. To prevent damaging the lost motion holder and rocker shaft, loosen the bolts, in sequence, two turns at a time. 4. Remove the lost motion holder (A) and lost motion assemblies (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1799 5. Remove the rocker arm assembly (C), then remove the oil control orifice (D). Rocker Arm Assembly Installation Rocker Arm Assembly Installation 1. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. 2. Install the oil control orifice (A) with a new O-ring (B), then install the rocker arm assembly (C). 3. Install the lost motion assembles (D) and the lost motion holder (E). 4. Tighten each bolts two turns at a time in sequence. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1800 5. Adjust the valve clearance. 6. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1801 Rocker Arm Assembly: Overhaul Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly NOTE: ^ Identify each part as it is removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. ^ Inspect the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms. ^ If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in the same positions. ^ When removing, or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders and rocker arms on the shaft. ^ Remove the rocker shaft bolt before removing the rocker shaft from the No. 5 rocker shaft holder. ^ Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to any contact points. ^ Bundle the intake secondary rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set. ^ When replacing the intake rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new intake rocker arm assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1806 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1807 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1808 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1809 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1810 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1811 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1812 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1813 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1814 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1815 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1816 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1817 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1818 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1819 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1820 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1821 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1822 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1823 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1824 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1825 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1826 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1827 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1828 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1829 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1830 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1831 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1832 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1833 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1834 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 1835 Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1836 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Description and Operation VTEC System - This mechanism improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load. - The VTEC mechanism changes the valve lift and timing by using more than one cam profile. - The VTEC system changes the cam profile (angle) at cruising speeds. (Cam angle is changed to obtain the desired EGR effect and reduce pumping loss). Operation At engine start, and high load - The rocker arm oil control valve is OFF. - Oil pressure enters secondary rocker arm B from the oil passage in the intake rocker shaft. This forces the VTEC switching piston into secondary rocker arm A against the return spring and disengages secondary arm A from secondary arm B to stop valve actuation. At cruise The rocker arm oil control valve switches oil pressure to the oil passage in the intake rocker arm shaft. Oil pressure then enters secondary rocker arm A, and it moves the VTEC switching piston in the rocker arm. This causes the VTEC switching piston to slide into secondary rocker arm B, locking secondary rocker arms A and B together. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Camshaft, Lifters and Push Rods > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 1837 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Connecting Rod Bearing: Specifications Connecting Rod Bearing Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1842 Connecting Rod Bearing: Service and Repair Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the oil pan. 2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate. 3. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. 4. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 5. Place plastigage across the rod journal. 6. Reinstall the bearing half, and connecting rod cap, and torque the bolts to 20 Nm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft) + 90° using a commercially available torque angle gauge. NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 7. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. 8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 9. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearing, replace the crankshaft, and start over. Connecting Rod Bearing Selection 1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations 2. Each rod has a tolerance range from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments, depending on the size of its big end bore. It is then stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3 or 4/I, II, III, or IIII) indicating the range. You may find any combination of numbers and bars in any engine. (Half the number or bar is stamped on the bearing cap, the other half is on the rod.) If you can't read the code because of an accumulation of oil and varnish, do not scrub it with a wire brush or scraper. Clean it only with solvent or detergent. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1843 Connecting Rod Journal Code Location 3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft. 4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select the appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Connecting Rod: Specifications Connecting Rod Pin-to-rod clearance Standard or New ................................................................................................................................................ 0.005-0.015 mm (0.0002-0.0006 in.) Service Limit ............................................................................. ................................................................................................... 0.2 mm (0.0008 in.) Small-end bore diameter Standard or New ............................................................................................................................................ 19.969-19.975 mm (0.7862-0.7864 in.) Large-end bore diameter Standard or New .................................................................................................................................. ........................................... 48.0 mm (1.89 in.) End play installed on crankshaft Standard or New ........................................................................................................................................................ 0.15-0.35 mm (0.006-0.014 in.) Service limit ....................................................................................... .......................................................................................... 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) Connecting Rod Cap Difference in Diameter: Specification: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in.) Tighten to 20 Nm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft) + 90° Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Connecting Rod: Testing and Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1. Remove the oil pan. 2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate. 3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge between the connecting rod and crankshaft. 4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new connecting rod, and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit; replace the crankshaft. 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. 6. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust washers and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection > Page 1849 Connecting Rod: Testing and Inspection Connecting Rod Bolt Inspection Connecting Rod Bolt Inspection 1. Measure the diameter of each connecting rod bolt at point A and point B. 2. Calculate the difference in diameter between point A and point B. Point A-Point B = Difference in Diameter Difference in Diameter: Specification: 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in.) 3. If the difference in diameter is out of specification, replace the connecting rod bolt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod: Service and Repair Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the oil pan. 2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate. 3. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half. 4. Clean the crankshaft rod journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 5. Place plastigage across the rod journal. 6. Reinstall the bearing half, and connecting rod cap, and torque the bolts to 20 Nm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft) + 90° using a commercially available torque angle gauge. NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 7. Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. 8. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 9. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check clearance again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearing, replace the crankshaft, and start over. Connecting Rod Bearing Selection 1. Inspect each connecting rod for cracks and heat damage. Connecting Rod Big End Bore Code Locations 2. Each rod has a tolerance range from 0 to 0.024 mm (0.0009 in.), in 0.006 mm (0.0002 in.) increments, depending on the size of its big end bore. It is then stamped with a number or bar (1, 2, 3 or 4/I, II, III, or IIII) indicating the range. You may find any combination of numbers and bars in any engine. (Half the number or bar is stamped on the bearing cap, the other half is on the rod.) If you can't read the code because of an accumulation of oil and varnish, do not scrub it with a wire brush or scraper. Clean it only with solvent or detergent. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement > Page 1852 Connecting Rod Journal Code Location 3. The connecting rod journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft. 4. Use the big end bore codes and rod journal codes to select the appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement > Page 1853 Connecting Rod: Service and Repair Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Disassembly 1. Remove the piston from the engine block. 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A), and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). 3. Remove both snap rings (A). Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye protection. 4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158°F (70°C), then remove the piston pin. Inspection NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting rod when they are at room temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement > Page 1854 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole diameter in the piston. 4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement > Page 1855 Reassembly 1. Install one piston pin snap ring (A). 2. Coat the piston pin bore, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new engine oil. 3. Heat the piston to about 158°F (70°C). 4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B) with the mark (C) and the embossed mark (D) on the same side. Install the piston pin (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Connecting Rod, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Connecting Rod Bearing Replacement > Page 1856 5. Install the remaining snap ring (F). 6. Turn the snap rings until the end gaps are positioned at the bottom of the piston. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Coolant Drain Plug, Cylinder Block > Component Information > Service and Repair Coolant Drain Plug: Service and Repair Drain Bolt/Sealing Bolt Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications Crankshaft Main Bearing: Specifications Crankshaft Bearing Main Bearing Torque the bearing cap bolts in sequence to 25 Nm (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft) + 57° Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1863 Torque the 8mm bolts in sequence to 24 Nm (2.4 kgf-m, 17 lbf-ft) Main Journal Code Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1864 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Application and ID Main Bearing Selection Crankshaft Bore Code Location 1. Numbers, letters, or bars have been stamped on the end of the engine block as a code for the size of each of the five main journal bores. Write down the crank bore codes. If you can't read the codes because of accumulated dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Main Journal Code Location 2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft in either location. 3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes to select the appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1865 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1866 Crankshaft Main Bearing: Service and Repair Crankshaft Main Bearing Replacement Main Bearing Clearance Inspection 1. To check the main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the lower block and bearing halves. 2. Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop towel. 3. Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal. 4. Reinstall the bearings and lower block, then torque the bolts to 25 Nm (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft) + 57° in the proper sequence. NOTE: Do not rotate the crankshaft during inspection. 5. Remove the lower block and bearings again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage. 6. If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the crankshaft, and remove the upper half of the bearing. Install a new, complete bearing with the appropriate color code(s), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. 7. If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed above or below the current one), and check again. If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the crankshaft, and start over. Main Bearing Selection Crankshaft Bore Code Location 1. Numbers, letters, or bars have been stamped on either side of the engine block end as a code for the size of each of the five main journal bores. Write down the crank bore codes. If you can't read the codes because of accumulated dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent. Main Journal Code Location 2. The main journal codes are stamped on the crankshaft. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft Main Bearing > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1867 3. Use the crank bore codes and crank journal codes to select the appropriate replacement bearings from the following table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Crankshaft: Specifications Crankshaft Main Journal Diameter Standard or New ............................................................................................................................................ 54.976-55.000 mm (2.1644-2.1654 in.) Rod Journal Diameter Standard or New ............................................................................................................................................ 44.976-45.000 mm (1.7707-1.7716 in.) Rod/Main Journal Taper Standard or New .............................................................................................................................................................. 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. Service Limit ........................................................................................... ................................................................................. 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.) Rod/Main Journal Out-of-round Standard or New .............................................................................................................................................................. 0.005 mm (0.0002 in.) max. Service Limit ........................................................................................... ................................................................................. 0.010 mm (0.0004 in.) End Play Standard or New ........................................................................................................................................................ 0.10-0.35 mm (0.004-0.014 in.) Service Limit ..................................................................................... ........................................................................................... 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) Runout Standard or New .................................................................................................................................. .............................. 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) max. Service Limit .............................................................. ................................................................................................................ 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection 1. Remove the oil pan. 2. Remove the oil screen and baffle plate. 3. Measure the connecting rod end play with a feeler gauge between the connecting rod and crankshaft. 4. If the connecting rod end play is beyond the service limit, install a new connecting rod, and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit; replace the crankshaft. 5. Push the crankshaft firmly away from the dial indicator, and zero the dial against the end of the crankshaft. Then pull the crankshaft firmly back toward the indicator; the dial reading should not exceed the service limit. 6. If the end play is beyond the service limit, replace the thrust washers and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the crankshaft. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Connecting Rod and Crankshaft End Play Inspection > Page 1873 Crankshaft: Testing and Inspection Crankshaft Inspection Crankshaft Inspection Out-of-Round and Taper 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block. 2. Clean the crankshaft oil passages with pipe cleaners or a suitable brush. 3. Clean the keyway and the threads. 4. Measure the out-of-round at the middle of each rod and main journal in two places. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. 5. Measure the taper at the edges of each rod and main journal. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Straightness 6. Place the engine block on the surface plate. 7. Clean and install the bearings on the No. 1 and No. 5 journals of the engine block. 8. Lower the crankshaft into the block. 9. Measure the runout on all of the main journals. Rotate the crankshaft two complete revolutions. The difference between measurements on each journal must not be more than the service limit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft and Piston Removal 1. Remove the engine/transmission assembly. 2. Remove the transmission. 3. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate, clutch disc, and flywheel. 4. A/T model: Remove the drive plate. 5. Remove the oil pan. 6. Remove the oil pump. 7. Remove the cylinder head. 8. Remove the oil screen (A) and baffle plate (B). 9. Remove the 8 mm bolts in sequence. 10. Remove the bearing cap bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1876 11. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the lower block from the engine block in the places shown. 12. Remove the lower block and bearings. Keep all the bearings in order. 13. Remove the connecting rod caps/bearing. Keep all connecting rod caps/bearing halves in order. 14. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine. Be careful not to damage the, journals and the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate (B). 15. Remove the CKP pulse plate (B). 16. Remove the thrust washers (C). 17. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside with their respective caps. 18. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are pushed out. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1877 19. Use the wooden handle of a hammer (A) to drive out the piston/connecting rod assembly (B). Take care not to damage the oil jets or cylinder with the connecting rod. 20. Reinstall the lower block and the bearings on the engine in the proper order. 21. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each piston/connecting rod assembly. 22. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to make sure they are reused in the original order. NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod bore size. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1878 Crankshaft: Service and Repair Crankshaft Installation Crankshaft Installation Special Tools Required ^ Handle driver 07749-0010000 ^ Attachment, 24 x 26 mm 07746-0010700 ^ Oil seal driver attachment 9607ZAD-PNAA100 1. With a manual transmission, install the crankshaft end bushing when replacing the crankshaft. Using the handle driver and attachment, drive in the crankshaft end bushing until the attachment bottom against the crankshaft. 2. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage. 3. Check the main bearing clearance with plastigage. 4. Install the bearing halves in the engine block and connecting rods. 5. Apply a coat of new engine oil to the main bearings and rod bearings. 6. Install the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate (A) on the crankshaft (B). 7. Hold the crankshaft so that rod journal No. 2 and rod journal No. 3 are straight up, then lower the crankshaft into the engine block. 8. Apply new engine oil to the thrust washer surfaces. Install the thrust washers (A) in the No. 4 journal of the engine block. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1879 9. Inspect the connecting rod bolts. 10. Seat the rod journals into connecting rod No. 1, and connecting rod No. 4. Line up the mark (A) on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts finger-tight. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise, and seat the journals into connecting rod No. 2 and connecting rod No. 3. Line up the mark on the connecting rod and cap, then install the caps and bolts finger-tight. 12. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to 20 Nm (2.0 kgf.m, 14 lbf-ft). 13. Tighten the connecting rod bolts an additional 90°. 14. Remove any old liquid gasket from the lower block mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 15. Clean and dry the lower block mating surfaces. 16. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the lower block. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1880 17. Put the lower block on the engine block. 18. Apply new engine oil to the threads and flange of the bearing cap bolts. 19. Tighten the bearing cap bolts, in sequence, to 25 Nm (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft). 20. Tighten the bearing cap bolts an additional 57°. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1881 21. Tighten the 8 mm bolts, in sequence, to 24 Nm (2.4 kgf.m, 17 lbf-ft). 22. Use the handle driver and oil seal driver attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the engine block to the specified installed height. 23. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) and crankshaft oil seal (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Crankshaft, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1882 24. Install the baffle plate (A), then install the oil screen (B) with a new O-ring (C). 25. Install the oil pump. 26. Install the oil pan. 27. Install the cylinder head. 28. M/T model: Install the flywheel, clutch disc, and pressure plate. 29. A/T model: Install the drive plate. 30. Install the transmission. 31. Install the engine/transmission. NOTE: Whenever any crankshaft or connecting rod bearing is replaced, it is necessary after reassembly to run the engine at idle speed until it reaches normal operating temperature, then continue running it for about 15 minutes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Specifications Crankshaft Pulley Tighten to 69 Nm (7.0 kgf-m, 51 lbf-ft) + 90° Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1886 Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Service and Repair Crankshaft Pulley Removal and Installation Special Tools Required ^ Holder handle 07JAB-001020B ^ Crankshaft pulley holder 070AB-RJA0100 ^ Socket, 19 mm 07JAA-001020A, or a commercially available 19 mm socket Removal 1. Remove the right front wheel. 2. Remove the drive belt. 3. Hold the pulley with the holder handle (A) and holder (B). 4. Remove the bolt with a heavy duty 19 mm socket (C) and breaker bar, then remove the crankshaft pulley. Installation 1. Clean the crankshaft pulley (A), crankshaft (B), bolt (C), and washer (D). Lubricate with new engine oil as shown. 2. Install the crankshaft pulley, and hold the pulley with the handle (A) and holder attachment (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Harmonic Balancer Crankshaft Pulley > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1887 3. Tighten the bolt to 69 Nm (7.0 kgf-m, 51 lbf-ft) with a torque wrench and 19 mm socket (C). Do not use an impact wrench. 4. Mark the bolt head (A) and the crankshaft pulley (B) as shown, then tighten the bolt an additional 90° (The mark on the bolt head line up with the mark on the crankshaft pulley). 5. Install the drive belt. 6. Install the right front wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston: Specifications Piston Skirt O.D. at 14mm (0.55 in.) from bottom of skirt: Standard or New ............................................................................................................................................ 80.980-80.990 mm (3.1881-3.1886 in.) Service Limit ......................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 80.93 mm (3.186 in.) Clearance in Cylinder: Standard or New .................................................................................................................................................... 0.100.035 mm (0.0004-0.0014 in.) Service Limit ................................................................................. ............................................................................................... 0.05 mm (0.002 in.) Ring Groove Width: Standard or New Top: ..................................................................................................................................................... ................. 1.23-1.24 mm (0.048-0.049 in.) Second: ........................................................................... ..................................................................................... 1.22-1.23 mm (0.047-0.048 in.) Oil: ............... ................................................................................................................................................ 2.005-2.020 mm (0.0789-0.0795 in.) Service Limit Top: ..................................................................................................................................................... ................................... 1.26 mm (0.050 in.) Second: ........................................................................... ........................................................................................................ 1.25 mm (0.049 in.) Oil: .............. .............................................................................................................................................................. .............. 2.05 mm (0.081 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1891 Piston: Testing and Inspection Block and Piston Inspection 1. Remove the crankshaft and pistons. 2. Check the piston for distortion or cracks. 3. Measure the piston diameter at a point 14 mm (0.55 in.) from the bottom of the skirt. 4. Measure the wear and taper Y at three levels inside each cylinder as shown. If the measurements in any cylinder are beyond the Oversize Bore Service Limit, replace the engine block. If the engine block is being rebored, refer to step 7 after reboring. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1892 5. Scored or scratched cylinder bores must be honed. 6. Check the top of the engine block for warpage. Measure along the edges, and across the center as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1893 7. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter. If the clearance is near, or exceeds the service limit, inspect the piston and engine block for excessive wear. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal Piston: Service and Repair Crankshaft and Piston Removal Crankshaft and Piston Removal 1. Remove the engine/transmission assembly. 2. Remove the transmission. 3. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate, clutch disc, and flywheel. 4. A/T model: Remove the drive plate. 5. Remove the oil pan. 6. Remove the oil pump. 7. Remove the cylinder head. 8. Remove the oil screen (A) and baffle plate (B). 9. Remove the 8 mm bolts in sequence. 10. Remove the bearing cap bolts. To prevent warpage, loosen the bolts in sequence 1/3 turn at a time; repeat the sequence until all bolts are loosened. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1896 11. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the lower block from the engine block in the places shown. 12. Remove the lower block and bearings. Keep all the bearings in order. 13. Remove the connecting rod caps/bearing. Keep all connecting rod caps/bearing halves in order. 14. Lift the crankshaft (A) out of the engine. Be careful not to damage the, journals and the crankshaft position (CKP) pulse plate (B). 15. Remove the CKP pulse plate (B). 16. Remove the thrust washers (C). 17. Remove the upper bearing halves from the connecting rods, and set them aside with their respective caps. 18. If you can feel a ridge of metal or hard carbon around the top of each cylinder, remove it with a ridge reamer (A). Follow the reamer manufacturer's instructions. If the ridge is not removed, it may damage the pistons as they are pushed out. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1897 19. Use the wooden handle of a hammer (A) to drive out the piston/connecting rod assembly (B). Take care not to damage the oil jets or cylinder with the connecting rod. 20. Reinstall the lower block and the bearings on the engine in the proper order. 21. Reinstall the connecting rod bearings and caps after removing each piston/connecting rod assembly. 22. Mark each piston/connecting rod assembly with its cylinder number to make sure they are reused in the original order. NOTE: The existing number on the connecting rod does not indicate its position in the engine, it indicates the rod bore size. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1898 Piston: Service and Repair Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Replacement Disassembly 1. Remove the piston from the engine block. 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston pin snap rings (A), and turn them in the ring grooves until the end gaps are lined up with the cutouts in the piston pin bores (B). 3. Remove both snap rings (A). Start at the cutout in the piston pin bore. Remove the snap rings carefully so they do not go flying or get lost. Wear eye protection. 4. Heat the piston and connecting rod assembly to about 158°F (70°C), then remove the piston pin. Inspection NOTE: Inspect the piston, piston pin, and connecting rod when they are at room temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1899 1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin. 2. Zero the dial indicator to the piston pin diameter. 3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and piston pin hole diameter in the piston. 4. Measure the piston pin-to-connecting rod clearance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1900 Reassembly 1. Install one piston pin snap ring (A). 2. Coat the piston pin bore, the bore in the connecting rod, and the piston pin with new engine oil. 3. Heat the piston to about 158°F (70°C). 4. Assemble the piston (A) and connecting rod (B) with the mark (C) and the embossed mark (D) on the same side. Install the piston pin (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1901 5. Install the remaining snap ring (F). 6. Turn the snap rings until the end gaps are positioned at the bottom of the piston. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1902 Piston: Service and Repair Piston Installation Piston Installation If the Crankshaft is Already Installed 1. Set the crankshaft to bottom dead center (BDC) for each cylinder as its piston is installed. 2. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor. Check that the bearing is securely in place. 3. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the ring compressor, and the cylinder bore, then attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly. 4. Position the mark (A) toward the cam chain end of the engine. 5. Position the piston in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Push down on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. 6. Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-crank journal alignment before pushing the piston into place. 7. Check the connecting rod bearing clearance with plastigage. 8. Inspect the connecting rod bolts. 9. Apply new engine oil to the bolt threads, then install the rod caps with bearings. Torque the bolts to 20 Nm (2.0 kgf-m, 14 lbf-ft). 10. Tighten the connecting rod bolts an additional 90°. If the Crankshaft is Not Installed 1. Remove the connecting rod caps, then install the ring compressor, and check that the bearing is securely in place. 2. Apply new engine oil to the piston, inside of the ring compressor, and the cylinder bore, then attach the ring compressor to the piston/connecting rod assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Crankshaft and Piston Removal > Page 1903 3. Position the mark (A) to face the cam chain side of the engine. 4. Position the piston in the cylinder, and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer (A). Push down on the ring compressor (B) to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. 5. Position all pistons at top dead center (TDC). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Piston Ring: Specifications Ring-to-grove Clearances Piston Ring End-Gap Top Ring: Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.008 - 0.014 in.) Service Limit: 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) Second Ring: Standard (New): 0.40 - 0.55 mm (0.016 - 0.022 in.) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) Oil Ring: Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.50 mm (0.008 - 0.020,in.) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1907 Piston Ring: Service and Repair Piston Ring Replacement 1. Remove the piston from the engine block. 2. Using a ring expander (A), remove the old piston rings (B). 3. Clean all the ring grooves thoroughly with a squared-off broken ring, or a ring groove cleaner with a blade to fit the piston grooves. File down a blade if necessary. The top ring and second ring grooves are 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) wide, and the oil ring groove is 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) wide. Do not use a wire brush to clean the ring grooves, or cut the ring grooves deeper with the cleaning tools. NOTE: If the piston is to be separated from the connecting rod, do not install new rings yet. 4. Using a piston, push a new ring (A) into the cylinder bore 15 - 20 mm (0.6 - 0.8 in.) from the bottom. 5. Measure the piston ring end-gap (B) with a feeler gauge: ^ If the gap is too small, check to see if you have the proper rings for your engine. ^ If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter against the wear limits. If the bore is beyond the service limit, the engine block must be rebored. Piston Ring End-Gap Top Ring: Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.008 - 0.014 in.) Service Limit: 0.60 mm (0.024 in.) Second Ring: Standard (New): 0.40 - 0.55 mm (0.016 - 0.022 in.) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) Oil Ring: Standard (New): 0.20 - 0.50 mm (0.008 - 0.020,in.) Service Limit: 0.70 mm (0.028 in.) 6. Install the rings as shown. The top ring (A) has a 1R mark, and the second ring (B) has a 2A or 2R mark. The manufacturing marks (C) must be facing upward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1908 7. Rotate the rings in their grooves to make sure they do not bind. 8. Position the ring end gaps as shown: 9. After installing a new set of rings, measure the ring-to-groove clearances: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Block Assembly > Piston Ring, Engine > Component Information > Specifications > Page 1909 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1914 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you're going to check. 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on No. 1 cylinder and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1915 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw (A) until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. Tighten the locknut, and recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. 7. Tighten the locknut. Specified Torque: 7 x 0.75 mm 14 Nm (1.4 kgf-m, 10 lbf-ft) 8. Recheck the valve clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 3 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 10. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 4 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 12. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 2 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 1916 14. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder. 15. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1920 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 1921 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection 1. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 2. Disassemble the rocker arm assembly. 3. Measure the diameter of the shaft at the first rocker location. 4. Zero the gauge (A) to the shaft diameter. 5. Measure the inside diameter of the rocker arm, and check it for an out-of-round condition. 6. Repeat for all rockers and both shafts. If the clearance is beyond the service limit, replace the rocker shaft and all out of service limit rocker arms. If any intake secondary rocker arm needs replacement, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly. VTEC Rocker Arms 7. Inspect the rocker arm pistons (B). Push on them manually. If they do not move smoothly, replace the rocker arm set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1926 8. Reassemble the rocker arm assembly. 9. Install the rocker arm assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1927 Rocker Arm Assembly: Testing and Inspection VTEC Rocker Arm Test VTEC Rocker Arm Test Special Tools Required Air pressure regulator 07AAJ-PNAA101 1. Start the engine, and let it run for 5 minutes, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the cylinder head cover. 3. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). 4. Move the intake secondary rocker arm A for the No. 1 cylinder. The secondary rocker arm A should move independently of the secondary rocker arm B. ^ If the intake secondary rocker arm A moves freely, go to step 5. ^ If the intake secondary rocker arm A does not move, remove the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then check that the pistons in the secondary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. 5. Repeat step 4 on the remaining intake secondary rocker arms with each piston at TDC. When all the secondary rocker arms pass the test, go to step 6. 6. Check that the air pressure on the shop air compressor gauge indicates over 400 kPa (4.0 kgf/cm2, 57 psi). 7. Inspect the valve clearance. 8. Install a 10 x 1.0 mm adapter to the inspection hole, then connect the air pressure regulator. 9. Loosen the valve on the regulator, and apply the specified air pressure. Specified Air Pressure: 290 kPa (3.0 kgf/cm2, 42 psi) 10. With the specified air pressure applied, move the intake secondary rocker arm A for the No. 1 cylinder. The secondary rocker arm A and secondary rocker arm B should move together. If the intake secondary rocker arm A does not move, remove the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, and check that the pistons in the secondary rocker arms move smoothly. If any rocker arm needs replacing, replace the secondary rocker arms as an assembly, then retest. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Rocker Arm and Shaft Inspection > Page 1928 11. Remove the air pressure regulator and the 10 x 1.0 mm adapter. 12. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly: Removal and Replacement Rocker Arm Assembly Removal Rocker Arm Assembly Removal 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Loosen the rocker arm adjusting screws (A). 3. Remove the lost motion holder bolts. To prevent damaging the lost motion holder and rocker shaft, loosen the bolts, in sequence, two turns at a time. 4. Remove the lost motion holder (A) and lost motion assemblies (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1931 5. Remove the rocker arm assembly (C), then remove the oil control orifice (D). Rocker Arm Assembly Installation Rocker Arm Assembly Installation 1. If the rocker arm assembly is disassembled, reassemble the rocker arm assembly. 2. Install the oil control orifice (A) with a new O-ring (B), then install the rocker arm assembly (C). 3. Install the lost motion assembles (D) and the lost motion holder (E). 4. Tighten each bolts two turns at a time in sequence. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1932 5. Adjust the valve clearance. 6. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Rocker Arm Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 1933 Rocker Arm Assembly: Overhaul Rocker Arm and Shaft Disassembly/Reassembly NOTE: ^ Identify each part as it is removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. ^ Inspect the rocker arm shaft and rocker arms. ^ If reused, the rocker arms must be installed in the same positions. ^ When removing, or installing the rocker arm assembly, do not remove the camshaft holder bolts. The bolts will keep the holders and rocker arms on the shaft. ^ Remove the rocker shaft bolt before removing the rocker shaft from the No. 5 rocker shaft holder. ^ Prior to reassembling, clean all the parts in solvent, dry them, and apply new engine oil to any contact points. ^ Bundle the intake secondary rocker arms with rubber bands to keep them together as a set. ^ When replacing the intake rocker arm assembly, remove the fastening hardware from the new intake rocker arm assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal Valve Cover: Service and Repair Cylinder Head Cover Removal Cylinder Head Cover Removal 1. Remove the harness cover. 2. Remove the injector cover. 3. Disconnect the four ignition coil connectors. Remove the four bolts (A) securing the harness holders, then remove the front harness holder (B) from the bracket. 4. Disconnect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) from the alternator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 1938 5. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector (C), and remove the harness clamp (D). 6. Remove the dipstick (A) and disconnect the breather hose (B). 7. Remove the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 1939 Valve Cover: Service and Repair Cylinder Head Cover Installation Cylinder Head Cover Installation 1. Thoroughly clean the head. cover gasket and the groove. 2. Install the head cover gasket (A) in the groove of the cylinder head cover (B). 3. Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry. 4. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pump mating surface. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 5. Install the cylinder head cover, and tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step, tighten all the bolts, in sequence, to 9.8 Nm (1.0 kgf-m, 7.2 lbf-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 1940 6. Install the dipstick (A) and breather hose (B). 7. Connect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) to the alternator. 8. Connect the A/C compressor clutch connector (C), and install the harness clamp (D). 9. Install the front harness holder (A) to the bracket, then tighten the four bolts (B) securing the harness holders. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cylinder Head Cover Removal > Page 1941 10. Connect the four ignition coil connectors. 11. Install the injector cover. 12. Install the harness cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Valve Guide: Testing and Inspection Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Inspection 1. Remove the valves. 2. Slide the valve out of its guide about 10 mm (0.39 in.), then measure the guide-to-stem clearance with a dial indicator while rocking the stem in the direction of normal thrust (wobble method). ^ If the measurement exceeds the service limit, recheck it using a new valve. ^ If the measurement is now within the service limit, reassemble using a new valve. ^ If the measurement with a new valve still exceeds the service limit, go to step 3. 3. Subtract the valve stem O.D. (measured with a micrometer) from the valve guide I.D. (measured with an inside micrometer or ball gauge). Take the measurements in three places along the valve stem and three places inside the valve guide. The difference between the largest guide measurement and the smallest stem measurement should not exceed the service limit. Intake Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.02 - 0.05 mm (0.0008 - 0.0020 in.) Service Limit: 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) Exhaust Valve Stem-to-Guide Clearance Standard (New): 0.05 - 0.08 mm (0.0020 - 0.0031 in.) Service Limit: 0.11 mm (0.004 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1945 Valve Guide: Service and Repair Valve Guide Replacement Special Tools Required ^ Valve guide driver, 5.5 mm 07742-0010100 ^ Valve guide reamer, 5.5 mm 07HAH-PJ7A100 1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance. 2. As illustrated, use a commercially available air-impact valve guide driver (A) modified to fit the diameter of the valve guides. In most cases, the same procedure can be done using the valve guide driver and a conventional hammer. 3. Select the proper replacement guides, and chill them in the freezer section of a refrigerator for about an hour. 4. Use a hot plate or oven to evenly heat the cylinder head to 300°F (50°C). Monitor the temperature with a cooking thermometer. Do not get the head hotter than 300°F (150°C); excessive heat may loosen the valve seats. 5. Working from the camshaft side, use the driver and an air hammer to drive the guide about 2 mm (0.1 in.) towards the combustion chamber. This will knock off some of the carbon and make removal easier. Hold the air hammer directly in line with the valve guide to prevent damaging the driver. Wear safety goggles or a face shield. 6. Turn the head over, and drive the guide out toward the camshaft side of the head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1946 7. If a valve guide still won't move, drill it out with a 8 mm (5/16 in.) bit, then try again. NOTE: Drill guides only in extreme cases; you could damage the cylinder head if the guide breaks. 8. Take out the new guide(s) from the freezer, one at a time, as you need them. 9. Apply a thin coat of new engine oil to the outside of the new valve guide. Install the guide from the camshaft side of the head; use the valve guide driver to drive the guide to the specified installed height (A) of the guide (B). If you have all 16 guides to do, you may have to reheat the head. 10. Coat both the reamer and the valve guide with cutting oil. 11. Rotate the reamer clockwise to the full length of the valve guide bore. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Guide > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1947 12. Continue to rotate the reamer clockwise while drawing it from the bore. 13. Thoroughly wash the guide in detergent and water to remove any cutting residue. 14. Check the clearance with a valve. Verify that a valve slides into the intake and exhaust valve guides without sticking. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Service and Repair Valve Seat: Service and Repair Valve Seat Reconditioning 1. Inspect the valve stem-to-guide clearance. If the valve guides are worn, replace them before cutting the valve seats. 2. Renew the valve seats in the cylinder head using a valve seat cutter. 3. Carefully cut a 45° seat, removing only enough material to ensure a smooth and concentric seat. 4. Bevel the upper edge of the seat with the 30° cutter and the lower edge of the seat with the 60° cutter. Check the width of the seat and adjust accordingly. 5. Make one more very light pass with the 45° cutter to remove any possible burrs caused by the other cutters. Valve Seat Width Intake: Standard (New): 1.25 - 1.55 mm (0.049 - 0.061 in.) Service Limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) Exhaust: Standard (New): 1.45 - 1.75 mm (0.057 - 0.00 in.) Service Limit: 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) 6. After resurfacing the seat, inspect it for even valve seating. Apply Prussian Blue compound (A) to the valve face. Insert the valve in its original location in the head, then lift it and snap it closed against the seat several times. 7. The actual valve seating surface (B), as shown by the blue compound, should be centered on the seat. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve Seat > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 1951 ^ If it is too high (closer to the valve stem), you must make a second cut with the 60° cutter to move it down, then one more cut with the 45° cutter to restore seat width. ^ If it is too low (closer to the valve edge), you must make a second cut with the 30° cutter to move it up, then one more cut with the 45° cutter to restore seat width. NOTE: The final cut should always be made with the 45° cutter. 8. Insert the intake and exhaust valves in the head, and measure the valve stem installed height (A). Intake Valve Stem Installed Height 9. If the valve stem installed height is beyond the service limit, replace the valve and recheck. If it is still beyond the service limit, replace the cylinder head; the valve seat in the head is too deep. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Valve: Testing and Inspection Valve Inspection 1. Remove the valves. 2. Measure the valve in these areas. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Valve: Service and Repair Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal Special Tools Required Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A Identify the valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. 1. Remove the cylinder head. 2. Using an appropriate-sized socket (A) and plastic mallet (B), lightly tap the spring retainer to loosen the valve cotters. 3. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and valve spring compressor. Compress the valve spring, and remove the valve cotters. 4. Remove the valve spring compressor, valve spring compressor attachment, spring retainer, and valve spring. 5. Install the valve guide seal remover (A). 6. Remove the valve seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 1957 7. Remove the valve spring seat and valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 1958 Valve: Service and Repair Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Installation Special Tools Required ^ Stem seal driver 07PAD-0010000 ^ Valve spring compressor attachment 07757-PJ1010A 1. Coat the valve stems with new engine oil. Install the valves in the valve guides. 2. Check that the valves move up and down smoothly. 3. Install the spring seats on the cylinder head. 4. Install the new valve seals (A) using the stem seal driver (B). 5. Install the valve spring and spring retainer. Place the end of the valve spring with the closely wound coils toward the cylinder head. 6. Install the valve spring compressor attachment and valve spring compressor. Compress the spring, and install the valve cotters. 7. Remove the valve spring compressor and valve spring compressor attachment. 8. Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with a plastic mallet (A) to ensure proper seating of the valve and valve cotters. Tap the valve stem only along its axis so you do not bend the stem. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Cylinder Head Assembly > Valve, Intake/Exhaust > Component Information > Service and Repair > Valve, Spring, and Valve Seal Removal > Page 1959 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Drive Belt: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Inspection 1. Inspect the belt for cracks or damage. If the belt is cracked or damaged, replace it. 2. Check that the auto-tensioner indicator (A) is within the standard range (B) as shown. If it is out of the standard range, replace the drive belt. After you inspected or replaced the drive belt, go to step 3. 3. If the maintenance minder required you to inspect the drive belt, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 1964 Drive Belt: Service and Repair Drive Belt Removal/Installation 1. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from above the engine. Slowly turn the wrench in the direction shown, then remove the drive belt. NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner; you must turn the wrench slowly. 2. Install the new belt in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair Drive Belt: Electrical / Mechanical Repair Honda Serpintine Belt Wrench AST tool# HON1419 -Lightweight and slim design -Equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point securing attachments Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair > Page 1967 -Works on most Honda applications Contact AST for pricing Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1 800 525 2943 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt > Component Information > Tools and Equipment > Electrical / Mechanical Repair > Page 1968 Drive Belt: Aftermarket Tools Honda Serpentine Belt Wrench AST tool# HON1419 Honda serpentine belt wrench equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point secured sockets, for engagement every 30 degrees. Ideal for strong tensioners used on 2006 and newer civics. - Lightweight and Slim design - Equipped with 14mm and 19mm, 12 point securing attachments - Works on most Honda applications Contact AST for pricing. Assenmacher Specialty Tools 1-800-525-2943 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Tensioner: Testing and Inspection Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Inspection 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and make sure to turn the A/C switch OFF. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Check the position of the auto-tensioner indicator's pointer (A). Start the engine then check the position again with the engine idling. If the position of the indicator moves or fluctuates a lot, replace the auto-tensioner. 3. Check for abnormal noise from the tensioner pulley. If you hear abnormal noise, replace the auto-tensioner pulley. 4. Remove the drive belt. 5. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from above the engine. Slowly turn the wrench in the direction shown. Check that the tensioner moves smoothly and without any abnormal noise. If the tensioner does not move smoothly, or you hear abnormal noise, replace the auto-tensioner. NOTE: This is a hydraulic type auto-tensioner; you must turn the wrench slowly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Removal/Installation Drive Belt Tensioner: Service and Repair Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Removal/Installation Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Removal/Installation 1. Loosen the water pump pulley mounting bolts. 2. Remove the drive belt. 3. Remove the alternator. 4. Remove the water pump pulley. 5. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Removal/Installation > Page 1974 6. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Drive Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Removal/Installation > Page 1975 Drive Belt Tensioner: Service and Repair Drive Belt Auto-Tensioner Air Bleeding Drive Belt Auto-tensioner Air Bleeding 1. Remove the drive belt. 2. Set a long-handled, boxed-end wrench on the drive belt auto-tensioner from the top of the engine. Apply slow and steady pressure (3 seconds or more to complete the stroke) to compress the drive belt auto-tensioner. Pull the wrench back, taking 3 or more seconds to complete the stroke. Do this action a total of 3 times to complete the air bleeding. 3. Install the drive belt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle Engine Mount: Customer Interest Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle 06-060 December 24, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Rattle or Knock From Right-Front of Vehicle When Driving Over Bumps (Supersedes 06-060, dated September 30, 2010, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *Under PARTS INFORMATION, one side engine mount part number was changed.* SYMPTOM There is a rattle or a knock coming from the right-front of the vehicle when driving over bumps at 15 to 20 mph (24 to 32 km/h). PROBABLE CAUSE The passenger's side hydraulic side engine mount is cavitating and making a rattling sound, or it is torn and making a knocking sound. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the side engine mount. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1984 PARTS INFORMATION TOOL INFORMATION Diagnostic Spacer: T/N 07AAJ-SNAA110 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 50820-SNA-023 Defect Code: 00504 Symptom Code: 04217 Skill Level: Repair Technician DIAGNOSIS A Civic with the R18A1 engine is shown in the photograph. The diagnosis is the same for all other Civic engine types. 1. Visually inspect the passenger's side engine mount for tearing or leaking. ^ If the engine mount is torn or leaking fluid, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE, no test drive is needed. ^ If the engine mount is not torn or leaking fluid, and the vehicle is within the affected VIN range for a cavitating engine mount, go to step 2. ^ If the engine mount is not torn or leaking fluid, and the vehicle is not within the affected VIN range for a cavitating engine mount, this service bulletin does not apply; proceed with normal troubleshooting. 2. Place a wood block onto a floor jack, and position it under the oil pan at the end closest to the passenger's side engine mount. Raise the engine enough to insert the diagnostic spacer between the side engine mount and the bracket. Be sure to leave the spacer sticking out about 1/2 inch so it can be easily removed. Remove the floor jack. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1985 NOTE: Installing the diagnostic spacer increases engine vibration at idle. 3. Test-drive the vehicle at the same speed and over the same type of road conditions that the customer says causes the noise. NOTE: It is possible the noise can be recreated by driving 15 to 20 mph over a 1-1/2 to 2 inch drop in the road surface. ^ If the rattling is gone with the spacer placed between the side engine mount and the side engine bracket, go to the REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the vehicle still rattles, remove the spacer and continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE A Civic with the R18A1 engine is shown in the illustrations for steps 3, 5, and 6. The repair procedure is the same for all other Civic engine types. 1. Place a block of wood onto a floor jack, and position it under the oil pan at the end closest to the engine side mount. Remove the diagnostic spacer. NOTE: Adjust the engine height as needed while doing the following steps. 2. On the Si models, remove the clip securing the washer reservoir to the fender and move the reservoir out of the way. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1986 3. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the three bolts holding the upper torque rod in place. NOTE: Use new flange bolts when reinstalling the upper torque rod. 4. Push the torque rod toward the rear of the vehicle, and rotate it clockwise 90 degrees so that it is out of the way. 5. Remove the middle bolt on top of the side engine mount bracket, the bolt holding the ground cable to the side engine mount bracket, and the bolt and nut holding the side engine mount bracket to the engine block. Remove the side engine mount bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1987 6. Remove the bolt and bracket holding the ABS brake lines to the engine mount stiffener. Remove the two bolts holding the engine mount stiffener to the side engine mount, and the bolt holding the engine mount stiffener to the body. Remove the engine mount stiffener. 7. Remove the two bolts holding the side engine mount to the frame rail. 8. To make it easier to remove the side engine mount, remove the NC bracket bolt so the NC line can be gently pulled out of the way. 9. Remove the side engine mount. 10. Install the new side engine mount (rubber assembly), then reassemble the other parts in reverse order. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle Engine Mount: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle 06-060 December 24, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Rattle or Knock From Right-Front of Vehicle When Driving Over Bumps (Supersedes 06-060, dated September 30, 2010, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *Under PARTS INFORMATION, one side engine mount part number was changed.* SYMPTOM There is a rattle or a knock coming from the right-front of the vehicle when driving over bumps at 15 to 20 mph (24 to 32 km/h). PROBABLE CAUSE The passenger's side hydraulic side engine mount is cavitating and making a rattling sound, or it is torn and making a knocking sound. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the side engine mount. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1993 PARTS INFORMATION TOOL INFORMATION Diagnostic Spacer: T/N 07AAJ-SNAA110 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 50820-SNA-023 Defect Code: 00504 Symptom Code: 04217 Skill Level: Repair Technician DIAGNOSIS A Civic with the R18A1 engine is shown in the photograph. The diagnosis is the same for all other Civic engine types. 1. Visually inspect the passenger's side engine mount for tearing or leaking. ^ If the engine mount is torn or leaking fluid, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE, no test drive is needed. ^ If the engine mount is not torn or leaking fluid, and the vehicle is within the affected VIN range for a cavitating engine mount, go to step 2. ^ If the engine mount is not torn or leaking fluid, and the vehicle is not within the affected VIN range for a cavitating engine mount, this service bulletin does not apply; proceed with normal troubleshooting. 2. Place a wood block onto a floor jack, and position it under the oil pan at the end closest to the passenger's side engine mount. Raise the engine enough to insert the diagnostic spacer between the side engine mount and the bracket. Be sure to leave the spacer sticking out about 1/2 inch so it can be easily removed. Remove the floor jack. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1994 NOTE: Installing the diagnostic spacer increases engine vibration at idle. 3. Test-drive the vehicle at the same speed and over the same type of road conditions that the customer says causes the noise. NOTE: It is possible the noise can be recreated by driving 15 to 20 mph over a 1-1/2 to 2 inch drop in the road surface. ^ If the rattling is gone with the spacer placed between the side engine mount and the side engine bracket, go to the REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If the vehicle still rattles, remove the spacer and continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE A Civic with the R18A1 engine is shown in the illustrations for steps 3, 5, and 6. The repair procedure is the same for all other Civic engine types. 1. Place a block of wood onto a floor jack, and position it under the oil pan at the end closest to the engine side mount. Remove the diagnostic spacer. NOTE: Adjust the engine height as needed while doing the following steps. 2. On the Si models, remove the clip securing the washer reservoir to the fender and move the reservoir out of the way. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1995 3. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the three bolts holding the upper torque rod in place. NOTE: Use new flange bolts when reinstalling the upper torque rod. 4. Push the torque rod toward the rear of the vehicle, and rotate it clockwise 90 degrees so that it is out of the way. 5. Remove the middle bolt on top of the side engine mount bracket, the bolt holding the ground cable to the side engine mount bracket, and the bolt and nut holding the side engine mount bracket to the engine block. Remove the side engine mount bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Mount: > 06-060 > Dec > 10 > Engine - Rattles From Right Front Of Vehicle > Page 1996 6. Remove the bolt and bracket holding the ABS brake lines to the engine mount stiffener. Remove the two bolts holding the engine mount stiffener to the side engine mount, and the bolt holding the engine mount stiffener to the body. Remove the engine mount stiffener. 7. Remove the two bolts holding the side engine mount to the frame rail. 8. To make it easier to remove the side engine mount, remove the NC bracket bolt so the NC line can be gently pulled out of the way. 9. Remove the side engine mount. 10. Install the new side engine mount (rubber assembly), then reassemble the other parts in reverse order. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement Engine Mount: Locations Lower Torque Rod Replacement Lower Torque Rod Replacement 1. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (A). 2. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 3. Remove the lower torque rod. 4. Install the lower torque rod, then tighten the new lower torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 1999 5. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 6. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt. 15. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 16. Install the air cleaner assembly. 17. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. 18. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 2000 Upper Torque Rod Replacement 1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). 2. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new bolts in the numbered sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 2001 Engine Mount: Locations Side Engine Mount Bracket Replacement Side Engine Mount Bracket Replacement 1. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan. 2. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). 3. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the side engine mount bracket (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 2002 4. Install the side engine mount bracket, then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut (C), and loosely tighten the bolt (D). 5. Install the ground cable. 6. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 7. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A). 8. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 9. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A). 10. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 11. Tighten the side engine mount mounting bolts and nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 2003 12. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts. 13. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 14. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Locations > Lower Torque Rod Replacement > Page 2004 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement Engine Mount: Service and Repair Side Engine Mount Replacement Side Engine Mount Replacement 1. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan. 2. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). 3. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the side engine mount bracket (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2007 4. Remove the side engine mount stiffener (A), then remove the side engine mount (B). 5. Install the side engine mount, then install the side engine mount stiffener. 6. Install the side engine mount bracket (A), then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut (B). Loosely tighten the bolt (C). 7. Install the ground cable (D). 8. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 9. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2008 10. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 11. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A). 12. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 13. Tighten the side engine mount mounting bolts and nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2009 14. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts. 15. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 16. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2010 17. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 18. Install the air cleaner assembly. 19. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. 20. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line. Transmission Mount Replacement 1. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2011 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) cover, then remove the three bolts securing the ECM/PCM. 4. Remove the ECM/PCM bracket. 5. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box from the bracket. 6. Support the transmission with a jack and a wood block under the transmission. 7. Remove the transmission mount stiffener (A), then remove the transmission mount (B). 8. Install the transmission mount with the new mounting bolts (C), then install the transmission mount stiffener. 9. Loosely tighten the new bolt and nuts (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2012 10. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 11. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A). 12. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 13. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts. 14. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 15. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2013 16. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 17. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt. 18. Install the under-hood fuse/relay box to the bracket. 19. Install the ECM/PCM bracket. 20. Install the ECM/PCM, then install the ECM/PCM cover. 21. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2014 Engine Mount: Service and Repair Side Engine Mount Bracket Replacement Side Engine Mount Bracket Replacement 1. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan. 2. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). 3. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the side engine mount bracket (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2015 4. Install the side engine mount bracket, then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut (C), and loosely tighten the bolt (D). 5. Install the ground cable. 6. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 7. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A). 8. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 9. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A). 10. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 11. Tighten the side engine mount mounting bolts and nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2016 12. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts. 13. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 14. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2017 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2018 Engine Mount: Service and Repair Lower Torque Rod Replacement Lower Torque Rod Replacement 1. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt (A). 2. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 3. Remove the lower torque rod. 4. Install the lower torque rod, then tighten the new lower torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2019 5. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 6. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt. 15. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 16. Install the air cleaner assembly. 17. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. 18. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Drive Belts, Mounts, Brackets and Accessories > Engine Mount > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Engine Mount Replacement > Page 2020 Upper Torque Rod Replacement 1. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). 2. Install the upper torque rod, then tighten the new bolts in the numbered sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications Engine Oil Pressure At Idle .................................................................................................................................................. ......................... 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min. At 3,000 rpm ........................................................ ....................................................................................................... 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min. Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2025 Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Test NOTE: If the low oil pressure indicator stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, then install an oil pressure gauge (A). 2. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 70 kPa (0.7, kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min. At 3,000 rpm: 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min. 4. If the oil pressure is out of specifications, inspect these items: ^ Replace the oil filter. ^ Inspect the oil pressure relief valve. ^ Check the oil screen for clogging. ^ Inspect the oil pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Engine Oil: Capacity Specifications Engine Oil At Oil Change ..................................................................................................................... .............................................................................. 3.5L (3.7 Qt) At Oil Change including Filter .............................................................................................................. ............................................................ 3.7L (3.9 Qt) After Engine Overhaul ......................................................................................................................... ............................................................. 4.5L (4.8 Qt) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2030 Engine Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Engine Oil Honda Motor Oil: P/N 08798-9023 API Classification .................................................................................................................................... Make sure the label says "For Gasoline Engines". SAE Viscosity .............................................................................. ............................................................................................................................... 5W-20 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2031 Engine Oil: Service and Repair Engine Oil Replacement 1. Warm up the engine. 2. Remove the drain bolt (A), and drain the engine oil. 3. Reinstall the drain bolt with a new washer (B). 4. Refill the engine with the recommended oil. 5. '06 4-door model and '07-08 2 and 4-door models: If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine oil, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 13. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine oil, go to step 6. '06 2-door model: If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine oil, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 13. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine oil, notify the customer that the maintenance minder term was not reset and the maintenance minder will indicate to replace the engine oil before it is actually needed. 6. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 10. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 11. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 12. Select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the ATF at the same time with the engine oil, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS instead. 13. Run the engine for at least 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Engine Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2032 14. Reset the maintenance information display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter: Service and Repair Engine Oil Filter Replacement Special Tools Required Oil filter wrench 07HAA-PJ70101 1. Remove the oil filter with the oil filter wrench. 2. Inspect the filter to make sure the rubber seal is not stuck to the oil filter seating surface of the engine. 3. Inspect the threads (A) and rubber seal (B) on the new filter. Clean the seat on the oil pan, then apply a light coat of new engine oil to the filter rubber seal. Use only filters with a built-in bypass system. 4. Install the oil filter by hand. 5. After the rubber seal seats, tighten the oil filter clockwise with the oil filter wrench. 6. If four numbers or marks (1 to 4 or V to VVVV) are printed around the outside of the filter, you can use the following procedure to tighten the filter. ^ Spin the filter on until its seal lightly seats against the oil pan, and note which number or mark is at the bottom. ^ Tighten the filter by turning it clockwise three numbers or marks from the one you noted. For example, if mark V is at the bottom when the seal is lightly seated, tighten the filter until the mark VVVV comes around to the bottom. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 2036 7. After installation, fill the engine with oil up to the specified level, run the engine for at least 3 minutes, then check for oil leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Filter Adapter > Component Information > Service and Repair Oil Filter Adapter: Service and Repair Oil Filter Feed Pipe Replacement 1. Remove the oil filter. 2. Remove the oil filter feed pipe. 3. Install the two 20 x 1.5 mm nuts (A) onto the new oil filter feed pipe. Hold one nut with a wrench, then use a second wrench to tighten the other nut. 4. Tighten the oil filter feed pipe to 49 Nm (5.0 kgf-m, 36 lbf-ft), then remove the nuts from the oil filter feed pipe. 5. Install the oil filter. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Specifications Oil Pan: Specifications Oil Pan Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step, tighten all bolts, in sequence, to 18 Nm (1.8 kgf-m, 13 lbf-ft) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal Oil Pan: Service and Repair Oil Pan Removal Oil Pan Removal 1. If the engine is already out of the vehicle, go to step 12. 2. Remove the drive belt. 3. Remove the A/C condenser fan shroud. 4. Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch connector, then remove the harness clamp. Remove the A/C compressor without disconnecting the A/C hoses. 5. Raise the vehicle on the hoist to full height. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Drain the engine oil. 8. Remove the exhaust pipe A. 9. Support the oil pan with a jack. 10. Remove the lower torque rod. 11. Remove the jack. 12. Remove the lower torque rod bracket. 13. Remove the A/C compressor bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2045 14. A/T model: Remove the shift cable cover. 15. Remove the clutch cover/torque converter cover (A), and remove the two bolts securing the transmission. 16. Remove the bolts securing the oil pan. 17. Using a flat blade screwdriver, separate the oil pan from the block in the places shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2046 18. Remove the oil pan. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2047 Oil Pan: Service and Repair Oil Pan Installation Oil Pan Installation 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pan mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 2. Clean and dry the oil pan mating surfaces. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-00004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pan. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 4. Install the dowel pins (A), then install the oil pan (B) with new O-rings (C). 5. Tighten the bolts in three steps. In the final step, tighten all bolts, in sequence, to 18 Nm (1.8 kgf-m, 13 lbf-ft). Wipe off the excess liquid gasket on the each side of crankshaft pulley and flywheel/drive plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2048 6. Install the clutch cover/torque converter cover (A), and install the two bolts securing the transmission. 7. A/T model: Install the shift cable cover. 8. Install the A/C compressor bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2049 9. Install the lower torque rod bracket. 10. If the engine is still in the vehicle, do the following steps. 11. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 12. Loosen the upper torque rod mounting bolt. 13. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 14. Install the lower torque rod. 15. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 16. Tighten the upper torque rod mounting bolt. 17. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 18. Install exhaust pipe A. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pan, Engine > Component Information > Service and Repair > Oil Pan Removal > Page 2050 19. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 20. Install the A/C compressor. Install the harness clamp, then connect the A/C compressor clutch connector. 21. Install the A/C condenser fan shroud. 22. Install the drive belt. 23. Refill the engine with engine oil. 24. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations 9. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2054 VTEC Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2055 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2056 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2057 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams 116. EOP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 12. Oil Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2058 Oil Pressure Sender: Service and Repair EOP Sensor Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the EOP sensor connector (A). 3. Remove the bracket (B) and the EOP sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2062 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2063 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2068 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2069 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2070 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2071 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2072 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2074 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2075 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2076 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2077 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2078 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2079 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2080 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2081 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2082 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2083 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2084 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2085 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2086 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2087 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2088 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2089 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2090 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2091 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2092 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2093 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2094 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2095 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2096 Engine Lubrication Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM.). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "ON" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and oil pressure switch connector. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B7 and the oil pressure switch connector. Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) > Page 2099 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine, select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector. 8. Start the engine, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Go to step 9. NO - Go to step 11. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Do the oil pressure test. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and the oil pressure switch connector. 13. Check for continuity between the oil pressure switch connector and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short to ground in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications Engine Oil Pressure: Specifications Engine Oil Pressure At Idle .................................................................................................................................................. ......................... 70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min. At 3,000 rpm ........................................................ ....................................................................................................... 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min. Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Pump, Engine > Engine Oil Pressure > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2104 Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Test NOTE: If the low oil pressure indicator stays on with the engine running, check the engine oil level. If the oil level is correct: 1. Remove the engine oil pressure switch, then install an oil pressure gauge (A). 2. Start the engine. Shut it off immediately if the gauge registers no oil pressure. Repair the problem before continuing. 3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature (fan comes on at least twice). The pressure should be: Engine Oil Temperature: 176°F (80°C) Engine Oil Pressure: At Idle: 70 kPa (0.7, kgf/cm2, 10 psi) min. At 3,000 rpm: 340 kPa (3.5 kgf/cm2, 50 psi) min. 4. If the oil pressure is out of specifications, inspect these items: ^ Replace the oil filter. ^ Inspect the oil pressure relief valve. ^ Check the oil screen for clogging. ^ Inspect the oil pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Spray Jet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Oil Spray Jet: Testing and Inspection Oil Jet Bolt Inspection 1. Remove the oil jet. 2. Inspect the oil jet bolt as follows. ^ Make sure that a 1.1 mm (0.04 in.) diameter drill will go through the oil intake (1.2 mm (0.05 in.) diameter). Make sure the check ball (A) moves smoothly and has a stroke of about 4.0 mm (0.16 in.). ^ Check the oil jet operation with an air nozzle. It should take at least 310 kPa (3.2 kgf/cm2, 46 psi) to unseat the check ball. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Engine Lubrication > Oil Spray Jet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2108 Oil Spray Jet: Service and Repair Oil Jet Replacement 1. Remove the crankshaft from the engine block. 2. Remove the oil jet bolts (A), then remove and discard the oil jets (B). 3. Carefully install the new oil jet, and tighten the oil jet bolt. 4. Install the crankshaft. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications Intake Manifold: Specifications Intake Manifold Tighten the bolts and nuts in a crisscross pattern in three steps, beginning with the inner bolt. Throttle Body Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2112 Intake Manifold: Service and Repair Intake Manifold Removal and Installation Intake Manifold Removal 1. Close the manual shut-off valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2113 2. To reduce pressure in the fuel lines, start the engine, and run it until it stalls. 3. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 4. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 5. Remove the intake air duct. 6. Remove the fuel feed hose. 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A), brake booster vacuum hose (B), positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (C), and power steering (P/S) hose clamp (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2114 8. Remove the engine wire harness connectors and wire harness clamps from the intake manifold. ^ Throttle actuator connector ^ Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector ^ Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator connector 9. Disconnect the water bypass hoses, then plug the water bypass hoses. 10. Remove the throttle body. 11. Remove the heater hose clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2115 12. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 13. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 14. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 15. Remove the all intake manifold mounting bolts and nuts, then remove the intake manifold from the cylinder head. 16. Remove the harness clamps, then remove the intake manifold from the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2116 Installation 1. Install the harness clamps to the intake manifold. 2. Install the intake manifold (A) with new gaskets (B), and tighten the bolts and nuts in a crisscross pattern in three steps, beginning with the inner bolt. 3. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 4. Install the intake manifold bracket (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2117 5. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 6. Install the heater hose clamp bracket. 7. Install the throttle body (A) with a new gasket (B). 8. Install the water bypass hoses. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2118 9. Connect the engine wire harness connectors, and install the wire harness clamps to the intake manifold. ^ Throttle actuator connector ^ Manifold absolute pressure (MAP) sensor connector ^ Intake manifold tuning (IMT) valve actuator connector 10. Install the vacuum hose (A), brake booster vacuum hose (B), positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose (C), and power steering (P/S) hose clamp (D). 11. Install the fuel feed hose (A). Use new O-ring (B). 12. Install the intake air duct. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Intake Manifold > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2119 13. Install the cowl panel and under-cowl cover. 14. Install the air cleaner assembly. 15. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 16. After installation, check that all tubes, hoses and connectors are installed correctly. 17. Do the leak Inspection. 18. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2125 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2126 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2127 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2128 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2129 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2130 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2131 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2132 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2133 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2134 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2135 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2136 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2137 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2138 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2139 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2140 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2141 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2142 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2143 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2144 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2145 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2146 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2147 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2148 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2149 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2150 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2151 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2152 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2153 Engine Lubrication Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM.). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "ON" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and oil pressure switch connector. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B7 and the oil pressure switch connector. Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Lamps and Indicators - Engine > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) > Page 2156 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine, select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector. 8. Start the engine, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Go to step 9. NO - Go to step 11. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Do the oil pressure test. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and the oil pressure switch connector. 13. Check for continuity between the oil pressure switch connector and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short to ground in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Service and Repair Transmission End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car Special Tools Required ^ Handle driver 07749-0010000 ^ Oil seal driver attachment 9607ZAD-PNAA100 1. Remove the transmission. 2. M/T model: Remove the pressure plate, clutch disc, and flywheel. 3. A/T model: Remove the drive plate. 4. Remove the transmission end crankshaft oil seal. 5. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 6. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 7. Use the handle driver and oil seal driver attachment to drive a new oil seal squarely into the engine block to the specified installed height. 8. Measure the distance between the engine block (A) and crankshaft oil seal (B). 9. M/T model: Install the flywheel, clutch disc, and pressure plate. 10. A/T model: Install the drive plate. 11. Install the transmission. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Front Crankshaft Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation Front Crankshaft Seal: Service and Repair Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation Special Tools Required ^ Handle driver 07749-0010000 ^ Attachment, 60 mm 07LAD-SM40100 1. Using the handle driver and attachment, gently tap in the new oil seal until the driver bottoms on the oil pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Front Crankshaft Seal > Component Information > Service and Repair > Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation > Page 2165 Front Crankshaft Seal: Service and Repair Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car Pulley End Crankshaft Oil Seal Installation - In Car Special Tools Required Oil seal driver 07LAD-PT3010A 1. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 2. Remove the pulley end crankshaft oil seal. 3. Clean and dry the crankshaft oil seal housing. 4. Apply a light coat of multipurpose grease to the crankshaft and to the lip of the seal. 5. Using the oil seal driver, drive in the crankshaft oil seal until the driver bottoms against the oil pump. When the seal is in place, clean any excess grease off the crankshaft, and check that the oil seal lip is not distorted. 6. Install the crankshaft pulley. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover Timing Cover Gasket: Customer Interest Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover 09-021 September 2, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Engine Oil Leak at the Timing Chain Case Cover (Supersedes 09-021, dated March 25, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which now includes 2008 and 2009 models.* SYMPTOM There is an engine oil leak coming from the front of the timing chain case cover on the oil pump assembly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* PROBABLE CAUSE There was improper cleaning of the timing chain case cover and oil pump housing sealing surfaces before assembly. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the timing chain case cover, clean the sealing surfaces, then reseal and reassemble. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2174 Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, HC 8263386 (One tube repairs about 10 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1100A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 15112-RNA-A00 H/C 8045668 Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for new oil leakage from the area. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift about 10-12 inches, and make sure it's securely supported. You will be working under the hood, so make it a comfortable height from the ground. 2. Support the engine by placing a jack and a wooden block under the oil pan. 3. Remove the engine drive belt: ^ Refer to page 4-40 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or ^ Online, enter keywords DRIVE BELT, and select Drive Belt Removal/Installation (R18A1 and R18A4 Engine) from the list. 4. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod. 5. Remove the battery ground cable bolt on the side engine mount bracket, and remove the side engine mount bracket. 6. Remove the timing chain case cover from the oil pump housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2175 7. Remove the old gasket material, and thoroughly clean and dry the mating surfaces of the timing chain case cover and the oil pump housing. 8. Apply Hondabond HI evenly to the mating surface of the oil pump housing, following the time limits in the instructions on the container. 9. Install the timing chain case cover to the oil pump housing. 10. Reassemble in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: It is important that you wait 30 minutes before adding oil to the engine. Also, wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover Timing Cover Gasket: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover 09-021 September 2, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Engine Oil Leak at the Timing Chain Case Cover (Supersedes 09-021, dated March 25, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which now includes 2008 and 2009 models.* SYMPTOM There is an engine oil leak coming from the front of the timing chain case cover on the oil pump assembly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* PROBABLE CAUSE There was improper cleaning of the timing chain case cover and oil pump housing sealing surfaces before assembly. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the timing chain case cover, clean the sealing surfaces, then reseal and reassemble. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2181 Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, HC 8263386 (One tube repairs about 10 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1100A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 15112-RNA-A00 H/C 8045668 Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for new oil leakage from the area. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift about 10-12 inches, and make sure it's securely supported. You will be working under the hood, so make it a comfortable height from the ground. 2. Support the engine by placing a jack and a wooden block under the oil pan. 3. Remove the engine drive belt: ^ Refer to page 4-40 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or ^ Online, enter keywords DRIVE BELT, and select Drive Belt Removal/Installation (R18A1 and R18A4 Engine) from the list. 4. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod. 5. Remove the battery ground cable bolt on the side engine mount bracket, and remove the side engine mount bracket. 6. Remove the timing chain case cover from the oil pump housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Seals and Gaskets, Engine > Timing Cover Gasket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover Gasket: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2182 7. Remove the old gasket material, and thoroughly clean and dry the mating surfaces of the timing chain case cover and the oil pump housing. 8. Apply Hondabond HI evenly to the mating surface of the oil pump housing, following the time limits in the instructions on the container. 9. Install the timing chain case cover to the oil pump housing. 10. Reassemble in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: It is important that you wait 30 minutes before adding oil to the engine. Also, wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations 9. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2187 VTEC Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2188 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2189 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2190 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams 116. EOP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 12. Oil Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 2191 Oil Pressure Sender: Service and Repair EOP Sensor Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the EOP sensor connector (A). 3. Remove the bracket (B) and the EOP sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2195 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Sensors and Switches - Engine > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2196 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Specifications Camshaft Gear/Sprocket Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Camshaft Gear/Sprocket > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2201 Camshaft Gear/Sprocket: Service and Repair Camshaft Sprocket Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the cam chain. 2. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 3. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 4. Remove the camshaft sprocket. Installation 1. Install the camshaft sprocket. 2. Apply new engine oil to the threads of the camshaft sprocket mounting bolt, and install it. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the rocker arm assembly. 4. Install the cam chain. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal Timing Chain: Service and Repair Cam Chain Removal Cam Chain Removal NOTE: Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. 1. Remove the front wheels. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. 4. Remove the cylinder head cover. 5. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 6. Disconnect the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose. 7. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 8. Support the engine with a jack and a wood block under the oil pan. 9. Remove the bolt (A) securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2206 10. Remove the ground cable (A), then remove the side engine mount bracket (B). 11. Remove the oil pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2207 12. Measure the tensioner rod length between the tensioner body and bottom of the flat surface section on the tensioner rod. If the length is more than the service limit, replace the cam chain. 13. Loosely install the crankshaft pulley. 14. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise to compress the auto-tensioner. 15. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes. Turn the crankshaft clockwise to secure the pin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2208 16. Remove the auto-tensioner. 17. Remove the crankshaft pulley. 18. Remove the cam chain guide (A) and cam chain tensioner arm (B). 19. Remove the cam chain. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2209 Timing Chain: Service and Repair Cam Chain Installation Cam Chain Installation NOTE: Keep the cam chain away from magnetic fields. 1. Set the crankshaft to top dead center (TDC). Align the TDC mark (A) on the crankshaft sprocket with the pointer (B) on the engine block. 2. Set the camshaft to TDC. The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 3. Install the cam chain on the crankshaft sprocket with the colored piece (A) aligned with the mark (B) on the crankshaft sprocket. 4. Install the cam chain on the camshaft sprocket with the colored link plate (A) aligned with the mark (B) on the camshaft sprocket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2210 5. Install the cam chain guide (A) and cam chain tensioner arm (B). 6. Install the auto-tensioner. 7. Remove the pin or lock pin from the auto-tensioner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2211 8. Check the oil pump oil seal for damage. If the oil seal is damaged, replace the oil seal. 9. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil pump mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 10. Clean and dry the oil pump mating surfaces. 11. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil pump. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 12. Apply liquid gasket to the engine block upper surface contact areas (A) on the oil pump and lower block upper surface contact areas (B) on the oil pump. 13. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pan mating surface of the oil pump. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2212 14. Install new O-rings (A) on the oil pump. Set the edge of the oil pump (B) on the edge of the oil pan (C), then install the oil pump on the engine block (D). Loosely install the dowel bolts (E), then tighten the 8 mm bolts (F). Tighten the 6 mm bolts (G) and dowel bolts. Wipe off the excess liquid gasket on the oil pan and oil pump mating area. 15. Install the side engine mount bracket (A), then loosely tighten the new bolt and nut (B), and loosely tighten the bolt (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2213 16. Install the ground cable (D). 17. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 18. Loosen the transmission mounting bolt and nuts (A). 19. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 20. Loosen the lower torque rod mounting bolt (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2214 21. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 22. Tighten the side engine mount mounting bolts and nut. 23. Tighten the transmission mounting bolt and nuts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2215 24. Raise the vehicle on the lift to full height. 25. Tighten the lower torque rod mounting bolt. 26. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 27. Install the air cleaner assembly. 28. Install the upper torque rod (A), then tighten the new upper torque rod mounting bolts in the numbered sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Cam Chain Removal > Page 2216 29. Install the bolt (B) securing the A/C line. 30. Install the crankshaft pulley. 31. Install the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) hose. 32. Install the cylinder head cover. 33. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner. 34. Install the splash shield. 35. Install the front wheels. 36. Do the crankshaft position (CKP) pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications Timing Chain Tensioner: Specifications Auto-Tensioner Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2220 Timing Chain Tensioner: Service and Repair Auto-tensioner Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the chain case cover. 2. Turn the crankshaft counterclockwise to compress the auto-tensioner. 3. Align the holes on the lock (A) and the auto-tensioner (B), then insert a 1.0 mm (0.04 in.) diameter pin (C) into the holes. Turn the crankshaft clockwise to secure the pin. 4. Remove the auto-tensioner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2221 Installation 1. Install the auto-tensioner. 2. Remove the pin from the auto-tensioner. 3. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the chain case cover mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 4. Clean and dry the chain case cover mating surfaces. 5. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the oil pump mating surface of the chain case cover. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Chain Tensioner > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2222 6. Install the chain case cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Component Alignment Marks > Component Information > Locations Timing Component Alignment Marks: Locations Caution: Incorrect removal or installation of the timing chain can result in damage to internal engine components. For complete Timing Chain Removal and Installation information, please refer to Timing Chain; Service and Repair. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover Timing Cover: Customer Interest Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover 09-021 September 2, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Engine Oil Leak at the Timing Chain Case Cover (Supersedes 09-021, dated March 25, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which now includes 2008 and 2009 models.* SYMPTOM There is an engine oil leak coming from the front of the timing chain case cover on the oil pump assembly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* PROBABLE CAUSE There was improper cleaning of the timing chain case cover and oil pump housing sealing surfaces before assembly. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the timing chain case cover, clean the sealing surfaces, then reseal and reassemble. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2234 Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, HC 8263386 (One tube repairs about 10 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1100A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 15112-RNA-A00 H/C 8045668 Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for new oil leakage from the area. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift about 10-12 inches, and make sure it's securely supported. You will be working under the hood, so make it a comfortable height from the ground. 2. Support the engine by placing a jack and a wooden block under the oil pan. 3. Remove the engine drive belt: ^ Refer to page 4-40 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or ^ Online, enter keywords DRIVE BELT, and select Drive Belt Removal/Installation (R18A1 and R18A4 Engine) from the list. 4. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod. 5. Remove the battery ground cable bolt on the side engine mount bracket, and remove the side engine mount bracket. 6. Remove the timing chain case cover from the oil pump housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2235 7. Remove the old gasket material, and thoroughly clean and dry the mating surfaces of the timing chain case cover and the oil pump housing. 8. Apply Hondabond HI evenly to the mating surface of the oil pump housing, following the time limits in the instructions on the container. 9. Install the timing chain case cover to the oil pump housing. 10. Reassemble in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: It is important that you wait 30 minutes before adding oil to the engine. Also, wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover Timing Cover: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover 09-021 September 2, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Engine Oil Leak at the Timing Chain Case Cover (Supersedes 09-021, dated March 25, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which now includes 2008 and 2009 models.* SYMPTOM There is an engine oil leak coming from the front of the timing chain case cover on the oil pump assembly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* PROBABLE CAUSE There was improper cleaning of the timing chain case cover and oil pump housing sealing surfaces before assembly. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the timing chain case cover, clean the sealing surfaces, then reseal and reassemble. REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2241 Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, HC 8263386 (One tube repairs about 10 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1100A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.7 hour Failed Part: P/N 15112-RNA-A00 H/C 8045668 Defect Code: 08103 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for new oil leakage from the area. ^ If you see any signs of leakage, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift about 10-12 inches, and make sure it's securely supported. You will be working under the hood, so make it a comfortable height from the ground. 2. Support the engine by placing a jack and a wooden block under the oil pan. 3. Remove the engine drive belt: ^ Refer to page 4-40 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or ^ Online, enter keywords DRIVE BELT, and select Drive Belt Removal/Installation (R18A1 and R18A4 Engine) from the list. 4. Remove the bolt securing the A/C line, then remove the upper torque rod. 5. Remove the battery ground cable bolt on the side engine mount bracket, and remove the side engine mount bracket. 6. Remove the timing chain case cover from the oil pump housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Timing Cover: > 09-021 > Sep > 09 > Engine Oil leak From The Timing Chain Cover > Page 2242 7. Remove the old gasket material, and thoroughly clean and dry the mating surfaces of the timing chain case cover and the oil pump housing. 8. Apply Hondabond HI evenly to the mating surface of the oil pump housing, following the time limits in the instructions on the container. 9. Install the timing chain case cover to the oil pump housing. 10. Reassemble in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: It is important that you wait 30 minutes before adding oil to the engine. Also, wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2243 Timing Cover: Specifications Chain Case Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Timing Cover > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2244 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2250 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2251 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2252 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2253 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2254 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2255 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2256 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2257 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2258 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2259 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2260 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2261 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2262 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2263 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2264 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2265 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2266 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2267 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2268 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2269 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2270 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2271 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2272 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2273 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2274 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2275 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2276 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2277 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2278 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2279 Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2280 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Description and Operation VTEC System - This mechanism improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load. - The VTEC mechanism changes the valve lift and timing by using more than one cam profile. - The VTEC system changes the cam profile (angle) at cruising speeds. (Cam angle is changed to obtain the desired EGR effect and reduce pumping loss). Operation At engine start, and high load - The rocker arm oil control valve is OFF. - Oil pressure enters secondary rocker arm B from the oil passage in the intake rocker shaft. This forces the VTEC switching piston into secondary rocker arm A against the return spring and disengages secondary arm A from secondary arm B to stop valve actuation. At cruise The rocker arm oil control valve switches oil pressure to the oil passage in the intake rocker arm shaft. Oil pressure then enters secondary rocker arm A, and it moves the VTEC switching piston in the rocker arm. This causes the VTEC switching piston to slide into secondary rocker arm B, locking secondary rocker arms A and B together. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2281 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Cylinder Head Component Location Index (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2285 7. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2286 68. Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Timing Components > Variable Valve Timing > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 2287 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Service and Repair Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control valve connector (A) and the EOP sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the rocker arm oil control valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new rocker arm oil control valve filter (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel Pressure ...................................................................................................................................... ............................... 204 - 326 kPa (29.58 - 47.3 psi)* *at idle, as measured at the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, using the HDS or a scantool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2292 Fuel Pressure: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 °C (1000 °F). - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2293 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel pressure can only be checked using the HDS and viewing the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR readings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications Idle Speed: Specifications Idle speed without load conditions ................................................................................................................................... 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Idle speed with load conditions ........................................................................................................................................ 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 2297 Idle Speed: Description and Operation Idle Control System When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the PCM sends signals to the throttle actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 2298 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: - Before checking the idle speed, check these items: The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs. - Ignition timing - Sparkplugs - Air cleaner - PCV system - Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Powertrain Management/Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) 5. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (A/C switch on, temperature set to max cool, blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the PCM idle learn procedure, If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to symptom troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2303 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2308 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2309 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications Ignition Timing: Specifications Ignition Timing M/T: ......................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Neutral A/T: ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in N or P Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 2316 Ignition Timing: Description and Operation Ignition Timing Control The PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressure. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 2317 Ignition Timing: Testing and Inspection Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in N or P (A/T) or neutral (M/T)) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness. 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). 10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM. 11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications Spark Plug: Specifications Electrode Gap Standard (New): .......................................................................................................................................... 0.7 - 0.8 mm (0.028 - 0.031 in.) Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2321 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plugs NGK: .................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................ IFR7F8DS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2322 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. - Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too hot - Insufficient cooling - Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too cold - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coils 2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE: Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. - When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification. NOTE: Do not adjust the gap (A) of iridium tip plugs. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark plugs as listed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2323 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 25 N-m (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 2327 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the injectors from functioning. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 6. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the four ignition coils. 9. Remove the four spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Open the throttle fully, crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 880 kPa (9.0 kgf/cm2, 128 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. ^ Damaged or worn valves and seats ^ Damaged cylinder head gasket ^ Damaged or worn piston rings ^ Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the four spark plugs. 16. Install the four ignition coils. 17. Select ECM/PCM reset to cancel the ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS. 18. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2331 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you're going to check. 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on No. 1 cylinder and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2332 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw (A) until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. Tighten the locknut, and recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. 7. Tighten the locknut. Specified Torque: 7 x 0.75 mm 14 Nm (1.4 kgf-m, 10 lbf-ft) 8. Recheck the valve clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 3 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 10. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 4 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 12. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 2 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2333 14. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder. 15. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications Water Pump: Specifications Water Pump Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2337 Water Pump: Testing and Inspection Water Pump Inspection 1. Loosen the water pump pulley mounting bolts. 2. Remove the drive belt. 3. Remove the water pump pulley. 4. Turn the water pump counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. If doesn't turn smoothly, replace the water pump. 5. Install the water pump pulley. 6. Install the drive belt. 7. Tighten the water pump pulley mounting bolts to the specified torque. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Engine > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2338 Water Pump: Service and Repair Water Pump Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. 3. Remove the water pump (A) by removing the five bolts. 4. Clean and inspect the O-ring groove and the mating surface of the engine block. 5. Install the water pump with a new O-ring (B) in the reverse order of removal. 6. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 7. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner. 8. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed the air from the cooling system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Coolant: Capacity Specifications Coolant Replacement 4-door model Coolant change M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.37 US gal (5.2 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.40 US gal (5.3 L) Overhaul M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.72 US gal (6.5 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.77 US gal (6.7 L) 2-door model Coolant change M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.37 US gal (5.2 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.45 US gal (5.5 L) Overhaul M/T ...................................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 1.72 US gal (6.5 L) A/T .............................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 1.88 US gal (7.1 L) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 2344 Coolant: Fluid Type Specifications ENGINE COOLANT TYPE Always use Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2. Using a non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Honda All Season Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 is a mixture of 50 % antifreeze and 50 % water. Premixing is not required. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2345 Coolant: Testing and Inspection Coolant Check 1. Look at the coolant level in the coolant reservoir. Make sure it is between the MAX mark (A) and MIN mark (B). 2. If the coolant level in the coolant reservoir is at or below the MIN mark, add coolant to bring it between the MIN and MAX marks, then inspect the cooling system for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2346 Coolant: Service and Repair Coolant Replacement 1. Start the engine. Set the heater temperature control dial to maximum heat, then turn off the ignition switch. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch. 2. Remove the radiator cap. 3. Loosen the drain plug (A), and drain the coolant. 4. Remove the drain bolt (A) located at the front of the engine block. 5. After the coolant has drained, apply liquid gasket to the drain bolt threads, then reinstall the bolt with a new washer and tighten it securely. 6. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely. 7. Remove the coolant reservoir, then drain the coolant, and reinstall the reserve tank. 8. Fill the coolant reservoir tank to the MAX mark (A) with Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 (P/N OL999-9001). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2347 9. Pour Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 into the radiator up to the base of the filler neck. 10. Loosely install the radiator cap. 11. Start the engine, and let it run until it warms up (the radiator fan comes on at least twice). 12. If the maintenance minder indicated to replace the engine coolant, reset the maintenance minder, then go to step 20. If the maintenance minder did not indicate to replace the engine coolant, go to step 13. 13. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2348 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 16. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 17. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 18. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 19. Select MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM 5 RESET with the HDS. 20. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, and add Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2, if needed. 21. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again, and check for leaks. 22. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 23. Reset the maintenance information display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Drain Plug, Cylinder Block > Component Information > Service and Repair Coolant Drain Plug: Service and Repair Drain Bolt/Sealing Bolt Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Coolant Outlet > Component Information > Service and Repair Coolant Outlet: Service and Repair Heater Outlet Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the heater, hose (A) from the clamp. 4. Disconnect the heater hose (B) and water bypass hose (C). 5. Remove the heater outlet (A). 6. Install the heater outlet with a new gasket (B). 7. Install the other parts in the reverse order of removal. 8. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay: Locations Component Location Index Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations 14. Front Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2364 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2365 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2366 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2367 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2368 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2369 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2370 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2371 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2372 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2373 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2374 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2375 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2376 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2377 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2378 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2379 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2380 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2381 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2382 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2383 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2384 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2385 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2386 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2387 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2388 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2389 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2390 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2391 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2392 65. Radiator Fan Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2393 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor: Testing and Inspection Fan Motor Test 1. Disconnect the 2P connectors from the radiator fan motor (A) and condenser fan motor (B). 2. Test each motor by connecting battery power to terminal No. 2 and ground to terminal No. 1. 3. If the motor fails to run, or does not run smoothly, replace it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2397 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2398 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2403 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 2406 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Radiator: Testing and Inspection Radiator Test 1. Wait until the engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap, and fill the radiator with engine coolant to the top of the filler neck. 2. Attach a commercially available pressure tester (A) to the radiator, and apply a pressure of 93 - 123 kPa (0.95 - 1.25 kgf/cm2, 14 - 18 psi). 3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks, and a drop in pressure. 4. Remove the tester, then reinstall the radiator cap. 5. Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2410 Radiator: Service and Repair Radiator and Fan Replacement 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. 3. Remove the battery. 4. Drain the engine coolant. 5. Remove the front grille cover. 6. Disconnect the fan motor connectors (A) and hood switch connector (B), then remove the harness clamps (C). 7. Remove the reservoir hose (A), radiator cap base mounting bolts (B), clips (C), and radiator upper brackets (D). 8. Disconnect the upper radiator hose (A) and lower radiator hose (B). 9. Remove the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2411 10. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 2 connector (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 11. Remove the condenser bracket mounting bolts (A), then remove the bulkhead (B). 12. Pull up the radiator, then remove the fan shroud assemblies and other parts from the radiator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2412 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2413 13. Install the radiator in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the upper and lower cushions are set securely. 14. Install the bulkhead in the reverse order of removal. Apply body paint to the bulkhead mounting bolts. 15. Install the battery, and connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable. 16. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock. 17. Fill the radiator with engine coolant and bleed the air. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Radiator Cap > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Radiator Cap: Testing and Inspection Radiator Cap Test 1. Remove the radiator cap (A). Wet the seal with engine coolant, then install it on a commercially available pressure tester (B). 2. Apply a pressure of 93 - 123 kPa (0.95 - 1.25 kgf/cm2, 14 - 18 psi). 3. Check for a drop in pressure. 4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay > Component Information > Locations Radiator Cooling Fan Control Module Relay: Locations Component Location Index Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2424 Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Relays and Modules - Cooling System > Radiator Cooling Fan Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2425 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2431 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Sensors and Switches - Cooling System > Engine - Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 2434 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Specifications Thermostat: Specifications Standard Thermostat Starts Opening ..................................................................................................................................... ......................................... 176 - 183°F (80 - 84°C) Fully Open ........................................................... ......................................................................................................................................... 203°F (95°C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2438 Thermostat: Testing and Inspection Thermostat Test Replace the thermostat if it is open, at room temperature. To test a closed thermostat: 1. Suspend the thermostat (A) in a container of water. Do not let the thermometer (B) touch the bottom of the hot container. 2. Heat the water, and check the temperature with a thermometer. Check the temperature when the thermostat first opens, then check the temperature when the thermostat is fully open. 3. Measure the lift height of the thermostat when it is fully open. Standard Thermostat Lift Height: Above 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) Starts Opening: 176 - 183°F (80 - 84°C) Fully Open: 203°F (95°C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Replacement Thermostat: Service and Repair Thermostat Replacement Thermostat Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the harness clamp bracket and thermostat cover, then remove the thermostat. 3. Install the thermostat with a new rubber seal. 4. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed air from the cooling system. 5. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Replacement > Page 2441 Thermostat: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement 1. Remove the cowl panel and under-cowl cover. 2. Remove the water bypass hoses (A) from the fuel pressure regulator thermostat, then plug the hoses. 3. Remove the fuel pressure regulator thermostat (B). 4. Install the fuel pressure regulator thermostat in the reverse order of removal. 5. Install the cowl panel and under-cowl cover. 6. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation Thermostat Housing: Service and Repair Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation Removal 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the harness bracket (A), and cover the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor connector and secondary heated oxygen sensor (secondary H02S) connector with a tape to protect the connectors from engine coolant, then disconnect the lower radiator hose (B), the water bypass hoses (C), and the heater hose (D). 4. Remove the thermostat housing. 5. Remove the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) plate (A), thermostat cover (B), and thermostat (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2446 Installation 1. Install the new rubber seal (A) onto the thermostat, then install the thermostat (B) with pin (C) up, and install the thermostat cover (D). 2. Install the EGR plate (E) with a new gasket (F). 3. Install the thermostat housing (A), using a new gasket (B) and new O-ring (C). 4. Install the lower radiator hose (A), heater hose (B), and water bypass hoses (C), then install the harness bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2447 5. Install the air cleaner assembly. 6. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2448 Thermostat Housing: Service and Repair Water Outlet Removal and Installation Water Outlet Removal and Installation Removal 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 4. Disconnect the engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (C). 5. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), upper radiator hose (B), and water bypass hose (C). 6. Remove the water outlet (A) and ECT sensor 1 (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2449 Installation 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the water outlet mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 2. Clean and dry the water outlet mating surfaces. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the cylinder head mating surface of the water outlet. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. 4. Install the water outlet (A), then install the ECT sensor 1 (B) with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2450 5. Install the air cleaner housing bracket (A), upper radiator hose (B), and water bypass hose (C). 6. Connect the engine temperature (ECT) sensor 1 connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Thermostat Housing, Engine Cooling > Component Information > Service and Repair > Thermostat Housing Removal and Installation > Page 2451 7. Install the harness holder (B) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (C). 8. Install the air cleaner assembly. 9. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications Water Pump: Specifications Water Pump Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2455 Water Pump: Testing and Inspection Water Pump Inspection 1. Loosen the water pump pulley mounting bolts. 2. Remove the drive belt. 3. Remove the water pump pulley. 4. Turn the water pump counterclockwise. Check that it turns freely. If doesn't turn smoothly, replace the water pump. 5. Install the water pump pulley. 6. Install the drive belt. 7. Tighten the water pump pulley mounting bolts to the specified torque. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Cooling System > Water Pump > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2456 Water Pump: Service and Repair Water Pump Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. 3. Remove the water pump (A) by removing the five bolts. 4. Clean and inspect the O-ring groove and the mating surface of the engine block. 5. Install the water pump with a new O-ring (B) in the reverse order of removal. 6. Clean up any spilled engine coolant. 7. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner. 8. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, then bleed the air from the cooling system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations Catalytic Converter System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations > Page 2461 Catalytic Converter: Description and Operation Catalytic Converter System Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) The TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen (N2), and water vapor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations > Page 2462 Catalytic Converter: Service and Repair Catalytic Converter Removal/Installation 1. Remove the A/F sensor (sensor 1), 2. Remove the secondary HO2S (sensor 2), 3. Remove the cover(A). 4. Remove the TWC (B). 5. Remove the converter cover (C). 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gaskets (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Engine, Cooling and Exhaust > Exhaust System > Exhaust Pipe > Component Information > Service and Repair Exhaust Pipe: Service and Repair Exhaust Pipe and Muffler Replacement Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Locations Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2472 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2473 Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 2482 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2488 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2489 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2490 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2491 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2492 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2493 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2494 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2495 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2496 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2497 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2498 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2499 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2500 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 2505 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2511 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2512 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2513 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2514 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2515 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2516 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2517 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2518 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2519 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2520 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2521 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2522 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 2523 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2524 Engine Control Module: Locations 46. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 2525 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2528 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2529 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2530 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2531 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2532 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2533 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2534 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2535 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2536 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2537 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2538 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2539 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2540 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2541 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2542 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2543 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2544 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2545 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2546 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2547 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2548 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2549 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2550 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2551 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2552 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2553 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2554 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2555 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2556 Engine Control Module: Connector Views PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2557 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2558 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2559 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2560 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2561 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2562 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2563 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2564 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2565 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2566 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2567 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2568 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2569 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2570 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2571 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2572 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2573 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2574 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2575 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2576 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2577 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2578 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2579 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2580 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors NOTE: The PCM stays on up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS line first, can damage the PCM. 1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 2. Remove the cover (A). 3. Lift up the under-hood fuse/relay box (D). 4. Remove the coolant reservoir (E). Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 5. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2583 6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to a commercially available digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C). 7. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port from the terminal side. Do not force the tips into the terminals. NOTE: For accurate results, always use the pin probe (male). - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. - Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2584 Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection PCM Terminal Values PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2585 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2586 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2587 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2588 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2589 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2590 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 2591 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures Engine Control Module: Procedures ECM Reset HDS Clear Command The PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as when the battery negative terminal or No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, PCM reset, and CKP pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except CKP pattern. If the CKP pattern data in the PCM was cleared, you must do the CKP pattern learn procedure. The CKP pattern clear command erases only CKP pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. Scan Tool Clear Command If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time (CKP pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs). After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: PCM idle learn procedure.; CKP pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete . DTC Clear 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. PCM Reset NOTE:If the low fuel indicator is blinking, the PCM can not be reset with the HDS. To reset the PCM, do the low fuel indicator troubleshooting . 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2594 Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Updating the ECM/PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during a troubleshooting procedures. - Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version. - Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. - To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2595 the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 4 and 5 and clean the throttle body after updating the PCM. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE:If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the update function and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow what is shown in the screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM. Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position - Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger) - Shut down the HDS - Disconnect the HDS from the DLC - Reboot the HDS - Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body, 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped). 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 and 6 and clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM, 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Remove the battery. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2596 9. Remove the cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the PCM (E). 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=Triangle, C=Circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 21. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped) and set the clock. Idle Learn Procedure ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: - Replace the ECM/PCM. - Reset the ECM/PCM. - Update the ECM/PCM. - Replace or clean the throttle body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2597 NOTE: Cleaning the DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.) are off. 2. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. 6. Verify on the HDS data list that the idle learn procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2598 Engine Control Module: Removal and Replacement ECM/PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software version. - If you are replacing the ECM/PCM after substituting a known-good ECM/PCM, reinstall the original ECM/PCM, then do this procedure. - During the procedure, is any READ DATA, WRITE DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then continue. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 through 10,19 through 24, and 27 through 29, and do these procedures after replacing the ECM/PCM (USA, Canada models): - Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter. - Replace the ATF (A/T model). - Clean the throttle body. 5. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 6. USA, Canada models: Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 7. USA, Canada models: Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original ECM/PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new ECM/PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 9. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T system with the HDS. 10. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the battery. 13. Remove the cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2599 14. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). 15. Disconnect ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 16. Install the ECM/PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. USA, Canada models: Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS: NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 19. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 8, go to step 22 (A/T model) or step 25 (M/T model). Otherwise, go to step 20. 20. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 21. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 22. USA, Canada models A/T: If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 10, go to step 25. Otherwise go to step 23. 23. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 24. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 25. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 26. Enter the immobilizer code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 27. USA, Canada models: If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7 clean the throttle body, then go to step 28. 28. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 8 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 21, replace the engine oil and engine oil filter, then go to step 29 (A/T model) or step 30 (M/T model). 29. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 10 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 24, replace the ATF, then go to step 30. 30. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. 32. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 2600 33. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 34. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system (if equipped), then set the clock (if needed). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2604 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2605 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2606 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2607 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2608 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2609 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2610 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2614 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2615 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2616 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2621 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2622 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2623 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2624 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2625 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2626 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2627 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2631 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2632 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2633 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2634 Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2638 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2639 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2640 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations Ignition Relay: Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2645 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2646 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 2647 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Check the No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse. If the fuse continues to blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the ignition coils. 2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it. Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the ignition coil relay. 3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Check for continuity between each ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. 5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 2650 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 11. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 2651 Is there continuity? YES - The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Powertrain Management > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 2652 Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2658 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2659 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 2662 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2663 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2664 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2668 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2669 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2670 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2671 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation Barometric Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2678 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2679 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2680 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2683 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2684 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2685 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2689 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 2692 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2696 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2697 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2698 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2699 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2700 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2704 Electric Load Sensor: Service and Repair ELD Replacement 1. Remove the ECM/PCM. 2. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box. 3. Remove the screw (A). 4. Turn the housing over, then remove the screw (A). 5. Turn the housing over again. Using two flat-tip screwdrivers, release the tabs (A), and pry up the fuse/relay box base (B) from the fuse/relay box housing (C). NOTE: Make sure the terminals (D) are not bent or damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2705 6. Remove the ELD (A). 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2712 118. FTP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2713 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2714 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair FTP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTP sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2721 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG): Service and Repair FTT Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTT sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2725 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2726 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2727 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2728 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2732 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2733 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2734 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2735 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2739 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2740 121. MAP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2741 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2742 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Service and Repair MAP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2746 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2747 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 2752 25. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2753 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams 139. A/F Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 149. HO2S, Secondary (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the TWC, and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor > Page 2756 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC), and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal heater. The PCM compares the HO2S output with the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The secondary HO2S is located on the TWC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair A/F Sensor Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on S6176, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 2759 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair Secondary HO2S Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), then remove the secondary HO2S (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2763 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2764 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2765 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2766 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2767 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2768 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2769 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2773 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2774 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2778 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2779 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2780 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2781 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2782 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2783 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2784 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2785 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 2786 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2791 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2792 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 2795 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2796 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2797 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2801 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2802 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2803 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2804 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 201. Right Rear Of Engine (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2808 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2809 264. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1. 2. Remove the fuel pressure switch (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 2812 Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Remove the fuel feed hose (A). 4. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations 198. Rear Of Engine (GX) 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2816 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2817 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Diagrams 258. FTT Sensor (GX) 263. Fuel Temperature Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2818 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the fuel temperature sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2822 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2823 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2828 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2829 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2830 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2833 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2834 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2835 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2839 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2840 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2841 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2842 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2843 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2847 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 2848 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2851 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2852 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2853 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2854 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2855 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2856 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2857 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2858 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2859 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2860 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2861 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2862 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2863 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2864 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2865 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2866 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2867 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2868 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2869 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2870 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2871 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2872 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2873 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2874 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2875 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2876 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2877 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2878 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 2879 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2880 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 2881 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2885 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2886 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2887 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Powertrain Management > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2888 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel Pressure ...................................................................................................................................... ............................... 204 - 326 kPa (29.58 - 47.3 psi)* *at idle, as measured at the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, using the HDS or a scantool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2893 Fuel Pressure: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 °C (1000 °F). - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 2894 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel pressure can only be checked using the HDS and viewing the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR readings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications Idle Speed: Specifications Idle speed without load conditions ................................................................................................................................... 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Idle speed with load conditions ........................................................................................................................................ 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 2898 Idle Speed: Description and Operation Idle Control System When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the PCM sends signals to the throttle actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 2899 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: - Before checking the idle speed, check these items: The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs. - Ignition timing - Sparkplugs - Air cleaner - PCV system - Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) 5. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (A/C switch on, temperature set to max cool, blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the PCM idle learn procedure, If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to symptom troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 2904 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2909 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 2910 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications Ignition Timing: Specifications Ignition Timing M/T: ......................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Neutral A/T: ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in N or P Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 2917 Ignition Timing: Description and Operation Ignition Timing Control The PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressure. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 2918 Ignition Timing: Testing and Inspection Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in N or P (A/T) or neutral (M/T)) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness. 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). 10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM. 11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications Spark Plug: Specifications Electrode Gap Standard (New): .......................................................................................................................................... 0.7 - 0.8 mm (0.028 - 0.031 in.) Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2922 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plugs NGK: .................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................ IFR7F8DS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2923 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. - Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too hot - Insufficient cooling - Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too cold - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coils 2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE: Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. - When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification. NOTE: Do not adjust the gap (A) of iridium tip plugs. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark plugs as listed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 2924 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 25 N-m (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Compression Check > System Information > Specifications > Page 2928 Compression Check: Testing and Inspection Engine Compression Inspection NOTE: After this inspection, you must reset the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM), otherwise the ECM/PCM will continue to stop the injectors from functioning. 1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature (cooling fan comes on). 2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 3. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC). 4. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 6. Select PGM-FI, INSPECTION, then ALL INJECTORS OFF function on the HDS. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the four ignition coils. 9. Remove the four spark plugs. 10. Attach the compression gauge to a spark plug hole. 11. Open the throttle fully, crank the engine with the starter motor and measure the compression. Compression Pressure: Above 880 kPa (9.0 kgf/cm2, 128 psi) 12. Measure the compression on the remaining cylinders. Maximum Variation: Within 200 kPa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28 psi) 13. If the compression is not within specifications, check the following items, then remeasure the compression. ^ Damaged or worn valves and seats ^ Damaged cylinder head gasket ^ Damaged or worn piston rings ^ Damaged or worn piston and cylinder bore 14. Remove the compression gauge from the spark plug hole. 15. Install the four spark plugs. 16. Install the four ignition coils. 17. Select ECM/PCM reset to cancel the ALL INJECTORS OFF on the HDS. 18. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications Valve Clearance: Specifications Valve Clearance Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2932 Valve Clearance: Adjustments Valve Clearance Adjustment NOTE: Adjust the valves only when the cylinder head temperature is less than 100°F (38°C). 1. Remove the cylinder head cover. 2. Set the No. 1 piston at top dead center (TDC). The "UP" mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket should be at the top, and the TDC grooves (B) on the camshaft sprocket should line up with the top edge of the head. 3. Select the correct thickness feeler gauge for the valves you're going to check. 4. Insert the feeler gauge (A) between the adjusting screw and the end of the valve stem on No. 1 cylinder and slide it back and forth; you should feel a slight amount of drag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2933 5. If you feel too much or too little drag, loosen the locknut, and turn the adjusting screw (A) until the drag on the feeler gauge is correct. 6. Tighten the locknut, and recheck the clearance. Repeat the adjustment, if necessary. 7. Tighten the locknut. Specified Torque: 7 x 0.75 mm 14 Nm (1.4 kgf-m, 10 lbf-ft) 8. Recheck the valve clearance. Repeat the adjustment if necessary. 9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 3 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 10. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 3 cylinder. 11. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 4 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. 12. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 4 cylinder. 13. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise. Align the No. 2 piston TDC groove (A) on the camshaft sprocket with the top edge of the head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Tune-up and Engine Performance Checks > Valve Clearance > System Information > Specifications > Page 2934 14. Check, and if necessary, adjust the valve clearance on No. 2 cylinder. 15. Install the cylinder head cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > A/C Signal > Component Information > Testing and Inspection A/C Signal: Testing and Inspection A/C Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Turn the blower switch on. 3. Turn the A/C switch on. 4. Check the A/C CLUTCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Do the A/C system test. 5. Check the A/C system. Does the A/C system operate? YES - The air conditioning system circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 8. Activate the A/C CLUTCH in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor clutch? YES - Do the A/C system test. NO - Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 11. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 13. Momentarily connect ECM/PCM connector terminal A14 to body ground with a jumper wire several times. Is there a clicking noise from the A/C compressor clutch? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the A/C clutch relay and the ECM/PCM. If the connections are OK, check the A/C clutch relay, repair open in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A14) and the A/C clutch relay and the other A/C systems. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2942 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2943 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 2946 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2947 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 2948 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2952 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2953 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2954 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2955 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2959 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2960 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2961 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2962 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation Barometric Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2969 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2970 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2971 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2974 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2975 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 2976 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 2980 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 2983 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2987 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2988 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2989 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2990 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 2991 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations Data Link Connector: Locations 81. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 2995 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 2996 217. DLC Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 2997 Data Link Connector: Testing and Inspection DLC Circuit Troubleshooting NOTE: Before you begin, make sure the HDS and the DLC cable are working properly. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC. NOTE:Make sure the HDS is properly connected to the DLC. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and read the HDS. Does the HDS identify the vehicle? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 21. 4. Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs in the PGM-FI system with the HDS. Are any Temporary DTCs or DTCs indicated? YES - Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - Go to step 5. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the SRS indicator. Does the SRS indicator stay on? YES - Go to the SRS system's general troubleshooting information, NO - Go to step 7. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the ABS indicator. Does the ABS indicator stay on? YES - Go to the ABS system's general troubleshooting information, NO - Go to step 9. 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the immobilizer indicator. Does the immobilizer indicator stay on or flash? YES - Go to the immobilizer system's troubleshooting, NO - With TPMS: Go to step 11. - Without TPMS: Go to step 13. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and watch the TPMS indicator. Does the TPMS indicator stay on? YES - Go to the TPMS indicator system's troubleshooting, NO - Go to step 13. 13. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 2998 14. Check for B-CAN system DTCs without the HDS, Are any B-CAN DTCs indicated? YES - Go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. NO - Go to step 15. 15. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 16. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 17. Check for continuity between DLC terminal No. 7 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 18. NO - Go to step 19. 18. Continue to check for continuity between DLC terminal No. 7 and body ground while disconnecting these connectors, one at a time: - SRS unit connector A (28P) - ABS modulator-control unit 25P connector - Immobilizer-keyless control unit 7P connector - TPMS control unit 20P connector (with TPMS) - Audio unit 17P connector - Under-dash fuse/relay box (Q) 16P connector Does continuity go away when one of the above parts is disconnected? YES - Replace the part that caused an open when it was disconnected. NO - Repair short in the wire between the DLC (K-line) and the ABS modulator-control unit, the SRS unit, the immobilizer-keyless control unit, the TPMS control unit (with TPMS), the audio unit, or the under-dash fuse/relay box. 19. Connect DLC terminal No. 7 to body ground with a jumper wire. 20. Check for continuity between body ground and these connector terminals: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 2999 Is there continuity between the DLC terminal and each of the terminals in the chart? YES - Replace the part that does not communicate with the HDS. NO - Repair open in the wire between the DLC (K-line) and the appropriate connector. 21. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function, 22. Check for B-CAN system DTCs without the HDS, Is DTCB1168, B1169, and/or B1178 indicated? YES - Go to step 35. NO - Go to step 23. 23. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 24. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 25. Measure voltage between DLC terminal No. 16 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 26. NO - Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. 16 and the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. 26. Measure voltage between DLC terminals No. 4 and No. 16. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 27. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3000 NO - Repair open in the wire between DLC terminal No. 4 and G502, 27. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 28. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 29. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 30. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 31. Connect DLC terminal No. 6 to body ground with a jumper wire. 32. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A36 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 33. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A36) and DLC terminal No. 6. 33. Connect DLC terminal No. 14 to body ground with a jumper wire. 34. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A37 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3001 Is there continuity? YES - Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM, NO - Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A37) and DLC terminal No. 14. 35. Try to start the engine. Does the engine start and idle smoothly? YES - Go to F-CAN circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/F-CAN Circuit Troubleshooting NO - Go to step 36. 36. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 37. Check the No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Repair open in the wire between the No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the ignition switch. If the wire is OK, go to step 38. NO - Repair short in the wire between the No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A) fuse and the under-hood fuse/relay box. Also replace the No. 2 IG MAIN (50 A ) fuse. 38. Inspect the No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Go to step 45. NO - Go to step 39. 39. Remove the blown No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 40. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 41. Check for continuity between body ground and PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 individually. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3002 Is there continuity? YES - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box, Also replace the No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse. NO - Go to step 42. 42. Disconnect each of the parts or connectors below, one at a time, while checking for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. - Fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay - PCM connector A (44P) - Camshaft position (CMP) sensor 3P connector - Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor 3P connector - Injector control module relay - Ignition coil relay - Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay Does continuity go away when one of the above parts is disconnected ? YES - Replace the component that made the short to body ground go away when disconnected. If the parts is the PCM, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM, Also replace the No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse. NO - Go to step 43. 43. Disconnect these parts and connectors: - Fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay - PCM connector A (44P) - Camshaft position (CMP) sensor - Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor - Injector control module relay - Ignition coil relay - Electronic throttle control system (ETCS) control relay 44. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3003 Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between PGM-FI main relay 1 and each item. Also replace the No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse. NO - Replace PGM-FI main relay 1. Also replace the No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse. 45. Inspect the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Go to step 53. NO - Go to step 46. 46. Remove the blown No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 47. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 48. Disconnect PCM connector C (44P). 49. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C36 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 48. NO - Replace the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse, and update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM, 50. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover, 51. Remove the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay (A) from the relay holder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3004 52. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C36 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (C36), between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay or between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the immobilizer control unit. Also replace the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse. NO - Do the fuel pressure regulator shut-off solenoid valve/fuel tank internal solenoid valve troubleshooting. 53. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 54. Disconnect PCM connectors A (44P) and C (44P). 55. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 56. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal C36 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 57. NO - Repair open in the wire between the No. 2 FUEL PUMP (15 A) fuse and the PCM (C36). 57. Measure voltage between PCM connector terminal A6 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3005 Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 62. NO - Go to step 58. 58. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 59. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1 (C) from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 60. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. 3 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 61. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box, 61. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No.4 and PCM connector terminal A6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3006 Is there continuity? YES - Test PGM-FI main relay 1 . If the relay is OK, update the PCM if it does not have the latest software , or substitute a known-good PCM , then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known- good PCM, replace the original PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PCM (A6) and PGM-FI main relay 1. 62. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 63. Remove PGM-FI main relay 1(C) from the under- hood fuse/relay box. 64. Measure voltage between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No. land body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 65. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box, 65. Check for continuity between PGM-FI main relay 1 4P connector terminal No.2 and PCM connector terminal A8. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3007 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 66. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PCM (AS) and PGM-FI main relay 1. 66. Test PGM-FI main relay 1. Is PGM-FI main relay 1 OK? YES - Go to step 67. NO - Replace PGM-FI main relay 1. 67. Check the injector control module relay circuit. Is the injector control module relay circuit OK? YES - Go to step 68. NO - Follow the result of the injector control module relay troubleshooting. 68. Check the injector control module circuit. Is the injector control module circuit OK? YES - Go to step 69. NO - Follow the result of the injector control module circuit troubleshooting. 69. Disconnect PCM connector B (44P). 70. Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminals I, B36, C2, C40, and C44 individually. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3008 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 71. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PCM (B1, B36, C2, C40, C44) and G101. 71. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 72. NO - Go to step 73. 72. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C13 and body ground, while disconnecting these connectors, one at a time: - MAP sensor 3P connector - EOP sensor 3P connector ('06 model) - Output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor 3P connector Does continuity go away when one of the above sensors is disconnected? YES - Replace the sensor that caused an open when it was disconnected. NO - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C13) and the MAP sensor, the EOP sensor ('06 model), or the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor. 73. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B18 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3009 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 74. NO - Go to step 75. 74. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal B18 and body ground, while disconnecting these connectors, one at a time: - IMT actuator 5P connector - EOP sensor 3P connector ('07-08 models) - Input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor 3P connector Does continuity go away when one of the above sensors is disconnected? YES - Replace the sensor that caused an open when it was disconnected. NO - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (B18) and the IMT actuator, the EOP sensor ('07-08 models), or the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor. 75. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C12 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 76. NO - Go to step 77. 76. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal C12 and body ground, while disconnecting the throttle body 6P connector. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (C12) and the throttle body. NO - Replace the throttle body. 77. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A25 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3010 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 78. NO - Go to step 79. 78. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A25 and body ground, while disconnecting the APP sensor 6P connector. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A25) and APP sensor A. NO - Replace the accelerator pedal module, 79. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A24 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 80. NO - Go to step 81. 80. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A24 and body ground, while disconnecting the APP sensor 6P connector. Is there continuity ? YES - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A24) and APP sensor B. NO - Replace the accelerator pedal module, 81. Check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A19 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Data Link Connector > Component Information > Locations > Page 3011 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 82. NO - Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM, 82. Continue to check for continuity between PCM connector terminal A19 and body ground, while disconnecting these connectors, one at a time: - A/C pressure sensor 3P connector - Fuel rail pressure sensor - FTP sensor 3P connector Does continuity go away when any of the above sensors are disconnected? YES - Replace the sensor that caused an open when it was disconnected. NO - Repair short in the wire between the PCM (A19) and the A/C pressure sensor, the fuel rail pressure sensor, or the FTP sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3015 Electric Load Sensor: Service and Repair ELD Replacement 1. Remove the ECM/PCM. 2. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box. 3. Remove the screw (A). 4. Turn the housing over, then remove the screw (A). 5. Turn the housing over again. Using two flat-tip screwdrivers, release the tabs (A), and pry up the fuse/relay box base (B) from the fuse/relay box housing (C). NOTE: Make sure the terminals (D) are not bent or damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3016 6. Remove the ELD (A). 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 3020 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 3021 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 3022 Electronic Throttle Actuator: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Locations Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3026 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3027 Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 3036 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3042 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3043 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3044 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3045 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3046 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3047 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3048 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3049 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3050 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3051 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3052 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3053 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3054 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 3059 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3065 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3066 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3067 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3068 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3069 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3070 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3071 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3072 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3073 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3074 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3075 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3076 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3077 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3078 Engine Control Module: Locations 46. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3079 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3082 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3083 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3084 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3085 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3086 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3087 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3088 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3089 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3090 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3091 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3092 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3093 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3094 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3095 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3096 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3097 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3098 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3099 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3100 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3101 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3102 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3103 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3104 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3105 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3106 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3107 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3108 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3109 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3110 Engine Control Module: Connector Views PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3111 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3112 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3113 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3114 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3115 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3116 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3117 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3118 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3119 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3120 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3121 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3122 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3123 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3124 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3125 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3126 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3127 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3128 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3129 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3130 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3131 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3132 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3133 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3134 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors NOTE: The PCM stays on up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS line first, can damage the PCM. 1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 2. Remove the cover (A). 3. Lift up the under-hood fuse/relay box (D). 4. Remove the coolant reservoir (E). Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 5. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3137 6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to a commercially available digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C). 7. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port from the terminal side. Do not force the tips into the terminals. NOTE: For accurate results, always use the pin probe (male). - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. - Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3138 Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection PCM Terminal Values PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3139 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3140 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3141 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3142 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3143 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3144 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3145 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures Engine Control Module: Procedures ECM Reset HDS Clear Command The PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as when the battery negative terminal or No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, PCM reset, and CKP pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except CKP pattern. If the CKP pattern data in the PCM was cleared, you must do the CKP pattern learn procedure. The CKP pattern clear command erases only CKP pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. Scan Tool Clear Command If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time (CKP pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs). After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: PCM idle learn procedure.; CKP pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete . DTC Clear 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. PCM Reset NOTE:If the low fuel indicator is blinking, the PCM can not be reset with the HDS. To reset the PCM, do the low fuel indicator troubleshooting . 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3148 Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Updating the ECM/PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during a troubleshooting procedures. - Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version. - Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. - To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3149 skip steps 4 and 5 and clean the throttle body after updating the PCM. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE:If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the update function and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow what is shown in the screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM. Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position - Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger) - Shut down the HDS - Disconnect the HDS from the DLC - Reboot the HDS - Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body, 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped). 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 and 6 and clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM, 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Remove the battery. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3150 9. Remove the cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the PCM (E). 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=Triangle, C=Circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 21. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped) and set the clock. Idle Learn Procedure ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: - Replace the ECM/PCM. - Reset the ECM/PCM. - Update the ECM/PCM. - Replace or clean the throttle body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3151 NOTE: Cleaning the DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.) are off. 2. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. 6. Verify on the HDS data list that the idle learn procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3152 Engine Control Module: Removal and Replacement ECM/PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software version. - If you are replacing the ECM/PCM after substituting a known-good ECM/PCM, reinstall the original ECM/PCM, then do this procedure. - During the procedure, is any READ DATA, WRITE DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then continue. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 through 10,19 through 24, and 27 through 29, and do these procedures after replacing the ECM/PCM (USA, Canada models): Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter. - Replace the ATF (A/T model). - Clean the throttle body. 5. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 6. USA, Canada models: Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 7. USA, Canada models: Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original ECM/PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new ECM/PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 9. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T system with the HDS. 10. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the battery. 13. Remove the cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3153 14. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). 15. Disconnect ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 16. Install the ECM/PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. USA, Canada models: Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS: NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 19. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 8, go to step 22 (A/T model) or step 25 (M/T model). Otherwise, go to step 20. 20. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 21. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 22. USA, Canada models A/T: If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 10, go to step 25. Otherwise go to step 23. 23. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 24. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 25. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 26. Enter the immobilizer code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 27. USA, Canada models: If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7 clean the throttle body, then go to step 28. 28. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 8 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 21, replace the engine oil and engine oil filter, then go to step 29 (A/T model) or step 30 (M/T model). 29. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 10 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 24, replace the ATF, then go to step 30. 30. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. 32. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3154 33. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 34. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system (if equipped), then set the clock (if needed). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3158 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3159 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3160 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3161 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3162 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3163 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3164 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3171 118. FTP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3172 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3173 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair FTP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTP sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3180 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG): Service and Repair FTT Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTT sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Locations Information Bus: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Locations > Page 3184 Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Locations > Page 3185 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Locations > Page 3186 Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Information Bus: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3189 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3190 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3191 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3192 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3194 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3195 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3196 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3197 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3198 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3199 Information Bus: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3200 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3201 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3202 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3203 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3204 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3205 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3206 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3207 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3208 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3209 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3210 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3211 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3212 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3213 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3214 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3215 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3216 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3217 Information Bus: Electrical Diagrams Wiring Diagrams Diagram 50-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3218 Diagram 50-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3219 Diagram 50-2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3220 Diagram 50-3 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3221 Multiplex Integrated Control System Circuit Diagram Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3222 Multiplex Integrated Control System Circuit Diagram Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description Information Bus: Description and Operation System Description System Description MICU Control Functions Index The MICU (built into the under-dash fuse/relay box) is one of the B-CAN components. The MICU controls many systems related to the body controller area and a security system, and also works as a gateway to diagnose the other B-CAN connected ECUs with the HDS. Refer to each system circuit diagram for details. The MICU also controls the function of these circuits: - Entry lights control (map lights and ceiling light) - Exterior lights control (including the daytime running lights control) - Horn - Interlock system - Key-in reminder - Keyless entry - Lights-on reminder - Power door locks - Seat belt reminder - Security alarm - Turn signal/hazard warning - Wiper/washer Body Controller Area Network (B-CAN) and Fast Controller Area Network (F-CAN) The body controller area network (B-CAN) and the fast controller area network (F-CAN) share information between multiple electronic control units (ECUs). B-CAN communication moves at a slower speed (33.33 kbps) for convenience related items and for other functions. F-CAN information moves at a faster speed (500 kbps) for "real time" functions such as fuel and emissions data. To allow both systems to share information, the gauge control module translates information from B-CAN to F-CAN and from F-CAN to B-CAN. - The single wire method is used between the units not requiring the communication to move at a fast speed. - Using a single wire method reduces the number of the wires used on the body controller area network. Gateway Function Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3225 The gauge control module (tach) acts as a gateway to allow both systems to share information, the gauge control module translates information from B-CAN to F-CAN and from F-CAN to B-CAN. Network "Loss of Communication" Error Checking Function The ECUs on the CAN circuit send messages to each other. If there are any malfunctions on the network, the odo/trip display on the gauge control module can indicate the error messages by entering the gauge self-diagnostic function. NOTE: For further information about Error indication, refer to the gauge control module self-diagnostic function. Self-diagnostic Function By connecting the HDS to the data link connector (DLC), the HDS can retrieve the diagnostic results from the MICU via a diagnostic line called K-LINE. The K-LINE is distinguished from the CAN line, and connected to the CAN related ECUs. The MICU is a gateway between the HDS and B-CAN related ECUs, and sends B-CAN diagnostic results to the HDS. When performing a function test with the HDS, the HDS sends an output signal through the K-LINE to the MICU. The MICU either relays the request to another ECU, or commands the function its self. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3226 Wake-up and Sleep Function The multiplex integrated control system has "wake-up" and "sleep" functions to decrease parasitic draw on the battery when the ignition switch is OFF. - In the sleep mode, the MICU stops functioning (communication and CPU control) when it is not necessary for the system to operate. - As soon as any operation is requested (for example, a door is unlocked), the related control unit in the sleep mode immediately wakes up and begins to function. - When the ignition switch is turned OFF, and the driver's door is opened, then closed, there is a delay about 40 seconds before the control unit goes from the wake-up mode to the sleep mode. - The sleep mode will not function if any door is opened or if a key is in the ignition. - The draw is reduced from 200 mA to less than 35 mA when in the sleep mode. NOTE: For Sleep and Wake-up Mode Test, refer to Information Bus/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics. Fail-safe Function To prevent improper operation, the MICU has a fail-safe function. In the fail-safe mode, the output signal is fixed when any part of the system malfunctions (for example, a faulty control unit or communication line). Each control unit has a hardware fail-safe function that fixes the output signal when there is a CPU malfunction, and a software fail-safe function that ignores the signal from a malfunctioning control unit, which allows the system to operate normally. Hardware Fail-safe Control Fail-safe function When a CPU problem or a abnormal power supply voltage is detected, the MICU moves to the hardware fail-safe mode, and each system output load is set to the pre-programmed fail-safe value. Software Fail-safe Control When any of the data from the B-CAN circuit cannot be received within a specified time, or an unusual combination of the data is recognized, the MICU Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3227 moves to the software fail-safe mode. The data that cannot be received is forced to a pre-programmed value. Fuel Fill Door Operation Power Supply Voltage Monitoring Function The MICU monitors the power supply voltage (back-up voltage). If the voltage goes below 10 V, the MICU sends a MICU message and will not store DTCs. Entry Lights Control System The MICU controls the ceiling light ON/OFF and dimming based upon the input signals from each switch. lighting system (Headlights, Parking Lights, Side Marker Lights, License Plate Lights, and Taillights) The MICU contains the relay circuits of the headlight high/low beam and taillights, and controls the lighting system ON/OFF based upon the input signals from the combination light switch. Daytime Running Lights The MICU controls the exterior lights as a daytime running lights based upon the input signals from the each switch. Turn Signal/Hazard Warning The MICU controls the turn signal/hazard warning based upon the input signals from the turn signal and hazard warning switches. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3228 Power Door Locks (Vehicle Speed Sense) The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the B-CAN and input signals. Power Door Locks (Normally LOCK/UNLOCK Operation) The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the input signals of each switch. Door Lock Response Operation The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the B-CAN signals. Power Window Key-off Operation The MICU controls the power windows key-off operation based upon the input signals. Keyless Entry System The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the input signals of each switch and the B-CAN signals. Keyless PANIC The MICU controls the keyless PANIC based upon the B-CAN signals. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3229 Security Alarm System The MICU controls the lighting system and horn based upon the input signals of each switch and the B-CAN signals. Key-in Reminder The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the IG1, the driver's door switch, and the driver's door lock knob switch signals. Key Interlock (A/T) The MICU controls the key interlock solenoid based upon the IG1, the transmission range switch, and the park-pin switch signals. Answer Back Response Operation The MICU controls the lighting system and horn based upon the B-CAN signals. Wiper/Washer The MICU controls the wiper motor and the washer motor based upon the IG1 and the wiper/washer switch signals. Collision Detection Signal (CDS) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3230 The MICU controls the door lock actuators based upon the IG1 and the B-CAN signals. HDS Inputs and Commands Certain inputs happen so quickly that the HDS cannot update fast enough. Hold the switch that is being tested while monitoring the Data List. This should give the HDS time to update the signal on the Data List. Because the HDS software is updated to support the release for newer vehicles it is not uncommon to see system function tests that are not supported. Make sure that the most current software is loaded. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3231 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Description and Operation > System Description > Page 3232 Information Bus: Description and Operation Circuit Description How the Circuit Works The multiplex integrated control system sends digital signals between control units through shared wires to reduce the number of wires in order to make harnesses lighter. The input signals from each switch are converted to digital signals within the receiving control unit. The digital signals are sent from one control unit to another as serial data over dedicated communication lines. When the appropriate control unit receives the digital signal, it converts the signal back to an operational command, such as operating a relay. The multiplex integrated control system schematic shows its power, grounds, and communication lines. The ceiling light is shown because it is used to blink DTC's when the system is in the self-diagnostic mode. There are two different networks within the multiplex integrated control system: - Body Controller Area Network (B-CAN) - Fast Controller Area Network (F-CAN) The body controller area network (B-CAN) and fast controller area network (F-CAN) share information between multiple electronic control units and work together to form the multiplex integrated control system. The gauge control module translates information from B-CAN to F-CAN and from F-CAN to B-CAN to allow the networks to share information. B-CAN Network B-CAN information is transmitted across the communication lines at a slower speed for convenience related operations that do not require a high process speed. The following systems are related to the B-CAN network: - Entry Light Control System - Exterior Lights - Gauges and Indicators - Horn - Interior Lights - Interlock System (A/T) - Moonroof (EX, Si) - Power Door Locks/Keyless Entry/Security System - Power Windows (LX, EX, Si) - Reminder Systems - Safety Indicator - Wiper/washer F-CAN Network F-CAN information is transmitted across the communication lines at a faster speed for "real time" functions such as fuel, emissions, and traction control data. The following control units operate on the F-CAN network: - ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) - ECM/PCM - EPS Control Unit (Si) - Gauge Control Module (Tach) - SRS Unit - VSA Modulator-Control Unit ('07 Si) Since messages on the F-CAN network are typically of higher importance, a second wire is used for communication circuit integrity monitoring. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview Information Bus: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview General Troubleshooting Information Troubleshooting CAN Circuit Related Problems NOTE: Check the ECM/PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot ECM/PCM or F-CAN loss of communication errors first. Using the HDS (Preferred method) 1. Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A to check for "Connected units" and DTCs. See: Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A 2. If no DTCs are retrieved, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C or D. See: Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C Without HDS (Use only if the HDS is unavailable) 1. Check for communication circuit problems using B-CAN System Diagnostic Test. 2. Check for DTCs. 3. Sort, and then troubleshoot the DTCs in the order below. 1. Battery voltage DTCs 2. Internal error DTCs 3. Loss of communication DTCs (beginning with the lowest number first; for example, if B1008 and B1011 are retrieved, troubleshoot B1008 first) 4. Signal error DTCs 4. If no DTCs are retrieved, use B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode 2 to check all inputs related to failure. How to display DTCs on the gauge control module (tach) While in Test Mode 1, the DTCs which have been detected and stored individually by various B-CAN (Body-controller Area Network) units, will be shown one by one on the odometer display when the communication between the MICU and the gauge control module is normal. To scroll through the DTCs, press the select/reset button. The unit that has stored the code can be identified by the number shown on the multi-information display. How to clear the DTC While in Test Mode 1, press and hold down the SELECT/RESET button for more than 10 seconds. Loss of Communication DTC cross-reference chart When an ECU is unable to communicate with the other ECUs on the CAN circuit, the other control units will set loss of communication DTCs. Use this Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3235 chart to find the control unit that is not communicating. 1. Find the Transmitting Control Unit that is in the same row as all of the loss of communication DTCs retrieved. 2. Do the input test for the transmitting control unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3236 Information Bus: Reading and Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes General Troubleshooting Information Troubleshooting CAN Circuit Related Problems NOTE: Check the ECM/PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot ECM/PCM or F-CAN loss of communication errors first. Using the HDS (Preferred method) 1. Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A to check for "Connected units" and DTCs. See: Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A 2. If no DTCs are retrieved, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C or D. See: Component Tests and General Diagnostics/Troubleshooting B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C Without HDS (Use only if the HDS is unavailable) 1. Check for communication circuit problems using B-CAN System Diagnostic Test. 2. Check for DTCs. 3. Sort, and then troubleshoot the DTCs in the order below. 1. Battery voltage DTCs 2. Internal error DTCs 3. Loss of communication DTCs (beginning with the lowest number first; for example, if B1008 and B1011 are retrieved, troubleshoot B1008 first) 4. Signal error DTCs 4. If no DTCs are retrieved, use B-CAN System Diagnostic Test Mode 2 to check all inputs related to failure. How to display DTCs on the gauge control module (tach) While in Test Mode 1, the DTCs which have been detected and stored individually by various B-CAN (Body-controller Area Network) units, will be shown one by one on the odometer display when the communication between the MICU and the gauge control module is normal. To scroll through the DTCs, press the select/reset button. The unit that has stored the code can be identified by the number shown on the multi-information display. How to clear the DTC While in Test Mode 1, press and hold down the SELECT/RESET button for more than 10 seconds. Loss of Communication DTC cross-reference chart When an ECU is unable to communicate with the other ECUs on the CAN circuit, the other control units will set loss of communication DTCs. Use this Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3237 chart to find the control unit that is not communicating. 1. Find the Transmitting Control Unit that is in the same row as all of the loss of communication DTCs retrieved. 2. Do the input test for the transmitting control unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3238 Information Bus: Component Tests and General Diagnostics MICU Input Test MICU Input Test 1. Before troubleshooting the multiplex integrated control system, troubleshoot the system using B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. 2. Check the No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. If any fuse is blown, replace it and go to step 3. 3. Disconnect under-dash fuse/relay box connectors E, F, G, K, and T. NOTE: All connector views are wire side of female terminals. 4. Inspect the connector and socket terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 5. 5. With the connector still disconnected, make these input tests at the appropriate connector. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, go to step 6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3239 6. Reconnect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, and make these input tests at the connectors. - If any test indicates a problem, find and correct the cause, then recheck the system. - If all the input tests prove OK, the MICU must be faulty; replace the under-dash fuse/relay box. Sleep and Wake-Up Mode Test Sleep and Wake-up Mode Test 1. Shift to the sleep mode: Turn the ignition switch OFF, combination lights switch OFF, and interior lights OFF. If the MICU receives no signals from the inputs listed, it will go into sleep mode in less than 40 seconds. 2. Confirm the sleep mode: Measure the voltage on the B-CAN communication line (PNK wires); there should be battery voltage in the sleep mode. Check the parasitic draw at the battery while shifting into the sleep mode; amperage should change from about 200 mA to less than 35 mA. 3. Shift to the wake up mode: When the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the MICU, gauge control module, immobilizer-keyless control unit-receiver, and PCM wake up at the same time without "talking" to each other through the communication lines. When any switch in the multiplex integrated control system is turned on, it wakes up its related control unit which, in turn, wakes up the other units. After confirming the sleep mode, look in the following table for the switch most related to the problem. Operate that switch and see if its control unit wakes up. NOTE: If any control unit is faulty and will not wake up, several circuits in the system will malfunction at the same time. In the table, the control unit is followed by a list of the switches and input signals that can wake it up. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3240 Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A Check the ECM/PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot ECM/PCM or F-CAN loss of communication errors first, then perform this diagnosis if the symptom is related to the B-CAN system. NOTE: Always cycle the ignition switch within 3 seconds when prompted in the DTC troubleshooting procedures. 1. Compare the symptom with this list of B-CAN related systems: - Gauge control module - Exterior lights - Turn signals - Entry light control - Interior lights - Door-open and trunk-open indicators - Horns (security and panic) - Chimes (key-in, seat belt, lights-on, and parking brake) - Power window/moonroof timer - Wiper/washer - Security - Keyless entry - Power door locks - Key interlock - Dash light brightness Is the symptom related to the B-CAN system? YES - Go to step 2. NO - Go to the system troubleshooting for the system with the symptom. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (A), then turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. From the BODY ELECTRICAL menu, select UNIT INFORMATION, and then select CONNECTED UNIT listed to see if the following control Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3241 units are communicating with the HDS. - MICU - Gauge control module - Immobilizer-keyless control unit NOTE: If a unit is communicating with the HDS, DETECT will be displayed. - If a unit is not communicating or the vehicle is not equipped, "Not Available" will be displayed. Are all control units communicating with the HDS? YES - Go to step 4. NO - If any of the control units are not communicating, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode B. If all units are not communicating or only the MICU is communicating, go to DTC B1000 troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Diagnostic Trouble Code Tests and Associated Procedures/B Code Charts/B1000 4. Select the system that has the problem from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu, then select DTCs. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - If the problem is related to one of the following items, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C if the system does not stop or turn off. Go to Test Mode D if the system does not run or turn on. - Exterior lights - Turn signals - Entry light control - Interior lights - Horn (security and panic) - Wiper/washer If the problem is related to one of the following items, go to the troubleshooting for that individual system. - Gauge control module - Door-open and trunk-open indicators - Chimes (key-in, seat belt, lights-on, and parking brake) - Security - Keyless entry - Key interlock - Dash light brightness - Audio system - Navigation (if equipped) 5. Record all DTCs, and sort them by DTC type. 6. Troubleshoot the DTC(s) in this order: - Battery voltage DTCs. - Internal error DTCs. - Loss of communication DTCs. Begin troubleshooting with the lowest number first (Example: if DTC B1008 and B1011 are retrieved, begin by troubleshooting B1008). - Signal error DTCs. Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode B Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode B Perform this diagnosis if any of the control units are not communicating (Not Available is displayed in the HDS) as found by the B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. 1. Using the HDS, select the system that has the symptom from the BODY ELECTRICAL menu. 2. Select DTCs, and then check for loss of communication DTCs. Are any loss of communication DTCs indicated? Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3242 YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the MICU 3. Perform the input test for the unit not communicating with the HDS. Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C Perform this diagnosis if a component that is controlled by the B-CAN system does not stop or turn off. NOTE: - If the component does not turn on, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode D. - See the B-CAN system unit input/output index for a list of input and output devices and the control units that monitor the input and controls the output devices. - Always cycle the ignition switch within 3 seconds when prompted in the DTC troubleshooting procedures. 1. Check for DTCs by selecting the TEST MODE menu from the HDS. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. NO - Go to step 2. 2. Turn off the switch that controls the malfunctioning component. 3. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, and check the input of the switch that controls the component. Does the HDS indicate the switch is OFF? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 6. 4. In the DATA LIST, check the output signal of the malfunctioning component. Is the output signal OFF? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Replace the control unit that controls the device that will not turn OFF. 5. Check the relay, if applicable, then check for a short in the wire between the relay and the component, the relay and control unit, or the component and control unit. Are the relay and the wire harness OK? YES - Replace the control unit that controls the component that will not turn OFF. NO - Replace the relay or repair the wire harness. 6. Check the switch, then check for a short in the wire between the switch and the control unit that monitors the switch. Is the switch and wire harness OK? YES - Replace the control unit that monitors the switch. NO - Replace the switch or repair the wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3243 Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode D Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode D Perform this diagnosis if a component that is controlled by the B-CAN system does not run or come on. NOTE: - If the component does not turn off or stop, go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode C. - See the B-CAN system unit input/output index for a list of input and output devices and the control units that monitor the input and controls the output devices. - Always cycle the ignition switch within 3 seconds when prompted in the DTC troubleshooting procedures. 1. Check the fuse of the malfunctioning output device. Is the fuse OK? YES - Go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse and recheck. 2. Check for DTCs by selecting the TEST MODE menu from the HDS. Are any DTCs indicated ? YES - Go to B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode A. NO - Go to step 3. 3. Turn ON the switch that controls the malfunctioning component. 4. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, and check output signal for the malfunctioning component. Is there an output signal? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Go to step 9. 5. Check the relay and ground, then check for an open or a short in the circuit for the malfunctioning component. Are the relay and circuit OK? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Replace the relay or repair the wire circuit. 6. Perform the function test for the malfunctioning component. Does the output device pass the function test? YES - Go to step 7. NO - Replace the component. 7. With the malfunctioning output device connected, connect a voltmeter between the malfunctioning output device and body ground on the wire that the control unit uses to control the output device circuit. 8. Select MISC. TEST from the TEST MODE menu, and do the forced operation test of the malfunctioning component. Is there a change in voltage (12 V to 0 V or 0 V to 12 V)? YES - Replace the component. NO - Replace the control unit that controls the malfunctioning component. 9. Select DATA LIST from the TEST MODE menu, and make sure the switch signal input for the malfunctioning system indicates a change when operated. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3244 Does the switch input indicated ON when the switch is ON? YES - Replace the control unit that controls the malfunctioning component. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Check the switch and its ground (if applicable), then check for an open or a short in the wire between the switch and the control unit that monitors it. Is the switch and the wire harness OK? YES - Replace the control unit that monitors the switch. NO - Replace the switch or repair the wire harness. Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2 (Without the HDS) Troubleshooting - B-CAN System Diagnosis Test Mode 1 and Test Mode 2 (without the HDS) Special Tools Required MPCS (MCIC) service connector 07WAZ-001010A Test Mode 1 Check the PCM for DTCs and troubleshoot PCM or F-CAN loss of communication errors first, then perform this diagnosis if the HDS is not available. 1. Check the No. 23 (10 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box and No. 10 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. Are the fuses OK? YES - Go to step 2. NO - Find and repair the cause of the blown fuse. 2. Remove the left kick panel. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and move the ceiling light switch to the middle (door) position. 4. Connect the MPCS service connector (A) to the MCIC socket (B) in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 5. Wait 5 seconds, and watch the ceiling light. When the ceiling light flashes quickly once, and then goes off the system is in Test Mode 1. 6. Check for B-CAN DTCs indicated by the gauge control module (tach) odometer/trip meter display while still in Test Mode 1. Push the odometer select/reset button to display the next code. After you get to the last code, the display shows END. If no DTCs are stored, the display will read NO. Are any DTCs indicated? YES - Go to step 7. NO - Go to step 10. 7. Record all DTCs and sort them. 8. Troubleshoot the DTCs in this order: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Information Bus > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview > Page 3245 - Battery voltage DTCs - Internal error DTCs - Loss of communication DTCs (begin with the lowest number first; for example, if B1008 and B1011 are retrieved, troubleshoot B1008 first) - Signal error DTCs 9. Clear the DTCs by pressing and holding the select/reset button for about 13 seconds. You will hear a beep to confirm the codes have been cleared. Operate the devices that failed, and recheck for codes. Test Mode 2 10. Remove the MPCS service connector from the under-dash fuse/relay box socket for 5-10 seconds, then re-insert it to enter Mode 2. When the system enters Mode 2, the ceiling light will flash two times quickly and then go off. NOTE: If the MPCS connector is disconnected for too short or too long of a time, or the ignition switch is turned OFF, the system will return to Test Mode 1. 11. The following tables list the circuits that can be checked in Test Mode 2. Operate the switch that is most closely related to the problem. If the circuit is OK, the ceiling light will blink once. If the circuit is faulty, there will be no indication. Does the ceiling light work properly in all switch positions? YES - Go to function and input test for the system related to the failure. NO - Repair the open, short, or replace the faulty switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3249 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3250 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3251 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3252 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3256 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3257 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3258 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain "readiness codes" that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the PCM has been reset, these codes are reset. In some states, part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may fail the test, or the test cannot be finished. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. The MIL will come on for 15-20 seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are complete'. If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not complete. To set each code, drive the vehicle or run the engine as described in the procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3262 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function. Does the MIL indicator flash? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach), and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK, replace the original gauge control module (tach). 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 4. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is a short indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P), then disconnect the HDS. 7. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A31 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A31) and the SRS unit, the DLC. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3266 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3267 121. MAP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3268 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3269 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Service and Repair MAP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3273 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3274 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3279 25. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3280 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams 139. A/F Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 149. HO2S, Secondary (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the TWC, and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor > Page 3283 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC), and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal heater. The PCM compares the HO2S output with the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The secondary HO2S is located on the TWC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair A/F Sensor Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on S6176, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 3286 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair Secondary HO2S Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), then remove the secondary HO2S (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3290 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3291 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3292 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3293 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3294 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3295 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3296 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Locations Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3301 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3302 Electronic Throttle Actuator Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: Customer Interest Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 3311 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3317 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3318 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3319 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3320 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3321 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3322 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3323 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3324 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3325 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3326 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3327 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3328 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3329 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set 09-0471 September 16, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 (Supersedes 09-047, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, you are now referred to the parts catalog for part numbers and descriptions. ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the Accord L4, the Civic (except Si), and the CR-V have been changed to A/T.* SYMPTOM ^ The MIL is on with one or more of these DTCs: ^ P0962 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A circuit) ^ P0963 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A) ^ P0966 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B circuit) ^ P0967 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B) ^ P0970 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C circuit) ^ P0971 (problem in A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C) PROBABLE CAUSE The PCM has an internal failure. VEHICLES AFFECTED *2008 Accord L4 - A/T 2007-08 Civic Except Si - A/T 2007-08 CR-V - A/T* 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL 2007-08 Pilot - ALL 2007-08 Ridgeline - ALL CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the PCM. PARTS INFORMATION For powertrain control module parts, refer to the Parts Catalog. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 09-047 > Sep > 09 > Engine Controls - MIL ON/Multiple DTCs Set > Page 3334 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 37820-RGL-A84 H/C 8702672 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. Is DTC P0962, P0963, P0966, P0967, P0970, or P0971 indicated? YES - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NO - This service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the PCM: ^ Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PCM REPLACE, and select ECM/PCM Replacement or PCM Replacement from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors Engine Control Module: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors 03-020 April 2, 2010 Applies To: All OBD II-equipped models except Passport OBD II DTCs and Their Associated Monitors (Supersedes 03-020, dated March 29, 2003, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Numerous DTCs were added. Refer to the list for details.* Following is a list of all OBD II DTCs and their associated monitors for all Honda automobiles with OBD II. No one model has every DTC in the list. DTC P0AA6 thru P0A9E Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3340 DTC P0A94 thru P0157 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3341 DTC P0158 thru P0400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3342 DTC P0401 thru P0562 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3343 DTC P0563 thru P0748 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3344 DTC P0750 thru P0977 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3345 DTC P0979 thru P1193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3346 DTC P1253 thru P1459 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3347 DTC P1486 thru P1585 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3348 DTC P1586 thru P1678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3349 DTC P1679 thru P1860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3350 DTC P1861 thru P2238 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3351 DTC P2240 thru U0073 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Engine Control Module: > 03-020 > Apr > 10 > Emissions - OBD II DTC's And Associated Monitors > Page 3352 DTC U0100 thru U1288 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3353 Engine Control Module: Locations 46. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3354 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Engine Control Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3357 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3358 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3359 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3360 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3361 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3362 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3363 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3364 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3365 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3366 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3367 Engine Control Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3368 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3369 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3370 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3371 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3372 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3373 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3374 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3375 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3376 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3377 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3378 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3379 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3380 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3381 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3382 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3383 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3384 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3385 Engine Control Module: Connector Views PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3386 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3387 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3388 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3389 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3390 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3391 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3392 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3393 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3394 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3395 242. ECM/PCM (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3396 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3397 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3398 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3399 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3400 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3401 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3402 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3403 ECM/PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3404 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3405 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3406 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3407 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3408 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3409 ECM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM How to Troubleshoot Circuits at the PCM Connectors NOTE: The PCM stays on up to 15 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. Jumping the SCS line after turning the ignition switch OFF cancels this function. Disconnecting the PCM during this function, without jumping the SCS line first, can damage the PCM. 1. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 2. Remove the cover (A). 3. Lift up the under-hood fuse/relay box (D). 4. Remove the coolant reservoir (E). Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 5. When diagnosis/troubleshooting is done at the PCM connector, use the terminal test port (A) above the terminal you need to check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3412 6. Connect one side of the patch cord (A) terminals to a commercially available digital multimeter (B), and connect the other side of the patch cord terminals to a commercially available banana jack (Pomona Electronics Tool No. 3563 or equivalent) (C). 7. Gently contact the pin probe (male) at the terminal test port from the terminal side. Do not force the tips into the terminals. NOTE: For accurate results, always use the pin probe (male). - To prevent damage to the connector terminals, do not insert test equipment probes, paper clips, or other substitutes as they can damage the terminals. Damaged terminals cause a poor connection and an incorrect measurement. - Do not puncture the insulation on a wire. Punctures can cause poor or intermittent electrical connections. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3413 Engine Control Module: Testing and Inspection PCM Terminal Values PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3414 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3415 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector A (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3416 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3417 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3418 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector B (44P) (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3419 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > How to Troubleshoot Circuits At the PCM > Page 3420 PCM Inputs And Outputs At Connector C (44P) (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures Engine Control Module: Procedures ECM Reset HDS Clear Command The PCM stores various specific data to correct the system even if there is no electrical power such as when the battery negative terminal or No. 19 FI MAIN (15 A) fuse are disconnected. Stored data based on failed parts should be cleared by using the CLEAR COMMAND of the HDS, if parts are replaced. The HDS has three kinds of clear commands to meet this purpose. They are DTC clear, PCM reset, and CKP pattern clear. DTC clear command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and readiness codes. This must be done with the HDS after reproducing the DTC during troubleshooting. The PCM reset command erases all stored DTC codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, readiness codes, and all specific data to correct the system except CKP pattern. If the CKP pattern data in the PCM was cleared, you must do the CKP pattern learn procedure. The CKP pattern clear command erases only CKP pattern data. This command is for repair of a misfire or the CKP sensor. Scan Tool Clear Command If you are using a generic scan tool to clear commands, be aware that there is only one setting for clearing the PCM, and it clears all commands at the same time (CKP pattern learn, idle learn, readiness codes, freeze data, on-board snapshot, and DTCs). After you clear all commands, you then need to do these procedures, in this order: PCM idle learn procedure.; CKP pattern learn procedure; Test-drive to set readiness codes to complete . DTC Clear 1. Clear the DTC with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. PCM Reset NOTE:If the low fuel indicator is blinking, the PCM can not be reset with the HDS. To reset the PCM, do the low fuel indicator troubleshooting . 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS while the engine is stopped. 2. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 5. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, CKP Pattern Clear/CKP Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3423 Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the transmission in 2 position. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. How to End a Troubleshooting Session (required after any troubleshooting) 1. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 2. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. NOTE: The PCM is part of the immobilizer system. If you replace the PCM, it will have a different immobilizer code. In order for the engine to start, you must rewrite the immobilizer code with the HDS. Updating the ECM/PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during a troubleshooting procedures. - Make sure the HDS/HIM has the latest software version. - Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery in the vehicle is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. - Never turn the ignition switch OFF during the update. If there is a problem with the update, leave the ignition switch ON. - To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (headlights, audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. - To ensure the latest program is installed, do PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. - You cannot update PCM with a program it already has. It will only accept a new program. - High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. - If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red (# 3) light came on or was flashed during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from the DLC circuit troubleshooting, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3424 skip steps 4 and 5 and clean the throttle body after updating the PCM. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts with the HDS. NOTE:If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the update function and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the software in the PCM is the latest, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update system requires you to cool the PCM, follow what is shown in the screen. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 %, D or immobilizer light flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM. Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position - Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger) - Shut down the HDS - Disconnect the HDS from the DLC - Reboot the HDS - Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body, 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure, 10. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use any one of these update tools. NOTE: Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped). 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 and 6 and clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM, 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 8. Remove the battery. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3425 9. Remove the cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the PCM (E). 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=Triangle, C=Circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Manually input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBI SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 21. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft codes for the radio and the navigation system (if equipped) and set the clock. Idle Learn Procedure ECM/PCM Idle Learn Procedure The idle learn procedure must be done so the ECM/PCM can learn the engine idle characteristics. Do the idle learn procedure whenever you do any of these actions: - Replace the ECM/PCM. - Reset the ECM/PCM. - Update the ECM/PCM. - Replace or clean the throttle body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3426 NOTE: Cleaning the DTCs with the HDS does not require you to do the idle learn procedure. Procedure 1. Make sure all electrical items (A/C, audio, lights, etc.) are off. 2. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, or until the engine coolant temperature reaches 194 °F (90 °C). 5. Let the engine idle for about 5 minutes with the throttle fully closed. NOTE: If the radiator fan comes on, do not include its running time in the 5 minutes. 6. Verify on the HDS data list that the idle learn procedure is complete. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3427 Engine Control Module: Removal and Replacement ECM/PCM Replacement Special Tools Required - Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester - Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software - HDS pocket tester - GNA-600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: Make sure the HDS is loaded with the latest software version. - If you are replacing the ECM/PCM after substituting a known-good ECM/PCM, reinstall the original ECM/PCM, then do this procedure. - During the procedure, is any READ DATA, WRITE DATA, or other data checks fail, note the failure, then continue. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 3. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting If you are returning from DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 through 10,19 through 24, and 27 through 29, and do these procedures after replacing the ECM/PCM (USA, Canada models): - Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter. - Replace the ATF (A/T model). - Clean the throttle body. 5. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 6. USA, Canada models: Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 7. USA, Canada models: Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 8. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the engine oil life data from the original ECM/PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new ECM/PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 9. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T system with the HDS. 10. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then READ DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: Doing this step copies (READS) the ATF life data from the original PCM so you can later download (WRITES) it into the new PCM. - If READ DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 11. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 12. Remove the battery. 13. Remove the cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3428 14. Remove the bolts (D), then remove the ECM/PCM (E). 15. Disconnect ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: ECM/PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A=Square, B=triangle, C=circle) embossed on them for identification. 16. Install the ECM/PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 17. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 18. USA, Canada models: Manually input the VIN to the ECM/PCM with the HDS: NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN Not Programmed or Mismatch" may be stored because the VIN has not been programmed into the ECM/PCM; ignore it, and continue this procedure. 19. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA (engine oil life) failed in step 8, go to step 22 (A/T model) or step 25 (M/T model). Otherwise, go to step 20. 20. USA, Canada models: Select the PGM-FI system with the HDS. 21. USA, Canada models: Select the REPLACE ECM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 22. USA, Canada models A/T: If the READ DATA (ATF life) failed in step 10, go to step 25. Otherwise go to step 23. 23. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the A/T SYSTEM with the HDS. 24. USA, Canada models A/T: Select the REPLACE TCM/PCM MENU, then WRITE DATA, and follow the screen prompts. NOTE: If the WRITE DATA indicates FAILED, continue with this procedure. 25. Select IMMOBI system with the HDS. 26. Enter the immobilizer code with the ECM/PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; it allows you to start the engine. 27. USA, Canada models: If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 7 clean the throttle body, then go to step 28. 28. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 8 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 21, replace the engine oil and engine oil filter, then go to step 29 (A/T model) or step 30 (M/T model). 29. USA, Canada models: If the READ DATA failed in step 10 or the WRITE DATA failed in step 24, replace the ATF, then go to step 30. 30. Select PGM-FI system, and reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 31. Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software. 32. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Engine Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3429 33. Do the CKP pattern learn procedure. 34. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or the navigation system (if equipped), then set the clock (if needed). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3433 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3434 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3435 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3436 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3437 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3438 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3439 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3443 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3444 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Relays and Modules Computers and Control Systems > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3445 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3450 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3451 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 3454 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3455 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3456 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3460 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3461 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3462 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3463 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Barometric Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation Barometric Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor The BARO sensor is inside the PCM. It converts atmospheric pressure into a voltage signal that modifies the basic duration of the fuel injection discharge. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3470 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3471 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3472 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 3475 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 3476 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 3477 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3481 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Description and Operation Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensors 1 and 2 ECT sensors 1 and 2 are temperature dependent resistors (thermistors). The resistance decreases as the engine coolant temperature increases. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 1 Replacement ECT Sensor 1 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Disconnect the ECT sensor 1 2P connector (A). 3. Remove ECT sensor 1 (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer) > Component Information > Service and Repair > ECT Sensor 1 Replacement > Page 3484 Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer): Service and Repair ECT Sensor 2 Replacement ECT Sensor 2 Replacement 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the ECT sensor 2 2P connector (A). 4. Remove ECT sensor 2 (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C), then refill the radiator with engine coolant. 6. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3488 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3489 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3490 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3491 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3492 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3496 Electric Load Sensor: Service and Repair ELD Replacement 1. Remove the ECM/PCM. 2. Remove the under-hood fuse/relay box. 3. Remove the screw (A). 4. Turn the housing over, then remove the screw (A). 5. Turn the housing over again. Using two flat-tip screwdrivers, release the tabs (A), and pry up the fuse/relay box base (B) from the fuse/relay box housing (C). NOTE: Make sure the terminals (D) are not bent or damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Electric Load Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3497 6. Remove the ELD (A). 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Level Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3504 118. FTP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3505 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Description and Operation Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor The FTP sensor converts fuel tank absolute pressure into an electrical input to the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3506 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair FTP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTP sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3513 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG): Service and Repair FTT Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTT sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3517 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3518 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3519 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Intake Air Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3520 Intake Air Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3524 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3525 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3526 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3527 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3531 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3532 121. MAP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3533 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Description and Operation Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor The MAP sensor converts manifold absolute pressure into electrical signals to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3534 Manifold Pressure/Vacuum Sensor: Service and Repair MAP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the MAP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the MAP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sensor: Locations Component Location Index Engine Lubrication Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3538 Oil Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Oil Pressure Switch Test 1. Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A) from the engine oil pressure switch (B). 2. Check for continuity between the positive terminal (C) and the engine (ground). There should be continuity with the engine stopped. There should be no continuity with the engine running. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oil Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3539 Oil Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Oil Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector, then remove the oil pressure switch. 2. Remove any old liquid gasket from the switch and switch mounting hole. 3. Apply very small amount of liquid gasket to the oil pressure switch threads, then install the oil pressure switch. NOTE: Using too much liquid gasket may cause liquid gasket to enter the oil passage or the end of the new oil pressure switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 3544 25. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3545 Oxygen Sensor: Diagrams 139. A/F Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 149. HO2S, Secondary (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor The A/F sensor operates over a wide air/fuel range. The A/F sensor is installed upstream of the TWC, and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor > Page 3548 Oxygen Sensor: Description and Operation Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor Secondary Heated Oxygen Sensor (Secondary HO2S) The secondary HO2S detects the oxygen content in the exhaust gas downstream of the three way catalytic converter (TWC), and sends signals to the PCM which varies the duration of fuel injection accordingly. To stabilize its output, the sensor has an internal heater. The PCM compares the HO2S output with the A/F sensor output to determine catalyst efficiency. The secondary HO2S is located on the TWC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair A/F Sensor Replacement A/F Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on S6176, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the A/F sensor 4P connector (A), then remove the A/F sensor (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Oxygen Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/F Sensor Replacement > Page 3551 Oxygen Sensor: Service and Repair Secondary HO2S Replacement Secondary HO2S Replacement Special Tools Required O2 sensor wrench. Snap-on YA8875 or SWR2, or equivalent, commercially available 1. Disconnect the secondary HO2S 4P connector (A), then remove the secondary HO2S (B). 2. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3555 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3556 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3557 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3558 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3559 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3560 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3561 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3565 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3566 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3570 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3571 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3572 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3573 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3574 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3575 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3576 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3577 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3578 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3582 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3583 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3587 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3588 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3589 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3590 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3591 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3592 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3593 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3594 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 3595 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3600 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3601 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3602 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3603 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3604 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3605 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3606 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3607 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3608 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3609 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3610 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3611 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3612 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3613 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3614 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3615 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3616 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3617 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3618 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3619 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3620 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3621 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3622 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3623 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3624 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3625 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3626 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3627 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3628 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 31-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3629 Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3630 Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Description and Operation VTEC System - This mechanism improves fuel efficiency and reduces exhaust emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load. - The VTEC mechanism changes the valve lift and timing by using more than one cam profile. - The VTEC system changes the cam profile (angle) at cruising speeds. (Cam angle is changed to obtain the desired EGR effect and reduce pumping loss). Operation At engine start, and high load - The rocker arm oil control valve is OFF. - Oil pressure enters secondary rocker arm B from the oil passage in the intake rocker shaft. This forces the VTEC switching piston into secondary rocker arm A against the return spring and disengages secondary arm A from secondary arm B to stop valve actuation. At cruise The rocker arm oil control valve switches oil pressure to the oil passage in the intake rocker arm shaft. Oil pressure then enters secondary rocker arm A, and it moves the VTEC switching piston in the rocker arm. This causes the VTEC switching piston to slide into secondary rocker arm B, locking secondary rocker arms A and B together. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Actuator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3631 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations Cylinder Head Component Location Index (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 3635 7. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 3636 68. Rocker Arm Oil Control Solenoid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Variable Valve Timing Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 3637 Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Service and Repair Rocker Arm Oil Control Valve Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the rocker arm oil control valve connector (A) and the EOP sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the rocker arm oil control valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new rocker arm oil control valve filter (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Computers and Control Systems > Voltage Signal > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Voltage Signal: Testing and Inspection Alternator FR Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Monitor the ALTERNATOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. 3. Check if the indicated percentage varies when the headlight switch is turned on. Does the percentage vary? YES - The alternator signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 4. 4. Turn the headlight switch and ignition switch OFF. 5. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 6. Disconnect the alternator 4P connector. 7. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P). 8. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal B43. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (B43) and the alternator. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations Catalytic Converter System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations > Page 3645 Catalytic Converter: Description and Operation Catalytic Converter System Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) The TWC converts hydrocarbons (HC), carbon monoxide (CO), and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in the exhaust gas to carbon dioxide (CO2), nitrogen (N2), and water vapor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Catalytic Converter > Component Information > Locations > Page 3646 Catalytic Converter: Service and Repair Catalytic Converter Removal/Installation 1. Remove the A/F sensor (sensor 1), 2. Remove the secondary HO2S (sensor 2), 3. Remove the cover(A). 4. Remove the TWC (B). 5. Remove the converter cover (C). 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gaskets (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory Canister Purge Control Valve: Customer Interest Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory 08-013 May 23, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0456 (Supersedes 08-013, dated March 14, 2008, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the VIN ranges for 2008 models have changed.* SYMPTOM The MIL is on with DTC P0456 (EVAP system very small leak detected). PROBABLE CAUSE There is an internal leak in the EVAP canister purge valve, allowing a small amount of purge to occur when the ECM/PCM does not request any purge. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the EVAP canister purge valve. NOTICE Make sure you torque the bolts in the proper order and to the proper torque, or the new purge valve may leak (see REPAIR PROCEDURE). PARTS INFORMATION EVAP Canister Purge Valve: P/N 36162-RNA-A01, H/C 8048126 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory > Page 3656 The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1201DO Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 36162-RNA-A01 H/C 8048126 Defect Code: 03217 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Disconnect the hose from the EVAP canister purge valve. NOTE: Be careful not to break the inlet port when disconnecting the hose. 2. Connect a hand-held vacuum pump to the EVAP canister purge valve. 3. Apply 5 in. Hg of vacuum to the purge valve, then watch the gauge. Does the EVAP canister purge valve hold the vacuum for 10 seconds? Yes - Disregard this bulletin and continue with normal troubleshooting. No - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory > Page 3657 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the cowl cover. ^ Refer to page 20-232 of the 2006-08 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, and select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the EVAP canister purge valve. 3. Remove the two bolts securing the EVAP canister purge valve, then remove the valve. 4. Install the new EVAP canister purge valve onto the throttle body with a new 0-ring. NOTE: Make sure the valve is completely pushed into the throttle body port (not tilted). 5. Tighten the mounting bolts by hand first. 6. Torque the bolts in the order shown above to 26 lb-in (pound-inches, not pound-feet). 7. Reconnect the 2P connector and hose, then reinstall the cowl cover. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory Canister Purge Control Valve: All Technical Service Bulletins Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory 08-013 May 23, 2009 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED MIL Comes On With DTC P0456 (Supersedes 08-013, dated March 14, 2008, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, the VIN ranges for 2008 models have changed.* SYMPTOM The MIL is on with DTC P0456 (EVAP system very small leak detected). PROBABLE CAUSE There is an internal leak in the EVAP canister purge valve, allowing a small amount of purge to occur when the ECM/PCM does not request any purge. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the EVAP canister purge valve. NOTICE Make sure you torque the bolts in the proper order and to the proper torque, or the new purge valve may leak (see REPAIR PROCEDURE). PARTS INFORMATION EVAP Canister Purge Valve: P/N 36162-RNA-A01, H/C 8048126 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory > Page 3663 The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1201DO Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 36162-RNA-A01 H/C 8048126 Defect Code: 03217 Symptom Code: 03203 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS 1. Disconnect the hose from the EVAP canister purge valve. NOTE: Be careful not to break the inlet port when disconnecting the hose. 2. Connect a hand-held vacuum pump to the EVAP canister purge valve. 3. Apply 5 in. Hg of vacuum to the purge valve, then watch the gauge. Does the EVAP canister purge valve hold the vacuum for 10 seconds? Yes - Disregard this bulletin and continue with normal troubleshooting. No - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Canister Purge Control Valve: > 08-013 > May > 09 > Emissions - MIL ON/DTC P0456 Stored In Memory > Page 3664 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the cowl cover. ^ Refer to page 20-232 of the 2006-08 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, and select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector from the EVAP canister purge valve. 3. Remove the two bolts securing the EVAP canister purge valve, then remove the valve. 4. Install the new EVAP canister purge valve onto the throttle body with a new 0-ring. NOTE: Make sure the valve is completely pushed into the throttle body port (not tilted). 5. Tighten the mounting bolts by hand first. 6. Torque the bolts in the order shown above to 26 lb-in (pound-inches, not pound-feet). 7. Reconnect the 2P connector and hose, then reinstall the cowl cover. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3665 Canister Purge Control Valve: Description and Operation EVAP Canister Purge Valve When the engine coolant temperature is below 140 °F (60 °C), the ECM/PCM turns off the EVAP canister purge valve cutting vacuum to the EVAP canister. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Canister Purge Control Valve > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3666 Canister Purge Control Valve: Service and Repair EVAP Canister Purge Valve Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the hose (A) and the EVAP canister purge valve 2P connector (B). 3. Remove the EVAP canister purge valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Canister Vent Valve > Component Information > Description and Operation Canister Vent Valve: Description and Operation EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve The EVAP canister vent shut valve is on the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister vent shut valve controls the venting of the EVAP canister. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Evaporative Emissions System > Evaporative Emission Control Canister > Canister Vent Valve > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3671 Canister Vent Valve: Service and Repair EVAP Canister Vent Shut Valve Replacement 1. Remove the EVAP canister. 2. Remove the cap (A). 3. Remove the EVAP canister vent shut valve (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (C) and a new cap. NOTE: Do not coat the O-rings with oil. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator Oil Separator: Customer Interest Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator 09-022 August 27, 2009 Applies To: 2008 Civic 2-Door - ALL Except Si 2008 Civic 4-Door - ALL Except Hybrid and Si Engine Oil Leak From the Oil/Air Separator (Supersedes 09-022, dated March 26, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number for the Set Ring (Axle Clip) (M/T) was changed.* SYMPTOM The oil/air separator is leaking engine oil. PROBABLE CAUSE There is inadequate sealant on the oil/air separator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the oil/air separator, clean its sealing surfaces, then reseal and reinstall it. REQUIRED MATERIALS Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, H/C 8263386 (One tube repairs about 15 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1110A5 Flat Rate Time: 1.7 hours Failed Part: P/N 11850-RNA-A00 H/C 8045239 Defect Code: 07407 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator > Page 3681 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for a new leak in the area. ^ If you see a new oil leak, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the right driveshaft: NOTE: The transmission fluid does not need to be drained. ^ Refer to page 16-4 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword DRIVESHAFT, and select Driveshaft Removal from the list. 2. Remove the intake manifold bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator > Page 3682 3. Remove the oil/air separator from the side of the engine block. 4. Carefully clean the oil/air separator and the block surfaces of old sealant, and allow the surfaces to dry. 5. Apply Hondabond HT to the oil/air separator following the time limits in the directions on the tube. 6. Reinstall the oil/air separator. 7. Reinstall the intake manifold bracket. 8. Reinstall the right driveshaft. NOTE: Wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. 9. Check the transmission fluid level, and add more if needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator Oil Separator: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator 09-022 August 27, 2009 Applies To: 2008 Civic 2-Door - ALL Except Si 2008 Civic 4-Door - ALL Except Hybrid and Si Engine Oil Leak From the Oil/Air Separator (Supersedes 09-022, dated March 26, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number for the Set Ring (Axle Clip) (M/T) was changed.* SYMPTOM The oil/air separator is leaking engine oil. PROBABLE CAUSE There is inadequate sealant on the oil/air separator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Remove the oil/air separator, clean its sealing surfaces, then reseal and reinstall it. REQUIRED MATERIALS Hondabond HT Silicone Gasket: P/N 08718-0004, H/C 8263386 (One tube repairs about 15 vehicles.) PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 1110A5 Flat Rate Time: 1.7 hours Failed Part: P/N 11850-RNA-A00 H/C 8045239 Defect Code: 07407 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator > Page 3688 Symptom Code: 05101 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Clean the leakage area with a shop towel. Start the engine, and look for a new leak in the area. ^ If you see a new oil leak, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you see no signs of leakage, what looked like a leak may have been excess residue from a previous repair on another part. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the right driveshaft: NOTE: The transmission fluid does not need to be drained. ^ Refer to page 16-4 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword DRIVESHAFT, and select Driveshaft Removal from the list. 2. Remove the intake manifold bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Oil Separator: > 09-022 > Aug > 09 > Engine - Oil Leak From The Oil Separator > Page 3689 3. Remove the oil/air separator from the side of the engine block. 4. Carefully clean the oil/air separator and the block surfaces of old sealant, and allow the surfaces to dry. 5. Apply Hondabond HT to the oil/air separator following the time limits in the directions on the tube. 6. Reinstall the oil/air separator. 7. Reinstall the intake manifold bracket. 8. Reinstall the right driveshaft. NOTE: Wait 3 hours before starting the engine to allow time for the Hondabond HI to cure. 9. Check the transmission fluid level, and add more if needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Oil Separator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3690 Oil Separator: Service and Repair Oil/Air Separator Installation 1. Remove all of the old liquid gasket from the oil/air separator mating surfaces, bolts, and bolt holes. 2. Clean and dry the oil/air separator mating surfaces. 3. Apply liquid gasket, P/N 08717-0004, 08718-0001, 08718-0003, or 08718-0009, evenly to the engine block mating surface of the oil/air separator. Install the component within 5 minutes of applying the liquid gasket. NOTE: ^ If you apply liquid gasket P/N 08718-0012, the component must be installed within 4 minutes. ^ If too much time has passed after applying the liquid gasket, remove the old liquid gasket and residue, then reapply new liquid gasket. 4. Install the oil/air separator. NOTE: ^ Wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. ^ Do not run the engine within 3 hours after installing the oil/air separator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Testing and Inspection PCV Valve Inspection 1. Check the PCV valve (A), hoses (B), and connections for leaks or restrictions. 2. At idle, make sure there is a clicking sound from the PCV valve when the hose between the PCV valve and intake manifold is lightly pinched (A) with your fingers or pliers. If there is no clicking sound, check the PCV valve washer for cracks or damage. If the washer is OK, replace the PCV valve and recheck. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Emission Control Systems > Positive Crankcase Ventilation > Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3694 Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve: Service and Repair PCV Valve Replacement 1. Remove the harness holder (A). 2. Disconnect the PCV hose (B). 3. Remove the PCV valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new washer (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel Pressure ...................................................................................................................................... ............................... 204 - 326 kPa (29.58 - 47.3 psi)* *at idle, as measured at the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, using the HDS or a scantool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3699 Fuel Pressure: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 °C (1000 °F). - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3700 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel pressure can only be checked using the HDS and viewing the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR readings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 3704 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 3705 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications Idle Speed: Specifications Idle speed without load conditions ................................................................................................................................... 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Idle speed with load conditions ........................................................................................................................................ 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 3709 Idle Speed: Description and Operation Idle Control System When the engine is cold, the A/C compressor is on, the transmission is in gear, the brake pedal is pressed, the power steering load is high, or the alternator is charging, the PCM sends signals to the throttle actuator to maintain the correct idle speed. Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Idle Speed > System Information > Specifications > Page 3710 Idle Speed: Testing and Inspection Idle Speed Inspection NOTE: - Before checking the idle speed, check these items: The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has not been reported on, and there are no DTCs. - Ignition timing - Sparkplugs - Air cleaner - PCV system - Apply the parking brake, and make sure the headlights are off. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it doesn't go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 3. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 4. Check the idle speed without load conditions: headlights, blower fan, radiator fan, and air conditioner off. Idle speed should be: 670 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) 5. Let the engine idle for 1 minute with high electric load (A/C switch on, temperature set to max cool, blower fan on high, and headlights on high beam). Idle speed should be: 710 ± 50 rpm (in Park or neutral) NOTE: If the idle speed is not within specification, do the PCM idle learn procedure, If the idle speed is still not within specification, go to symptom troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3714 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3715 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 3718 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3719 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3720 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Filter Element: Testing and Inspection Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Cleaner Housing > Air Filter Element > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3725 Air Filter Element: Service and Repair Air Cleaner Element Inspection/Replacement 1. Open the air cleaner housing cover (A). 2. Remove the air cleaner element (B) from the air cleaner housing (C). 3. Check the air cleaner element for damage or clogging. If it is damaged or clogged, replace it. NOTE: Do not use compressed air to clean the air cleaner element. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Clean and remove any debris from inside the air cleaner. 5. If the maintenance minder required air cleaner element replacement, reset the maintenance minder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3729 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3730 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3731 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3732 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Delivery Valve Assembly, LPG / CNG > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Delivery Valve Assembly: Service and Repair Fuel Joint Block Replacement WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flames away. 1. Remove the fuel tank. 2. Remove the fuel pipe duct (A), then remove the fuel pipes (B) from the fuel tank, and disconnect the connector (C). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing fuel pipe nuts. 3. Remove the fuel joint duct (A), and the fuel pipes (B). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nuts. 4. Disconnect the FTP sensor connector (C) and the FTT sensor connector (D). 5. Remove the connectors (A). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing fuel pipe nuts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Delivery Valve Assembly, LPG / CNG > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 3736 6. Remove the FTT sensor (B), the FTP sensor (C), and the bolts (D). 7. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to the new O-rings (E), and carefully install them into their proper positions. 8. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 9. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filler Cap Warning Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation Fuel Filler Cap Warning Indicator: Description and Operation Fuel Cap Warning Message The ECM/PCM detects a loose or missing fuel fill cap as an evaporative system leak and alerts the driver by showing a warning message in the gauge display. First drive cycle The first time a leak is detected a "CHECK FUEL CAP" message appears in the gauge display (A). To scroll to another message, press the select/reset button. The "CHECK FUEL CAP" message will appear each time you restart the engine until the system turns the message off. Turn the engine off then replace or tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks at least once. To make the message go off (with the HDS) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Clear the Temporary DTC with the HDS. 3. Verify there is no leak by doing the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. To make the message go off (without the HDS) ('06 model) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. The message should go off after several days of normal driving. To make the message go off (without the HDS) ('07-08 models) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Start the engine, then turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Repeat step 2 two more times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Release: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Relieving WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. This procedure should be done outside in a well-ventilated area or in a properly equipped CNG shop. Between the engine and the manual shut-off valve This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the manual shut-off valve, such as fuel pressure regulator P1 or the fuel injectors. 1. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel tank and the engine This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system downstream of the fuel tank such as the fuel joint block or the manual shut-off valve. NOTE: Make sure the manual shut-off valve is open. 1. Remove the rear seat. 2. Disconnect the fuel subharness 6P connector (A) (this prevents the tank from supplying fuel to the system). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank This procedure will allow you to safely work on any part of the fuel system between the fuel joint block and fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 3744 1. Relieve the fuel pressure between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve (see the previous procedure). 2. Remove the under floor cover (A). 3. Loosen the sealing bolt (A) on the fuel joint block slowly. 4. Turn the fuel stem assembly (B) 1/2-1 turn counterclockwise. 5. Replace the fuel stem assembly and sealing bolt O-ring (C). At the fuel tank NOTE: This procedure degrades the integrity of the fuel tank. Do it only if you are replacing the fuel tank. 1. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 2. Close the manual shut-off valve (A). 3. Start the engine, and let it idle. After a few minutes, the engine will stall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Filter > Fuel Pressure Release > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 3745 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 5. Connect a ground wire (A) (available from AH special tools department) to the fuel line to eliminate any static electricity. 6. Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B) from fuel pressure regulator P1 (C). Be careful not to lose the O-rings. NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 7. Connect the vent tube to the fuel supply pipe. 8. Secure the other end of the vent tube to the highest possible location. 9. Remove the fuel pipe duct, and slowly remove the manual lock-down valve (A). Install the manual override vent tool (B) (available from AH special tools department) in its place. 10. Slowly turn the tool's Allen bolt clockwise until it stops. This opens the line between the fuel tank and the manual shut-off valve. 11. Open the manual shut-off valve so fuel can vent from the fuel tank. The fuel tank is empty when the hissing sound goes away. 12. Remove the manual override vent tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams 59. Injectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3749 Fuel Injector: Service and Repair Injector Replacement WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and the under-cowl panel, 3. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the injectors, the fuel temperature sensor, the MAP sensor, and the rocker arm oil control valve. 4. Remove the wire harness clips (B). 5. Remove the nut (C) and fuel feed hose (D). 6. Remove the fuel rail mounting nuts (E) from the fuel rail (F). 7. Remove the screws (G) and the injector clips (II) from the fuel rail. 8. Remove the injector covers (I) from the injectors. 9. Install the injector covers (A) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 3750 10. Coat the new O-rings (B) with silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil and insert the injectors (C) into the fuel rail (D). 11. Install the injector clip (E) and screws (F). 12. Install the fuel rail and the injector into the cylinder head (G). 13. Install the fuel rail mounting nuts. 14. Connect the fuel feed hose with a new O-ring (II), then install the nut (I). 15. Connect the connectors on the injectors, the fuel temperature sensor, the MAP sensor, the rocker arm oil control valve and harness clips. 16. Do the leak inspection procedure. 17. Install the cowl cover and the under-cowl panel, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3754 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3755 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3756 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3757 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3758 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3759 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3760 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions Fuel Line Coupler: Service Precautions Fuel Line/Quick-Connect Fitting Precautions The fuel line/quick-connect fittings (A), (B), (C), and (D) connect the fuel rail (E) to the fuel feed hose (F), the fuel feed hose to the fuel line (G), the fuel line (II) to the fuel tank unit (I), the fuel vapor line (J) to the EVAP canister (K), and the fuel tank vapor recirculation tube (L) to the fuel fill pipe (M). When removing or installing the fuel feed hose, the fuel tank unit, or the fuel tank, it is necessary to disconnect or connect the quick-connect fittings. Pay attention to the following: - The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings are not heat-resistant; be careful not to damage them during welding or other heat-generating procedures. - The fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings are not acid-proof; do not touch them with a shop towel that was used for wiping battery electrolyte. Replace them if they come in contact with electrolyte or something similar. - When connecting or disconnecting the fuel feed hoses, fuel line, and quick-connect fittings, be careful not to bend or twist them excessively. Replace them if they are damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 3764 A disconnected quick-connect fitting can be reconnected, but the retainer on the mating line cannot be reused once it has been removed from the line. Replace the retainer when: - replacing the fuel rail. - replacing the fuel line. - replacing the fuel pump. - replacing the fuel filter. - replacing the fuel gauge sending unit. - replacing the EVAP purge line. - replacing the EVAP canister. - replacing the fuel tank. - replacing the fuel fill pipe. - it has been removed from the line. - it is damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Line Coupler > Component Information > Service Precautions > Page 3765 Fuel Line Coupler: Service and Repair Fuel Pipe Connector O-ring Replacement NOTE: - To prevent O-ring contamination, be sure O-rings and mating surfaces are clean just before assembly. - Install O-rings with clean hands. Do not install O-rings while wearing fibrous gloves. - Do not twist O-rings. 1. Remove the old O-ring. 2. Wrap vinyl tape around the threads, and coat the surface of the tape with silicone oil or grease. NOTE: Wrap the vinyl tape (A) so that there is no stepped portion. 3. Install a new O-ring (A) into the groove. NOTE: Be careful not damage the sealing face of the O-ring. 4. Using a small brush, apply silicone oil or grease to the outer surface of the O-ring. 5. Remove the vinyl tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Control Solenoid > Component Information > Diagrams 260. Fuel Pressure Regulator Shut-off Solenoid Valve (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Locations 200. Right Rear Of Engine (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Locations > Page 3772 Fuel Pressure Regulator: Diagrams 261. Fuel Pressure Regulator Switch (GX) 257. Fuel Pressure Regulator Leak Check Connector (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement Fuel Pressure Regulator: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement 1. Remove the cowl panel and under-cowl cover. 2. Remove the water bypass hoses (A) from the fuel pressure regulator thermostat, then plug the hoses. 3. Remove the fuel pressure regulator thermostat (B). 4. Install the fuel pressure regulator thermostat in the reverse order of removal. 5. Install the cowl panel and under-cowl cover. 6. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, and bleed the air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement > Page 3775 Fuel Pressure Regulator: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Regulator PI Replacement Fuel Pressure Regulator PI Replacement WARNING: Compressed natural gas is flammable and highly explosive. You could be killed or seriously injured if leaking natural gas is ignited. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks and flames away. 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Drain the engine coolant, 3. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 4. Remove the fuel pressure regulator protector (A). 5. Remove the fuel feed hose (B), then disconnect the hoses (C) and the fuel line (D). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel line nuts. 6. Disconnect the connectors (E), and remove the bolt (F) and the nut (G). 7. Lift the vehicle and support it with jackstands. 8. Remove exhaust pipe A, 9. Remove the heat shield (A). 10. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1 (A) from the bracket (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement > Page 3776 11. Move fuel pressure regulator PI (A) as shown. 12. Remove fuel pressure regulator PI (A). 13. Remove the stay (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Regulator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Regulator Thermostat Replacement > Page 3777 14. Install fuel pressure regulator PI in the reverse order of removal. Be careful not to deform any of the lines, and assemble them securely when you reinstall the heater hoses. NOTE: Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring and the fuel pressure regulator. 15. Refill the radiator with engine coolant, 16. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 201. Right Rear Of Engine (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3781 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3782 264. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1. 2. Remove the fuel pressure switch (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 3785 Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Remove the fuel feed hose (A). 4. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications Fuel Pressure: Specifications Fuel Pressure ...................................................................................................................................... ............................... 204 - 326 kPa (29.58 - 47.3 psi)* *at idle, as measured at the Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor, using the HDS or a scantool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3790 Fuel Pressure: Service Precautions WARNING: Adhere to the following procedures any time the fuel system is being worked on in order to reduce the risk of fire and personal injury: - Keep a dry chemical (Class B) fire extinguisher near the work area. - Place a "CAUTION FLAMMABLE" sign in the work area. - Work in a well-ventilated area. Do not smoke, and keep sparks and open flames away. - Wear eye protection. - Use caution when working near the catalytic converter to prevent the possibility of burns or fire. (The temperatures within the converter can exceed 537 °C (1000 °F). - Relieve the fuel system pressure prior to disconnecting fuel system components. - Disconnect the negative battery cable except for tests where battery voltage is required. - Use a suitable container to store or catch fuel. - Do not replace fuel pipe with fuel hose. - Plug all disconnected fuel line fittings and hoses. - After making any fuel system repairs ALWAYS inspect for fuel leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pump > Fuel Pressure > System Information > Specifications > Page 3791 Fuel Pressure: Testing and Inspection Fuel pressure can only be checked using the HDS and viewing the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR readings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Receptacle (CNG) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > CNG Fuel System - Fuel Receptacle Check Fuel Receptacle (CNG): Technical Service Bulletins CNG Fuel System - Fuel Receptacle Check 08-085 November 14, 2008 Applies To: 1998-2009 Civic GX - ALL Civic GX Fuel Receptacle Check BACKGROUND Over time, the fuel receptacle can become worn. A worn fuel receptacle is usually noticed as a raised lip around the outside of the receptacle. To check for a worn fuel receptacle, a new tool (Ring Gauge, T/N RINGGO0001) is available. ORDERING INFORMATION One ring gauge was shipped to each CNG-certified dealer as a required special tool. Additional ring gauges can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To order on the iN, click on Service, then Service Bay, then Tool and Equipment Program. From the Tool and Equipment Program menu, click on the Online Catalog tab, and then search for Ring Gauge. USING THE RING GAUGE NOTE: This simple check should be done whenever a Civic GX is in your shop for scheduled maintenance. 1. Open the fuel receptacle door. 2. Remove the dust cap from the fuel receptacle, and clean off any dirt or debris around the receptacle. 3. Slide the ring gauge over the fuel receptacle. - If the ring gauge slides easily past the first lip on the fuel receptacle, the receptacle is OK. Remove the ring gauge, reinstall the dust cap, close the fuel receptacle door, and continue with your maintenance procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Receptacle (CNG) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > CNG Fuel System - Fuel Receptacle Check > Page 3796 OK Ring gauge slides easily past first lip on fuel receptacle. - If the ring gauge does not slide easily over the first lip on the fuel receptacle, the receptacle needs to be replaced. Refer to section 11 of the appropriate service manual for the replacement procedure. NOT OK Ring gauge does not slide easily over first lip of fuel receptacle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Receptacle (CNG) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3797 Fuel Receptacle (CNG): Testing and Inspection Fuel Receptacle Inspection 1. Check the nozzle O-ring (A), and replace it if it is damaged. 2. Check the filter (B) for contamination, and clean it if it is dirty. 3. Check the dust cap (C), and replace it if it is damaged. 4. If you detect a leak at the fuel receptacle valve (A) after fuel filling, blow fuel on the valve from the nozzle to remove the contamination. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Receptacle (CNG) > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3798 Fuel Receptacle (CNG): Service and Repair Fuel Receptacle Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank. 2. Remove the fuel pipe protector. 3. Remove the bolts (A). 4. Remove the fuel fill pipe (B). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel pipe nut. 5. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to a new O-ring (C), and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Fuel Return Line: Testing and Inspection Fuel Line Inspection Check the fuel system lines, hoses, fuel filter, and other components for damage, leaks, and deterioration, and replace them if necessary. NOTE: When installing a new O-ring, apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to the O-ring, and carefully install it into its proper position. NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten them if necessary. * 1: Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LU BE) to a new O-ring at the fuel filter housing and drain plug, and carefully install it into its proper position. * 2: Apply silicone oil or silicone grease (Shinetsu silicone GR 1OM) to a new rubber seal, and carefully install it into its proper position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Return Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 3802 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3807 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3808 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3809 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3810 Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing Technical Service Bulletin # 08-076 Date: 081014 Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing 08-076 October 14, 2008 Applies To: 2008-09 Canadian Produced Civic 4-Door - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Safety Recall: Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Is Missing BACKGROUND On the engine compartment bulkhead, a bracket covering the fuel feed hose quick connect fitting is secured with a bolt and a nut. This bracket protects the fuel hose quick connect fitting from damage during a crash. On 128 vehicles, the nut for the fuel feed hose bracket is missing. In the event of a crash, the bracket may become loose, which could damage the quick connect fitting. A damaged quick connect fitting could lead to a fuel leak, increasing the risk of a fire. VEHICLES AFFECTED The 128 affected vehicles were built in Canada (VINs beginning with 2HG), between late August and early September 2008. To verify vehicle eligibility, you must do a VIN status inquiry. If you re working on a customer vehicle, also make sure the customer has a notification letter. To see if a vehicle has already had this campaign completed, check for a punch mark below the first character of the engine compartment VIN. Some vehicles affected by this campaign may be in your new vehicle inventory. You should not sell or lease these vehicles until they have been repaired. To see if a vehicle is affected by this campaign, do a VIN status inquiry before selling or leasing it. Should an unrepaired vehicle cause an injury or damage because of the recalled item, the dealership will be solely responsible to the damaged party, and will be required to defend and indemnify American Honda for any resulting claims. CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION Owners of affected vehicles will receive a notification of this campaign the week of October 13, 2008. An example of the customer notification is shown in this service bulletin. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install the missing nut on the fuel feed hose bracket. PARTS INFORMATION 6 mm Nut: P/N 90361-SV4-003, H/C 4326476 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 3101F1 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 16723-RNA-A00 H/C 8161879 Defect Code: 5MA00 Symptom Code: Q9400 Template ID: 08-076A Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Carefully remove the center cowl cover using a trim tool (9 clips): Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3819 ^ Refer to steps 1 and 2 of the 2006-2008 Civic Service Manual. or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list, and do steps 1 and 2 of the procedure. 2. Remove the under-cowl panel (9 bolts): ^ Refer to step 4 of the service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list, and do step 4 of the procedure. 3. Locate the fuel feed hose bracket. It's on the driver's side of the engine compartment bulkhead, next to the heater core hoses. 4. Install a 6 mm nut (P/N 90361-SV4-003, H/C 4326476) onto the stud on the right side of the fuel feed hose bracket. Torque the nut to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 5. Reinstall the under-cowl panel: ^ Torque the four 8 x 1.25 mm bolts to 22 N.m (16 lb-ft). ^ Torque the five 6 x 1.0 mm bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 6. Reinstall the center cowl cover, and replace any damaged clips. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3820 7. Center-punch a completion mark below the first character of the engine compartment VIN: ^ Slide open the FRAME NUMBER door on the center cowl cover. ^ Use a long punch to reach the VIN. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3821 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Recalls: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3822 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection Fuel Supply Line: All Technical Service Bulletins Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection 06-015 May 6, 2009 Applies To: 1998-09 Civic GX - ALL Natural Gas Fuel Tank and Fuel Line Inspection (Supersedes 06-015, Natural Gas Fuel Tank Inspection, dated March 31, 2006, to revise the information marked by the asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, vehicles up to the 2009 model were added. ^ Under BACKGROUND, fuel line inspection and a reference to the 2006-09 service manual supplement was added. ^ Under REPAIR PROCEDURE, this information was added: - In step 4, a tank label check - In step 5, an iN search path for information on how to inspect tanks and what to do if a tank is expired or damaged beyond repair - A new step 6 with fuel line inspection information - New steps 8, 9, and 10, describing a new inspection form for the fuel tank and the fuel lines* BACKGROUND The fuel tank in all Honda natural gas vehicles must be inspected for deterioration or damage every 3 years or 36,000 miles, whichever comes first. This is a requirement of Honda and of the federal government. In addition, the fuel lines and related parts should be inspected to make sure they are OK. NOTE: This service bulletin supersedes the natural gas fuel tank inspection procedure in the Civic GX service manual supplements. On the following service manual supplement pages, make a note to refer to this service bulletin for the fuel tank inspection procedure: ^ Page 11-138 in the 1998-2000 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement ^ Page 11-121 in the 2001-2005 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement *^ Page 11-147 in the 2008-2009 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement* INSPECTION PROCEDURE NOTE: ^ You must be a Honda NGV-certified technician to inspect or replace the fuel tank or the fuel lines. ^ To become Honda NGV-certified, complete the Honda technical training modules for natural gas vehicles (modules GXC12 and GXS12). For more information, refer to the Online University on the iN. ^ Fuel tank inspection does not require tank removal from the vehicle. ^ Wear gloves to protect your hands from sharp edges or carbon fibers. 1. Remove the rear seat. If needed, refer to the Body section of the appropriate Civic GX service manual supplement. 2. Remove the trunk floor lid and the trunk partition. If needed, refer to the Body section of the appropriate Civic GX service manual supplement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3828 3. Check the fuel tank's expiration date. If the tank is expired, let the customer know that the tank should be replaced to keep the vehicle compliant with federal safety standards. 4. Using a flashlight and an inspection mirror, thoroughly check the fuel tank assembly for any of these problems: * ^ Missing labels on the tank* ^ Excessive rust on the tank bands or its mounting frame ^ Loose tank frame bolts, band bolts, or nuts ^ Improper alignment of the tank and its bands NOTE: The horizontal alignment marks should be close, but they do not have to be perfect. Expansion of the fuel tank can cause the marks to move slightly. ^ Dents, cuts, or abrasions on the tank cylinder or either of the tank domes ^ Tank expansion or deformation Evidence of tank overheating 5. If you found any problems in step 4, repair them as needed. For problems with the tank cylinder or the tank domes (dents, cuts, abrasions, expansion, deformation, or evidence of overheating), refer to the appropriate tank (Type 3 or Type 4) inspection information on the iN: ^ From the iN main menu, select SERVICE. ^ From the SERVICE drop-down menu, select ISIS (Service Publications). ^ From the ISIS menu, select SEARCH BY PUBLICATION. ^ From the SEARCH BY PUBLICATION menu, select Job Aids. ^ From the list of Job Aids, select the appropriate fuel tank inspection information: Civic GX Type 3 NGV Fuel Tank Inspection, or HONDA Civic GX Type 4 NGV Fuel Tank Inspection. NOTE: ^ Because the fuel tank inspection documents are generic (not Honda-specific), some of the information does not apply to Civic GX fuel tanks. ^ If the fuel tank is damaged beyond repair or past its expiration date, you must condemn it. For tank disposal guidelines, refer to the appropriate tank inspection document (Type 3 or Type 4). ^ If a customer declines the repair of a damaged fuel tank or the replacement of an expired fuel tank, clearly note the tank problems on the repair order. Let the customer know that their signature on the repair order indicates that they were advised of the problem. 6. Check the fuel lines and related parts for any of the following problems, and repair or replace them as needed: ^ Improperly routed or loose vent hoses inside the trunk. ^ Looseness (broken line retainers), damage, or leaks in the fuel feed lines on the bottom of the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3829 ^ Damage or leaks at the fuel joint block. ^ Damage in the fuel tank relief valve (PRD) line, or a missing end cap on the line. ^ Leaks in the fuel line fittings or the fuel receptacle. ^ Excessive wear on the fuel receptacle (see Service Bulletin 08-085, Civic GX Fuel Receptacle Check). ^ Damage to the fuel receptacle 0-ring or the fuel receptacle end cap. 7. Mark the label on the tank with your Honda NGV-certified inspector stamp, and use a permanent marker to write the date below your stamp. 8. Print a copy of the Civic GX Fuel Tank/Fuel System Inspection Report from the iN: NOTE: This inspection report supersedes the NGV container inspection record forms in the Honda Civic GX Type 3 and Type 4 inspection information. ^ Using the iN search information in step 5, go to the list of Job Aids. ^ From the list of Job Aids, select Civic GX Fuel Tank/Fuel System Inspection Report. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3830 9. Fill out the inspection report completely, including both the fuel tank and the fuel line inspection items. 10. Make a photocopy of the completed inspection report; put one copy in the glove box, and place the other in the customer's file. 11. Reinstall the trunk partition, the trunk floor lid, and the rear seat. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing Technical Service Bulletin # 08-076 Date: 081014 Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing 08-076 October 14, 2008 Applies To: 2008-09 Canadian Produced Civic 4-Door - See VEHICLES AFFECTED Safety Recall: Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Is Missing BACKGROUND On the engine compartment bulkhead, a bracket covering the fuel feed hose quick connect fitting is secured with a bolt and a nut. This bracket protects the fuel hose quick connect fitting from damage during a crash. On 128 vehicles, the nut for the fuel feed hose bracket is missing. In the event of a crash, the bracket may become loose, which could damage the quick connect fitting. A damaged quick connect fitting could lead to a fuel leak, increasing the risk of a fire. VEHICLES AFFECTED The 128 affected vehicles were built in Canada (VINs beginning with 2HG), between late August and early September 2008. To verify vehicle eligibility, you must do a VIN status inquiry. If you re working on a customer vehicle, also make sure the customer has a notification letter. To see if a vehicle has already had this campaign completed, check for a punch mark below the first character of the engine compartment VIN. Some vehicles affected by this campaign may be in your new vehicle inventory. You should not sell or lease these vehicles until they have been repaired. To see if a vehicle is affected by this campaign, do a VIN status inquiry before selling or leasing it. Should an unrepaired vehicle cause an injury or damage because of the recalled item, the dealership will be solely responsible to the damaged party, and will be required to defend and indemnify American Honda for any resulting claims. CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION Owners of affected vehicles will receive a notification of this campaign the week of October 13, 2008. An example of the customer notification is shown in this service bulletin. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install the missing nut on the fuel feed hose bracket. PARTS INFORMATION 6 mm Nut: P/N 90361-SV4-003, H/C 4326476 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 3101F1 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 16723-RNA-A00 H/C 8161879 Defect Code: 5MA00 Symptom Code: Q9400 Template ID: 08-076A Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Carefully remove the center cowl cover using a trim tool (9 clips): Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3835 ^ Refer to steps 1 and 2 of the 2006-2008 Civic Service Manual. or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list, and do steps 1 and 2 of the procedure. 2. Remove the under-cowl panel (9 bolts): ^ Refer to step 4 of the service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword COWL, select Cowl Cover Replacement from the list, and do step 4 of the procedure. 3. Locate the fuel feed hose bracket. It's on the driver's side of the engine compartment bulkhead, next to the heater core hoses. 4. Install a 6 mm nut (P/N 90361-SV4-003, H/C 4326476) onto the stud on the right side of the fuel feed hose bracket. Torque the nut to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 5. Reinstall the under-cowl panel: ^ Torque the four 8 x 1.25 mm bolts to 22 N.m (16 lb-ft). ^ Torque the five 6 x 1.0 mm bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 6. Reinstall the center cowl cover, and replace any damaged clips. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3836 7. Center-punch a completion mark below the first character of the engine compartment VIN: ^ Slide open the FRAME NUMBER door on the center cowl cover. ^ Use a long punch to reach the VIN. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3837 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 08-076 > Oct > 08 > Recall - Fuel Feed Hose Bracket Nut Missing > Page 3838 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection Fuel Supply Line: All Technical Service Bulletins Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection 06-015 May 6, 2009 Applies To: 1998-09 Civic GX - ALL Natural Gas Fuel Tank and Fuel Line Inspection (Supersedes 06-015, Natural Gas Fuel Tank Inspection, dated March 31, 2006, to revise the information marked by the asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, vehicles up to the 2009 model were added. ^ Under BACKGROUND, fuel line inspection and a reference to the 2006-09 service manual supplement was added. ^ Under REPAIR PROCEDURE, this information was added: - In step 4, a tank label check - In step 5, an iN search path for information on how to inspect tanks and what to do if a tank is expired or damaged beyond repair - A new step 6 with fuel line inspection information - New steps 8, 9, and 10, describing a new inspection form for the fuel tank and the fuel lines* BACKGROUND The fuel tank in all Honda natural gas vehicles must be inspected for deterioration or damage every 3 years or 36,000 miles, whichever comes first. This is a requirement of Honda and of the federal government. In addition, the fuel lines and related parts should be inspected to make sure they are OK. NOTE: This service bulletin supersedes the natural gas fuel tank inspection procedure in the Civic GX service manual supplements. On the following service manual supplement pages, make a note to refer to this service bulletin for the fuel tank inspection procedure: ^ Page 11-138 in the 1998-2000 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement ^ Page 11-121 in the 2001-2005 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement *^ Page 11-147 in the 2008-2009 Civic GX Service Manual Supplement* INSPECTION PROCEDURE NOTE: ^ You must be a Honda NGV-certified technician to inspect or replace the fuel tank or the fuel lines. ^ To become Honda NGV-certified, complete the Honda technical training modules for natural gas vehicles (modules GXC12 and GXS12). For more information, refer to the Online University on the iN. ^ Fuel tank inspection does not require tank removal from the vehicle. ^ Wear gloves to protect your hands from sharp edges or carbon fibers. 1. Remove the rear seat. If needed, refer to the Body section of the appropriate Civic GX service manual supplement. 2. Remove the trunk floor lid and the trunk partition. If needed, refer to the Body section of the appropriate Civic GX service manual supplement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3844 3. Check the fuel tank's expiration date. If the tank is expired, let the customer know that the tank should be replaced to keep the vehicle compliant with federal safety standards. 4. Using a flashlight and an inspection mirror, thoroughly check the fuel tank assembly for any of these problems: * ^ Missing labels on the tank* ^ Excessive rust on the tank bands or its mounting frame ^ Loose tank frame bolts, band bolts, or nuts ^ Improper alignment of the tank and its bands NOTE: The horizontal alignment marks should be close, but they do not have to be perfect. Expansion of the fuel tank can cause the marks to move slightly. ^ Dents, cuts, or abrasions on the tank cylinder or either of the tank domes ^ Tank expansion or deformation Evidence of tank overheating 5. If you found any problems in step 4, repair them as needed. For problems with the tank cylinder or the tank domes (dents, cuts, abrasions, expansion, deformation, or evidence of overheating), refer to the appropriate tank (Type 3 or Type 4) inspection information on the iN: ^ From the iN main menu, select SERVICE. ^ From the SERVICE drop-down menu, select ISIS (Service Publications). ^ From the ISIS menu, select SEARCH BY PUBLICATION. ^ From the SEARCH BY PUBLICATION menu, select Job Aids. ^ From the list of Job Aids, select the appropriate fuel tank inspection information: Civic GX Type 3 NGV Fuel Tank Inspection, or HONDA Civic GX Type 4 NGV Fuel Tank Inspection. NOTE: ^ Because the fuel tank inspection documents are generic (not Honda-specific), some of the information does not apply to Civic GX fuel tanks. ^ If the fuel tank is damaged beyond repair or past its expiration date, you must condemn it. For tank disposal guidelines, refer to the appropriate tank inspection document (Type 3 or Type 4). ^ If a customer declines the repair of a damaged fuel tank or the replacement of an expired fuel tank, clearly note the tank problems on the repair order. Let the customer know that their signature on the repair order indicates that they were advised of the problem. 6. Check the fuel lines and related parts for any of the following problems, and repair or replace them as needed: ^ Improperly routed or loose vent hoses inside the trunk. ^ Looseness (broken line retainers), damage, or leaks in the fuel feed lines on the bottom of the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3845 ^ Damage or leaks at the fuel joint block. ^ Damage in the fuel tank relief valve (PRD) line, or a missing end cap on the line. ^ Leaks in the fuel line fittings or the fuel receptacle. ^ Excessive wear on the fuel receptacle (see Service Bulletin 08-085, Civic GX Fuel Receptacle Check). ^ Damage to the fuel receptacle 0-ring or the fuel receptacle end cap. 7. Mark the label on the tank with your Honda NGV-certified inspector stamp, and use a permanent marker to write the date below your stamp. 8. Print a copy of the Civic GX Fuel Tank/Fuel System Inspection Report from the iN: NOTE: This inspection report supersedes the NGV container inspection record forms in the Honda Civic GX Type 3 and Type 4 inspection information. ^ Using the iN search information in step 5, go to the list of Job Aids. ^ From the list of Job Aids, select Civic GX Fuel Tank/Fuel System Inspection Report. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Fuel Supply Line: > 06-015 > May > 09 > Fuel System - CNG Fuel Tank/Line Inspection > Page 3846 9. Fill out the inspection report completely, including both the fuel tank and the fuel line inspection items. 10. Make a photocopy of the completed inspection report; put one copy in the glove box, and place the other in the customer's file. 11. Reinstall the trunk partition, the trunk floor lid, and the rear seat. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3847 Fuel Supply Line: Testing and Inspection Fuel Line Inspection Check the fuel system lines, hoses, fuel filter, and other components for damage, leaks, and deterioration, and replace them if necessary. NOTE: When installing a new O-ring, apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to the O-ring, and carefully install it into its proper position. NOTE: Check all hose clamps and retighten them if necessary. * 1: Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LU BE) to a new O-ring at the fuel filter housing and drain plug, and carefully install it into its proper position. * 2: Apply silicone oil or silicone grease (Shinetsu silicone GR 1OM) to a new rubber seal, and carefully install it into its proper position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Supply Line > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 3848 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel System Manual Control Valve (CNG) > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel System Manual Control Valve (CNG): Service and Repair Manual Shut-off Valve Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the fuel tank. 2. Lift the vehicle, and support it with jackstands. 3. Remove the under-floor cover (A). 4. Disconnect the fuel lines (A). NOTE: Always use two wrenches when removing or installing the fuel line nuts. 5. Remove the bolt (B) and the manual shut-off valve (C). 6. Apply silicone grease (PARKER CHRISTO-LUBE) to the new O-rings (D) and carefully install them into their proper positions. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 8. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Filler Neck > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Filler Neck: Service and Repair Fuel Receptacle Adapter Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Do the fuel pressure relieving between the fuel receptacle and the fuel tank. - Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove these items: - Fuel pipe protector. - Fuel cap - Fuel receptacle. 2. Remove the fuel fill door switch (A) by turning it 90 ° from the fuel receptacle adapter (B). 3. Remove the screw securing the fuel receptacle adapter (A). 4. Remove the fuel cap grommet. 5. While pushing the fuel fill door latch (A) in, turn the fuel receptacle adapter (B), then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Filler Neck > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 3856 6. Install the adapter in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 3860 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 3861 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram. 1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs. - If no problem is found, go to step 3. - If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the rear seat cushion. 5. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 6. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 8. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage. - If the voltage is OK, go to step 9. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: a short in the ORN (2-door: PUR) wire to ground. - an open in the ORN (2-door: PUR) or LT GRN (2-door: ORN) wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 3862 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank. 11. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. 12. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 13. Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge assembly. - If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE: The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF, regardless of the fuel level. - Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 3863 Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank > Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3870 Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor (CNG): Service and Repair FTT Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the fuel joint block. 2. Remove the FTT sensor (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Tank Unit: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3876 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3877 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3878 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3879 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3880 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3881 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3882 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3883 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3884 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3885 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3886 Fuel Tank Unit: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3887 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3888 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3889 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3890 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3891 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3892 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3893 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3894 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3895 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3896 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3897 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3898 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3899 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3900 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3901 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3902 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 3903 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Tank Unit: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 3906 Fuel Tank Unit: Service and Repair Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Fuel Tank Unit Removal and Installation Special Tools Required Fuel pump module locknut wrench 07AAA-SNAA100 Removal 1. Relieve the fuel pressure. 2. Remove the fuel fill cap. 3. Remove the rear seat cushion. 4. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 5. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 6. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 7. Disconnect the quick-connect fittings (C) from the fuel tank unit. 8. Using the special tool, loosen the locknut (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 3907 9. Remove the locknut (A) and the fuel tank unit (B). Installation 1. Temporarily attach a new base gasket (A) to the fuel tank unit (B), then insert the fuel tank unit partially into the fuel tank. NOTE: Be careful not to damage a new base gasket. - Be careful not to bend the fuel gauge sending unit. - Do not coat the base gasket with oil. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 3908 2. Transfer the base gasket (A) from the fuel tank unit onto the fuel tank. 3. Align the marks (B) on the fuel tank and the fuel tank unit, then insert the fuel tank unit into the fuel tank until it sits on the base gasket. NOTE: To prevent a fuel leak, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. 4. Install the new locknut plate (A) and new locknut (B). 5. Using the special tool, tighten a locknut (A) to the specified torque. NOTE: After tightening, make sure the marks are still aligned. - After installation, check the base gasket, visually or by hand, to make sure it is not pinched. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Tank Unit > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement > Page 3909 6. Connect the fuel tank unit 4P connector, then connect the quick-connect fitting. 7. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery, and turn the ignition switch ON (II) (but do not operate the starter motor). The fuel pump will run for about 2 seconds, and fuel pressure will rise. Repeat this two or three times, then check that there is no leakage in the fuel supply system. 8. Install the access panel (A) to the floor. 9. Install the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 10. Install the rear seat cushion. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations 198. Rear Of Engine (GX) 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3913 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3914 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Diagrams 258. FTT Sensor (GX) 263. Fuel Temperature Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3915 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the fuel temperature sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3919 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3920 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3921 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) 203. Behind Right Kick Panel (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3926 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3927 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3928 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3929 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Diagrams 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3930 266. Injector Control Module (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3931 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3932 Fuel Injector Driver Module (CNG): Service and Repair Injector Control Module Replacement 1. Remove the passenger's dashboard undercover, 2. Remove the right kick panel, 3. Disconnect the injector control module connector (A). 4. Remove the injector control module (B). 5. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3936 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3937 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3938 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 3939 Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3943 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3944 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Description and Operation PGM-FI Main Relay 1 PGM-FI main relay 1 is energized whenever the ignition switch is ON (II) to supply battery voltage to the PCM, and power for the injector control module relay and the ETCS control relay. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Relays and Modules - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System) > Component Information > Locations > Page 3945 Main Relay (Computer/Fuel System): Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Resonator, Intake Air > Component Information > Service and Repair Resonator: Service and Repair Resonator Removal/Installation 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Remove the bolts (A), and the intake air ducts (B). 3. Remove the resonator (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3953 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3954 174. APP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Electronic Throttle Control System Electronic Throttle Control System The throttle is electronically controlled by the electronic throttle control system. Refer to the system diagram to see a functional layout of the system. Idle control: When the engine is idling, the PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain the proper idle speed according to engine loads. Acceleration control: When the accelerator pedal is pressed, the PCM opens the throttle valve depending on the accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal. Cruise control: The PCM controls the throttle actuator to maintain set speed when the cruise control is operating. The throttle actuator takes the place of the cruise control actuator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Electronic Throttle Control System > Page 3957 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor As the accelerator pedal position changes, the sensor varies the signal voltage to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3958 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Testing and Inspection APP Sensor Signal Inspection NOTE: - This procedure checks the APP sensor in its fully closed position. In any other position, the APP sensor stores DTCs which are covered in other troubleshooting procedures. - Check for Temporary DTCs or DTCs with the HDS before doing this procedure. If any DTCs are indicated, troubleshoot them first, then do this procedure. - Press the accelerator pedal several times to check its operation. If it does not operate smoothly, check the pedal. If you find a problem, replace the accelerator pedal module. 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then go to step 5. 5. Make sure the accelerator pedal is not pressed, then check the APP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. - If it is 0 %, the APP sensor is OK. - If it is not 0 %, replace the accelerator pedal module, then go to step 1. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3959 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Service and Repair Accelerator Pedal Module Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the APP sensor 6P connector (A). 2. Remove the accelerator pedal module (B). NOTE: The APP sensor is not available separately. Do not disassemble the accelerator pedal module. 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Locations 50. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3963 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3964 169. MAF/IAT Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3965 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Description and Operation Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor/Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor The mass airflow (MAF) sensor/intake air temperature (IAT) sensor contains a hot wire and a thermistor. It is located in the intake air passage. The resistance of the hot wire and thermistor changes due to intake air temperature and airflow. The control circuit in the MAF sensor controls the current to keep the hot wire at a set temperature. The current is converted to voltage in the control circuit, then output to the PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Air Flow Meter/Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3966 Air Flow Meter/Sensor: Service and Repair MAF Sensor/IAT Sensor Replacement 1. Disconnect the MAF sensor/IAT sensor 5P connector (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B). 3. Remove the MAF sensor/IAT sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 201. Right Rear Of Engine (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3970 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 3971 264. Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Remove fuel pressure regulator P1. 2. Remove the fuel pressure switch (A). 3. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (B) and carefully install it into its proper position. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 5. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pressure Switch Replacement > Page 3974 Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Remove the fuel feed hose (A). 4. Remove the fuel rail pressure sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations Fuel Temperature Sensor: Locations 198. Rear Of Engine (GX) 205. Behind Rear Seat (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3978 Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3979 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Diagrams 258. FTT Sensor (GX) 263. Fuel Temperature Sensor (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Fuel Temperature Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3980 Fuel Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair Fuel Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Relieve fuel pressure between the engine and the manual shut-off valve. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel, 3. Disconnect the fuel temperature sensor connector (A). 4. Remove the fuel temperature sensor (B). 5. Apply silicone oil or polyalkyleneglycol (PAG) oil to a new O-ring (C) and carefully install it into its proper position. 6. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the leak inspection procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3984 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Sensors and Switches - Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3985 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Description and Operation Throttle Body: Description and Operation Throttle Body The throttle body is a single-barrel side draft type. The lower portion of the throttle valve is heated by engine coolant from the cylinder head to prevent icing of the throttle plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 3989 Throttle Body: Testing and Inspection Throttle Body Test Carbon Accumulation Check NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 5. Check the REL TP SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. The reading should be below 3 °. If it is not, clean the throttle body. Throttle Position Learning Check NOTE: If the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) has been reported on, check for diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Do the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST. If needed, clean the throttle body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures Throttle Body: Procedures Throttle Body Cleaning CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. 1. Check for damage to the air cleaner. If the air cleaner is damaged, replace it. 2. Remove the throttle body. 3. Clean off the carbon from the throttle valve and inside the throttle body with a paper towel soaked in throttle plate and induction cleaner. NOTE: Remove the throttle body to clean it. - Be careful not to pinch your fingers. - To avoid removing the molybdenum coating, do not clean the bearing area of the throttle shaft (A). - Do not spray throttle plate and induction cleaner directly on the throttle body. - Use Honda genuine throttle plate and induction cleaner. 4. Install the throttle body. 5. Reset the ECM/PCM with the HDS. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 2 seconds. 7. Do the ECM/PCM idle learn procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3992 Throttle Body: Removal and Replacement Throttle Body Removal/Installation CAUTION: Do not insert your fingers into the installed throttle body when you turn the ignition switch ON (II) or while the ignition switch is ON (II). If you do, you will seriously injure your fingers if the throttle valve is activated. NOTE: If you are replacing or cleaning the throttle body, start at step 1. If you are removing the throttle body, start at step 4. 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC while the engine is stopped. 2. Select the INSPECTION MENU on the HDS. 3. Do the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 5. Remove the cowl cover and the under-cowl panel, 6. Remove the air cleaner, 7. Disconnect the throttle body connector (A) and the vacuum hose (B). 8. Disconnect and plug the water bypass hoses (C). 9. Remove the throttle body (D). 10. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new gasket (E). NOTE: Do the PCM idle learn procedure after replacing throttle body, - Refill the radiator with engine coolant, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Body > Component Information > Service and Repair > Procedures > Page 3993 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Throttle Position Sensor: Locations 208. Left Side Of Engine Comp. (Air Duct Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3997 Electronic Throttle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Throttle Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 3998 182. TP Sensor/Throttle Actuator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Locations Variable Induction Control Actuator: Locations 8. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 4003 Intake Air System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 4004 Intake Air System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 4005 168. IMT Actuator (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 4006 Variable Induction Control Actuator: Service and Repair IMT Actuator Removal/Installation 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Remove the bolts (A) and the IMT actuator (B). 3. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Fuel Delivery and Air Induction > Variable Induction System > Variable Induction Control Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair Variable Induction Control Valve: Service and Repair IMT Valve Replacement 1. Remove the IMT actuator. 2. Remove the IMT cover (A). 3. Remove the bolts (B) and the IMT valve (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with new O-rings (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Firing Order > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications Ignition Timing: Specifications Ignition Timing M/T: ......................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in Neutral A/T: ........................................................................................................................................................... 8 ° ± 2 ° BTDC (RED mark (B)) at idle in N or P Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 4017 Ignition Timing: Description and Operation Ignition Timing Control The PCM contains the memory for basic ignition timing at various engine speeds and manifold absolute pressure. It also adjusts the timing according to engine coolant temperature and intake air temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Timing > System Information > Specifications > Page 4018 Ignition Timing: Testing and Inspection Ignition Timing Inspection 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the ECM/PCM. If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm with no load (in N or P (A/T) or neutral (M/T)) until the radiator fan comes on, then let it idle. 6. Check the idle speed. 7. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 8. Connect the timing light to the No. 1 ignition coil harness. 9. Aim the light toward the pointer (A) on the cam chain case. Check the ignition timing under a no load condition (headlights, blower fan, rear window defogger, and air conditioner are turned off). 10. If the ignition timing differs from the specification, check the cam timing. If the cam timing is OK, update the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM) if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the system works properly, and the ECM/PCM was substituted, replace the original ECM/PCM. 11. Disconnect the HDS and the timing light. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4022 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4023 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4024 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4027 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4028 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4029 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4033 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4034 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4035 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4036 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4037 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams 119. Ignition Coils Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Coil > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4041 Ignition Coil: Service and Repair Ignition Coil Removal/Installation 1. Disconnect the ignition coil connectors (A), then remove the ignition coils (B). 2. Install the ignition coils in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations Ignition Relay: Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4045 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4046 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4047 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Check the No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse. If the fuse continues to blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the ignition coils. 2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it. Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the ignition coil relay. 3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Check for continuity between each ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. 5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4050 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 11. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4051 Is there continuity? YES - The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4052 Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4056 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4057 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4058 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4059 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations Ignition Relay: Locations PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4064 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4065 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 4066 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Ignition Coil Relay Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Check the No. 18 (15 A) fuse in the under-hood fuse/relay box. Is the fuse OK? YES - Reinstall the fuse, then go to step 2. NO - Replace the fuse. If the fuse continues to blow, locate and repair the short in the circuit between the under-hood fuse/relay box and the ignition coils. 2. Remove the ignition coil relay from the under-hood fuse/relay box, and test it. Is the relay OK? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Replace the ignition coil relay. 3. Measure the voltage between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 2 and body ground, then terminal No. 4 and body ground. Is there battery voltage? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Replace the under-hood fuse/relay box. 4. Check for continuity between each ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and the each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 1 and ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 3. 5. Check for continuity between each ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4069 Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil 3P connector terminal No. 2 and the body ground. 6. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 8. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 9. Jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 10. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 11. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Go to step 12. 12. Check for continuity between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and ECM/PCM connector terminal A6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4070 Is there continuity? YES - The system is OK at this time. Check for loose or poor connections at the ignition coil relay and the ECM/PCM (A6). NO - Repair open in the wire between ignition coil relay 4P socket terminal No. 3 and the ECM/PCM (A6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Relays and Modules - Ignition System > Ignition Relay > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Ignition Coil Relay Circuit > Page 4071 Ignition Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations 32. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4076 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4077 113. CMP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4078 Camshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor The CMP sensor detects the position of the No. 1 cylinder as a reference for sequential fuel injection to each cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Sensor Replacement CMP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the CMP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CMP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4081 Camshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation CMP Pulse Plate Removal and Installation Removal 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2. Remove the air cleaner housing bracket (A), then remove the harness holder (B) from the cylinder head. 3. Remove the rocker arm assembly. 4. Remove the camshaft thrust cover. 5. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then loosen the bolt. 6. Remove the camshaft position (CMP) pulse plate. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4082 Installation 1. Install the CMP pulse plate. 2. Hold the camshaft with a 27 mm open-end wrench, then tighten the bolt. 3. Install the camshaft thrust cover (A) with a new O-ring (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Camshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > CMP Sensor Replacement > Page 4083 4. Install the rocker arm assembly. 5. Install the harness holder (A) on the cylinder head, then install the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 6. Install the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4087 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4088 111. CKP Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4089 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Description and Operation Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor The CKP sensor detects crankshaft speed and is used by the PCM to determine ignition timing and timing for fuel injection of each cylinder as well as detecting engine misfire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4090 Crankshaft Position Sensor: Service and Repair CKP Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield; 2-door, 4-door. 2. Disconnect the CKP sensor 3P connector (A). 3. Remove the CKP sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (C). 5. Do the CKP pattern clear/CKP pattern learn procedure below. Crank (CKP) Pattern Clear/Crank (CKP) Pattern Learn Clear/Learn Procedure (with the HDS) 1. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the ECM/PCM and other vehicle systems. If it doesn't, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. See: Computers and Control Systems/Testing and Inspection/Component Tests and General Diagnostics/DLC Circuit Troubleshooting 4. Select CRANK PATTERN in the ADJUSTMENT MENU with the HDS. 5. Select CRANK PATTERN LEARNING with the HDS, and follow the screen prompts. Learn Procedure (without the HDS) 1. Start the engine. Hold the engine speed at 3,000 rpm without load (in Park or neutral) until the radiator fan comes on. 2. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 2,500 rpm down to 1,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 3. Test-drive the vehicle on a level road: Decelerate (with the throttle fully closed) from an engine speed of 5,000 rpm down to 3,000 rpm with the A/T in 2 position, or M/T in 1st gear. 4. Repeat step 2 and 3 several times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Crankshaft Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4091 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II), and wait 30 seconds. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4095 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4096 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4099 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4100 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4101 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4102 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4103 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4104 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4105 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4106 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4107 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4108 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4109 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4110 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4111 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4112 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4113 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4114 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4115 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4116 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4117 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4118 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4119 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4120 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4121 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4122 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4123 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4124 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4125 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4126 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4127 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4128 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 4129 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations Knock Sensor: Locations 191. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4133 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4134 11. Knock Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4135 Knock Sensor: Description and Operation Knock Sensor The knock control system adjusts the ignition timing to minimize knock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Sensors and Switches - Ignition System > Knock Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 4136 Knock Sensor: Service and Repair Knock Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the intake manifold. 2. Disconnect the knock sensor 1P connector (A). 3. Remove the knock sensor (B). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications Spark Plug: Specifications Electrode Gap Standard (New): .......................................................................................................................................... 0.7 - 0.8 mm (0.028 - 0.031 in.) Torque ................................................................................................................................................. ...................................... 25 N.m (2.5 kgf.m, 18 lbf.ft) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4140 Spark Plug: Application and ID Spark Plugs NGK: .................................................................................................................................................... ................................................................ IFR7F8DS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4141 Spark Plug: Testing and Inspection Spark Plug Inspection 1. Remove the spark plugs and inspect the electrodes and ceramic insulator. - Burned or worn electrodes may be caused by: Advanced ignition timing - Loose spark plug - Plug heat range too hot - Insufficient cooling - Fouled plugs may be caused by: Retarded ignition timing - Oil in combustion chamber - Incorrect spark plug gap - Plug heat range too cold - Excessive idling/low speed running - Clogged air cleaner element - Deteriorated ignition coils 2. If the spark plug electrode is dirty or contaminated, clean the electrode with a plug cleaner. NOTE: Do not use a wire brush or scrape the iridium electrode since this will damage the electrode. - When using a sand blaster spark plug cleaner, do not clean for more than 20 seconds to avoid damaging the electrode. 3. Replace the spark plug if the gap is out of specification. NOTE: Do not adjust the gap (A) of iridium tip plugs. 4. Replace the plug at the specified interval, or if the center electrode is rounded (A). Use only the spark plugs as listed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Ignition System > Spark Plug > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4142 5. Apply a small amount of anti-seize compound to the plug threads, and screw the plugs into the cylinder head, finger-tight. Torque them to 25 N-m (2.5 kgf-m, 18 lbf-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Locations 40. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4149 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4150 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagrams 26. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 27. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 28. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4153 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4154 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4155 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the, harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4156 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the, gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4157 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4158 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4159 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4160 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 3. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement > Page 4163 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (D). 3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 8. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 10. Check the A/T. clutch pressure control, solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Component Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4168 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4169 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4170 73. Shift Lock Solenoid (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4171 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector. 3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid (B). 4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring (C) assembly. 5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop. 6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F) on the bracket base. 7. Install the shift lever assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4175 Shift Solenoid: Diagrams 15. Shift Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 16. Shift Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 17. Shift Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4176 18. Shift Control Solenoid Valve D (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4177 Shift Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Solenoid Valve Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking-sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground: ^ No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C ^ No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B ^ No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A ^ No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound. ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, connect the connector. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid harness. 10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4178 11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D. 14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal and body ground. Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift solenoid valve. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the solenoid valve for a clicking sound. 15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid terminal individually. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4179 16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing, then go to step 22. 17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4180 24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 25. Refill the transmission with ATF. 26. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4181 Shift Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. ^ If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7. ^ If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then go to step 12. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4182 7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 10. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 11. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4190 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4191 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4192 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4194 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4195 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4196 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4197 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4198 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4199 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4200 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4201 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4202 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4203 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4204 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4205 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4206 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4207 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4208 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4209 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4210 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4211 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4212 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4213 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4214 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4215 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4216 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4217 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4218 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4219 A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4226 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4227 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4228 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4229 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4230 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4231 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4243 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4244 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4245 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 4248 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4253 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4254 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4255 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4259 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4260 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4261 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4262 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4263 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4264 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4265 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4266 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4267 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4271 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4272 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4273 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4274 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4275 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 4278 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4282 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4283 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4284 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4285 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4286 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - M/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-062 > Jan > 09 > Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Customer Interest Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration 07-062 January 30, 2009 Applies To shown above Poor A/C Performance During Acceleration (Supersedes 07-062, dated September 19, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The A/C cools poorly during hard acceleration under 20 mph. This symptom is usually noticed in stop-and-go traffic. PROBABLE CAUSE When accelerating at speeds below 20 mph with the accelerator pedal more than halfway down, the ECM/ PCM turns off the A/C compressor. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. NOTE: The software update minimizes the symptom, but it does not completely eliminate it. The customer can improve A/C performance by accelerating from speeds below 20 mph with the accelerator pedal less than halfway down. SOFTWARE INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 125517 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 07-062 > Jan > 09 > Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration > Page 4299 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RNA-A64 HC 8587529 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 01201 Template ID: 07-062A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-023, Updating Control Units/Modules. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-003 > Feb > 08 > A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: Customer Interest A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T 08-003 February 14, 2008 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Update the PCM When Replacing the Transmission BACKGROUND Repeatedly shifting between R and D at high wheel speed when stuck in snow can cause transmission damage. To help prevent this damage, update the PCM anytime you replace an NT. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM and the NT systems of the PCM with the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System). VEHICLES AFFECTED WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 123503 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RNA-A65 H/C 8703761 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Template ID: 08-003A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS sofiware version: 2.012.013 (December 2007) or later Control Module (CM) Update: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 08-003 > Feb > 08 > A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T > Page 4304 Application Version V.6.10.06 or later Database Update 27-NOV-2007 or later NOTE: If you do not use the correct HDS sofiware version, the HDS may incorrectly indicate that the vehicle does not need an update. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Make sure version 2.012.013 or later sofiware iN network CD is loaded into the iN master terminal. 2. Update both the PGM and AT systems of the PCM with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-023, Updathg Control Units/Modules. 3. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC (data link connector). Use the HDS to clear any body electrical codes that may have been set during the PCM update. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and then to ON (II). Use the HDS to see if any body electrical codes have returned. ^ If the codes have returned, do the appropriate troubleshooting procedure(s) in the 2006-2008 Civic Service Manual, then go to step 5. ^ If the codes do not return, go to step 5. 5. Do the idle learn procedure: ^ Make sure all electrical accessories (A/C, radio, lights, etc.) are off. ^ Start the engine, and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature (the cooling fans cycle twice). ^ Let the engine idle for 10 minutes. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Computers/Controls Updating Control Units And Modules 01-023 April 10, 2010 Applies To: Honda Vehicles With Programmable Control Units/Modules Updating Control Units/Modules (Supersedes 01-023, dated May 15, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *^Under REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, the MVCI was added. ^ Under UPDATING TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS MVCI information was added. ^ UPDATING WITH THE MVCI was added.* The procedures in this service bulletin are used and referenced in other service bulletins. Most 2002 and later Hondas have reprogrammable control units/modules. To update (reprogram) any of these control units/modules, you need the vehicle you're working on and one of these systems: *^MVCI unit with latest control module (CM) update software installed* ^ GNA600 gateway device and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software installed ^ HDS Tablet with the latest HDS software installed ^ HDS Pocket Tester with the latest HDS software installed ^ HIM and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software installed ^ A compatible J2534 device and a PC with Honda's J2534 software installed This service bulletin describes these subjects: ^ Who to contact for questions or problems when using Honda-supplied updating equipment or the iN. ^ Required Tools and Equipment - MVCI - GNA600 - HDS Tablet - HDS Pocket Tester - HIM ^ Updating Tips and Precautions ^ Updating with the MVCI ^ Updating with the GNA600 - GNA6OO Updating in Pass-Thru Mode - GNA6OO Updating in Storage Mode ^ Updating with the HDS Tablet and the HDS Pocket Tester Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4310 ^ Updating with the HIM - HIM Updating in Pass-Thru Mode - HIM Updating in Storage Mode - Diagnosing HIM Error Codes - HIM Self-Test NOTE: Whenever you install a new, reprogrammable control unit/module, check that it has the latest software, and update it if needed. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Skill Level: Repair Technician Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing. QUESTIONS ABOUT THE UPDATING EQUIPMENT OR THE INTERACTIVE NETWORK For questions about the Honda-supplied updating equipment, call American Honda's Special Tools hotline. For questions about the iN, call the iN Support Center. REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT NOTE: Updating for most control units/modules can be done with any of the following tools. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4311 *MVCI: (Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program)* Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4312 GNA600: (No longer available for purchase) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4313 HDS Tablet: HDS Pocket Tester: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4314 HIM: UPDATING TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS ^ If you're updating a control module/unit on a new vehicle, make sure all its fuses were installed at PDI. ^ To prevent control unit/module damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof, etc.) during the update. ^ Make sure the HDS Tablet, the HDS Pocket Tester, or the iN workstation has the latest version of HDS software. The HDS version number is on the HDS start-up screen. To find the latest HDS software information on ISIS, select Search by Vehicle, select Technical Library, expand the ServiceNews branch, select Keyword (All Models), enter keywords HDS VERSION, then select the latest article. NOTE: The screen is from an iN workstation. The HDS tablet and pocket tester screens are similar. *^Make sure the Database Update listed in a Honda service communication (service bulletin, product update, iN message, etc.) is the same or earlier than the ones listed on the Reprogramming screen of the MVCI (on the MVCI, select CM Update Mode, then select Reprogramming), or on the Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4315 Updating Honda Control Modules screen on the HDS tablet, the HDS pocket tester, or the iN workstation. MVCI:* iN Workstation: NOTE: The HDS tablet and pocket tester screens are similar. *^If the Database Update listed in the service bulletin is later than that shown by the software, please see the the procedures for software installation in the following documents in Tool Information on ISIS (go to General Publications, then Tool Information): - MVCI User Guide (see HDS MVCI Firmware Update section) - Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) Tablet Setup Instructions - Installation Instructions for HDS ( see PC Software for the GNA600, HIM or Pocket Tester ID)* ^ Do not connect an additional power supply to the updating equipment when it is connected to the vehicle; power is supplied through the DLC. ^ To ensure that the control module/unit is not permanently damaged during updating, vedfy that the vehicle's 12-volt battery is fully charged before starthg an update. NOTE: If the vehicle's 12-volt battery drops below 10 volts during the update, the programming status bar may go past 100 percent, or the updating tool may display an error message. ^ If you have a problem during an update (D4/ immobilizer indicator flashes, update tool freezes, etc.), you can minimize the chances of damaging the control unit/module by doing one or more of these actions: - CRITICAL: Keep the ignition switch in ON (II). - Connect a jumper battery (DO NOT connect a battery charger). - Disconnect the updating tool from the vehicle's DLC. - Reboot the updating tool. - Reconnect the updating tool to the vehicle's DLC, and retry the updating procedure. *UPDATING WITH THE MVCI Make sure you have the latest control module (CM) Update software loaded from your HDS PC to your MVC I. For loading instructions and other Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4316 details, refer to the MVCI User Guide on ISIS. The Database Update version appears when you select Reprogramming, then press ENTER. 1. Connect the DLC cable to the MVCI and to the vehicle's DLC. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). The MVCI automatically boots up. 3. Press the ENTER button on the MVCI to see the User Config menu. Select CM Update Mode. 4. Select Reprogramming, then press ENTER. NOTE: Use these MVCI default settings: Setting 1Destination: USA Language: American English Setting 2 - Auto Detect: Yes Continuous Mode: No For more information on these settings, refer to the MVCI User Guide. 5. The CM Update software information appears. Press ENTER to continue. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4317 NOTE: If the Database Update is an earlier version than the one listed in a Honda service communication (service bulletin, product update, iN message, etc.), press ESC, then update your MVCI before continuing. 6. Wait for the MVCI to check the vehicle for reprogrammable systems. This may take up to 90 seconds. 7. If there are multiple reprogrammable systems that need to be updated, select the applicable system. Press ENTER to continue, or press ESC to exit. 8. The current program ID, the recommended update, and other details appear. Press ENTER to continue, or press ESC to exit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4318 9. Wait for the MVCI to copy the data for updating the vehicle. 10. After the MVCI has copied the files, a confirmation screen appears. Press ENTER to update the control unit/module, or press ESC to exit. 11. Wait for the MVCI to update the control unit/module. 12. After the MVCI finishes updating the control uniti module, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) when directed by the MVCI. 13. Turn the ignition switch back to ON (II) within 60 seconds to complete the updating procedure. NOTE: The MVCI has a countdown timer. If you do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II) within 60 seconds, the MVCI sets an error code. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4319 14. After finishing the updating procedure, the MVCI gives you the option of updating the same system on another vehicle. For more information on updating several vehicles, see the MVCI User Guide. 15. If an error occurs during the updating procedure, an error message appears. Keep the ignition switch in ON (II). Press ENTER to display the error code. Refer to the CM Update Error Code Table in the MVCI User Guide for more information about the code and its solutions.* UPDATING WITH THE GNA600 NOTE: For more information on the GNA6OO, refer to the GNA600 User's Guide. This guide is on ISIS, under the Tool Information heading. Two modes of updating can be used with the GNA600: Pass-Thru mode and Storage mode. Use Pass-Thru mode when the GNA6OO can be connected to an iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. Use Storage mode when the GNA6OO cannot be connected to the iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. GNA600 Updating in Pass-Thru Mode 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software on ISIS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4320 NOTE: If the latest software is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the GNA6OO. Click on the Tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to GNA600. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, and click on Pass-th ru-Mode. 5. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA600 and to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA6OO stays on. Click on the check mark to continue. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4321 7. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are for the vehicle you are updating, then click on the check mark. 8. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the GNA600. 9. Click on the check mark to begin the control uniti module update. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 10. Within 60 seconds of update completion, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) and then back to ON (II). 11. Once the software verifies that the control uniti mod ule has been successfully updated, click on Yes to update another identical vehicle, or click on No to exit the update program. GNA600 Updating in Storage Mode 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the ISIS publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4322 NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Click on the Tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to GNA600. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, then click on Storage Mode and follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Take the GNA600 to the vehicle. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA600 and to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA6OO stays on. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the DLC cable from the vehicle. 7. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the GNA6OO. Connect the power supply unit and power supply cord to the GNA600. The GNA600 does a self-check and, after about 30 seconds, its yellow No.1 and green No.2 LEDs flash. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4323 8. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. 9. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the GNA600. 10. Disconnect the GNA600 from the USB PC interface cable, then connect the trigger switch adapter block (yellow) and the trigger switch to the GNA600 as shown below. (The DLC cable should still be connected to the GNA600.) 11. Reconnect the DLC cable to the vehicle's DLC. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA600 stays on. Press and release the trigger switch button. 13. The yellow No.1 LED blinks, and the green No.2 LED stays on. This indicates that the control uniti module is being updated. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4324 NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 14. When the No.1 LED stays on and the No.2 LED goes off, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). When the No.1 and No.2 LEDs stay on, the control unit/module is updated. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the DLC cable from the vehicle. To do the same update on an identical vehicle, repeat steps 11 thru 16. UPDATING WITH THE HDS TABLET AND THE HDS POCKET TESTER NOTE: This procedure explains how to update with the HDS tablet. Updating with the HDS pocket tester is similar, but the user interface is modified to fit its smaller screen. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC sofiware onto your HDS tablet or HDS pocket tester. Refer to the instructions included with the HDS Installation Disc. NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. On the HDS Switchboard screen, click on the CM update icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4325 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and connect the DLC cable to the vehicle's DLC. In the Updating Honda Control Modules screen, click on the check mark. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the Systems one at a time. 4. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4326 5. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update sofiware loads the program file onto the HDS tablet. 6. In the HDS Tablet Programming screen, click on the check mark after programming is completed. 7. In the Updating Honda Control Modules screen, click on the check mark. NOTE: To avoid permanent control module damage, do not turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) during the update. 8. When updating is complete, follow the screen prompts to turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and then to ON (II). To update another system, return to the Updating Honda Control Modules screen by clicking on the exit button on the right side of the screen. UPDATING WITH THE HIM Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4327 Two updating modes can be used with the HIM: Pass-Thru mode and Storage mode. Pass-Thru mode is used when the HIM can be connected to an iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. Storage mode is used when the HIM cannot be connected to the iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. HIM Updating in Pass-Thru Mode NOTE: If the red No.3 LED on the HIM comes on or flashes during the update, go to Diagnosing HIM Error Codes. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software on ISIS. NOTE: If the latest software is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Connect the PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the HIM. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, and click on Pass-thru-Mode. 5. Connect the HIM to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Click on the check mark to continue. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4328 NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. 7. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are for the vehicle you are updating, then click on the check mark. 8. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update sofiware loads the program file onto the HIM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4329 9. Click on the check mark to begin the control unit/module update. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 10. Within 60 seconds of update completion, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) and then back to ON (II). 11. Once the software verifies that the control unit/module has been successfully updated, click on Yes to update another identical vehicle, or click on No to exit the update program. HIM Updating in Storage Mode NOTE: If the red No.3 on the HIM comes on or flashes during the update, go to Diagnosing HIM Error Codes. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC So ftware on ISIS. NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Click on the tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to HIM. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, then select Storage Mode and follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Take the HIM to the vehicle, and connect it to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4330 the HIM from the vehicle. 7. Connect the PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the HIM. Connect the power supply unit and power supply cord to the HIM. After several seconds, the green and yellow LEDs flash. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. 8. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. 9. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the HIM. 10. Disconnect the HIM from the PC interface cable. 11. Reconnect the HIM to the vehicle's DLC. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Press and release the ENTER button on the HIM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4331 13. The green No.1 LED stays on, and the yellow No. 2 LED blinks. This indicates that the control uniti module is being updated. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 14. When the yellow No.2 LED stays on, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). When the green No.1 and the yellow No.2 LEDs stay on, the control unit/module is updated. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the HIM from the vehicle. To do the same update on an identical vehicle, repeat steps 11 thru 16. Diagnosing HIM Error Codes If the red No.3 LED on the HIM came on or was flashing during the update, do this: 1. Leave the ignition switch in ON (II) while you disconnect the HIM from the vehicle's DLC. 2. If not already done, load the latest HDS sofiware onto the iN workstation. 3. Connect the HIM to the iN workstation. Connect the small end of the PC interface cable to the PC port on the HIM. 4. If not already done, connect the PC end of the blue PC interface cable to the 9P serial port on the iN workstation. 5. Connect the 110 VACIl 2 VDC power supply to the HIM and to a wall outlet. 6. Restart the CM Update application on the iN workstation. 7. On the right side of the screen, click on the view error button. 8. Click on View Error at the bottom of the screen to display the problem encountered while the HIM was connected to the vehicle. ^ If you get a Code 40 error message (usually caused by a communication error between the HIM and the workstation), do this: - Do the HIM self-test procedure (see HIM Self-Test). - Move the blue PC interface cable to another communication port on the back of the computer. - If one of the communication ports on the back of the computer has another cable connected to it, disconnect that cable, leave it disconnected during the HIM procedure, and connect the blue PC interface cable to that port. - Connect the HIM to another computer. (Some iN workstations require an internal communication port setup procedure. For help, call the iN Support Center) ^ If you get a Code 50 error message (usually caused by a communications error between the HIM and the vehicle's DLC), do this: - Diagnose and clear any DTCs. (The control unit/module must be free of DTCs before you can update it.) - Make sure there's a good connection between the HIM and the DLC. - Retry the update using the procedures in this service bulletin or on the back of the HIM. - If needed, call Tech Line for further help. HIM Self-Test If you suspect there's a problem with the HIM, review the instructions in this service bulletin to make sure you are using it correctly. If you still think there's a problem, do this self-test: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4332 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS software onto the iN workstation. 2. Restart the CM Update application on the iN workstation. 3. On the right side of the screen, click on the tools button. 4. Click on HIM Self-Test Procedure. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions to run the HIM self-test. 6. If the self-test indicates a problem with the HIM, call the Special Tools hotline for repair instructions. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 07-062 > Jan > 09 > Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration 07-062 January 30, 2009 Applies To shown above Poor A/C Performance During Acceleration (Supersedes 07-062, dated September 19, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY SYMPTOM The A/C cools poorly during hard acceleration under 20 mph. This symptom is usually noticed in stop-and-go traffic. PROBABLE CAUSE When accelerating at speeds below 20 mph with the accelerator pedal more than halfway down, the ECM/ PCM turns off the A/C compressor. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. NOTE: The software update minimizes the symptom, but it does not completely eliminate it. The customer can improve A/C performance by accelerating from speeds below 20 mph with the accelerator pedal less than halfway down. SOFTWARE INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 125517 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 07-062 > Jan > 09 > Engine Controls - Poor A/C Performance On Acceleration > Page 4337 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RNA-A64 HC 8587529 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 01201 Template ID: 07-062A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Update the PGM-FI software with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-023, Updating Control Units/Modules. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 08-003 > Feb > 08 > A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T 08-003 February 14, 2008 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Update the PCM When Replacing the Transmission BACKGROUND Repeatedly shifting between R and D at high wheel speed when stuck in snow can cause transmission damage. To help prevent this damage, update the PCM anytime you replace an NT. CORRECTIVE ACTION Update the PGM and the NT systems of the PCM with the HDS (Honda Diagnostic System). VEHICLES AFFECTED WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 123503 Flat Rate Time: 0.6 hour Failed Part: P/N 37820-RNA-A65 H/C 8703761 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03203 Template ID: 08-003A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. SOFTWARE INFORMATION HDS sofiware version: 2.012.013 (December 2007) or later Control Module (CM) Update: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 08-003 > Feb > 08 > A/T - Update PCM When Replacing A/T > Page 4342 Application Version V.6.10.06 or later Database Update 27-NOV-2007 or later NOTE: If you do not use the correct HDS sofiware version, the HDS may incorrectly indicate that the vehicle does not need an update. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Make sure version 2.012.013 or later sofiware iN network CD is loaded into the iN master terminal. 2. Update both the PGM and AT systems of the PCM with the HDS. Refer to Service Bulletin 01-023, Updathg Control Units/Modules. 3. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC (data link connector). Use the HDS to clear any body electrical codes that may have been set during the PCM update. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and then to ON (II). Use the HDS to see if any body electrical codes have returned. ^ If the codes have returned, do the appropriate troubleshooting procedure(s) in the 2006-2008 Civic Service Manual, then go to step 5. ^ If the codes do not return, go to step 5. 5. Do the idle learn procedure: ^ Make sure all electrical accessories (A/C, radio, lights, etc.) are off. ^ Start the engine, and let it run until it reaches normal operating temperature (the cooling fans cycle twice). ^ Let the engine idle for 10 minutes. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: All Technical Service Bulletins Computers/Controls Updating Control Units And Modules 01-023 April 10, 2010 Applies To: Honda Vehicles With Programmable Control Units/Modules Updating Control Units/Modules (Supersedes 01-023, dated May 15, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *^Under REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, the MVCI was added. ^ Under UPDATING TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS MVCI information was added. ^ UPDATING WITH THE MVCI was added.* The procedures in this service bulletin are used and referenced in other service bulletins. Most 2002 and later Hondas have reprogrammable control units/modules. To update (reprogram) any of these control units/modules, you need the vehicle you're working on and one of these systems: *^MVCI unit with latest control module (CM) update software installed* ^ GNA600 gateway device and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software installed ^ HDS Tablet with the latest HDS software installed ^ HDS Pocket Tester with the latest HDS software installed ^ HIM and an iN workstation with the latest HDS software installed ^ A compatible J2534 device and a PC with Honda's J2534 software installed This service bulletin describes these subjects: ^ Who to contact for questions or problems when using Honda-supplied updating equipment or the iN. ^ Required Tools and Equipment - MVCI - GNA600 - HDS Tablet - HDS Pocket Tester - HIM ^ Updating Tips and Precautions ^ Updating with the MVCI ^ Updating with the GNA600 - GNA6OO Updating in Pass-Thru Mode - GNA6OO Updating in Storage Mode ^ Updating with the HDS Tablet and the HDS Pocket Tester Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4348 ^ Updating with the HIM - HIM Updating in Pass-Thru Mode - HIM Updating in Storage Mode - Diagnosing HIM Error Codes - HIM Self-Test NOTE: Whenever you install a new, reprogrammable control unit/module, check that it has the latest software, and update it if needed. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Skill Level: Repair Technician Refer to the specific service bulletin for the symptom you are repairing. QUESTIONS ABOUT THE UPDATING EQUIPMENT OR THE INTERACTIVE NETWORK For questions about the Honda-supplied updating equipment, call American Honda's Special Tools hotline. For questions about the iN, call the iN Support Center. REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT NOTE: Updating for most control units/modules can be done with any of the following tools. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4349 *MVCI: (Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program)* Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4350 GNA600: (No longer available for purchase) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4351 HDS Tablet: HDS Pocket Tester: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4352 HIM: UPDATING TIPS AND PRECAUTIONS ^ If you're updating a control module/unit on a new vehicle, make sure all its fuses were installed at PDI. ^ To prevent control unit/module damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moonroof, etc.) during the update. ^ Make sure the HDS Tablet, the HDS Pocket Tester, or the iN workstation has the latest version of HDS software. The HDS version number is on the HDS start-up screen. To find the latest HDS software information on ISIS, select Search by Vehicle, select Technical Library, expand the ServiceNews branch, select Keyword (All Models), enter keywords HDS VERSION, then select the latest article. NOTE: The screen is from an iN workstation. The HDS tablet and pocket tester screens are similar. *^Make sure the Database Update listed in a Honda service communication (service bulletin, product update, iN message, etc.) is the same or earlier than the ones listed on the Reprogramming screen of the MVCI (on the MVCI, select CM Update Mode, then select Reprogramming), or on the Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4353 Updating Honda Control Modules screen on the HDS tablet, the HDS pocket tester, or the iN workstation. MVCI:* iN Workstation: NOTE: The HDS tablet and pocket tester screens are similar. *^If the Database Update listed in the service bulletin is later than that shown by the software, please see the the procedures for software installation in the following documents in Tool Information on ISIS (go to General Publications, then Tool Information): - MVCI User Guide (see HDS MVCI Firmware Update section) - Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) Tablet Setup Instructions - Installation Instructions for HDS ( see PC Software for the GNA600, HIM or Pocket Tester ID)* ^ Do not connect an additional power supply to the updating equipment when it is connected to the vehicle; power is supplied through the DLC. ^ To ensure that the control module/unit is not permanently damaged during updating, vedfy that the vehicle's 12-volt battery is fully charged before starthg an update. NOTE: If the vehicle's 12-volt battery drops below 10 volts during the update, the programming status bar may go past 100 percent, or the updating tool may display an error message. ^ If you have a problem during an update (D4/ immobilizer indicator flashes, update tool freezes, etc.), you can minimize the chances of damaging the control unit/module by doing one or more of these actions: - CRITICAL: Keep the ignition switch in ON (II). - Connect a jumper battery (DO NOT connect a battery charger). - Disconnect the updating tool from the vehicle's DLC. - Reboot the updating tool. - Reconnect the updating tool to the vehicle's DLC, and retry the updating procedure. *UPDATING WITH THE MVCI Make sure you have the latest control module (CM) Update software loaded from your HDS PC to your MVC I. For loading instructions and other Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4354 details, refer to the MVCI User Guide on ISIS. The Database Update version appears when you select Reprogramming, then press ENTER. 1. Connect the DLC cable to the MVCI and to the vehicle's DLC. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). The MVCI automatically boots up. 3. Press the ENTER button on the MVCI to see the User Config menu. Select CM Update Mode. 4. Select Reprogramming, then press ENTER. NOTE: Use these MVCI default settings: Setting 1Destination: USA Language: American English Setting 2 - Auto Detect: Yes Continuous Mode: No For more information on these settings, refer to the MVCI User Guide. 5. The CM Update software information appears. Press ENTER to continue. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4355 NOTE: If the Database Update is an earlier version than the one listed in a Honda service communication (service bulletin, product update, iN message, etc.), press ESC, then update your MVCI before continuing. 6. Wait for the MVCI to check the vehicle for reprogrammable systems. This may take up to 90 seconds. 7. If there are multiple reprogrammable systems that need to be updated, select the applicable system. Press ENTER to continue, or press ESC to exit. 8. The current program ID, the recommended update, and other details appear. Press ENTER to continue, or press ESC to exit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4356 9. Wait for the MVCI to copy the data for updating the vehicle. 10. After the MVCI has copied the files, a confirmation screen appears. Press ENTER to update the control unit/module, or press ESC to exit. 11. Wait for the MVCI to update the control unit/module. 12. After the MVCI finishes updating the control uniti module, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) when directed by the MVCI. 13. Turn the ignition switch back to ON (II) within 60 seconds to complete the updating procedure. NOTE: The MVCI has a countdown timer. If you do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II) within 60 seconds, the MVCI sets an error code. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4357 14. After finishing the updating procedure, the MVCI gives you the option of updating the same system on another vehicle. For more information on updating several vehicles, see the MVCI User Guide. 15. If an error occurs during the updating procedure, an error message appears. Keep the ignition switch in ON (II). Press ENTER to display the error code. Refer to the CM Update Error Code Table in the MVCI User Guide for more information about the code and its solutions.* UPDATING WITH THE GNA600 NOTE: For more information on the GNA6OO, refer to the GNA600 User's Guide. This guide is on ISIS, under the Tool Information heading. Two modes of updating can be used with the GNA600: Pass-Thru mode and Storage mode. Use Pass-Thru mode when the GNA6OO can be connected to an iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. Use Storage mode when the GNA6OO cannot be connected to the iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. GNA600 Updating in Pass-Thru Mode 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software on ISIS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4358 NOTE: If the latest software is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the GNA6OO. Click on the Tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to GNA600. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, and click on Pass-th ru-Mode. 5. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA600 and to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA6OO stays on. Click on the check mark to continue. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4359 7. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are for the vehicle you are updating, then click on the check mark. 8. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the GNA600. 9. Click on the check mark to begin the control uniti module update. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 10. Within 60 seconds of update completion, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) and then back to ON (II). 11. Once the software verifies that the control uniti mod ule has been successfully updated, click on Yes to update another identical vehicle, or click on No to exit the update program. GNA600 Updating in Storage Mode 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the ISIS publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4360 NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Click on the Tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to GNA600. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, then click on Storage Mode and follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Take the GNA600 to the vehicle. Connect the DLC cable to the GNA600 and to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA6OO stays on. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the DLC cable from the vehicle. 7. Connect the USB PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the GNA6OO. Connect the power supply unit and power supply cord to the GNA600. The GNA600 does a self-check and, after about 30 seconds, its yellow No.1 and green No.2 LEDs flash. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4361 8. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. 9. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the GNA600. 10. Disconnect the GNA600 from the USB PC interface cable, then connect the trigger switch adapter block (yellow) and the trigger switch to the GNA600 as shown below. (The DLC cable should still be connected to the GNA600.) 11. Reconnect the DLC cable to the vehicle's DLC. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.2 LED on the GNA600 stays on. Press and release the trigger switch button. 13. The yellow No.1 LED blinks, and the green No.2 LED stays on. This indicates that the control uniti module is being updated. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4362 NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 14. When the No.1 LED stays on and the No.2 LED goes off, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). When the No.1 and No.2 LEDs stay on, the control unit/module is updated. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the DLC cable from the vehicle. To do the same update on an identical vehicle, repeat steps 11 thru 16. UPDATING WITH THE HDS TABLET AND THE HDS POCKET TESTER NOTE: This procedure explains how to update with the HDS tablet. Updating with the HDS pocket tester is similar, but the user interface is modified to fit its smaller screen. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC sofiware onto your HDS tablet or HDS pocket tester. Refer to the instructions included with the HDS Installation Disc. NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. On the HDS Switchboard screen, click on the CM update icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4363 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and connect the DLC cable to the vehicle's DLC. In the Updating Honda Control Modules screen, click on the check mark. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the Systems one at a time. 4. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4364 5. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update sofiware loads the program file onto the HDS tablet. 6. In the HDS Tablet Programming screen, click on the check mark after programming is completed. 7. In the Updating Honda Control Modules screen, click on the check mark. NOTE: To avoid permanent control module damage, do not turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) during the update. 8. When updating is complete, follow the screen prompts to turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and then to ON (II). To update another system, return to the Updating Honda Control Modules screen by clicking on the exit button on the right side of the screen. UPDATING WITH THE HIM Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4365 Two updating modes can be used with the HIM: Pass-Thru mode and Storage mode. Pass-Thru mode is used when the HIM can be connected to an iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. Storage mode is used when the HIM cannot be connected to the iN workstation and the vehicle at the same time. HIM Updating in Pass-Thru Mode NOTE: If the red No.3 LED on the HIM comes on or flashes during the update, go to Diagnosing HIM Error Codes. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC Software on ISIS. NOTE: If the latest software is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Connect the PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the HIM. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, and click on Pass-thru-Mode. 5. Connect the HIM to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Click on the check mark to continue. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4366 NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. 7. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are for the vehicle you are updating, then click on the check mark. 8. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update sofiware loads the program file onto the HIM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4367 9. Click on the check mark to begin the control unit/module update. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 10. Within 60 seconds of update completion, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) and then back to ON (II). 11. Once the software verifies that the control unit/module has been successfully updated, click on Yes to update another identical vehicle, or click on No to exit the update program. HIM Updating in Storage Mode NOTE: If the red No.3 on the HIM comes on or flashes during the update, go to Diagnosing HIM Error Codes. 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS PC software onto your iN workstation. For loading instructions, refer to the Tool Information publication Installation Instructions for HDS PC So ftware on ISIS. NOTE: If the latest sofiware is not loaded and you do a control unit/module update, the software may indicate the vehicle has the latest update when it doesn't. Updates not done with the latest software are not covered under warranty. 2. From the iN workstation desktop, select CM Update (ECU Rewrite). 3. Click on the tools button on the right side of the screen, and make sure the interface device is set to HIM. 4. Return to the Updating Honda Control Modules main screen, then select Storage Mode and follow the on-screen instructions. 5. Take the HIM to the vehicle, and connect it to the vehicle's DLC. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4368 the HIM from the vehicle. 7. Connect the PC interface cable to the iN workstation and to the HIM. Connect the power supply unit and power supply cord to the HIM. After several seconds, the green and yellow LEDs flash. Each updatable vehicle system is checked to make sure it is current. Any systems needing an update are listed on the screen. Highlight the system you want to update, then click on the check mark to continue. NOTE: Update the systems one at a time. 8. Verify that the Program ID and the Program Part No. are correct, then click on the check mark. 9. Confirm the control module update by Program ID and Program Part No. Make sure this corresponds with any information provided in the service bulletin for the update you are doing. Click on Yes to continue. Within a few seconds, the CM Update software loads the program file onto the HIM. 10. Disconnect the HIM from the PC interface cable. 11. Reconnect the HIM to the vehicle's DLC. 12. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait until the green No.1 LED on the HIM stays on. Press and release the ENTER button on the HIM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4369 13. The green No.1 LED stays on, and the yellow No. 2 LED blinks. This indicates that the control uniti module is being updated. NOTE: To avoid control unit/module damage, do not interrupt the update. 14. When the yellow No.2 LED stays on, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). When the green No.1 and the yellow No.2 LEDs stay on, the control unit/module is updated. 16. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and disconnect the HIM from the vehicle. To do the same update on an identical vehicle, repeat steps 11 thru 16. Diagnosing HIM Error Codes If the red No.3 LED on the HIM came on or was flashing during the update, do this: 1. Leave the ignition switch in ON (II) while you disconnect the HIM from the vehicle's DLC. 2. If not already done, load the latest HDS sofiware onto the iN workstation. 3. Connect the HIM to the iN workstation. Connect the small end of the PC interface cable to the PC port on the HIM. 4. If not already done, connect the PC end of the blue PC interface cable to the 9P serial port on the iN workstation. 5. Connect the 110 VACIl 2 VDC power supply to the HIM and to a wall outlet. 6. Restart the CM Update application on the iN workstation. 7. On the right side of the screen, click on the view error button. 8. Click on View Error at the bottom of the screen to display the problem encountered while the HIM was connected to the vehicle. ^ If you get a Code 40 error message (usually caused by a communication error between the HIM and the workstation), do this: - Do the HIM self-test procedure (see HIM Self-Test). - Move the blue PC interface cable to another communication port on the back of the computer. - If one of the communication ports on the back of the computer has another cable connected to it, disconnect that cable, leave it disconnected during the HIM procedure, and connect the blue PC interface cable to that port. - Connect the HIM to another computer. (Some iN workstations require an internal communication port setup procedure. For help, call the iN Support Center) ^ If you get a Code 50 error message (usually caused by a communications error between the HIM and the vehicle's DLC), do this: - Diagnose and clear any DTCs. (The control unit/module must be free of DTCs before you can update it.) - Make sure there's a good connection between the HIM and the DLC. - Retry the update using the procedures in this service bulletin or on the back of the HIM. - If needed, call Tech Line for further help. HIM Self-Test If you suspect there's a problem with the HIM, review the instructions in this service bulletin to make sure you are using it correctly. If you still think there's a problem, do this self-test: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Powertrain Management > PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for PROM - Programmable Read Only Memory: > 01-023 > Apr > 10 > Computers/Controls - Updating Control Units And Modules > Page 4370 1. If not already done, load the latest HDS software onto the iN workstation. 2. Restart the CM Update application on the iN workstation. 3. On the right side of the screen, click on the tools button. 4. Click on HIM Self-Test Procedure. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions to run the HIM self-test. 6. If the self-test indicates a problem with the HIM, call the Special Tools hotline for repair instructions. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Locations 40. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4377 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4378 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagrams 26. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 27. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 28. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4381 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4382 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4383 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the, harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4384 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the, gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4385 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4386 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4387 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4388 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 3. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement > Page 4391 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (D). 3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 8. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 10. Check the A/T. clutch pressure control, solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Component Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4396 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4397 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4398 73. Shift Lock Solenoid (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4399 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector. 3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid (B). 4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring (C) assembly. 5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop. 6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F) on the bracket base. 7. Install the shift lever assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4403 Shift Solenoid: Diagrams 15. Shift Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 16. Shift Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 17. Shift Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4404 18. Shift Control Solenoid Valve D (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4405 Shift Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Solenoid Valve Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking-sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground: ^ No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C ^ No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B ^ No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A ^ No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound. ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, connect the connector. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid harness. 10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4406 11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D. 14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal and body ground. Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift solenoid valve. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the solenoid valve for a clicking sound. 15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid terminal individually. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4407 16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing, then go to step 22. 17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4408 24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 25. Refill the transmission with ATF. 26. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4409 Shift Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. ^ If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7. ^ If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then go to step 12. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4410 7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 10. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 11. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Locations 40. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4416 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4417 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagrams 26. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 27. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 28. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4420 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4421 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4422 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the, harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4423 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the, gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4424 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4425 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4426 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4427 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 3. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement > Page 4430 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (D). 3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 8. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 10. Check the A/T. clutch pressure control, solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Component Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4435 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4436 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4437 73. Shift Lock Solenoid (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4438 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector. 3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid (B). 4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring (C) assembly. 5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop. 6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F) on the bracket base. 7. Install the shift lever assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4442 Shift Solenoid: Diagrams 15. Shift Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 16. Shift Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 17. Shift Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4443 18. Shift Control Solenoid Valve D (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4444 Shift Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Solenoid Valve Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking-sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground: ^ No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C ^ No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B ^ No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A ^ No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound. ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, connect the connector. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid harness. 10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4445 11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D. 14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal and body ground. Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift solenoid valve. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the solenoid valve for a clicking sound. 15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid terminal individually. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4446 16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing, then go to step 22. 17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4447 24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 25. Refill the transmission with ATF. 26. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4448 Shift Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. ^ If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7. ^ If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then go to step 12. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Actuators and Solenoids A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4449 7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 10. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 11. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4454 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4455 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4456 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4457 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4458 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4459 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Fluid - A/T: Capacity Specifications Automatic Transmission Fluid Fluid change ........................................................................................................................................ ...................................................... 2.4 US qts (2.5 L) Overhaul .......................................................... .......................................................................................................................................... 5.9 US qts (6.2 L) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 4464 Fluid - A/T: Fluid Type Specifications A/T Fluid Type .............................................................................................................................. Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF)-Z1, P/N 08200-9001 Always use Honda ATF-Z1. Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Level Check ATF Level Check NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Park the vehicle on the level ground. 2. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on), and turn the engine off. Do not allow the engine to warm up more than two cycles of the cooling fan. NOTE: Check the fluid level within 60 - 90 seconds after turning the engine off. Higher fluid level may be indicated if the radiator fan comes on twice or more. 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) (A), and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick into the transmission. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. It should be between the upper mark (A) and the lower mark (B). 6. If the level is below the lower mark, check for fluid leaks at the transmission, the hoses, and the line joints. If a problem is found, fix it before filling the transmission with ATF. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is below the lower mark: ^ Transmission damage will result. ^ The vehicle might not move in any gear. ^ The vehicle may accelerate poorly, and flare when starting off in D and R. ^ The engine may vibrate at idle. 7. If the level is above the upper mark, drain the ATF to proper level. NOTE: If the vehicle is driven when the ATF level is above the upper mark, the vehicle may creep forward while in N, or have problems shifting. 8. If necessary, fill the transmission with ATF through the dipstick hole (A) to bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Do not fill the fluid above the upper mark. Always use genuine Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 4467 9. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 4468 Fluid - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Replacement ATF Replacement NOTE: Keep all foreign particles out of the transmission. 1. Start the engine, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). 2. Park the vehicle on the level ground, and turn the engine off. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Refill the transmission with the recommended fluid into the dipstick hole to bring the fluid level between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. Always use Honda ATF-Z1 automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Using a non-Honda ATF can affect shift quality. Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity: 2.4 L (2.5 US qt, 2.1 Imp qt) at change 5.9 L (6.2 US qt, 5.2 Imp qt, at overhaul 6. Check that the fluid level is between the upper mark and the lower mark of the dipstick. 7. Insert the dipstick back into the transmission. 8. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 9. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and reset the ATF life with the HDS. 11. '06 4-door model and '07-08 2 and 4 door models: If the maintenance minder recommends replacing the ATF, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not recommend replacing the ATF, go to step 12. ^ '06 2-door model: If the maintenance minder recommends replacing the ATF, reset the maintenance minder, and this procedure is complete. If the maintenance minder did not recommend replacing the ATF, notify the customer that the maintenance minder service interval has not been reached and the maintenance minder will still be on the same interval as before. 12. Select BODY ELECTRICAL with the HDS. 13. Select ADJUSTMENT in the GAUGES MENU with the HDS. 14. Select RESET in the MAINTENANCE MINDER with the HDS. 15. Select RESETTING THE ATF with the HDS. NOTE: If you changed the engine oil at the same time with the ATF, select RESETTING THE ENGINE OIL LIFE AND ATF with the HDS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > ATF Level Check > Page 4469 instead. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Filter - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Fluid Filter - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Filter Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the ATF warmer hose (A) from the ATF filter (B). 3. Remove the ATF filter holder (C). 4. Remove the bolt (D) securing the ATF inlet line (E). 5. Remove the joint bolt (F) from the ATF inlet line. 6. Disconnect the ATF filter from the ATF warmer hose (G), and replace it with new one. 7. Slide the ATF warmer hose (A) on the new ATF filter until the hose end contacts the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (H) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (I) from the filter housing. 8. Install the ATF filter and the ATF inlet line/hose with the joint bolt and new sealing washers (J). 9. Secure the ATF filter with the ATF filter holder and the bolt. 10. Slide the ATF warmer hose (G) on the ATF filter until the hose end contacts the filter housing, and secure the hose with the clip (K) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (L) from the filter housing. 11. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Line/Hose, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Fluid Line/Hose: Service and Repair ATF Warmer Hose Replacement 1. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (A) on the ATF filter (B) until the hose ends contact the filter housing, and secure the hoses with the clips (C) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (D) from the filter housing. 2. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (E) over the ATF lines (F) until the hoses stop, and secure the hoses with the clip (G) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (H) from the hose end. 3. Slide the ATF warmer hoses (I) over the ATF warmer lines (J) until the hose ends contact the bulge (K), and secure the hoses with the clip (L) at 6 - 8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) from the hose end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4479 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4480 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4481 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 4484 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4491 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4492 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4493 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4494 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4495 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4496 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4497 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4498 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4499 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4500 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4501 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4502 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4503 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4504 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4505 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4506 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4507 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4508 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4509 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4510 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4511 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4512 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4513 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4514 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4515 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4516 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4517 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4518 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4519 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Lamps and Indicators A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4520 A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Locations 40. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4524 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4525 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagrams 26. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 27. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 28. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4528 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4529 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4530 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the, harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4531 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the, gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4532 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4533 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4534 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4535 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 3. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement > Page 4538 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (D). 3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 8. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 10. Check the A/T. clutch pressure control, solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4544 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4545 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4546 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4547 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4548 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4549 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4560 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4561 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4562 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 4565 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4570 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4571 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4572 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4576 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4577 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4578 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4579 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4580 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4581 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4582 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4583 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4584 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4588 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4589 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4590 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4591 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4592 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 4595 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4599 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4600 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4601 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4602 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4603 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Component Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4615 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4616 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4617 73. Shift Lock Solenoid (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4618 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector. 3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid (B). 4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring (C) assembly. 5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop. 6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F) on the bracket base. 7. Install the shift lever assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4623 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4624 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Interlock, A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4625 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4629 Shift Solenoid: Diagrams 15. Shift Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 16. Shift Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 17. Shift Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4630 18. Shift Control Solenoid Valve D (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4631 Shift Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Solenoid Valve Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking-sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground: ^ No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C ^ No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B ^ No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A ^ No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound. ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, connect the connector. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid harness. 10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4632 11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D. 14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal and body ground. Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift solenoid valve. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the solenoid valve for a clicking sound. 15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid terminal individually. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4633 16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing, then go to step 22. 17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4634 24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 25. Refill the transmission with ATF. 26. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4635 Shift Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. ^ If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7. ^ If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then go to step 12. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4636 7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 10. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 11. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Shifter A/T: Removal and Replacement Shift Lever Removal Shift Lever Removal 1. Remove the center console. 2. Shift the shift lever into R. 3. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up using a screwdriver. 4. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end. 5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) counterclockwise, push it against the socket holder bracket (B), then slide the socket holder to remove the shift cable (C) from the bracket. 6. Disconnect the shift lock solenoid connector (A) and the park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light connector (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4641 7. Remove the shift lever assembly. Shift Lever Installation Shift Lever Installation 1. Install the shift lever assembly. 2. Connect the shift lock solenoid connector (A) and the park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light connector (B). 3. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust the cable. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness/Park Pin Switch Replacement A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light Harness/Park Pin Switch Replacement NOTE: The A/T gear position indicator light and the park pin switch are not available separately. Replace the A/T gear position indicator light and the park pin switch as a set. 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Loosen the A/T gear position indicator panel. 3. Remove the park pin switch (A) while pressing the park pin switch lock (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4642 4. Remove the A/T gear position indicator panel light and socket (A) from the indicator panel (B), and remove the light bulb (C) from the socket. 5. Remove the harness clamp (D), and remove the park pin switch/A/T gear position indicator panel light connector (E) from the shift lever assembly/bracket base (F). 6. Install a new park pin switch (G) on the shift lever. 7. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel light bulb in the new socket, and install it in the indicator panel. 8. Clamp the harnesses together with the harness clamp, then install the harness clamp on the shift lever bracket base. 9. Route the harnesses along the harness guides, and install the new connector in the bracket base. 10. Install the A/T gear position indicator panel. 11. Install the shift lever assembly. 12. Install the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shifter A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4643 Shift Lever Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments Shift Cable: Adjustments Shift Cable Adjustment 1. Remove the center console. 2. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up with a screwdriver. 3. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end. 4. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) counterclockwise, push it against the socket holder bracket (B), then slide the socket holder to remove the shift cable (C) from the bracket. 5. While holding the socket holder (A), rotate the socket holder retainer (B) fully counterclockwise, and press in the socket holder lock (C) between the holder and retainer. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4648 6. Align the socket holder (A) with the slot (B) in the socket holder bracket (C), then slide the holder into the bracket. 7. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) clockwise, and push the socket holder lock (B). Rotate the holder retainer counterclockwise until the retainer stops at the stop (C) of the holder lock to secure the shift cable. 8. Push the shift cable (A) until it stops, then release it. Pull the shift cable back one step so that the shift position is in R. Do not hold the shift cable guide (B) to adjust the shift cable. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4649 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and check that the R indicator comes on. 10. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 11. Place the shift lever in R, then insert a 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin (A) into the positioning hole (B) on the shift lever bracket, through the positioning hole on the shift lever, and into the positioning hole on the bracket. Use only a 6.0 mm pin that is free any burrs. 12. Check that the shift lever is secured in R. 13. Install the shift cable end (A) over the mounting stud (B) by aligning its square hole (C) with the square fitting (D) at the bottom of the stud. Do not install the shift cable by holding the shift cable guide (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4650 14. Check that the shift cable end (A) is properly installed on the mounting stud (B). 15. If improperly installed, align the square fining with the square hole by rotating the mounting stud. 16. Install and tighten the nut. 17. Remove the 6.0 mm (0.24 in.) pin that was installed to hold the shift lever. 18. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever to each position, and check that the A/T gear position indicator follows the transmission range switch. 19. Shift to P, and check that the shift lock works properly. Push the shift lock release, and check that the shift lever releases. 20. Install the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4651 Shift Cable: Service and Repair Shift Cable Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the center console. 3. Pry the socket holder lock (A) up using a screwdriver. 4. Remove the nut securing the shift cable end. 5. Rotate the socket holder retainer (A) counterclockwise, push it against the socket holder bracket (B) then slide the socket holder to remove the shift cable (C) from the bracket. 6. Remove the shift cable cover (A), and remove the three bolts securing the shift cable holder (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4652 7. Pry up the lock tab of the lock washer (C), and remove the lock bolt (D) and the lock washer, then separate the shift cable (E) from the control shaft (F) 8. Remove the nuts securing the shift cable bracket (A) and the grommet (B). 9. Remove the shift cable grommet, and pull out the shift cable (C). 10. Insert a new shift cable through the grommet hole (D), and install the grommet in its hole. Do not bend the shift cable excessively. 11. Secure the shift cable bracket and the grommet with the nuts. 12. Make sure that the transmission is in the R position at the selector control shaft. 13. Install the control lever (A) over the control shaft (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Shift Linkage, A/T > Shift Cable, A/T > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 4653 14. Install the shift cable holder (C) on the holder bracket (D) and tighten the bolts loosely. Tighten the bolts (E) in the lateral position to the specified torque, then tighten the bolt (F) in the vertical position. 15. Secure the control lever with a new lock washer (G) and the lock bolt (H), then bend the lock tab of the lock washer against the bolt head. 16. Install the shift cable cover (I). 17. Install the shift cable on the shift lever, and adjust the cable. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information Transmission Cooler: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information 89-022 May 16, 2008 Applies To: Vehicles With an In-Radiator ATF Cooler - ALL ATF Cooler Cleaner (Supersedes 89-022, dated June 18, 2004, to update the information marked by asterisks) Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured A/T, you must thoroughly clean the ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to do so could cause a repeat A/T failure. The ATF Cooler Cleaner (PIN GTHTTCF6H) is a portable, electrically operated special tool that cleans the ATF cooler with high- pressure, heated ATF. This cleaning action melts down waxy varnish residue left by burnt ATF and purges metal particles, clutch material, and other contaminants. The ATF Cooler Cleaner has these features: ^ Quick-connect fittings and color-coded hoses for easy hookup. ^ Uses about 9.5 gallons of Honda ATF-Z1, which gets filtered and recirculated. ^ Heats ATF to a temperature of 1400 to 150°F and then pumps it through the ATF cooler at high pressure (100 psi) using a pulsating action and air purging. Switching the hoses cleans the ATF cooler in the reverse direction. ^ Two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters to trap purged contaminants. ^ Built-in tool tray. This service bulletin gives you information for ordering and servicing this special tool, and guides you through the entire ATF cooler cleaning process. *REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001 Magnetic Nonbypass Spin-On Filter: T/N GTHNBP12 (12-pack) T/N GTHNBP2 (6-pack) T/N GTHGNBP22 (2-pack) ORDERING INFORMATION Additional ATF cooler cleaners or magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To order on the iN, click on SERVICE, then Service Bay, then Tool and Equipment Program. From the Tool and Equipment Program menu, click on the Online Catalog tab, and then search for the desired filter pack by part number.* Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4658 TOOL DESCRIPTION CLEANING PROCEDURE The cleaning procedure involves hot fluid under high pressure. Check the security of all hoses and connections. Always wear safety glasses or a face shield, gloves, and protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on your skin, rinse with water immediately. Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result in burns and other serious injuries. Always wear eye protection and protective clothing, and follow all instructions in this bulletin. 1. Plug the ATF cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded electrical outlet. NOTICE Make sure the outlet has no other appliances (light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords) plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler cleaner into an extension cord or drop light cord; you would damage the unit. 2. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON. Wait 1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use when the temperature gauge reads 140° to 150°F.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4659 3. Connect the appropriate fittings to the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the line going to the external filter). Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. 4. Connect a shop air hose to the air purge valve. NOTICE The quick connect fitting has a one-way check valve to keep ATF from entering your shop's air system. Do not remove or replace the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if your coupler is not compatible. 5. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically to cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 6. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 7. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler, then connect the red hose to the cooler inlet line. 8. Connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line. 9. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically. 10. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 11. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler lines. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other. 12. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used. 13. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. 14. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet. TOOL MAINTENANCE Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner working properly: *^ Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters every 20 hours, based on hour meter reading. For more information on filter replacement, see the January 2008 Honda ServiceNews article, Hour Meter Tells You When to Replace ATF Cooler Cleaner Filters.* ^ Fill the tank so the ATF is 4.5 inches from the top of the filler hole; do not overfill. NOTE: If the fluid level is low, the red indicator above the HEAT toggle switch comes on and the tank heater will not work. ^ Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Cooler, A/T > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4660 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Fluid Warmer - A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair Transmission Fluid Warmer - A/T: Service and Repair ATF Warmer Replacement 1. Remove the splash shield. 2. Drain the engine coolant. 3. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 4. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then disconnect the positive cable. 5. Remove the battery hold-down bracket, and remove the battery and the battery tray. 6. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 7. Remove the battery base and the resonator. 8. Disconnect the water by-pass hoses (A) and the ATF warmer hoses (B) from the ATF warmer (C), and turn the hose ends up to prevent fluid from flowing out. 9. Remove the ATF warmer, and replace it with new one. 10. Install anew ATF warmer on its bracket (D). 11. Slide the water by-pass hoses to the ATF warmer, and secure the hoses with the clips. 12. Slide the ATF warmer hoses over the ATF warmer lines (E) until the hose ends contact the bulge (F) and secure the hoses with the clip (G) at 6-8 mm (0.24 - 0.31 in.) (H) from the hose end. 13. Install the battery base and the resonator. 14. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. 15. Install the battery tray and the battery, then secure the battery with its hold-down bracket. 16. Reconnect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable. 17. Install the splash shield. 18. Check the ATF level, and add ATF to proper level if necessary. 19. Fill the engine cooling system with recommended coolant. 20. Start the engine in P or N, and warm it up to normal operating temperature (the radiator fan comes on). Turn off the engine, and recheck the ATF level. 21. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4667 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4668 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4669 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4670 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4671 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4672 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4673 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4674 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4675 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4679 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4680 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4681 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4682 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4683 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 4686 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4690 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4691 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4692 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4693 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Automatic Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4694 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Clutch Fluid: Specifications CLUTCH LINE FLUID TYPE Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 Always use Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the life of the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clutch Master Cylinder: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated Clutch Master Cylinder: Customer Interest M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated 11-005 March 31, 2011 Applies To: 2008-09 Accord - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Civic - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Element - ALL with M/T Clutch Pedal Pops, Squeaks, or Clicks SYMPTOM The clutch pedal pops, squeaks, or clicks when you press or release it. PROBABLE CAUSE The clutch master cylinder has insufficient clearance between the piston and the push rod. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the clutch master cylinder. PARTS INFORMATION Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly (Includes clutch master cylinder, 0-ring, seal, and snap pin) Accord and Civic: P/N 46920-SNA-A03 Element P/N 46920-57A-A04 REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Genuine DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 (Each repair requires one bottle.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 211101 Flat Rate Time: Accord: 0.9 hour Civic: 1.2hours Element: 0.8 hour Failed Part: P/N 46920-SNA-A02 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 04201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the clutch master cylinder: ^ Refer to the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords MASTER CYLINDER, and select Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (for the appropriate engine) from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clutch Master Cylinder: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated > Page 4708 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clutch Master Cylinder: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated Clutch Master Cylinder: All Technical Service Bulletins M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated 11-005 March 31, 2011 Applies To: 2008-09 Accord - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Civic - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Element - ALL with M/T Clutch Pedal Pops, Squeaks, or Clicks SYMPTOM The clutch pedal pops, squeaks, or clicks when you press or release it. PROBABLE CAUSE The clutch master cylinder has insufficient clearance between the piston and the push rod. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the clutch master cylinder. PARTS INFORMATION Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly (Includes clutch master cylinder, 0-ring, seal, and snap pin) Accord and Civic: P/N 46920-SNA-A03 Element P/N 46920-57A-A04 REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Genuine DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 (Each repair requires one bottle.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 211101 Flat Rate Time: Accord: 0.9 hour Civic: 1.2hours Element: 0.8 hour Failed Part: P/N 46920-SNA-A02 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 04201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the clutch master cylinder: ^ Refer to the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords MASTER CYLINDER, and select Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (for the appropriate engine) from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Hydraulic System > Clutch Master Cylinder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clutch Master Cylinder: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated > Page 4714 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Pedal Assembly > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clutch Pedal Assembly: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated Clutch Pedal Assembly: Customer Interest M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated 11-005 March 31, 2011 Applies To: 2008-09 Accord - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Civic - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Element - ALL with M/T Clutch Pedal Pops, Squeaks, or Clicks SYMPTOM The clutch pedal pops, squeaks, or clicks when you press or release it. PROBABLE CAUSE The clutch master cylinder has insufficient clearance between the piston and the push rod. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the clutch master cylinder. PARTS INFORMATION Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly (Includes clutch master cylinder, 0-ring, seal, and snap pin) Accord and Civic: P/N 46920-SNA-A03 Element P/N 46920-57A-A04 REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Genuine DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 (Each repair requires one bottle.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 211101 Flat Rate Time: Accord: 0.9 hour Civic: 1.2hours Element: 0.8 hour Failed Part: P/N 46920-SNA-A02 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 04201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the clutch master cylinder: ^ Refer to the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords MASTER CYLINDER, and select Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (for the appropriate engine) from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Pedal Assembly > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clutch Pedal Assembly: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated > Page 4723 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Pedal Assembly > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clutch Pedal Assembly: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated Clutch Pedal Assembly: All Technical Service Bulletins M/T - Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated 11-005 March 31, 2011 Applies To: 2008-09 Accord - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Civic - ALL with M/T 2006-10 Element - ALL with M/T Clutch Pedal Pops, Squeaks, or Clicks SYMPTOM The clutch pedal pops, squeaks, or clicks when you press or release it. PROBABLE CAUSE The clutch master cylinder has insufficient clearance between the piston and the push rod. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the clutch master cylinder. PARTS INFORMATION Clutch Master Cylinder Assembly (Includes clutch master cylinder, 0-ring, seal, and snap pin) Accord and Civic: P/N 46920-SNA-A03 Element P/N 46920-57A-A04 REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda Genuine DOT 3 Brake Fluid: P/N 08798-9008 (Each repair requires one bottle.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 211101 Flat Rate Time: Accord: 0.9 hour Civic: 1.2hours Element: 0.8 hour Failed Part: P/N 46920-SNA-A02 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 04201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the clutch master cylinder: ^ Refer to the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords MASTER CYLINDER, and select Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (for the appropriate engine) from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Pedal Assembly > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clutch Pedal Assembly: > 11-005 > Mar > 11 > M/T Clutch Pedal Pops/Squeaks/Clicks When Actuated > Page 4729 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations Clutch Switch: Locations 73. Under Left Side Of Dash (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4733 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4734 45. Clutch Interlock Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4735 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Interlock Switch Test M/T 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch. - If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Clutch, M/T > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4736 Clutch Switch: Adjustments Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment NOTE: ^ Check the clutch pedal position switch. ^ Check the clutch interlock switch. ^ The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. ^ If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and pushrod, the release bearing will be held against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Lift up the carpet (A). At the insulator cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side of the pedal pad (B). 2. Loosen the clutch pedal position switch locknut (A), and back off the clutch pedal position switch (B) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal (C). 3. Loosen the clutch pushrod locknut (D), and turn the pushrod (E) in or out to get the specified height (F), stroke (G), free play (H), and disengagement height (I) at the clutch pedal. F Clutch Pedal Height: 157 mm (6.18 in.) G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 130 - 140 mm (5.12 - 5.51 in.) H Clutch Pedal Free Play: 10 - 18 mm (0.39 - 0.71 in.) Clutch Pedal Disengagement Height: 77 mm (3.03 in.) 4. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. 5. With the clutch pedal released, turn in the clutch pedal position switch until it contacts the clutch pedal. 6. Turn in the clutch pedal position switch an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. 7. Tighten the clutch pedal position switch locknut. 8. Loosen the clutch interlock switch locknut (J). 9. Press the clutch pedal to the floor. 10. Release the clutch pedal 9 - 12 mm (0.35 - 0.47 in.) from the fully pressed position, and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch (K) so the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 11. Tighten the clutch interlock switch locknut. 12. Check the clutch operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle: Technical Service Bulletins A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information 89-022 May 16, 2008 Applies To: Vehicles With an In-Radiator ATF Cooler - ALL ATF Cooler Cleaner (Supersedes 89-022, dated June 18, 2004, to update the information marked by asterisks) Before installing an overhauled or remanufactured A/T, you must thoroughly clean the ATF cooler to prevent system contamination. Failure to do so could cause a repeat A/T failure. The ATF Cooler Cleaner (PIN GTHTTCF6H) is a portable, electrically operated special tool that cleans the ATF cooler with high- pressure, heated ATF. This cleaning action melts down waxy varnish residue left by burnt ATF and purges metal particles, clutch material, and other contaminants. The ATF Cooler Cleaner has these features: ^ Quick-connect fittings and color-coded hoses for easy hookup. ^ Uses about 9.5 gallons of Honda ATF-Z1, which gets filtered and recirculated. ^ Heats ATF to a temperature of 1400 to 150°F and then pumps it through the ATF cooler at high pressure (100 psi) using a pulsating action and air purging. Switching the hoses cleans the ATF cooler in the reverse direction. ^ Two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters to trap purged contaminants. ^ Built-in tool tray. This service bulletin gives you information for ordering and servicing this special tool, and guides you through the entire ATF cooler cleaning process. *REQUIRED MATERIALS Honda ATF-Z1: P/N 08200-9001 Magnetic Nonbypass Spin-On Filter: T/N GTHNBP12 (12-pack) T/N GTHNBP2 (6-pack) T/N GTHGNBP22 (2-pack) ORDERING INFORMATION Additional ATF cooler cleaners or magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To order on the iN, click on SERVICE, then Service Bay, then Tool and Equipment Program. From the Tool and Equipment Program menu, click on the Online Catalog tab, and then search for the desired filter pack by part number.* Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4741 TOOL DESCRIPTION CLEANING PROCEDURE The cleaning procedure involves hot fluid under high pressure. Check the security of all hoses and connections. Always wear safety glasses or a face shield, gloves, and protective clothing. If you get ATF in your eyes or on your skin, rinse with water immediately. Improper use of the ATF cooler cleaner can result in burns and other serious injuries. Always wear eye protection and protective clothing, and follow all instructions in this bulletin. 1. Plug the ATF cooler cleaner into a 110 V grounded electrical outlet. NOTICE Make sure the outlet has no other appliances (light fixtures, drop lights, extension cords) plugged into it. Also, never plug the cooler cleaner into an extension cord or drop light cord; you would damage the unit. 2. Flip the HEAT toggle switch to ON. Wait 1 hour for the cooler cleaner to reach its operating temperature. (The cooler cleaner is ready to use when the temperature gauge reads 140° to 150°F.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4742 3. Connect the appropriate fittings to the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. Connect the red hose to the cooler outlet line (the line going to the external filter). Connect the blue hose to the cooler inlet line. 4. Connect a shop air hose to the air purge valve. NOTICE The quick connect fitting has a one-way check valve to keep ATF from entering your shop's air system. Do not remove or replace the fitting. Attach the coupler provided with the cooler cleaner to your shop air line if your coupler is not compatible. 5. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically to cause agitation and improve the cleaning process. 6. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 7. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler, then connect the red hose to the cooler inlet line. 8. Connect the blue hose to the cooler outlet line. 9. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to ON, and let the pump run for 5 minutes. While the pump is running, open and close the air purge valve periodically. 10. Flip the MOTOR toggle switch to OFF with the air purge valve open. Leave the air purge valve open for at least 15 seconds to purge the lines of residual ATF. 11. Disconnect the red and blue hoses from the ATF cooler lines. Connect the red and blue hoses to each other. 12. Disconnect the shop air from the air purge valve. Disconnect and stow the coupler if used. 13. Disconnect and stow the fittings from the ATF cooler inlet and outlet lines. 14. Unplug the cooler cleaner from the 110 V outlet. TOOL MAINTENANCE Follow these instructions to keep the ATF cooler cleaner working properly: *^ Replace the two magnetic nonbypass spin-on filters every 20 hours, based on hour meter reading. For more information on filter replacement, see the January 2008 Honda ServiceNews article, Hour Meter Tells You When to Replace ATF Cooler Cleaner Filters.* ^ Fill the tank so the ATF is 4.5 inches from the top of the filler hole; do not overfill. NOTE: If the fluid level is low, the red indicator above the HEAT toggle switch comes on and the tank heater will not work. ^ Replace the ATF in the tank when it looks dark or dirty. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Continuously Variable Transmission/Transaxle, CVT > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/T - Cooler Flushing Equipment Information > Page 4743 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Locations Driveline/Axle Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Locations > Page 4748 Axle Shaft Assembly: Testing and Inspection Driveshaft Inspection 1. Check the inboard boot (A) and the outboard boot (B) on the driveshaft (C) for cracks, damage, leaking grease, and loose boot bands (D). If any damage is found, replace the boot and boot bands. 2. Check the driveshaft for cracks and damage. If any damage is found, replace the driveshaft. 3. Check the inboard joint (E) and the outboard joint (F) for cracks and damage. If any damage is found, replace the inboard joint or the outboard joint as an assembly. 4. Hold the inboard joint and turn the front wheel by hand, then make sure the joint is not excessively loose. If necessary, replace the inboard joint or the outboard joint as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Axle Shaft Assembly: Removal and Replacement Driveshaft Removal Driveshaft Removal 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Lift up the locking tab (A) on the spindle nut (B), then remove the nut. 4. Drain the transmission fluid, then reinstall the drain plug with a new washer. 5. Remove the nuts and bolt, then separate the lower arm with a prybar. 6. Separate the driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub using a plastic hammer. 7. Pull the knuckle outward, and remove the driveshaft outboard joint from the front wheel hub. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4751 8. Right driveshaft: Drive the inboard joint (A) off of the intermediate shaft using a drift and hammer (M/T model). Pry the inboard joint (B) from the differential with a prybar (A/T model). Remove the driveshaft as an assembly. 9. Left driveshaft: Pry the-inboard joint (A) from the differential with a prybar. Remove the driveshaft as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4752 Driveshaft Installation Driveshaft Installation NOTE: Before starting installation, make sure the mating surfaces of the joint and the splined section are not dusty or dirty. 1. Apply about 5 g (0.18 oz) moly 60 paste (P/N 08734-0001) to the contact area (A) of the outboard joint and the front wheel bearing. 2. Install a new set ring (A) onto the set ring groove of the driveshaft. 3. M/T model: Apply specified super high temp urea grease (P/N 08798-9002) to the whole splined surface (A) of the right driveshaft. After applying grease, remove the grease from the splined grooves at intervals of 2 - 3 splines and from the set ring groove (B) so that air can bleed from the intermediate shaft. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4753 4. Clean the areas where the driveshaft contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 5. Insert the inboard end (A) of the driveshaft into the differential (B) or intermediate shaft (C) (M/T model) until the set ring (D) locks in the groove (E). 6. Install the outboard joint (A) into the front wheel hub (B). 7. Install the knuckle (A) onto the lower arm (B). During installation, install a new flange bolt and new self-locking nuts. After lightly tightening all three fasteners, tighten them to the specified torque in the following order; the nut on the front (C), the nut on the nut on the rear (D), then the bolt (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4754 8. Apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the new spindle nut (A). 9. Install a new spindle nut, then tighten the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder (B) against the driveshaft. 10. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake discs and the front wheels, then install the front wheels. 11. Turn the front wheels by hand, and make sure there is no interference between the driveshaft and surrounding parts. 12. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid. 13. Lower the vehicle on the lift. 14. Check the front wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. 15. Test-drive the vehicle. Dynamic Damper Replacement Dynamic Damper Replacement 1. Remove the inboard joint. 2. Remove the double loop band or low profile bands. ^ If the band is a welded type, cut the band. ^ If the band is a double loop type, lift up the band end, then push it into the clip. ^ If the band is a low profile type, pinch the band using a commercially available boot band pliers. 3. Remove the dynamic damper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4755 4. Install the new dynamic damper and adjust the position of the new dynamic damper to these measurements. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4756 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4757 5. Install a new double loop band (replacement part only). 6. Install the inboard joint. Intermediate Shaft Removal Intermediate Shaft Removal 5-speed M/T model (except Si) 1. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer. 2. Remove the right driveshaft. 3. Remove the lower torque rod bracket (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4758 4. Remove the flange bolts. 5. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontal until it is clear of the differential to prevent damaging the differential oil seal (B). 6-speed M/T model (Si) 1. Drain the transmission fluid. Reinstall the drain plug with a new washer. 2. Remove the right driveshaft. 3. Remove the three heat shield cover bolts, then remove the heat shield cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4759 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) and the two shoulder bolts (B). 5. Remove the intermediate shaft (A) from the differential. Hold the intermediate shaft horizontal until it is clear of the differential to prevent damaging the differential oil seal (B). Intermediate Shaft Installation Intermediate Shaft Installation 5-speed M/T model (except Si) 1. Install the new set ring (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4760 2. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 3. Insert the intermediate shaft assembly (A) into the differential until the set ring locks in the groove. 4. Install the flange bolts (A). 5. Install the lower torque rod bracket (A), and tighten the flange bolts in the sequence shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4761 6. Install the right driveshaft. 7. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid. 8. Test-drive the vehicle. 6-speed M/T model (Si) 1. Install the new set ring (A). 2. Clean the areas where the intermediate shaft contacts the differential thoroughly with solvent or brake cleaner, and dry with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 3. Insert the intermediate shaft assembly (A) into the differential until the set ring locks in the groove. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4762 4. Install the flange bolt (A) and the two shoulder bolts (B). 5. Install the heat shield cover (A), then tighten the three heat shield cover bolts. 6. Install the right driveshaft. 7. Refill the transmission with the recommended transmission fluid. 8. Test-drive the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4763 Axle Shaft Assembly: Overhaul Driveshaft Disassembly Driveshaft Disassembly Special Tools Required ^ Threaded adapter, 22 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001010A ^ Threaded adapter, 24 x 1.5 mm 07XAC-001020A ^ Slide hammer, 5/8" - 18 UNF, commercially available Inboard Joint Side 1. Remove the set ring (A) from the inboard joint. 2. Remove the boot bands. Be careful not to damage the boot. ^ If the boot band is a welded type (A), cut the boot band. ^ If the boot band is a double loop type (B), lift up the band end (C), and push it into the clip (D). ^ If the boot band is a low profile type (E), pinch the boot band using the commercially available boot band pliers (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4764 3. Make marks (A) on each roller (B) and inboard joint (C) to identify the locations of rollers and grooves in the inboard joint. Then remove the inboard joint on the shop towel (D). Be careful not to drop the rollers when separating them from the inboard joint. 4. Make marks (A) on the rollers (B) and spider (C) to identify the locations of the rollers on the spider, then remove the rollers. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4765 5. Remove the circlip (D). 6. Mark the spider and driveshaft (E) to identify the position of the spider on the shaft. 7. Remove the spider. 8. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. 9. Remove the inboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 10. Remove the vinyl tape. Outboard Joint Side 1. Remove the boot bands (A). Lift up the three tabs (B) with a screwdriver. Be careful not to damage the boot. 2. Slide the outboard boot (A) partially to the inboard joint side. Be careful not to damage the boot. 3. Wipe off the grease to expose the driveshaft and the outboard joint inner race. 4. Make a mark (A) on the driveshaft (B) at the same level as the outboard joint rim (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4766 5. Securely clamp the driveshaft in a bench vise with a shop towel. 6. Remove the outboard joint (A) using the threaded adapter (B) and a commercially available 5/8" - 18 UNF slide hammer (C). 7. Remove the driveshaft from the bench vise. 8. Remove the stop ring from the driveshaft. 9. Wrap the splines on the driveshaft with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the boot. 10. Remove the outboard boot. Be careful not to damage the boot. 11. Remove the vinyl tape. Driveshaft Reassembly Driveshaft Reassembly Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4767 Driveshaft Special Tools Required ^ Boot band tool, KD-3191 or equivalent commercially available ^ Boot band pliers, Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent commercially available NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this procedure. Inboard Joint Side 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the inboard boot. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4768 2. Install the inboard boot onto the driveshaft, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the inboard boot. 3. Install the spider (A) onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (B) you made on the spider and the end of the driveshaft. 4. Fit the new circlip (C) into the driveshaft groove. Always rotate the circlip in its groove to make sure it is fully seated. 5. Fit the rollers (A) onto the spider (B) with the high shoulders facing outward, and note these items: ^ Reinstall the rollers in their original positions on the spider by aligning the marks (C) you made. ^ Hold the driveshaft pointed up to prevent the rollers from falling off. 6. Pack the inboard joint with the joint grease included in the new inboard boot set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4769 7. Fit the inboard joint onto the driveshaft and note these items: ^ Reinstall the inboard joint onto the driveshaft by aligning the marks (A) you made on the inboard joint and the rollers. ^ Hold the driveshaft so the inboard joint is pointing up to prevent it from failing off. 8. Fit the boot ends (A) onto the driveshaft (B) and the inboard joint (C). 9. Adjust the length of the driveshaft to the figure as shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. Doing this prevents a vacuum or too much air in the boot, preventing it from compressing or extending properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4770 10. Install the new double loop bands (replacement part only). 11. Fit the boot ends onto the driveshaft and the inboard joint, then install the new double loop band (A) onto the boot (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4771 12. Pull up the slack in the band by hand. 13. Mark a position (A) on the band 10 - 14 mm (0.4 - 0.6 in.) from the clip (B). 14. Thread the free end of the band through the nose section of the commercially available boot band tool KD-3191 or equivalent (A), and into the slot on the winding mandrel (B). 15. Using a wrench on the winding mandrel of the boot band tool, tighten the band until the marked spot (C) on the band meets the edge of the clip. 16. Lift up the boot band tool to bend the free end of the band 90 degrees to the clip. Center-punch the clip, then fold over the remaining tail onto the clip. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4772 17. Unwind the boot band tool, and cut off the excess free end of the band to leave a 5 - 10 mm (0.2 - 0.4 in.) tail protruding from the clip. 18. Bend the band end (A) by tapping it down with a hammer. 19. Repeat steps 11 through 18 for the band on the other end of the boot. Outboard Joint Side 1. Wrap the splines with vinyl tape (A) to prevent damaging the outboard boot. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4773 2. Install a new ear clamp bands (B) and outboard boot, then remove the vinyl tape. Be careful not to damage the outboard boot. 3. Install a new stop ring (A) into the driveshaft groove (B). 4. Pack about 35 g (1.2 oz) grease included in the new outboard boot set into the driveshaft hole in the outboard joint. 5. Insert the driveshaft (A) into the outboard joint (B) until the stop ring (C) is closed. 6. To completely seat the outboard joint, pick up the driveshaft and joint, and tap or hit them from a height of about 10 cm (4 in.) onto a hard surface. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4774 7. Check the alignment of the paint mark (A) you made with the outboard joint rim (B). 8. Pack the outboard joint (A) with the remaining grease included in the new outboard boot set. 9. Fit the boot ends (A) onto the driveshaft (B) and outboard joint (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4775 10. Adjust the length of the driveshaft to the figure as shown, then adjust the boots to halfway between full compression and full extension. Doing this prevents a vacuum or too much air in the boot, preventing it from compressing or extending properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4776 11. Close the ear portion (A) of the band with a commercially available boot band pliers Kent-Moore J-35910 or equivalent (B). 12. Check the clearance between the closed ear portion of the band. If the clearance is not within the standard, close the ear portion of the band tighter. 13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 for the band on the other end of the boot. Intermediate Shaft Disassembly Intermediate Shaft Disassembly Special Tools Required Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4777 ^ Half shaft base 07NAF-SR30101 ^ Oil seal driver 07947-SB00100 5-speed M/T model (except Si) 1. Remove the set ring (A), the outer seal (B), and the external snap ring (C). 2. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the intermediate shaft bearing (B) using a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) on the intermediate shaft during disassembly. 3. Remove the internal snap ring. 4. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the bearing support (B) using the half shaft base (C), oil seal driver (D), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4778 Special Tools Required ^ Half shaft base 07NAF-SR30101 ^ Oil seal driver 07947-SB00100 6-speed M/T model (Si) 1. Remove the set ring (A), the outer seal (B), and the external snap ring (C). 2. Press the intermediate shaft (A) out of the intermediate shaft bearing (B) using a press. Be careful not to damage the bearing support ring (C) on the intermediate shaft during disassembly. 3. Remove the internal snap ring. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4779 4. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) out of the bearing support (B) using the half shaft base (C), oil seal driver (D), and a press. Intermediate Shaft Reassembly Intermediate Shaft Reassembly 5-speed M/T model (except Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4780 Intermediate Shaft Special Tools Required ^ Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201 ^ Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 ^ Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 ^ Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this procedure. 5-speed M/T model (except Si) 1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the bearing support (B) using the 52 x 55 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4781 3. Seat the internal snap ring into the groove of the bearing support. 4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the new shaft bearing (B) using the 35 mm I.D. attachment (C) and a press. 5. Seat the external snap ring (A) into the groove of the intermediate shaft (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4782 6. Install the new outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) using the oil seal driver (C) and a press. 6-speed M/T model (Si) Intermediate Shaft Special Tools Required ^ Oil seal driver 07GAD-PH70201 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4783 ^ Attachment, 52 x 55 mm 07746-0010400 ^ Attachment, 35 mm I.D. 07746-0030400 ^ Driver 07749-0010000 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View, as needed, during this procedure. 6-speed M/T model (Si) 1. Clean the disassembled parts with solvent, and dry them with compressed air. NOTE: Do not wash the rubber parts with solvent. 2. Press the intermediate shaft bearing (A) into the bearing support (B) using the 52 x 55 mm attachment (C), driver (D), and a press. 3. Seat the internal snap ring into the groove of the bearing support. 4. Press the intermediate shaft (A) into the new shaft bearing (B) using the 35 mm I.D. attachment (C) and a press. 5. Seat the external snap ring (A) into the groove of the intermediate shaft (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 4784 6. Install the new outer seal (A) into the bearing support (B) using the oil seal driver (C) and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Axle Shaft Assembly > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 4785 Special Tools Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc or the, brake drum securely against the hub. 4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against the hub flange. 5. Measure the bearing end play by moving the brake disc or the brake drum inward and outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 in.) 6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4791 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4792 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4793 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4794 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4795 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4796 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4797 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4798 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Disc Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4799 Drum Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4800 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the two washers (A). 6. Remove the brake disc. 7. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 8. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 9. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4801 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 6. Install the hub bearing Unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the splash guard (A). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4802 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (E) from the knuckle. 5. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. 6. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 7. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 8. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self locking nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4803 9. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 10. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the backing plate (C) with brake shoes assembly from the knuckle. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4804 4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components, 5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt W and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self-locking nut. 8. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 4805 NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked-, positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed the brake system. Check for a leak at the brake hose/line joint, and retighten it if necessary. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Drive Axles, Bearings and Joints > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications Spindle Nut Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flex Plate > Component Information > Specifications Flex Plate: Specifications Drive Plate Tighten the eight bolts in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Flex Plate > Component Information > Specifications > Page 4813 Flex Plate: Service and Repair Drive Plate Removal and Installation 1. Remove the transmission assembly. 2. Remove the drive plate (A) and the washer (B) from the engine. 3. Install the drive plate and the washer on the engine crankshaft, and tighten the eight bolts in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps. 4. Install the transmission assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4821 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4822 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4823 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4824 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4825 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4826 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4827 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4828 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4829 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4830 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4831 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4832 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4833 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4834 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4835 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4836 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4837 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4838 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4839 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4840 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4841 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4842 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4843 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4844 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4845 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4846 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4847 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4848 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4849 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4850 A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Fluid - M/T > Component Information > Specifications Fluid - M/T: Specifications M/T Fluid Type ........................................................................................................................................ Honda Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF): P/N 08798-9016 Always use Honda MTF. Using motor oil can cause stiffer shifting because it does not contain the proper additives. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Sensors and Switches - M/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Manual Transmission/Transaxle > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4868 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4869 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4870 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4871 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4872 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 4873 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4885 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4886 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4887 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 4890 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4895 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4896 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 4897 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4901 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4902 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4903 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4904 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4905 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4906 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4907 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4908 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4909 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4913 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4914 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4915 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4916 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4917 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 4920 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4924 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4925 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4926 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4927 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4928 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - M/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Locations 40. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4939 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4940 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Diagrams 26. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 27. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 28. A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve A in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4943 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4944 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 17. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 19. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4945 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve B in the Miscellaneous Test Menu with the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the, harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4946 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the, gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4947 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4948 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Testing and Inspection A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve C Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Clutch Pressure Control (Linear) Solenoid Valve C in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Test A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C with the HDS. ^ If the valve tests OK, the test is complete. Disconnect the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, follow the instructions on the HDS. ^ If the valve does not test OK, and the HDS does not determine the cause, go to step 5. 5. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 6. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 7. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4949 8. Measure the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C resistance at the connector terminals. Standard: 3 - 10 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valve is OK. Reconnect the connector, and install all removed parts. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10. 10. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 11. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 12. Check the fluid passage of the solenoid valve for contamination. 13. Connect a jumper wire from the negative battery terminal to A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C connector terminal No. 2, and connect another jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to connector terminal No. 1. Make sure A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve C moves. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Test > Page 4950 14. Disconnect one of the jumper wires and check the valve movement at the fluid passage in the valve body mounting surface. If the valve binds or moves sluggishly, or if the solenoid valve does not operate, replace A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 15. Clean the mounting surfaces and fluid passages of the solenoid valve body and the transmission housing. 16. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 17. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 18. Install A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valves B and C. 19. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 20. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 21. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (B). 3. Disconnect the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector. 4. Remove the mounting bolts and A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (B), the ATF joint pipes (C), the O-rings (D), and the gasket (E). 6. Check the fluid passage of the transmission housing for dust or dirt, and clean the passage. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing, and install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes. 8. Install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A. 10. Check the A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve A connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Pressure Regulating Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve A Replacement > Page 4953 Pressure Regulating Solenoid: Service and Repair A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement A/T Clutch Pressure Control Solenoid Valve B and C Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the mounting bolts securing the harness cover (A), and remove the harness clamp (D). 3. Disconnect the connectors from A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 4. Remove A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 5. Remove the ATF pipe (A), the ATF joint pipes (D), the O-rings (E), and the gasket (F) 6. Clean the mounting surface and the fluid passages of the transmission housing. 7. Install a new gasket with the blue side down and the white side up on the transmission housing. 8. Install the ATF pipe and the ATF joint pipes, and install new O-rings over the ATF joint pipes. 9. Install a new A/T clutch pressure control solenoid valve B and C. 10. Check the A/T. clutch pressure control, solenoid valve B and C connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connectors securely. 11. Secure the harness cover with the mounting bolts, and install the harness clamp. 12. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Solenoid: Component Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4958 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 4959 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4960 73. Shift Lock Solenoid (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Interlock Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 4961 Shift Interlock Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Lock Solenoid Replacement 1. Remove the shift lever assembly. 2. Remove the shift lock solenoid connector. 3. Release the shift lock solenoid lock (A), then remove the shift lock solenoid (B). 4. Replace the shift lock solenoid (A), solenoid plunger (B), and plunger spring (C) assembly. 5. Apply silicone grease to the tip (D) of the shift lock stop (E), and install a new shift lock solenoid assembly by aligning the joint of the shift lock solenoid plunger with the tip of the shift lock stop. 6. Route the shift lock solenoid harness in the guide, and install the connector (F) on the bracket base. 7. Install the shift lever assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4965 Shift Solenoid: Diagrams 15. Shift Control Solenoid Valve A (A/T) 16. Shift Control Solenoid Valve B (A/T) 17. Shift Control Solenoid Valve C (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4966 18. Shift Control Solenoid Valve D (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4967 Shift Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Shift Solenoid Valve Test 1. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 3. Select Shift Solenoid Valve A, B, C, and D Test in the Miscellaneous Test Menu on the HDS. 4. Check that shift solenoid valve A, B, C, and D operate with the HDS. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking-sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, disconnect the HDS. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 5, and test the solenoid valves. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the splash shield. 7. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 8. Measure the shift solenoid valve resistance between the shift solenoid harness connector terminals below and body ground: ^ No. 1: Shift solenoid valve C ^ No. 2: Shift solenoid valve B ^ No. 5: Shift solenoid valve A ^ No. 8: Shift solenoid valve D Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 9 and check solenoid valve for a clicking sound. ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 10. 9. Connect a jumper wire from the battery positive terminal to each shift solenoid harness connector terminals individually. A clicking sound should be heard. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, the valves are OK. The test is complete, connect the connector. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 10 and test the shift solenoid harness. 10. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4968 11. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 12. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 13. Disconnect the connectors from shift solenoid valve A, shift solenoid valve B, shift solenoid valve C, and shift solenoid valve D. 14. Measure the resistance of each solenoid valve between the connector terminal and body ground. Standard: 12 - 25 ohms ^ If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 17 and replace the shift solenoid valve. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, go to step 15 and check the solenoid valve for a clicking sound. 15. Connect a jumper wire from the positive battery terminal to each solenoid terminal individually. ^ If a clicking sound is heard, go to step 16 and replace the solenoid harness. ^ If no clicking sound is heard, go to step 17 and replace shift solenoid valve. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4969 16. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing, then go to step 22. 17. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 18. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the reused solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 19. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 20. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 21. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 22. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 23. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4970 24. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 25. Refill the transmission with ATF. 26. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4971 Shift Solenoid: Service and Repair Shift Solenoid Valve and Shift Solenoid Wire Harness Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 4. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 5. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). 6. Disconnect the shift solenoid valve connectors. ^ If replacing shift solenoid valve(s), go to step 7. ^ If replacing the shift solenoid harness, remove the shift solenoid harness connector (A), and replace it. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new shift solenoid harness connector, and install it in the transmission housing, then go to step 12. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Actuators and Solenoids Transmission and Drivetrain > Actuators and Solenoids - A/T > Shift Solenoid, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 4972 7. Remove the mounting bolts, then hold the shift solenoid valve body and remove the solenoid valves. Do not hold the connector to remove the solenoid valve. 8. Install new O-rings (two O-rings per solenoid valve) (E) on the solenoid valve. NOTE: A new solenoid valve comes with new O-rings. If you install a new solenoid valve, use the O-rings provided on it. 9. Install shift solenoid valve D (black connector) and shift solenoid valve C (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. NOTE: Do not hold the solenoid valve by the connector when installing the solenoid valve. Be sure to hold the solenoid valve body. 10. Install shift solenoid valve B (black connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the servo body. 11. Install shift solenoid valve A (brown connector) by holding the shift solenoid valve body; make sure the mounting bracket contacts the bracket of shift solenoid valve B. NOTE: Do not install shift solenoid valve A before installing shift solenoid valve B. If shift solenoid valve A is installed before installing shift solenoid valve B, it may damage to hydraulic control system. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ ORN, WHT, and WHT wires to shift solenoid valve B. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4980 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4981 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4982 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4983 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4984 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4985 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4986 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4987 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4988 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4989 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4990 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4991 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4992 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4993 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4994 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4995 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4996 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4997 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4998 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 4999 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5000 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5001 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5002 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5003 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5004 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5005 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5006 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5007 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5008 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Lamps and Indicators Transmission and Drivetrain > Lamps and Indicators - A/T > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5009 A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module: Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters Control Module Pinout Values PCM A/T Control System Electrical Connections Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5016 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5017 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5018 PCM A/T Control System Inputs and Outputs (Part3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5019 Control Module: Programming and Relearning How to Update the PCM Updating the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software NOTE: ^ Use this procedure when you need to update the PCM during troubleshooting procedures. ^ Make sure HDS/HIM has the latest software version downloaded from the iN (interactive network). ^ To ensure the latest program is installed, do a PCM update whenever the PCM is substituted or replaced. ^ You cannot update a PCM with the program it already has. It will only accept a new program. ^ Before you update the PCM, make sure the battery is fully charged, and connect a jumper battery (not a battery charger) to maintain system voltage. ^ Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) while updating the PCM. If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) before completion, the PCM can be damaged. ^ To prevent PCM damage, do not operate anything electrical (audio system, brakes, A/C, power windows, moon roof (if equipped), door locks, etc.) during the update. ^ If you need to diagnose the Honda interface module (HIM) because the HIM's red 3) light came on or was flashing during the update, leave the ignition switch in the ON (II) position when you disconnect the HIM from the data link connector (DLC). This will prevent PCM damage. ^ High temperature in the engine compartment might cause the PCM to become too hot to run the update. If the engine has been running before this procedure, open the hood and cool the engine compartment. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), but do not start the engine. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. if it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. 4. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 5. Select the ETCS TEST, then select the TP POSITION CHECK, and follow the HDS screen prompts. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 6. Exit the HDS, then select the CM update, and follow the screen prompts to update the PCM. 7. If the PCM has the latest software, disconnect the HDS/HIM from the DLC, and go back to the procedure that you were doing. If the software in the PCM is not the latest, follow the instructions on the screen. If prompted to choose the PGM-FI system or the A/T system, make sure you update both. NOTE: If the PCM update procedure requires you to cool the PCM, follow the screen prompts. If you run into a problem (programming takes over 15 minutes, status bar goes over 100 D or immobilizer indicator flashes, HDS tablet freezes, etc.) during the update procedure, follow these steps to minimize the chance of damaging the PCM: ^ Leave the ignition switch in the "ON (II)" position. ^ Connect a jumper battery (do not connect a battery charger). ^ Shut down the HDS. ^ Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. ^ Reboot the HDS. ^ Reconnect the HDS to the DLC, and try the update procedure again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5020 8. If the TP POSITION CHECK failed in step 5, clean the throttle body. 9. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. 10. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. How to Substitute the PCM Substituting the PCM Special Tools Required ^ Honda diagnostic system (HDS) tablet tester ^ Honda interface module (HIM) and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software ^ HDS pocket tester ^ GNA600 and an iN workstation with HDS and CM update software Use this procedure when you need to substitute a known-good PCM during troubleshooting procedures. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Connect the HDS to the DLC (A) located behind the driver's dashboard lower cover. 3. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 4. Make sure the HDS communicates with the PCM. If it does not, go to the DLC circuit troubleshooting. If you did the DLC circuit troubleshooting, skip steps 5 thru 9, then clean the throttle body after substituting the PCM. 5. Select the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. 6. Select the TP POSITION CHECK in the ETCS TEST with the HDS. NOTE: If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED, continue this procedure. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 8. Remove the battery. 9. Remove the PCM cover (A). 10. Remove the bolts (D), and remove the PCM (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Control Module, A/T > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pinout Values and Diagnostic Parameters > Page 5021 11. Disconnect PCM connectors A, B, and C. NOTE: PCM connectors A, B, and C have symbols (A = square, B = triangle, C = circle) embossed on them for identification. 12. Install the PCM and the battery in the reverse order of removal. 13. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). NOTE: DTC P0630 "VIN not Programmed or Mismatch" will be stored because VIN has not been programmed into the PCM. Ignore it, and continue this procedure. 14. Input the VIN to the PCM with the HDS. 15. Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software. 16. Select the IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM with the HDS. 17. Enter the immobilizer code with the PCM replacement procedure in the HDS; this allows you to start the engine. 18. Reset the PCM with the HDS. 19. If the TP POSITION CHECK indicates FAILED in step 6, clean the throttle body. 20. Do the PCM idle learn procedure. See: How to Update the PCM 21. Do the crank (CKP) learn procedure. 22. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Control Module > Component Information > Locations A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Relays and Modules Transmission and Drivetrain > Relays and Modules - A/T > Shift Interlock Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5033 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5034 187. Under Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5035 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Diagrams 1. 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) 2. 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, and remove the 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connectors. 5. Install a new 2nd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 8. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2nd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch, Replacement > Page 5038 Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 3rd Clutch Transmission Fluid Pressure Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch connector, then remove the 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch (A). 4. Make sure there is no water, oil, dust, or foreign particles inside the connector. 5. Install a new 3rd clutch transmission fluid pressure switch with a new sealing washer (B), and tighten the switch to the specified torque by turning the metal part, not the plastic part. 6. Connect the connector securely. 7. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Shift Interlock Switch: Component Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5043 A/T Interlock System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5044 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Shift Interlock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5045 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5049 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5050 A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5051 205. Transmission Range Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5052 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Testing and Inspection Transmission Range Switch Test 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the transmission range switch harness connector (A). 3. Check for continuity between terminals at the harness connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 4. Transmission range switch test is completed if the test results are OK. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 5. 5. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 6. Remove the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5053 7. Disconnect the transmission range switch connector. 8. Check for continuity between terminals at the switch connector. There should be continuity between the terminals in the following table for each switch position. 9. If the transmission range switch test is OK, replace the faulty transmission range switch harness. If there is no continuity between any terminals, go to step 10. 10. Remove the transmission range switch, and check the end of the selector control shaft (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5054 11. If the measurement at the end of the selector control shaft end is within the standard, replace the transmission range switch. If the measurement is out of the standard, repair the selector control shaft end, and recheck the transmission range switch continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5055 Transmission Position Switch/Sensor: Service and Repair Transmission Range Switch Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Shift the shift lever to N. 3. Remove the transmission range switch cover. 4. Remove the transmission range switch. 5. Make sure the selector control shaft is in the N position. If necessary, move the shift lever to the N position from the P position. 6. Align the cutouts (A) on the rotary-frame with the neutral positioning cutouts (B) on the transmission range switch (C), then put a 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) feeler gauge blade (D) in the cutouts to hold the switch in the N position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5056 7. Install the transmission range switch (A) gently on the selector control shaft (B) while holding it in the N position with the 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) blade (C). 8. Tighten the bolts on the transmission range switch while you continue holding the N position. Do not move the transmission range switch when tightening the bolts. Remove the feeler gauge. 9. Check the connectors for rust, dirt, or oil, clean or repair if necessary, then connect the connector securely. 10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Move the shift lever through all positions, and check the transmission range switch synchronization with the A/T gear position indicator. 11. Check that the engine will start in P and N, and will not start in any other shift lever position. 12. Check that the back-up lights come on when the shift lever is in R. 13. Allow the front wheels to rotate freely, then start the engine, and check the shift lever operation. 14. Install the transmission range switch cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Position Switch/Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5057 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations Transmission Speed Sensor: Locations 38. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5061 Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5062 39. Transmission Housing (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5063 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5064 Transmission Speed Sensor: Diagrams 120. Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) 123. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5065 Transmission Speed Sensor: Description and Operation Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor This sensor detects countershaft speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Remove the harness clamp (A) from its bracket, and remove the air cleaner housing bracket (B). 3. Disconnect the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor (A). 4. Install a new O-ring (B) on the new input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor, then install the input shaft (mainshaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 5. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 6. Install the air cleaner housing bracket, and install the harness clamp on its bracket. 7. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, A/T > Component Information > Service and Repair > Input Shaft (Mainshaft) Speed Sensor Replacement > Page 5068 Transmission Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the air cleaner assembly and the intake air duct. 2. Disconnect the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor connector, and remove the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor (A). 3. Install a new O-ring (B) on a new output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor, then install the output shaft (countershaft) speed sensor in the transmission housing. 4. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 5. Install the intake air duct and the air cleaner assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations Automatic Transmission Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5072 35. ATF Temperature Sensor (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5073 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 kohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5074 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5075 Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch: Service and Repair ATF Temperature Sensor Test/Replacement 1. Raise the vehicle on a lift, or apply the parking brake, block the rear wheels, and raise the front of the vehicle. Make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the splash shield. 3. Disconnect the shift solenoid harness connector. 4. Measure the ATF temperature sensor resistance between shift solenoid harness connector terminals No. 6 and No. 7. Standard: 50 ohms -25 k ohms 5. If the resistance is out of standard, go to step 6, and replace the ATF temperature sensor and solenoid harness. The ATF temperature sensor is not available separately from the shift solenoid harness. ^ If the resistance is within the standard, the test is complete, connect the connector securely, and install the splash shield. 6. Remove the drain plug (A), and drain the automatic transmission fluid (ATF). 7. Reinstall the drain plug with a new sealing washer (B). 8. Remove the shift solenoid valve cover (A), the dowel pins (B), the gasket (C), and the harness clamp bracket (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - A/T > Transmission Temperature Sensor/Switch, A/T > Component Information > Locations > Page 5076 9. Remove the shift solenoid harness connector (E), and replace it. 10. Install a new O-ring (F) on a new shift solenoid harness connector, and install the connector in the transmission housing. 11. Connect WHT harnesses and ORN harness connector to shift solenoid valve B. ATF temperature sensor is assembled in the connector with WHT harnesses. 12. Connect the shift solenoid harness connectors: ^ BLU wire to shift solenoid valve A. ^ GRN wire to shift solenoid valve C. ^ YEL wire to shift solenoid valve D. 13. Install the shift solenoid valve cover, the dowel pins, a new gasket, and the harness clamp bracket. 14. Check the connector for rust, dirt, or oil, then connect the connector securely. 15. Refill the transmission with ATF. 16. Install the splash shield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Transmission and Drivetrain > Transmission Control Systems > Sensors and Switches Transmission and Drivetrain > Sensors and Switches - M/T > Transmission Speed Sensor, M/T > Component Information > Diagrams 124. Output Shaft (Countershaft) Speed Sensor (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations 75. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5086 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5087 Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5088 146. Brake Pedal Position Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5089 Braking Sensor/Switch: Adjustments Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment Pedal Height 1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulation. Lift up the insulation cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor. Standard pedal height (with carpet move aside): M/T: 153 mm (6 in.) A/T 158 mm (6 1/4 in.) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance 4. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Then, turn the brake pedal position switch 45° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5090 5. Check the brake pedal free play. Pedal Free Play 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), inspect the pedal free play (A) at the pedal pad (B) by pushing the pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in excessive brake drag. Free play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5094 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5095 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5096 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams 235. ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5097 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5098 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5099 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5100 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation NOTE: ^ Do not spill brake-fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. ^ To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. Removal 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector (A) by pushing the lock (B) and pulling down the lever (C); the connector disconnects itself. 3. Disconnect the six brake lines from the VSA modulator-control unit. NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (D) and to the right-front (E), the left-rear (F), the right-rear (G), and the left-front (H) brake systems. 4. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit (I) with the bracket (J) from the body. 5. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket. Installation 1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit onto the bracket. 2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit to the body. 3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. 4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector to the VSA modulator-control unit. 5. Pull up the lever of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated. 6. Bleed the brake system. 7. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. 8. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 9. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS, and the VSA indicators do not come on. NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator and then induced into the normal brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Locations 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 5104 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 5105 235. ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 5109 Steering Angle Sensor: Service and Repair Steering Angle Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration. 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the steering column covers and the cable reel. 3. Remove the combination switch assembly. 4. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B). 5. Replace the combination switch (C). 6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: ^ Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body. ^ When installing the cable reel, set the turn signal canceling sleeve position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5113 Traction Control Switch: Testing and Inspection VSA OFF Switch Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel. 3. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector (B). 4. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the switch is pressed, and no continuity when the switch is released. 5. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5. There should be continuity at all times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5118 Wheel Speed Sensor: Connector Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 218. Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (Right Similar) (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5119 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams 95. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front 96. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5120 97. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front 98. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5121 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5122 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Apply multipurpose grease to the O-ring (D). ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Antilock Brakes / Traction Control Systems > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5126 Yaw Rate Sensor: Service and Repair Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive. Do not use power tools. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the center console. 3. Remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (A) mounting bolts. 4. Pull out the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, then disconnect the sensor connector (B). 5. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Brake System Bleeding NOTE: ^ Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. ^ Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not be compatible. ^ Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake system. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level line (B). 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. 3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system. 4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then, loosen the bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 5130 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. 6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until no air bubbles are in the fluid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Adjustments Brake Pedal Assy: Adjustments Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment Pedal Height 1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulation. Lift up the insulation cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor. Standard pedal height (with carpet move aside): M/T: 153 mm (6 in.) A/T 158 mm (6 1/4 in.) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance 4. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Then, turn the brake pedal position switch 45° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 5134 5. Check the brake pedal free play. Pedal Free Play 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), inspect the pedal free play (A) at the pedal pad (B) by pushing the pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in excessive brake drag. Free play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Service and Repair > Brake Pedal Replacement Brake Pedal Assy: Service and Repair Brake Pedal Replacement Brake Pedal Replacement 1. Disconnect the brake pedal position switch connector (A). 2. Remove the lock pin (B) and joint pin (C). 3. Remove the brake pedal bracket mounting bolt (D) and nuts (E). 4. Remove the brake pedal with bracket (F). 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the brake pedal and brake pedal position switch adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Pedal Assy > Component Information > Service and Repair > Brake Pedal Replacement > Page 5137 Brake Pedal Assy: Service and Repair Brake Pedal Cover Replacement Brake Pedal Cover Replacement NOTE: This procedure shows a model equipped with a metal brake pedal cover. 1. Cover the carpet under the brake pedal to prevent metal shavings from getting on the carpet. 2. Center-punch each of rivets (A), and drill their heads off with a 3 mm (0.12 in.) drill bit (B). 3. Remove the brake pedal plate (A) and the brake pedal cover (B) from the brake pedal pad (C). 4. Set the brake pedal cover to the brake pedal plate. 5. Install the brake pedal plate (A) with the rivets (B) firmly. 6. Make sure the brake pedal cover and plate is securely fastened on the brake pedal. 7. Check the brake pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Brake Warning Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5142 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5143 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5144 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5145 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5146 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5147 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5148 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5149 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5150 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5151 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5152 Brake Warning Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5153 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5154 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5155 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5156 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5157 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5158 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5159 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5160 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5161 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5162 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5163 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5164 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5165 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5166 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5167 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5168 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5169 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5170 Brake Warning Indicator: Electrical Diagrams Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Brake Caliper: Removal and Replacement Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement Special Tools Required Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner. Inspection 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include the thickness of the backing plate. 4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front brake pads as a set. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. Replacement 1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up out of the way. Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5176 5. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B). 6. Remove the pad retainers (A). 7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. Verify that the caliper pins (C) move in and out smoothly. Clean and lube if needed. 8. Inspect the brake disc, and check for damage and cracks. 9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating surfaces (indicated by the arrows) against the caliper bracket. 10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep the assembly paste off the brake disc and brake pads. 11. Install the brake caliper piston compressor tool (A) on the caliper body (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5177 12. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir. 13. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor tool. 14. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease and assembly paste off the brake disc and the brake pads. 15. Install the brake pads and the pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on the upper inside. If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 16. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the flange bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5178 17. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 18. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work. NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 19. Add brake fluid as needed. 20. After installation, check for leaks at the hose and line joints or the connections, and retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then recheck for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5179 Brake Caliper: Overhaul Front Brake Caliper Overhaul CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner. Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items: NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly. Upper caliper pin B and lower caliper pin A are different. If caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it will cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and possibly uneven tire wear. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels. ^ Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. ^ Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. ^ Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration. ^ Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid. ^ Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or the pads. ^ When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. ^ Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. ^ Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. ^ Coat the piston, the piston seal groove, and the caliper bore with clean brake fluid. ^ Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. ^ After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications Brake Pad: Specifications Brake Pad Front Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5183 Brake Pad: Service and Repair Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement Special Tools Required Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner. Inspection 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include the thickness of the backing plate. 4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front brake pads as a set. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. Replacement 1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up out of the way. Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5184 5. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B). 6. Remove the pad retainers (A). 7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. Verify that the caliper pins (C) move in and out smoothly. Clean and lube if needed. 8. Inspect the brake disc, and check for damage and cracks. 9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating surfaces (indicated by the arrows) against the caliper bracket. 10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep the assembly paste off the brake disc and brake pads. 11. Install the brake caliper piston compressor tool (A) on the caliper body (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5185 12. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir. 13. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor tool. 14. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease and assembly paste off the brake disc and the brake pads. 15. Install the brake pads and the pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on the upper inside. If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 16. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the flange bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Pad > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5186 17. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 18. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work. NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 19. Add brake fluid as needed. 20. After installation, check for leaks at the hose and line joints or the connections, and retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then recheck for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information Brake Rotor/Disc: Technical Service Bulletins Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information 00-088 July 14, 2010 Applies To: ALL Models Brake Disc Refinishing Guidelines (Supersedes 00-088, dated October 6, 2006, to revise the information marked with the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY The requirement to refinish new brake discs was removed.* American Honda does not allow replacement of brake discs under warranty unless the brake disc is beyond its service limit for refinishing. If the brake disc is within its service limit, you must refinish it. Maximum refinishing limits may be found in the Conventional Brakes section of the appropriate service manual. *Refinish brake discs only when they are scored or out of specification for runout or parallelism. See the appropriate service manual for the specifications.* American Honda requires refinishing of the front brake discs with an on-car brake lathe that mounts to the steering knuckle. Use of an on-car, steering knuckle- mounted lathe is critical because it corrects runout of the hub and disc as an assembly. Experience has shown that very small amounts of runout, not felt as brake pulsation initially, will grow and become noticeable as the discs are subjected to heat and wear over time and mileage. Two on-car brake lathes are recommended. The Kwik-Lathe, model number KWY-108000501, is supported with automatic shipments of adapters for new models, when required. The Accu-turn On-car Brake Lathe, model ACCHONOCLPKG, is also recommended. A power driver is required for the 82000 and is highly recommended for all other models. The Kwik-Lathe power driver model number is KWY-108012005; the Accu-turn lathe includes a power driver. Here are some advantages of using power drivers: ^ The disc is rotated at the optimum speed for a smooth and consistent cut. ^ There is no need to climb in and out of the vehicle to start and stop the engine or to shift the transmission. ^ Securing the opposite wheel with a tie-down strap is not required. ^ There is no waiting for the engine to return to idle and no concern about engine speed changes that can adversely affect brake disc cut and finish. ^ The Traction Control System (TCS) is not involved. ^ Consistent cutting speed increases cutting tool life. ORDERING INFORMATION Order brake lathes and power drivers through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. To place an order, call or use the fax order form provided in your Honda Tool and Equipment Program Catalog. Phone lines are open Monday thru Friday from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Central Time. You can also order online through the Interactive Network (iN). Click on Service, Tool and Equipment, and then Online Catalog. Click on Alignment, Wheel, and Brake Equipment, and then On-Car Brake Lathes. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None, this bulletin is for information only. FRONT BRAKE DISCS The following guidelines show the Kwik-Way lathe setup, the Accu-turn lathe setup is similar. Setting Up the Vehicle Put the transmission in Neutral. If you are not using the power drive system, start the engine, and let it warm up to its normal operating temperature so the idle speed will stabilize to its lowest rpm. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5191 Raise the vehicle on a lift. Check for loose wheel bearings. You must replace loose wheel bearings before you refinish the brake discs. If you do not, the brake lathe will not correct for brake disc runout, resulting in an uneven finish and brake pulsation. Remove the front wheels, then reinstall the wheel nuts with flat washers to compensate for the removed wheel. Torque the wheel nuts to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Remove the caliper assembly. Use a wire or a S-hook to hold the caliper to the spring or damper tower. Do not kink the brake hose or use it to support the caliper. If you are not using the power drive system and the vehicle has ICS or VSA, make sure you install a brake pad spreader between the pads on the hanging caliper. Also, make sure the ICS or VSA is turned off anytime the engine is started. If the system is not turned off, the brakes could activate, causing the brake pads on the hanging caliper to hit each other or the caliper pistons to fall out. Install the vibration damper on the brake disc. If you are not using the power drive system, make sure you install the protective band around the wheel nuts. If you are not using the power drive system, use a fabric tie-down strap to secure the brake disc that is opposite to the one you are refinishing. If you are working on a Prelude with ATTS, do not use a tie-down strap; let both wheels turn freely. Mounting the Brake Lathe Remove the tool bed from the brake lathe, then mount the brake lathe to the steering knuckle with a Honda 1-piece speed mount. These mounts provide quicker, more accurate mounting, and can be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5192 Honda 1-Piece Speed Mounts P/N KWY-108006000 (for most models), P/N KWY-108007500 (Odysseys, Pilots, and Ridgelines with two-piston calipers) Attaching the Power Drive System 1. Make sure the drive motor assembly on the power drive system is level with the brake disc. 2. Attach the mounting yoke to the brake disc, and secure it with one of the wheel nuts. Torque the wheel nut to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5193 3. Attach the driveshaft on the drive motor assembly to the mounting yoke, making sure the center line of the driveshaft is level with the spindle nut on the wheel hub. 4. Set the lower toggle switch on the drive motor assembly to FWD (counterclockwise rotation) or REV (clockwise rotation). Setting Up and Adjusting the Brake Lathe Use Kwik-Way cutting bits, P/N KWY-109109223, and the holding screws that come with them. These bits are stamped KW and are available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Before you use the brake lathe, inspect the tips of the cutting bits with a magnifying glass to make sure the tips are not worn out. Each bit has three tips. If a tip is worn, rotate the bit, and use a new tip. A worn tip produces a poor finish and may cause chattering. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5194 Reinstall the tool bed on the brake lathe with the top of the cutting bits facing up and the feed knobs facing down. Adjust the tool bed until the brake disc is centered between the cutting bits. For proper refinishing, the brake disc must turn toward the top of the cutting bits. Do not set the cutting depth on the brake lathe to more than 0.2 mm (0.008 in.). This is two divisions on the cutting knob. Make sure you start your cut at least 3 mm (0.12 in.) beyond the worn area on the brake disc. If you are cutting larger diameter brake discs, make sure you use the 150 cutting bit holders. These bit holders, available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION), supersede the original bit holders and provide better cutting coverage for larger diameter brake discs. Each bit holder is clearly marked for proper installation on the tool holder. Cutting the Brake Disc To get the smoothest cut and the best brake disc finish, always use the slowest feed speed on the tool bed feed motor. Place the drive belt on the smallest pulley of the feed motor and on the largest pulley of the hand wheel. Make sure the lower toggle switch on the power drive system drive motor assembly is set to the proper rotation to turn the brake disc toward the top of the cutting bits. Plug the tool bed feed motor into the power outlet on the drive motor assembly, then turn on the drive motor with the upper toggle switch on the assembly. If you are not using the power drive system, make sure the transmission is in 1st gear (2nd gear on Preludes with ATTS) or Reverse and the engine is idling, but not at a fast idle. If the transmission and engine are at higher gears and speeds, you will damage the cutting bits. Turn on the tool bed feed motor, and snap it into place; there should be tension on the feed belt. Cut the brake disc until the cutting bits clear the outer edge of the disc. The cutting bits should produce a smooth, consistent finish with no chatter marks or grooves. If the disc did not clean up entirely on the first pass, reset the brake lathe and make a second pass. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Brakes - Brake Disc Refinishing Information > Page 5195 Finishing the Job Remove the vibration damper and the protective band (if used). Use a micrometer to measure the thickness of the brake disc. Make sure the thickness is within the service manual specifications. Clean the brake disc with soapy water or brake cleaner, then wipe it dry. Use a vacuum cleaner to remove any dust or chips, but do not use compressed air. Unplug the tool bed feed motor from the drive motor assembly, and remove the mounting yoke from the brake disc. Remove the speed mount from the steering knuckle. Apply a small amount of Molykote 77 grease to the brake pad shims. Reinstall the caliper assembly. (If you did not use the power drive system, use the brake pad spreader to push the pistons back into the caliper.) Torque the nuts and bolts to the required specification (see the appropriate service manual). Refinish the other front brake disc using the same guidelines. Check the brake fluid level, then test-drive the vehicle to make sure the brake pedal is firm and does not pulsate. Lightly apply the brakes about 20 times during the test-drive to seat the brake pads. REAR BRAKE DISCS It is possible to use an on-car lathe on some models if the rear caliper mounts are low enough to clear the vehicle body. A power driver is needed for front drive models. Refinish rear brake discs on bench-mounted equipment if necessary. Follow the same guidelines you used for refinishing front brake discs, noting these differences: ^ Mount the brake lathe to the rear knuckle with the Honda 2-Piece Adapter (P/N KWY-1 08102504). You can order the 2-piece adapter through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program (see ORDERING INFORMATION). Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5196 Brake Rotor/Disc: Specifications Brake Disc Front Brake disc runout: Service limit ......................................................................................................................................... ...................................... 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) Parallelism Service Limit ........................................................................................................................................ ................................... 0.015 mm. (0.0006 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5197 Brake Rotor/Disc: Testing and Inspection Front Brake Disc Inspection Runout 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads. 4. Inspect the brake disc surface for damage and cracks. Clean the brake disc thoroughly, and remove all rust. 5. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts (B), then tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc securely against the hub. 6. Set up the dial gauge against the brake disc as shown, and measure the runout at 10 mm (3/8 in.) from the outer edge of the brake disc. Brake disc runout: Service limit: 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.) 7. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit, refinish the brake disc with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. Max. refinishing limit: 21.0 mm (0.83 in.) NOTE: ^ If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it. ^ A new brake disc should be refinished if its runout is greater than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in.). Thickness and Parallelism 1. Raise the front of the vehicle; and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the brake pads. 4. Using a micrometer, measure the brake disc thickness at eight points, about 45° apart and 10 mm (3/8 in.) in from the outer edge of the brake disc. Replace the brake disc if the smallest measurement is less than the max. refinishing limit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5198 5. If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for parallelism, refinish the brake disc with a commercially available on-car brake lathe. NOTE: If the brake disc is beyond the service limit for refinishing, replace it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Disc Brake System > Brake Rotor/Disc > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5199 Brake Rotor/Disc: Service and Repair Front Brake Disc Replacement NOTE: Keep any grease off the brake disc and brake pads. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the brake disc flat screws (A). 6. Remove the brake disc (B) from the front hub. NOTE: If the brake disc is stuck to the front hub, thread two 8 x 1.25 mm bolts (C) into the brake disc to push it away from the front hub. Turn each bolt 90 degrees at a time to prevent the brake disc from binding. 7. Install the brake disc in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surface of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications Brake Drum: Specifications Rear Brake Drum I.D. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5204 Brake Drum: Testing and Inspection Rear Drum Brake Inspection CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. Avoid breathing dust particles. Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the rear brake drum. 4. Check the wheel cylinder (A) for leakage. 5. Check the brake linings (B) for cracking, glazing, wear, and contamination. NOTE: Contaminated brake linings or drums reduce stopping ability. 6. Measure the brake lining thickness (C). Measurement does not include brake shoe thickness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5205 Brake lining thickness: Standard: 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) Service limit: 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) 7. If the brake lining thickness is less than the service limit, replace the brake shoes as a set. 8. Check the hub bearing unit (D) for smooth operation. If it requires servicing, replace the hub bearing unit. 9. Measure the inside diameter of the brake drum with inside vernier calipers. 10. If the inside diameter of the brake drum is more than the service limit, replace the brake drum. 11. Check the brake drum for scoring, grooves, corrosion, and cracks. 12. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Drum > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5206 Brake Drum: Service and Repair Rear Brake Drum Replacement NOTE: Keep any grease off the brake drum and brake shoes. 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum (A) from the hub bearing unit. 4. Install the brake drum in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the rear hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ After installation, press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work and self adjust the brake shoes. Do not drive before doing this procedure. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications Brake Shoe: Specifications Brake lining thickness Standard or New .................................................................................................................................. ................................................... 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) Service limit ......................................................... .................................................................................................................................. 2.0 mm (0.08 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5210 Brake Shoe: Service and Repair Rear Brake Shoe Replacement Special Tools Required Brake spring installer 07LAF-SM40200 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an OSHA-approved vacuum cleaner. Disassembly 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheels. 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Unhook the upper return spring (A) from the rearward shoe using the brake spring installer (B). 5. Remove the tension pins (A) by pushing respective retainer spring (B) and turning the pin. 6. Remove the lower return spring (A), and remove the brake shoe assembly over the hub. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5211 7. Remove the forward brake shoe (B) by removing the upper return spring (C), and disassemble the brake shoe assembly. 8. Remove the rearward brake shoe (D) by disconnecting the parking brake cable from the parking brake lever (E). 9. Remove the U-clip (A), and the wave washer (B), then separate the parking brake lever (C) from the brake shoe (D). Reassembly 1. Apply rubber grease to the sliding surface of the pivot pin (A) on the parking brake lever (B). 2. Install the rearward brake shoe (C) and the wave washer (D) on the pivot pin, then secure the lever to the shoe with a new U-clip (E). NOTE: Pinch the U-clip securely to prevent the parking brake lever from coming out of the brake shoe. 3. Connect the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever. 4. Apply a thin coat of rubber grease to the connecting rod ends (A), and the sliding surfaces (B) as shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake linings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5212 5. Apply a thin coat of Molykote 44MA grease to the shoe ends (A) and to the edge of the shoe surfaces (B) that make contact with the backing plate as shown. Wipe off any excess. Keep grease off the brake linings. 6. Install connecting rods A and B on the adjuster bolt (C). 7. Assemble the brake shoes, the upper return spring (D), and the connecting rods with the adjuster bolt against the backing plate, then install the self-adjuster lever (E) and the self-adjuster spring (F) on the forward brake shoe (G). 8. Install the tension pins (A) and the retainer springs (B) by pushing in the respective spring and turning the pin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Brake Shoe > Component Information > Specifications > Page 5213 9. Install the lower return spring. NOTE: Make sure the brake shoes positioning on the brake shoe bosses of the backing plate, and fitting the top of the brake shoes onto the wheel cylinder pistons. 10. Hook the end (A) of the upper return spring (B) with the brake spring installer (C). 11. Install the brake drum. NOTE: Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the rear hub and the inside of the brake drum. 12. Install the rear wheels. 13. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work and to set the self-adjusting brake. NOTE: Engagement of the brakes may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake shoes have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 14. Do the parking brake adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Drum Brake System > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Wheel Cylinder: Service and Repair Rear Wheel Cylinder Replacement NOTE: ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 1. Remove the brake shoes. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). 3. Remove the bolts (C) and the wheel cylinder from the backing plate. NOTE: Use the special bolts on reassembly. 4. Apply Cemedine 366E sealant or equivalent between the wheel cylinder and backing plate (D), and install the wheel cylinder, then connect the brake line. 5. Install the brake shoes. 6. Bleed the brake system. 7. Do the parking brake inspection and adjustment. 8. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag. 9. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then check for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair Brake Bleeding: Service and Repair Brake System Bleeding NOTE: ^ Do not reuse the drained fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. ^ Do not mix different brands of brake fluid; they may not be compatible. ^ Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter is allowed to contaminate the brake fluid. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle, it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ The reservoir connected to the master cylinder must be at the MAX (upper) level mark at the start of the bleeding procedure and checked after bleeding each brake system. Add fluid as required. 1. Make sure the brake fluid level in the reservoir (A) is at the MAX (upper) level line (B). 2. Have someone slowly pump the brake pedal several times, then apply steady pressure. 3. Start the bleeding at the driver's side of the front brake system. 4. Attach a length of clear drain tube (A) to the bleed screw (B), then, loosen the bleed screw to allow air to escape from the system. Then tighten the bleed screw securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Bleeding > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 5221 5. Refill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line. 6. Repeat the procedure for each brake circuit until no air bubbles are in the fluid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Brake Caliper: Removal and Replacement Front Brake Pad Inspection and Replacement Special Tools Required Brake caliper piston compressor 07AAE-SEPA101 CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner. Inspection 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Check the thickness (A) of the inner pad (B) and outer pad (C). Do not include the thickness of the backing plate. 4. If the brake pad thickness is less than the service limit, replace the front brake pads as a set. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. Replacement 1. Remove some brake fluid from the master cylinder. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheels. 4. Remove the flange bolt (A) while holding the caliper pin (B) with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot, and pivot the caliper (C) up out of the way. Check the hose and pin boots for damage and deterioration. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5226 5. Remove the pad shims (A) and brake pads (B). 6. Remove the pad retainers (A). 7. Clean the caliper bracket (B) thoroughly; remove any rust, and check for grooves and cracks. Verify that the caliper pins (C) move in and out smoothly. Clean and lube if needed. 8. Inspect the brake disc, and check for damage and cracks. 9. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the retainers on their mating surfaces (indicated by the arrows) against the caliper bracket. 10. Install the pad retainers. Wipe excess assembly paste off the retainers. Keep the assembly paste off the brake disc and brake pads. 11. Install the brake caliper piston compressor tool (A) on the caliper body (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5227 12. Press in the piston with the brake caliper piston compressor so the caliper will fit over the brake pads. Make sure the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. NOTE: Be careful when pressing in the piston; brake fluid might overflow from the master cylinder's reservoir. 13. Remove the brake caliper piston compressor tool. 14. Apply a thin coat of M-77 assembly paste (P/N 08798-9010) to the pad side of the shims (A), the back of the brake pads (B) and the other areas indicated by the arrows. Wipe excess assembly paste off the pad shims and brake pads. Contaminated brake discs or brake pads reduce stopping ability. Keep grease and assembly paste off the brake disc and the brake pads. 15. Install the brake pads and the pad shims correctly. Install the brake pad with the wear indicator (C) on the upper inside. If you are reusing the brake pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 16. Pivot the caliper down into position. Install the flange bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque while holding the caliper pin (B), with a wrench. Be careful not to damage the pin boot. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5228 17. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 18. Press the brake pedal several times to make sure the brakes work. NOTE: Engagement may require a greater pedal stroke immediately after the brake pads have been replaced as a set. Several applications of the brake pedal will restore the normal pedal stroke. 19. Add brake fluid as needed. 20. After installation, check for leaks at the hose and line joints or the connections, and retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then recheck for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Caliper > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5229 Brake Caliper: Overhaul Front Brake Caliper Overhaul CAUTION: Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. ^ Avoid breathing dust particles. ^ Never use an air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. Use an appropriate vacuum cleaner. Remove, disassemble, inspect, reassemble, and install the caliper, and note these items: NOTE: Make sure that the caliper pins are installed correctly. Upper caliper pin B and lower caliper pin A are different. If caliper pins are installed in the wrong location, it will cause vibration, uneven or rapid brake pad wear, and possibly uneven tire wear. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ To prevent dripping brake fluid, cover disconnected hose joints with rags or shop towels. ^ Clean all parts in brake fluid and air dry; blow out all passages with compressed air. ^ Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. ^ Replace parts with new ones as specified in the illustration. ^ Make sure no dirt or other foreign matter gets in the brake fluid. ^ Make sure no grease or oil gets on the brake discs or the pads. ^ When reusing brake pads, always reinstall them in their original positions to prevent loss of braking efficiency. ^ Do not reuse drained brake fluid. Use only clean Honda DOT 3 Brake Fluid from an unopened container. Using a non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion and shorten the life of the system. ^ Do not mix different brands of brake fluid as they may not be compatible. ^ Coat the piston, the piston seal groove, and the caliper bore with clean brake fluid. ^ Replace all rubber parts with new ones whenever disassembled. ^ After installing the caliper, check the brake hose and line for leaks, interference, and twisting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Brake Fluid: Specifications Brake Fluid Type Honda heavy duty brake fluid DOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 or DOT 4 brake fluid as a temporary replacement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations 48. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5236 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5237 42. Brake Fluid Level Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5238 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection Brake Fluid Level Switch Test Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down position and in the up position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Brake Hose/Line: Testing and Inspection Brake Hose and Line Inspection 1. Inspect the brake hoses for damage, deterioration, leaks, interference, and twisting. 2. Check the brake lines for damage, rusting, and leaks. Also check for bent brake lines. 3. Check for leaks at hose and line joints and connections, and retighten if necessary. 4. Check the master cylinder and the ABS or VSA modulator-control unit for damage and leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5242 Brake Hose/Line: Service and Repair Brake Hose Replacement NOTE: ^ Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. ^ Replace parts with new ones whenever specified to do so. ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. ^ The illustrations show only the front of the vehicle except where the procedure is different for the rear. 1. Remove the wheel. 2. Disconnect the brake hose (A) from the brake line (B) using a 10 mm flare-nut wrench (C). 3. With clip type: Remove the brake hose clip (A) from the brake hose (B). 4. Disc brake type: Remove the banjo bolt (C), and disconnect the brake hose from the caliper. 5. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt(s) (D), then remove the brake hose. NOTE: Without clip type: Remove the brake hose with the bracket. 6. Install the brake hose (A) with the brake hose mounting bolt (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5243 7. Disc brake type: Connect the brake hose to the caliper with the banjo bolt (C) and new sealing washers (D). 8. Position the brake hose ends (A). NOTE: ^ With clip type: Install the brake hose on the brake hose bracket (B) with a new brake hose clip (C). ^ Without clip type: Install the brake hose bracket (D) to the frame. 9. Connect the brake line (E) to the brake hose. 10. After installing the brake hose, bleed the brake system. 11. Do the following check: ^ Check the brake hose and line joint for leaks, and tighten if necessary. ^ Check the brake hoses for interference and twisting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Hose/Line > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5244 12. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations Hydraulic Control Assembly - Antilock Brakes: Locations 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 5248 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Hydraulic Control Assembly Antilock Brakes > Component Information > Locations > Page 5249 235. ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Brake Master Cylinder: Testing and Inspection Master Cylinder Inspection 1. Inspect and note these items: ^ Before reassembling, check that all parts are free of dirt and other foreign particles. ^ Do not try to disassemble the master cylinder assembly. Replace the master cylinder assembly with a new part if necessary. ^ Do not allow dirt or foreign matter to contaminate the brake fluid. 2. If the reservoir tank hose was disconnected, install the reservoir tank (A) and the reservoir tank hose (B) to the sub-reservoir (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Brake Master Cylinder > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5253 Brake Master Cylinder: Service and Repair Master Cylinder Replacement NOTICE: ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. ^ To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent. 1. Remove the air cleaner. 2. Remove the reservoir cap and brake fluid from the master cylinder reservoir with a syringe. 3. Disconnect the brake fluid level switch connector (A). 4. Remove the reservoir tank mounting bolt (B). 5. Disconnect the brake lines (A) from the master cylinder (B). To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 6. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (C) and washers (D). 7. Remove the master cylinder from the brake booster (E). Be careful not to bend or damage the brake lines when removing the master cylinder. 8. Remove the rod seal (F) from the master cylinder. NOTE: During installation, set the new rod seal onto the master cylinder with its grooved side (G) toward the master cylinder. 9. Install the master cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Coat the inner bore lip and outer circumference of the new rod seal with the Shin-Etsu silicone grease (P/N 08798-9013). ^ Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master cylinder, and adjust if necessary. 10. Bleed the brake system. 11. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Hydraulic System, Brakes > Wheel Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Wheel Cylinder: Service and Repair Rear Wheel Cylinder Replacement NOTE: ^ Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 1. Remove the brake shoes. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). 3. Remove the bolts (C) and the wheel cylinder from the backing plate. NOTE: Use the special bolts on reassembly. 4. Apply Cemedine 366E sealant or equivalent between the wheel cylinder and backing plate (D), and install the wheel cylinder, then connect the brake line. 5. Install the brake shoes. 6. Bleed the brake system. 7. Do the parking brake inspection and adjustment. 8. Spin the wheels to check for brake drag. 9. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. Test-drive the vehicle, then check for leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Adjustments Parking Brake Cable: Adjustments Parking Brake Inspection and Adjustment Inspection 1. Pull the parking brake lever (A) with 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf) of force to fully apply the parking brake. The parking brake lever should be locked within the specified number of clicks. Lever locked clicks: 8 to 10 2. If the number of lever clicks is excessive, adjust the parking brake. Adjustment - Rear Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the center console panel. 2. Release the parking brake lever fully. 3. Loosen the parking brake adjusting nut (A). 4. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 5. Remove the rear wheels. 6. Make sure the parking brake lever (A) on the rear brake caliper contacts the stop pin (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 5261 7. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheels. 8. Pull the parking brake lever 1 click. 9. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut until the parking brakes drag slightly when the rear wheels are turned. 10. Release the parking brake lever fully, and check that the parking brakes do not drag when the rear wheels are turned. Readjust if necessary. 11. Make sure the parking brakes are fully applied when the parking brake lever is pulled all the way (8 to 10 clicks). 12. Install the center console panel. Adjustment - Rear Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the center console panel. 2. Release the parking brake lever fully. 3. Loosen the parking brake adjusting nut (A). 4. Press the brake pedal several times to set the self-adjusting brake before adjusting the parking brake. 5. Pull the parking brake lever 1 click. 6. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut until the parking brakes drag slightly when the rear wheels are turned. 7. Release the parking brake lever fully, and check that the parking brakes do not drag when the rear wheels are turned. Readjust if necessary. 8. Make sure the parking brakes are fully applied when the parking brake lever is pulled all the way (8 to 10 clicks). 9. Install the center console panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 5262 Parking Brake Cable: Service and Repair Parking Brake Cable Replacement Parking Brake Cable NOTE: ^ The parking brake cables must not be bent or distorted. This will lead to stiff operation and premature failure. ^ Refer to the Exploded View as needed during this procedure. 1. Loosen the parking brake cable adjusting nut. 2. Remove the brake drum and the shoes, and disconnect the parking brake cable from the parking brake lever. 3. Remove the flange bolts (A) and the parking brake cable (B) from the backing plate (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Cable > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 5263 4. Reinstall the parking brake cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Be careful not to bend or distort the cable. ^ Connect the parking brake cable to the brake lever, and install the brake shoes and drum. ^ Do the parking brake adjustment. Apply the parking brake firmly 10 times then adjust it again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair Parking Brake Lever: Service and Repair Parking Brake Lever Grip and Cover Replacement Removal Lever Grip 1. Remove the center console. 2. Pull up the parking brake fully (8 to 10 clicks). 3. Start at the front edge (A), peel lever grip away from lever cap (B). Continue to peel the grip from the lever to gain access to the hooks (C). 4. Push in both sides of the hook (A) on the lever cap (B), and remove the lever cap and the pushrod (C) with the knob (D). 5. Remove the lever grip (A) by sliding it up. Lever Cover 6. Remove the clip (A) on the driver's side of the parking brake lever cover (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 5267 7. Separate the parking brake lever covers, and remove them. Installation Lever Cover 1. Install the clip (A) on driver's side of the parking brake lever cover (B) to the lever (C). 2. Install the passenger's side of the parking brake lever cover (D), and squeeze both sides of the cover together. Lever Grip 3. Install anew lever grip (A) by sliding it over the cover. 4. Install a new lever cap (A) on to the lever by aligning the notch (B) in the cap with the tab (C) on the lever. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 5268 5. With the lever cap and grip in position, push down on the cap to lock the hooks (D) into place. 6. Carefully peel back the front edge (A) of the lever grip, and apply a small amount of gel type super glue (B). Carefully push the grip back into place and wait a minute for the glue to dry. 7. Install a new pushrod (A) with the knob (B), and push them into the parking brake lever (C). 8. Release and pull the parking brake about 10 times. 9. Check the push knob play of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) and that the parking brake lever moves smoothly, then do the parking brake inspection. 10. Install the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5272 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5273 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5274 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake System > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5275 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Vacuum Brake Booster: Testing and Inspection Brake Booster Test Functional Test 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), press the brake pedal several times to deplete the vacuum reservoir, then press the brake pedal hard, and hold it for 15 seconds. If the brake pedal sinks, either the master cylinder is bypassing internally, or the brake system is leaking. Inspect the brake hoses and lines. 2. Start the engine with the brake pedal pressed. If the brake pedal sinks slightly, the vacuum booster is operating normally. If the brake pedal height does not vary, do the brake system test. Leak Test 1. Press the brake pedal with the engine running, then stop the engine. The brake pedal height should not vary while pressed for 30 seconds. If the pedal height rises, go to step 6. If it does not rise, go to step 2. 2. Start the engine and let it idle for 30 seconds. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise. Does the pedal rise on each consecutive application? If it rises the booster is OK. If it does not go to step 3. 3. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) at the booster. The check valve is built into the hose. 4. Start the engine, and let it idle. There should be vacuum available. If no vacuum is available, the check valve is not working properly. Replace the brake booster vacuum hose and check valve, and retest. If vacuum is found, go to step 5. 5. With the engine off, reconnect the vacuum hose to the brake booster. 6. Start the engine, and then pinch the brake booster vacuum hose between the check valve and the booster. 7. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait 30 seconds. Press the brake pedal several times using normal pressure. When the pedal is first pressed, it should be low. On consecutive applications, the pedal height should gradually rise. ^ If the pedal position does not vary inspect the seal between the master cylinder and booster. If the seal is OK, replace the brake booster. ^ If the pedal position varies, replace the brake booster vacuum hose/check valve as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5280 Vacuum Brake Booster: Service and Repair Brake Booster Replacement Except Si Model 1. Remove the master cylinder. 2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster (B). 3. Remove the engine wire harness clamps (A). 4. Remove the heater hoses (A) from the clamp (B). 5. Remove the lock pin (A) and the joint pin (B), then disconnect the yoke from the brake pedal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5281 6. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C). 7. Pull the brake booster (A) forward. 8. Remove the brake booster (A) by pulling it out and turning it, and remove it from the engine compartment. 9. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Install the master cylinder after installing the brake booster. ^ Replace the master cylinder rod seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5282 ^ Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master cylinder, and adjust it if necessary. ^ Bleed the brake system. Si Model 1. Remove the master cylinder. 2. Disconnect the brake booster vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster (B). 3. Remove the engine wire harness clamps (A). 4. Remove the air cleaner bracket (B). 5. Remove the lock pin (A) and the joint pin (B), then disconnect the yoke from the brake pedal. 6. Remove the brake booster mounting nuts (C). 7. Pull the brake booster (A) forward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Power Brake Assist > Vacuum Brake Booster > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5283 8. Remove the brake booster by pulling it out and turning it, and remove it from the engine compartment. 9. Install the brake booster in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Install the master cylinder after installing the brake booster. ^ Replace the master cylinder rod seal. ^ Check the brake pedal height and free play after installing the master cylinder, and adjust it if necessary. ^ Bleed the brake system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations Electronic Brake Control Module: Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5288 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5289 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5290 Electronic Brake Control Module: Diagrams 235. ABS Modulator-Control Unit (except '07 Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5291 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5292 Electronic Brake Control Module: Testing and Inspection VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5293 VSA Modulator-Control Unit Inputs And Outputs, Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Relays and Modules - Brakes and Traction Control > Electronic Brake Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 5294 Electronic Brake Control Module: Service and Repair VSA Modulator-Control Unit Removal and Installation NOTE: ^ Do not spill brake-fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid gets on the paint, wash it off immediately with water. ^ Be careful not to damage or deform the brake lines during removal and installation. ^ To prevent the brake fluid from flowing, plug and cover the hose ends and joints with a shop towel or equivalent material. Removal 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Disconnect the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector (A) by pushing the lock (B) and pulling down the lever (C); the connector disconnects itself. 3. Disconnect the six brake lines from the VSA modulator-control unit. NOTE: Brake lines are connected to the master cylinder (D) and to the right-front (E), the left-rear (F), the right-rear (G), and the left-front (H) brake systems. 4. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit (I) with the bracket (J) from the body. 5. Remove the VSA modulator-control unit from the bracket. Installation 1. Install the VSA modulator-control unit onto the bracket. 2. Install the bracket with the VSA modulator-control unit to the body. 3. Reconnect the six brake lines, then tighten the flare nuts to the specified torque. 4. Align the connecting surface of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector to the VSA modulator-control unit. 5. Pull up the lever of the VSA modulator-control unit 37P connector, then confirm the connector is fully seated. 6. Bleed the brake system. 7. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. 8. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 9. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS, and the VSA indicators do not come on. NOTE: If the brake pedal is spongy, there may be air trapped in the modulator and then induced into the normal brake system during modulation. Bleed the brake system again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Locations 48. Left Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5299 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5300 42. Brake Fluid Level Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5301 Brake Fluid Level Sensor/Switch: Testing and Inspection Brake Fluid Level Switch Test Check for continuity between the terminals (1) and (2) with the float in the down position and in the up position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations Braking Sensor/Switch: Locations 75. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5305 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5306 Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5307 146. Brake Pedal Position Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5308 Braking Sensor/Switch: Adjustments Brake Pedal and Brake Pedal Position Switch Adjustment Pedal Height 1. Turn the brake pedal position switch (A) counterclockwise, and pull it back until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. Pull back the carpet and find the cutout in the insulation. Lift up the insulation cutout and measure the pedal height (B) at the middle of the left side center of the pedal pad (C) to the floor. Standard pedal height (with carpet move aside): M/T: 153 mm (6 in.) A/T 158 mm (6 1/4 in.) 3. Loosen the pushrod locknut (A), and screw the pushrod (B) in or out with pliers until the standard pedal height from the floor is reached. After adjustment, tighten the locknut firmly. Do not adjust the pedal height with the pushrod pressed. Brake Pedal Position Switch Clearance 4. Lift up on the brake pedal by hand. Push in the brake pedal position switch until its plunger is fully pressed (threaded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm). Then, turn the brake pedal position switch 45° clockwise to lock it. The gap between the brake pedal position switch and the pad is automatically adjusted to 0.7 mm (0.028 in.) by locking the switch. Make sure the brake lights go off when the pedal is released. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Braking Sensor/Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5309 5. Check the brake pedal free play. Pedal Free Play 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), inspect the pedal free play (A) at the pedal pad (B) by pushing the pedal by hand. If the brake pedal free play is insufficient, it may result in excessive brake drag. Free play: 1 - 5 mm (1/16 - 3/16 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5313 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5314 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5315 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5316 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations Steering Angle Sensor: Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Steering Angle Sensor, Traction Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 5320 Steering Angle Sensor: Service and Repair Steering Angle Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the combination switch as the steering angle sensor is sensitive to shock and vibration. 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the steering column covers and the cable reel. 3. Remove the combination switch assembly. 4. Remove the combination light switch (A) and the wiper/washer switch (B). 5. Replace the combination switch (C). 6. Install the combination switch in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: ^ Do not remove the steering angle sensor from the combination switch body. ^ When installing the cable reel, set the turn signal canceling sleeve position. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Traction Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5324 Traction Control Switch: Testing and Inspection VSA OFF Switch Test 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Push out the VSA OFF switch (A) from the back of the instrument panel. 3. Disconnect the VSA OFF switch 5P connector (B). 4. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the switch is pressed, and no continuity when the switch is released. 5. Check for continuity between VSA OFF switch 5P connector terminals No. 4 and No. 5. There should be continuity at all times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Wheel Speed Sensor: Component Locations Component Location Index VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5329 Wheel Speed Sensor: Connector Locations 185. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 218. Under Left Rear Of Vehicle (Right Similar) (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5330 Wheel Speed Sensor: Diagrams 95. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Front 96. Wheel Speed Sensor, Left Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5331 97. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Front 98. Wheel Speed Sensor, Right Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5332 Wheel Speed Sensor: Service and Repair Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement Front 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the wheel bearing, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Rear 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Release the clamp (A), then disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Wheel Speed Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5333 3. Remove the clips, the bolt, and the wheel speed sensor (C). 4. Install the wheel speed sensor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Apply multipurpose grease to the O-ring (D). ^ Install the sensor carefully to avoid twisting the wires. ^ If the wheel speed sensor comes in contact with the hub bearing unit, it is faulty. 5. Start the engine, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators go off. 6. Test-drive the vehicle, and check that the ABS and the VSA indicators do not come on. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Brakes and Traction Control > Sensors and Switches - Brakes and Traction Control > Yaw Rate Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 5337 Yaw Rate Sensor: Service and Repair Yaw Rate-Lateral Acceleration Sensor Replacement NOTE: Do not damage or drop the sensor as it is sensitive. Do not use power tools. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the center console. 3. Remove the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor (A) mounting bolts. 4. Pull out the yaw rate-lateral acceleration sensor, then disconnect the sensor connector (B). 5. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal. 6. Do the VSA sensor neutral position memorization. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations Clutch Switch: Locations 73. Under Left Side Of Dash (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5343 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5344 45. Clutch Interlock Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5345 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Interlock Switch Test M/T 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch. - If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5346 Clutch Switch: Adjustments Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment NOTE: ^ Check the clutch pedal position switch. ^ Check the clutch interlock switch. ^ The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. ^ If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and pushrod, the release bearing will be held against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Lift up the carpet (A). At the insulator cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side of the pedal pad (B). 2. Loosen the clutch pedal position switch locknut (A), and back off the clutch pedal position switch (B) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal (C). 3. Loosen the clutch pushrod locknut (D), and turn the pushrod (E) in or out to get the specified height (F), stroke (G), free play (H), and disengagement height (I) at the clutch pedal. F Clutch Pedal Height: 157 mm (6.18 in.) G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 130 - 140 mm (5.12 - 5.51 in.) H Clutch Pedal Free Play: 10 - 18 mm (0.39 - 0.71 in.) Clutch Pedal Disengagement Height: 77 mm (3.03 in.) 4. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. 5. With the clutch pedal released, turn in the clutch pedal position switch until it contacts the clutch pedal. 6. Turn in the clutch pedal position switch an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. 7. Tighten the clutch pedal position switch locknut. 8. Loosen the clutch interlock switch locknut (J). 9. Press the clutch pedal to the floor. 10. Release the clutch pedal 9 - 12 mm (0.35 - 0.47 in.) from the fully pressed position, and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch (K) so the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 11. Tighten the clutch interlock switch locknut. 12. Check the clutch operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5350 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5351 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5354 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5355 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5356 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5357 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5358 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5359 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5360 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5361 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5362 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5363 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5364 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5365 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5366 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5367 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5368 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5369 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5370 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5371 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5372 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5373 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5374 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5375 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5376 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5377 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5378 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5379 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5380 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5381 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5382 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5383 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Sensors and Switches - Starting and Charging > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5384 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams 218. Remote Starting Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5392 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5393 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5394 Starter Relay: Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5395 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Relays and Modules - Starting and Charging > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5396 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. Battery: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. 09-060 February 12, 2011 Applies To: ALL GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Information (Supersedes 09-060, dated January 19, 2010, to revise the information marked by the asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *Under GR8 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS, step 9 was updated.* INTRODUCTION The software for the GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station is updated periodically to fix software bugs and enhance the tool's function. You can now use the Midtronics GR8 update wizard to download software and firmware to your GR8 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest GR8 software to ensure that the current battery testing and diagnostic procedures are used. Honda introduced a new policy to ensure that GR8 testers are updated promptly. The GR8 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any battery replacements may not be covered under warranty. GR8 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: P/N MTRGR81100P ^ USB-to-mini-USB cable (this cable came with the GR8): Midtronics P/N A128 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the GR8 Diagnostic Station, or the USB-to-mini-USB cable, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE INFORMATION The current software version is listed online. Go to the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Diagnostic Tools Software Versions). To check the GR8 software version, click on: Language > Options > Info > Version WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. GR8 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS The update should take 5-10 minutes. Make sure that the update is not interrupted. If the update is interrupted, it could damage the GR8 and require you to send the GR8 to Midtronics for repair. This repair is not covered by warranty. 1. Make sure the GR8 is off and the SD card is removed. 2. Online, go to www.midtronics.com/home/clientlogin/clientlogin.aspx: 3. Enter your username and password, then click the Login button. Username: hondagr8 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5401 Password: hondagr8 4. You should see an image of the GR8 tester. Click on the highlighted Update Software link under the image. 5. Fill in your dealer number, the service manager's name, and the GR8 serial number(s). The dealer name, the dealer address, and the dealer phone number are automatically filled in. Click SUBMIT REQUEST. 6. You should see the image of the GR8 tester again. Click on the highlighted Honda GR8 Software Update link. 7. A File Download - Security Warning screen appears. Select Run. 8. A file will be downloaded to your computer. After it is finished, an Internet Explorer - Security Warning screen appears. Select Run. NOTE: Depending on your network setup, you may see more warning screens than are shown here. *9. The Midtronics Update Wizard appears. Refer to SOFTWARE INFORMATION to find the current software version.* Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5402 * NOTE: If the wrong software file appears or is not shown, click Change MUP File, and select the correct software version.* 10. Turn on the GR8, and follow the Update Wizard on-screen instructions. 11. When the update is complete, the Update Results screen appears, indicating the update was successful. Click Finish to close the Update Wizard. 12. Turn the GR8 off for 10 seconds. Reinstall the SD card, then turn the GR8 on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 13. If an error message appears anytime during the update, follow the on-screen instructions, and try updating the GR8 again. If the error message still does not go away, or if you have any problems updating the GR8, call Midtronics. 14. If you have more than one GR8, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 15. Once all GR8s are updated, store the USB-to-mini-USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5403 Battery: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - ED-18 Battery Analyzer Update Info. 09-045 February 12, 2011 Applies To: ALL Honda Vehicles ED-18 Battery Analyzer Update Information (Supersedes 09-027, dated June 30, 2009, to revise the information marked by the asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under SOFTWARE VERSION, the method to check the current software was updated.* INTRODUCTION The software for the ED-18 Battery Analyzer (or tester) is updated periodically to fix software bugs and enhance the tool's function. To help you update the ED-18 tester more quickly, American Honda no longer distributes CDs for the tester. You can now use the Midtronics ED-18 update wizard to download software and firmware to your ED-18 tester using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest ED-18 software to ensure that the current battery testing procedures are used. Honda introduced a new policy to ensure that ED-18 testers are updated promptly. The ED-18 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any battery replacements may not be covered under warranty. ED-18 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ ED-18 Battery Analyzer: ED-18 Version 1: P/N INBED18LLH ED-18 Version 2: P/N INB17191840 ^ RS232 (25 pin to 9 pin) interface cable: P/N MTR130112A* ^ 7/64" hex wrench: P/N INBi7191270* *Both the R5232 interface cable and the hex wrench were included with the ED-18 update that was shipped to dealerships in November 2008. ^ A fully charged 12-volt automotive battery, any size ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC: - Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred) - CD ROM - R5232 (9 pin) serial port, or an R5232 to USB Adapter (P/N MTRA164) (Some newer computers do not have an R5232 port. You will need to order the R5232 to USB adapter to update your ED-18 testers.) To order the ED-18 Battery Analyzer version 2, the interface cable, the R5232 to USB adapter, or the hex wrench, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. NOTE: The ED-18 Battery Analyzer version 1 is no longer available for purchase. SOFTWARE VERSION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5404 *The current software version is listed online. Go to the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Diagnostic Tools Software Versions).* To check the ED-18 version 1 software, click on: Info > Version. The version number is located near the top of the version screen. To check the ED-18 version 2 software: ^ Turn on the tester, and read the version number on the screen. It should appear for about 3 seconds. ^ Or, you can click on: Language > Options > Info > Version. The version number is located near the top of the version screen. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. ED-18 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS 1. Make sure the ED-18 is off, then detach the printer by using the hex wrench to remove the two screws at the bottom of the printer. Pull the printer straight out from the ED-18 to avoid damaging the connector terminals. 2. Connect the R8232 interface cable to the ED-18 where the printer was connected, then connect the interface cable to your PC. NOTE: If your computer doesn't have an R8232 serial port, use the R8232 to USB adapter. 3. Connect the ED-18 battery clamps to a fully charged 12-volt battery. 4. Online, go to Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5405 5. Enter your username and password, then click the Login button. ^ For ED18 version 1: Username: hondaedv1 Password: hondaedv1 ^ For ED18 version 2: Username: hondaedv2 Password: hondaedv2 6. You should see an image of your ED-18 tester. Click on the highlighted Update Software link under the image. NOTE: The ED-18 tester version 2 software is shown. Version 1 is similar. 7. Fill in your dealer number, the service manager's name, and the ED-18 serial number(s). The dealer name, the dealer address, and the dealer phone number are automatically filled in. Click SUBMIT REQUEST. 8. You should see the image of your ED-18 tester again. Click on the highlighted Honda ED-18 V2 Software Update link. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5406 9. A File Download - Security Warning screen appears. Select Run. 10. A file will be downloaded to your computer. After it is finished, an Internet Explorer - Security Warning screen appears. Select Run. NOTE: Depending on your network setup, you may see more warning screens than are shown here. 11. Turn on the ED-18. 12. Before using the Midtronics update utility, make sure your computer port settings are correct. Click on: My Computer > Control Panel > System > Hardware Tab > Device Manager. Or, you can click on: Windows Start button > Settings > Control Panel > System > Hardware Tab > Device Manager. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5407 NOTE: If you are using an RS232 to USB adapter, make sure to plug it in before checking the port settings. Expand Ports, and check the communications port number. The communications port number should match the COMM number in the Midtronics update utility. If the numbers do not match, click on the arrows next to the COMM windows in the Midtronics update utility, and change the number to match the computer system's port number. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5408 Make sure this communications port number matches the COMM number on the update. If it does not, change the number on the update. 13. Click on Start to begin the update, which takes about a minute. A progress bar appears. Wait until you get a message indicating the update was successful. NOTE: ^ If the clamps come off the battery, or the R8232 interface cable comes loose, turn the ED-18 off, then back on. When the logon screen appears on the ED-18, click on Start to restart the update. ^ If the error message Flash not erased appears, replace the AA batteries in the ED-18, and try the update again. 14. Click on OK on the ED-18 update. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5409 15. Click on Quit on the ED-18 update. Make sure the message UPDATE COMPLETE appears on the ED-18 tester. 16. Turn the ED-18 tester off, then back on. 17. Confirm that the software on the ED-18 tester is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. NOTE: If you have any problems updating the ED-18, call Midtronics at 866-592-8054. 18. Reinstall the printer. 19. If you have more than one ED-18, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 20. Once all ED-18s are updated, store the R5232 interface cable and the hex wrench in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5410 Battery: Technical Service Bulletins Electrical - Battery Testing and Replacement Information 88-023 January 15, 2010 Applies To: ALL Battery Testing and Replacement (Supersedes 88-023, dated September 12, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) REVISION SUMMARY *^ Under WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION, battery claim Error Codes were added to some Warranty Requirements ^ The 2005 Model Year and Later battery coverage section was changed to 2005-10 Model Year Vehicles.* BACKGROUND Maintaining batteries in vehicles is an important part of ensuring a battery's operating life. American Honda recommends using the ED-18 and GR8 to check and maintain batteries. Refer to this bulletin for: ^ Information on when to use the ED-18 and the GR8. ^ Instructions on how to use the ED-18 and the GR8. ^ How to properly submit a battery warranty claim. REQUIRED TOOLS ^ GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: P/N MTRGR81100P ^ ED-18 Battery Analyzer (Version 1 or 2): ED-18 Version 1: P/N INBEDi8LLH ED-18 Version 2: P/N INB17191840 NOTE: The ED-18 Battery Analyzer Version 1 is no longer available for purchase. Tool Requirements The GR8 and ED-18 software must be updated within 3 days of a new software update release. Refer to the applicable service bulletins for more information: ^ 09-060, GH8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Information ^ 09-045, ED-18 Battery Analyzer Update Information Warranty Requirements The 10-digit test code must be included on a battery replacement claim. Refer to WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION. ORDERING INFORMATION To order the GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station or the ED-18-2 Battery Analyzer, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment Program > Online Catalog), or call. ED-18 AND GR8 USES New Arrivals, PDI, and Storage NOTE: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5411 For more information about documenting the scheduled battery checks, refer to Service Bulletin 89-003, Battery Maintenance at Dealers. ED-18 Battery Analyzer: ^ Check the condition of the battery and its state-of-charge: - When the vehicle arrives at your dealership - During the PDI - During scheduled battery maintenance while the vehicle is in storage - Before final delivery to the customer NOTE: Keep a printout of every battery test. Your warranty claim may be rejected unless you show that the battery was properly maintained. GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: ^ Properly charge and diagnose the battery when indicated by the ED-18 ^ Smart, fast, and safe battery charging ^ Power supply mode maintains proper voltage during extended vehicle service, such as updating the PCM ^ Jump start mode supplies up to 250 amps Customer Scheduled Maintenance ED-18 Battery Analyzer: ^ Check the condition of the battery and its state-of-charge when a vehicle comes in for scheduled maintenance. GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: ^ Properly charge and diagnose the battery when indicated by the ED-18 ^ Smart, fast, and safe battery charging ^ Power supply mode maintains proper voltage during extended vehicle service, such as updating the PCM ED-18 Battery Analyzer and GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: ^ When the ED-18 or GR8 displays Replace Battery or Bad Cell Replace, it provides a 10-digit code that must be included with the warranty claim. See WARRANTY COVERAGE for more information. Used Vehicle Sale ED-18 Battery Analyzer: ^ Check the condition of the battery and its state-of-charge: - During vehicle inspection - During scheduled battery maintenance when the vehicle is in storage - Before final delivery to the customer GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station: ^ Properly charge and diagnose the battery when indicated by the ED-18 ^ Smart, fast, and safe battery charging ^ Power supply mode maintains proper voltage during extended vehicle service, such as updating the PCM ^ Jump start mode supplies up to 250 amps. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5412 USING THE ED-18 BATTERY ANALYZER NOTE: ^ For set up, customizing, and other available features, refer to the ED-18 user's manual. ^ Make sure the setup has been completed, and the ED-18 updated to the most current software. The date and software version is very important for the proper result. Your warranty claim may not be paid if this information is wrong. See Tool Requirements under REQUIRED TOOLS for more information. ^ ED-18 version 2 is shown. Version 1 is similar. 1. Connect the leads to the battery's positive and negative terminals. 2. Use the arrow keys to select ENGLISH, then press Enter. 3. Use the arrow keys to select BATTERY, then press Enter. 4. Select your TECHNICIAN ID, then press Enter. After the summary of your technician ID appears, press Enter again. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5413 5. Use the arrow or number keys to select the location of the battery, either OUT OF VEHICLE or IN VEHICLE, then press Enter. 6. Use the arrow or number keys to select FLOODED, then press Enter. NOTE: All Honda original equipment and replacement batteries are flooded types. If you select another battery type, your claim will not be covered by Honda's warranty. 7. Use the arrow or number keys to select the battery CCA value, then press Enter. You can find the CCA on the battery label on the top of the battery. If the battery hold-down plate is covering the label, loosen the plate and shift it out of the way to read the CCA. NOTE: Enter the correct cold cranking amps. If you enter the wrong number, the ED-18 analyzer result may be wrong, and the warranty claim may be rejected. 8. Measure the battery temperature by placing the analyzer's IR temperature sensor within 1 to 2 inches of the top or side of the battery. (The arrow on Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5414 the top of the analyzer's housing indicates the sensor's location.) When the measured temperature on the display stabilizes, press Enter. 9. The analyzer displays the battery's current condition under RESULTS. The screen below shows one of four possible battery conditions, the battery's measured voltage, and the CCA. The screen includes a curved, two-section bar graph that represents the battery's condition. 10. Here are the four possible battery conditions: ^ Good Battery - This battery has at least 70% of its charge, 85% of its capacity, and requires no action. ^ GR8 Diagnostic Needed - The battery voltage is below 60% of its state of charge (SOC), and the condition of the battery is unknown. Use the GR8 to charge the battery and properly diagnose it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5415 ^ Replace Battery - The battery condition is poor. Replace it. ^ Bad Cell Replace - There is an internal problem with the battery. Replace it. 11. The screens toggle back and forth until you turn off the analyzer. To print the test results, press BACK. To return to the main menu, press CLEAR. NOTE: ^ If you need to submit a warranty claim, enter the 10-digit test code into the first two Diagnostic Trouble Code fields on the warranty claim. ^ If you enter the wrong CCA, or do not use the most current software version, your claim may be rejected. ^ The test results must state Replace Battery or Bad Cell Replace for a warranty battery replacement claim to be approved. USING THE GR8 DIAGNOSTIC MODE NOTE: ^ Use the GR8 diagnostic mode when the ED-18 indicates GR8 DIAGNOSTIC NEEDED. ^ For set up, customizing, and other available features, refer to the GR8 instruction manual; besides the one that comes with the GR8, the GR8 instruction manual is also available online. Select GENERAL PUBLICATIONS, select Tool Information, then select GR8-1100P Battery Diagnostic Station Instruction Manual from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5416 ^ Make sure the setup has been completed, and that the GR8 is updated to the most current software. The date and software version is very important for the proper result. Your warranty claim may not be paid if this information is wrong. See Tool Requirements under REQUIRED TOOLS for more information. 1. Plug in the GR8. 2. Connect the leads to the battery's positive and negative terminals. 3. Use the arrow keys to select ENGLISH, then press Enter. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Electrical - GR8 Battery Diagnostic Station Update Info. > Page 5417 ERROR: stackunderflow OFFENDING COMMAND: ~ STACK: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Battery > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5418 Battery: Testing and Inspection Battery Test WARNING: A battery can explode if you do not follow the proper procedure, causing serious injury to anyone nearby. Follow all procedures carefully and keep sparks and open flames away from the battery. Use an ED-18 Battery Tester, and follow the manufacturer's procedures. If you don't have one of these computerized testers, follow this conventional test procedure: 1. Be sure the temperature of the electrolyte is between 70 °F (21 °C) and 100 °F (38 °C). 2. Inspect the battery case for cracks or leaks. - If the case is damaged, replace the battery. - If the case looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Check the test indicator window. - If the test indicator window indicates the battery is charged, go to step 4. - If the test indicator window indicates a low charge, go to step 7. 4. Apply a 300 amp load for 15 seconds to remove the surface charge. 5. Wait 15 seconds, then apply a test load of 280 amps for 15 seconds. 6. Record battery voltage. - If voltage is above 9.6 V, the battery is OK. - If voltage is below 9.6 V, go to step 7. 7. Charge the battery on High (40 amps) until the test indicator window shows the battery is charged, plus an additional 30 minutes. If the battery charge is very low, it may be necessary to bypass the charger's polarity protection circuitry. If the test indicator window indicates the battery is charged within three hours, repeat steps 4 through 6. If the battery is still below 9.6 V, replace the battery. - If the test indicator window indicates the battery is not charged within three hours, replace the battery. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Charging System - Revised Alternator Testing Alternator: Technical Service Bulletins Charging System - Revised Alternator Testing 10-054 September 8, 2010 Applies To: 2005-10 Models - ALL Service Manual Update: Alternator Testing BACKGROUND American Honda is currently developing new equipment and procedures for testing alternators and starters. Until this equipment is released, please use the following information. Do not use the ED-18 for testing alternators because it will misjudge the charging system performance on some models, leading to the unnecessary replacement of good parts. To properly test alternators, use one of the following tools: ^ OTC Tester - Includes the following testers: 0TC3130, OTC3130AGM, 0TC3131, and 0TC3131 AGM ^ ARBST ^ VAT40 If you do not have one of these tools, the OTC tester is available through the special tool loan program. For more information about the loan program, refer to S/B 98-051, Special Tool Loan Program. Honda vehicles use an electronic load detection (ELD) circuit in the charging system to reduce fuel consumption. The alternator has two modes; low output and high output. When the vehicle is cruising and there is a light electrical load, the alternator switches to the low output mode that produces about 12.5 V and low amperage. When the vehicle load increases (the customer turns on the headlights, the seat heaters, the rear defroster, etc.), the alternator switches to the high output mode that raises the voltage and amperage. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. ALTERNATOR TEST For more information on the OTC tester, refer to its user guide. Besides the one that came with the tool, you can also find the guide online under General Publications, Tool Information. 1. Question the customer about the events that led up to the problem. Many charging system complaints are caused by leaving the headlights or interior lights on, headlight flicker, or installing aftermarket accessories with a high parasitic draw that drains the battery. 2. Visually inspect the battery cables and grounding straps to confirm the connections are clean and tight. If there are any damaged parts or loose connections, repair them as needed. 3. Test the vehicle battery with the GR-8. Refer to S/B 88-023, Battery Testing and Replacement. 4. Connect the OTC tester to the vehicle: ^ Connect the negative (-) heavy load lead to the negative battery terminal. ^ Connect the positive (+) heavy load lead to the positive battery terminal. 5. Calibrate the OTC tester by holding the amp probe away from any conductors, and pressing the ZERO AMPS button. 6. Connect the amp probe to the vehicle's negative battery cable. Make sure the arrow on the probe points toward the vehicle's battery. NOTE: If the vehicle has a second battery negative cable, make sure the probe is around that as well. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Charging System - Revised Alternator Testing > Page 5424 7. Enter the number of cylinders on the OTC tester. 8. Start the engine, set the parking brake to turn off the DRL (daytime running lights), and turn off all other electrical accessories. 9. Press the CHARGING SYSTEM TEST button. 10. Raise and hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm until RUN AT IDLE appears on the display. NOTE: Stand back from the battery, and do not place any objects on top of the OTC tester; it gets hot during testing. 11. Let the engine idle until TEST COMPLETE appears on the display. 12. Press CONTINUE to see the results, and write them down. The first screen lists the REGULATOR VOLTS. Press CONTINUE again to list the PEAK AMPS. 13. Refer to the AMPERAGE LOAD SPECIFICATIONS table, and compare the vehicle results against the listed amperage value. Is the vehicle amperage (PEAK AMPS) equal to or greater than the value listed in the AMPERAGE table? Yes - Go to step 14. No - Replace the alternator, and retest. 14. Check the regulator voltage you wrote down in step 12. ^ If it's between 13.5 and 15.1 V, the alternator is OK. Continue with normal troubleshooting. ^ If it's not between 13.5 and 15.1 V, replace the alternator, and retest. AMPERAGE LOAD SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: The amperage values listed below are used for testing purposes and represent 75% of the alternator's maximum output. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 5425 Alternator: Specifications Alternator Output At 13.5V at normal engine temperature ............................................................................................... ................................................................ 90 A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Alternator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5428 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5429 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5430 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5431 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5432 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5433 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5434 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5435 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5436 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5437 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5438 Alternator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5439 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5440 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5441 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5442 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5443 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5444 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5445 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5446 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5447 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5448 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5449 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5450 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5451 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5452 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5453 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5454 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5455 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5456 144. Alternator Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5457 Alternator: Description and Operation Alternator Control The alternator signals the PCM during charging. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5458 Alternator: Testing and Inspection Alternator Testing, Update by SMU #10-054 September 8, 2010 Applies To: 2005-10 Models - ALL Service Manual Update: Alternator Testing BACKGROUND American Honda is currently developing new equipment and procedures for testing alternators and starters. Until this equipment is released, please use the following information. Do not use the ED-18 for testing alternators because it will misjudge the charging system performance on some models, leading to the unnecessary replacement of good parts. To properly test alternators, use one of the following tools: ^ OTC Tester - Includes the following testers: 0TC3130, OTC3130AGM, 0TC3131, and 0TC3131 AGM ^ ARBST ^ VAT40 If you do not have one of these tools, the OTC tester is available through the special tool loan program. For more information about the loan program, refer to S/B 98-051, Special Tool Loan Program. Honda vehicles use an electronic load detection (ELD) circuit in the charging system to reduce fuel consumption. The alternator has two modes; low output and high output. When the vehicle is cruising and there is a light electrical load, the alternator switches to the low output mode that produces about 12.5 V and low amperage. When the vehicle load increases (the customer turns on the headlights, the seat heaters, the rear defroster, etc.), the alternator switches to the high output mode that raises the voltage and amperage. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. ALTERNATOR TEST For more information on the OTC tester, refer to its user guide. Besides the one that came with the tool, you can also find the guide online under General Publications, Tool Information. 1. Question the customer about the events that led up to the problem. Many charging system complaints are caused by leaving the headlights or interior lights on, headlight flicker, or installing aftermarket accessories with a high parasitic draw that drains the battery. 2. Visually inspect the battery cables and grounding straps to confirm the connections are clean and tight. If there are any damaged parts or loose connections, repair them as needed. 3. Test the vehicle battery with the GR-8. Refer to S/B 88-023, Battery Testing and Replacement. 4. Connect the OTC tester to the vehicle: ^ Connect the negative (-) heavy load lead to the negative battery terminal. ^ Connect the positive (+) heavy load lead to the positive battery terminal. 5. Calibrate the OTC tester by holding the amp probe away from any conductors, and pressing the ZERO AMPS button. 6. Connect the amp probe to the vehicle's negative battery cable. Make sure the arrow on the probe points toward the vehicle's battery. NOTE: If the vehicle has a second battery negative cable, make sure the probe is around that as well. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5459 7. Enter the number of cylinders on the OTC tester. 8. Start the engine, set the parking brake to turn off the DRL (daytime running lights), and turn off all other electrical accessories. 9. Press the CHARGING SYSTEM TEST button. 10. Raise and hold the engine speed at 2,000 rpm until RUN AT IDLE appears on the display. NOTE: Stand back from the battery, and do not place any objects on top of the OTC tester; it gets hot during testing. 11. Let the engine idle until TEST COMPLETE appears on the display. 12. Press CONTINUE to see the results, and write them down. The first screen lists the REGULATOR VOLTS. Press CONTINUE again to list the PEAK AMPS. 13. Refer to the AMPERAGE LOAD SPECIFICATIONS table, and compare the vehicle results against the listed amperage value. Is the vehicle amperage (PEAK AMPS) equal to or greater than the value listed in the AMPERAGE table? Yes - Go to step 14. No - Replace the alternator, and retest. 14. Check the regulator voltage you wrote down in step 12. ^ If it's between 13.5 and 15.1 V, the alternator is OK. Continue with normal troubleshooting. ^ If it's not between 13.5 and 15.1 V, replace the alternator, and retest. AMPERAGE LOAD SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: The amperage values listed below are used for testing purposes and represent 75% of the alternator's maximum output. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Alternator: Removal and Replacement Alternator Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Remove the drive belt. 4. Disconnect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) from the alternator. 5. Remove the harness connector (C) and harness clamps (D) from the alternator. 6. Remove the alternator. Installation 1. Install the alternator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5462 2. Connect the alternator connector (A) and BLK wire (B) to the alternator. 3. Install the harness connector (C) and harness clamp (D) to the alternator. 4. Install the drive belt. 5. Connect the negative cable to the battery. 6. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. 7. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5463 Alternator: Overhaul Alternator Overhaul Special Tools Required - Handle driver 07749-0010000 - Attachment, 42 x 47 mm 07746-0010300 NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during this procedure. Alternator Disassembly 1. Test the alternator and regulator before you remove them. 2. Remove the alternator. 3. Remove the heat shield (A) and harness brackets (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5464 4. Remove the terminal insulator. 5. Remove the four through bolts. 6. Heat the rear bearing seat with a heat gun for about 5 minutes (122-140 °F (50-60 °C)). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5465 7. Separate the rear housing from the drive end housing by inserting a flat-tip screwdriver into the openings and prying them apart. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the stator with the tip of the screwdriver. 8. Separate the rear housing (A) and drive end housing (B) with the stator (C) attached to the rear housing. 9. If you are not replacing the front bearing and/or rear bearing, go to step 17. Clamp the rotor in a soft-jawed vise, then remove the pulley locknut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5466 10. Remove the rotor using a puller as shown. 11. Inspect the rotor shaft for scoring, and inspect the bearing journal surface in the drive end housing for seizure marks. - If either the rotor or drive end housing is damaged, replace the alternator. - If both the rotor and the drive end housing are OK, go to step 12. 12. Remove the rear bearing using the puller as shown. 13. Use a hand press to install the new rear bearing. Apply pressure only on the inner race to avoid damaging the bearing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5467 14. Remove the front bearing retainer plate. 15. Support the drive end housing in a vise, and drive out the front bearing with a brass drift and a hammer. 16. Install a new front bearing in the drive end housing with a hammer, the handle driver, and attachment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5468 Alternator Brush Inspection 17. Measure the length of both brushes with a vernier caliper. - If either brush is shorter than the service limit, replace the rear housing assembly. - If the brush length is OK, go to step 18. Rotor Slip Ring Test 18. Check for continuity between the slip rings (A). - If there is continuity, go to step 19. - If there is no continuity, replace the rotor assembly. 19. Check for no continuity between each slip ring (A) and the rotor (B) and the rotor shaft (C). - If there is no continuity, replace the rear housing assembly, and go to step 20. - If there is continuity, replace the rotor assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Charging System > Alternator > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5469 Alternator Reassembly 20. If you removed the pulley, put the rotor in the drive end housing, then tighten its locknut to 111 N.m (11.3 kgf-m, 81.7 lbf-ft). 21. Remove any grease or oil from the slip rings. 22. Push the brushes (A) in, then insert a pin or drill bit (B) (about 1.8 mm (0.77 in.) diameter) to hold them there. 23. Heat the rear bearing seat with a heat gun for about 5 minutes (122-140 °F (50-60 °C)). 24. Put the rear housing assembly (A) and drive end housing/rotor assembly (B) together, tighten the four through bolts (C), and pull out the pin (D). 25. After assembling the alternator, turn the pulley by hand to make sure the rotor turns smoothly and without noise. 26. Install the alternator and drive belt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations Clutch Switch: Locations 73. Under Left Side Of Dash (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5474 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5475 45. Clutch Interlock Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5476 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Interlock Switch Test M/T 1. Disconnect the clutch interlock switch 2P connector 2. Remove the clutch interlock switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch interlock switch. - If OK, install the clutch interlock switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Clutch Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5477 Clutch Switch: Adjustments Clutch Pedal, Clutch Pedal Position Switch, and Clutch Interlock Switch Adjustment NOTE: ^ Check the clutch pedal position switch. ^ Check the clutch interlock switch. ^ The clutch is self-adjusting to compensate for wear. ^ If there is no clearance between the master cylinder piston and pushrod, the release bearing will be held against the diaphragm spring, which can result in clutch slippage or other clutch problems. 1. Lift up the carpet (A). At the insulator cutout, measure the pedal height from the right side of the pedal pad (B). 2. Loosen the clutch pedal position switch locknut (A), and back off the clutch pedal position switch (B) until it no longer touches the clutch pedal (C). 3. Loosen the clutch pushrod locknut (D), and turn the pushrod (E) in or out to get the specified height (F), stroke (G), free play (H), and disengagement height (I) at the clutch pedal. F Clutch Pedal Height: 157 mm (6.18 in.) G Clutch Pedal Stroke: 130 - 140 mm (5.12 - 5.51 in.) H Clutch Pedal Free Play: 10 - 18 mm (0.39 - 0.71 in.) Clutch Pedal Disengagement Height: 77 mm (3.03 in.) 4. Tighten the clutch pushrod locknut. 5. With the clutch pedal released, turn in the clutch pedal position switch until it contacts the clutch pedal. 6. Turn in the clutch pedal position switch an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. 7. Tighten the clutch pedal position switch locknut. 8. Loosen the clutch interlock switch locknut (J). 9. Press the clutch pedal to the floor. 10. Release the clutch pedal 9 - 12 mm (0.35 - 0.47 in.) from the fully pressed position, and hold it there. Adjust the position of the clutch interlock switch (K) so the engine will start with the clutch pedal in this position. 11. Tighten the clutch interlock switch locknut. 12. Check the clutch operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations Ignition Switch: Locations 64. In Steering Column Cover 65. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5481 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 5482 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Ignition Switch: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5485 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5486 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5487 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5488 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5489 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5490 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5491 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5492 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5493 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5494 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5495 Ignition Switch: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5496 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5497 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5498 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5499 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5500 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5501 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5502 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5503 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5504 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5505 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5506 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5507 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5508 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5509 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5510 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5511 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5512 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5513 Ignition Switch: Connector Views 176. Ignition Key Switch 190. Ignition Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5514 Ignition Switch: Testing and Inspection Test SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity checks do not agree with the table, replace the ignition switch. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Ignition Switch > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5515 Ignition Switch: Service and Repair Replacement SRS components are located in the area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover, and the steering column covers. 4. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the ignition switch (B). 5. Remove the two screws and the ignition switch. 6. Install in the reverse order of removal. 7. After reconnecting the battery, enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicle without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams 218. Remote Starting Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Starter Motor: Testing and Inspection Starter Performance Test M/T 1. Disconnect the wires from the M terminal. 2. Make a connections for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge as used on the vehicle). NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. 3. Connect the battery as shown. Make sure you disconnect the starter motor wire from the solenoid. If the starter pinion moves out, it is working properly. 4. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal. If the pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil of the solenoid is working properly. 5. Disconnect the battery from the starter body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. 6. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise. 7. Reconnect the wire to the M terminal. 8. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and check that the motor runs. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5523 9. If the electric current meets the specification when the battery voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly. Specification Electric Current: 90 A or less Starter Performance Test A/T 1. Make a connection for this test using the thickest (gauge) wire possible (preferably the same gauge as used on the vehicle). NOTE: To avoid damaging the starter, never leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. 2. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion moves out, it is working properly. 3. Disconnect the battery terminal from the starter as shown. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. 4. Clamp the starter firmly in a vise. 5. Connect the starter to the battery as shown, and confirm that the motor starts and keeps rotating. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5524 6. If the electric current meets the specification when the battery voltage is at 11.5 V, the starter is working properly. Specification Electric Current: 80 A or less Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Starter Motor: Removal and Replacement Starter Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Remove exhaust pipe A. 4. Remove the intake manifold bracket. 5. Remove the harness clamps (A) and harness connector (B) from each clamp. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5527 6. Remove the two bolts securing the starter, then remove the starter from the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5528 7. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal. Disconnect the connector (B) from the S terminal, then remove the starter. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5529 Installation 1. Install the starter cable (A) and connector (B). Make sure the starter cable crimped side of the ring terminal faces away from the starter when you connect it. 2. Install the starter, then loosely install the upper mounting bolt (A) and lower mounting bolt (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5530 3. Tighten the upper mounting bolt, then tighten the lower mounting bolt. 4. Install the harness clamps (A) and harness connector (B) to each clamp. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5531 5. Install the intake manifold bracket. 6. Install exhaust pipe A. Use new gaskets (6) and new self-locking nuts (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5532 7. Connect the negative cable to the battery. 8. Start the engine to make sure the starter works properly. 9. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. 10. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5533 Starter Motor: Overhaul Starter Overhaul Armature Inspection and Test 1. Remove the starter. 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure. 3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5534 4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface it with an emery cloth or a lathe to the specifications in step 5, or recondition with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B). 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace the armature. 6. Measure the commutator (A) runout. - If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments. - If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5535 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or V-shaped (D). 8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is open circuit between any of the segments, replace the armature. 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B). Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5536 10. Check for continuity between the commutator (A) and the armature coil core (B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). If there is continuity, replace the armature. 11. Measure the brush length. If it is not within the service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. Starter Field Winding Test 12. Check for continuity between the brushes (A). If there is no continuity, replace the armature housing (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5537 13. Check for continuity between each brush (A) and the armature housing (B). If there is continuity, replace the armature housing. Starter Brush Holder Test 14. Check for continuity between the (+) brush holders (A) and (-) brush holders (B). If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly. Brush Spring Inspection 15. Insert the brush (A) into the brush holder, and bring the brush into contact with the commutator, then attach a spring scale (B) to the spring (C). Measure the spring tension at the moment the spring lifts off the brush. If the spring tension is not within specification, replace the starter brush holder. Overrunning Clutch Inspection 16. Slide the overrunning clutch (A) along the shaft. Replace it, if it does not slide smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5538 17. Hold the drive gear (B), and turn the overrunning clutch in the direction shown to make sure it turns freely. Also make sure the overrunning clutch locks in the opposite direction. 18. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch assembly; the gear is not available separately. Check the condition of the flywheel ring gear if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged. Starter Reassembly 19. Pry back each brush spring with a screwdriver, then position the brush about halfway out of its holder. Release the spring to hold it in place. NOTE: To seat new brushes, slip a strip of # 500 or # 600 sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the commutator and each brush, and smoothly turn the armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as the commutator. 20. Install the armature in the housing, and install the brush holder. Next, pry back each brush spring again, and push the brush down until it seats against the commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush. 21. Install the starter end cover to retain the brush holder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5539 Armature Inspection and Test 1. Remove the starter. 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure. 3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5540 4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface it with an emery cloth or a lathe to the specifications in step 5, or recondition with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B). 5. Check the commutator diameter. If the diameter is below the service limit, replace the armature. 6. Measure the commutator (A) runout. - If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips between the segments. - If the commutator runout is not within the service limit, replace the armature. 7. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or V-shaped (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5541 8. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If there is an open circuit between any of the segments, replace the armature. 9. Place the armature (A) on an armature tester (B), Hold a hacksaw blade (C) on the armature core. If the blade is attracted to the core or vibrates while the core is turned, the armature is shorted. Replace the armature. 10. Check with an ohmmeter for continuity between the commutator (A) and the armature coil core (B), and between the commutator and the armature shaft (C). If there is continuity, replace the armature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5542 Starter Brush Inspection 11. Measure the brush length. If it is shorter than the service limit, replace the brush holder assembly. Starter Brush Holder Test 12. Check for continuity between the (+) brushes (A) and (-) brushes (B). If there is continuity, replace the brush holder assembly. Planetary Gear Inspection 13. Check the planetary gears (A) and internal ring gear (B). Replace them if they are worn or damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5543 Overrunning Clutch Inspection 14. While holding the drive gear (A), turn the gear shaft (B) counterclockwise. Check that the drive gear comes out to the other end. If the drive gear does not move smoothly, replace the gear cover assembly. 15. While holding the drive gear, turn the gear shaft clockwise. The gear shaft should turn freely. If the gear shaft does not turn freely, replace the gear cover assembly. 16. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch assembly; the gear is not available separately. Check the condition of the torque converter ring gear to see if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged. Starter Reassembly 17. Install the brush into the brush holder, and set the armature (A) in the brush holder (B). NOTE: To seat the new brushes, slip a strip of # 500 or #600 sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the commutator and each brush, and smoothly turn the armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the same contour as the commutator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 5544 18. While squeezing a spring (C), insert it in the hole on the brush holder, and push it until it bottoms. Repeat this for the other three springs (D, E, and F). 19. Install the armature and brush holder assembly into the housing. NOTE: Make sure the armature stays in the holder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations Starter Relay: Locations 202. Under Left Side Of Dash (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5548 Starting System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5549 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5550 Starter Relay: Diagrams 171. Shift Lock Solenoid Cut Relay And Start Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 267. Fuel Shut-off Solenoid Valve Relay (GX) And Starter Control Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5551 Starter Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 5552 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Locations 190. Under Rear Of Engine (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 5556 19. Starter Solenoid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Starting System > Starter Solenoid > Component Information > Locations > Page 5557 Starter Solenoid: Testing and Inspection Starter Solenoid Test M/T 1. Remove the starter. 2. Remove the motor cable (A). 3. Check the hold-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the armature housing (ground) (B). There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 4. - If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid. 4. Check the pull-in coil for continuity between the S terminal and the M terminal. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, the solenoid is OK. - If there is no continuity, replace the solenoid. 5. Install the motor cable. 6. Install the starter. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations 78. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations > Page 5562 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations > Page 5563 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5566 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5567 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5568 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5569 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5570 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5571 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5572 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5573 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5574 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5575 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5576 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5577 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5578 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5579 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5580 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5581 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5582 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5583 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5584 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5585 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5586 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5587 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5588 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5589 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5590 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5591 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5592 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5593 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5594 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Connector Views 29. Accessory Power Socket, Front 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5595 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Electrical Diagrams Accessory Power Sockets Circuit Diagram Wiring Diagrams Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5596 Diagram 155-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5597 Diagram 155-1 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5600 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the front accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). 5. Measure the voltage between the power accessory socket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 6. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 29 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty front accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 7. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G502). - An open in the wire. 7. Remove the socket (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5601 8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. 9. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5602 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Rear Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement Rear Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the rear accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 28 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty rear accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 5. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 6. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G601). - An open in the wire. 6. Remove the socket (A). 7. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5603 8. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5604 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Service and Repair Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the front accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). 5. Measure the voltage between the power accessory socket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 6. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 29 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty front accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 7. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G502). - An open in the wire. 7. Remove the socket (A). 8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5605 9. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Electronic Noise Suppressor > Component Information > Diagrams 62. Noise Reduction Condenser (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Locations Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5613 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5614 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5615 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5616 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5619 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5620 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5621 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5622 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5623 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5624 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5625 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5626 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5627 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5628 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5629 Fuse: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5630 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5631 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5632 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5633 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5634 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5635 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5636 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5637 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5638 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5639 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5640 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5641 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5642 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5643 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5644 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5645 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5646 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5647 Fuse: Connector Views 34. Ambient Light In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 36. Automatic Dimming Inside Mirror In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 66. Remote Starting System In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5650 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5651 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5652 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5653 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5658 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5659 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5660 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5661 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5662 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5663 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5664 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5665 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5666 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5667 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5668 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5669 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5670 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5671 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5672 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5673 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5674 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5677 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5678 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5679 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5680 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5681 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5682 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5683 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5684 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5685 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5686 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5687 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5688 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5689 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5690 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5691 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5692 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5693 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5694 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5695 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5696 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5697 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5698 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5699 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5700 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5701 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5702 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5703 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5704 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5705 Fuse Block: Connector Views 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5706 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5707 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5708 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5709 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5710 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5711 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5712 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5713 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5714 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5717 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5718 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5721 Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Grounding Point > Component Information > Application and ID Ground To Components Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams 183. C206 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5728 228. C101 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5729 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5730 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 5731 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5734 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5735 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5736 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5737 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5738 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5739 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5740 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5741 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5742 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5743 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5744 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5745 the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5746 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5747 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 5748 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5754 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5755 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5756 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5757 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5758 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5759 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5760 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5761 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5762 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5763 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5764 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5765 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5766 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5767 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5768 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5769 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5770 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5771 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5772 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5773 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5774 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5775 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5776 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5777 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5778 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5781 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5782 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5783 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5784 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5785 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5786 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5789 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5794 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5795 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5796 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5797 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5798 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5799 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5800 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5801 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5802 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5803 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5804 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5805 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5806 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5807 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5808 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5809 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5810 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5811 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5812 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5813 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5814 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5815 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5816 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5817 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 5818 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5821 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5822 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5823 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5824 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5825 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5826 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Starting and Charging > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5829 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations Auxiliary Power Outlet: Locations 78. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations > Page 5834 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Locations > Page 5835 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5838 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5839 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5840 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5841 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5842 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5843 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5844 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5845 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5846 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5847 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5848 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5849 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5850 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5851 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5852 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5853 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5854 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5855 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5856 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5857 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5858 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5859 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5860 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5861 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5862 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5863 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5864 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5865 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5866 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Connector Views 29. Accessory Power Socket, Front 138. Accessory Power Socket Relay, Front, Accessory Power Socket Relay, Rear (EX, Si) Or Injector Control Module Relay (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5867 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Electrical Diagrams Accessory Power Sockets Circuit Diagram Wiring Diagrams Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5868 Diagram 155-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5869 Diagram 155-1 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5872 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the front accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). 5. Measure the voltage between the power accessory socket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 6. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 29 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty front accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 7. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G502). - An open in the wire. 7. Remove the socket (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5873 8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. 9. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5874 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Testing and Inspection Rear Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement Rear Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the rear accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I), and measure the voltage between the No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 5. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 28 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty rear accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 5. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 6. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G601). - An open in the wire. 6. Remove the socket (A). 7. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Power Relay Test > Page 5875 8. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5876 Auxiliary Power Outlet: Service and Repair Front Accessory Power Socket Test/Replacement NOTE: If both of the front and rear accessory power sockets do not work, check the No. 35 (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the front accessory power socket (B). 3. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose, or corroded, repair them as necessary and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, go to step 4. 4. Turn the ignition switch to ACC (I). 5. Measure the voltage between the power accessory socket 2P connector No. 1 terminal and body ground. There should be battery voltage. - If there is battery voltage, go to step 6. - If there is no battery voltage, check for: Blown No. 29 (15 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box. - Faulty front accessory power socket relay. - Poor ground (G503). - An open in the wire. 6. Check for continuity between the No. 2 terminal and body ground. There should be continuity. - If there is continuity, go to step 7. - If there is no continuity, check for: Poor ground (G502). - An open in the wire. 7. Remove the socket (A). 8. Remove the housing (A) from the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Auxiliary Power Outlet > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 5877 9. Install the power socket in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Electronic Noise Suppressor > Component Information > Diagrams 62. Noise Reduction Condenser (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Locations Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5885 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5886 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5887 Fuse: Locations Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Locations > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5888 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5891 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5892 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5893 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5894 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5895 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5896 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5897 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5898 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5899 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5900 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5901 Fuse: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5902 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5903 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5904 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5905 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5906 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5907 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5908 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5909 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5910 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5911 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5912 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5913 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5914 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5915 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5916 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5917 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5918 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5919 Fuse: Connector Views 34. Ambient Light In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 36. Automatic Dimming Inside Mirror In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory) 66. Remote Starting System In-line Fuse (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Fuse: Application and ID Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5922 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5923 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5924 Fuse: Application and ID Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5925 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Fuse Block: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5930 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5931 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5932 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5933 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5934 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5935 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5936 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5937 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5938 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5939 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5940 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5941 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5942 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5943 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5944 Fuse Block: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5945 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 5946 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuse Block: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5949 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5950 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5951 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5952 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5953 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5954 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5955 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5956 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5957 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5958 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5959 Fuse Block: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5960 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5961 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5962 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5963 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5964 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5965 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5966 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5967 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5968 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5969 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5970 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5971 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5972 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5973 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5974 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5975 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5976 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5977 Fuse Block: Connector Views 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5978 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5979 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5980 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5981 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5982 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5983 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5984 253. Under-dash Junction Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5985 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 5986 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5989 Fuse Block: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5990 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Fuse Block > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 5993 Fuse Block: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Grounding Point > Component Information > Application and ID Ground To Components Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams Multiple Junction Connector: Diagrams 183. C206 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6000 228. C101 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6001 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6002 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6003 233. C105 (Junction Connector) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6006 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6007 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6008 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6009 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6010 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6011 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6012 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6013 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6014 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6015 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6016 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6017 the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6018 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6019 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Multiple Junction Connector > Component Information > Service and Repair > How to Replace Connector Terminals > Page 6020 Multiple Junction Connector: Service and Repair Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6026 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6027 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6028 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6029 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6030 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6031 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6032 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6033 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6034 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6035 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6036 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6037 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6038 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6039 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6040 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6041 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6042 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6043 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6044 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6045 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6046 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6047 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6048 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6049 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6050 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6053 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6054 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6055 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6056 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6057 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6058 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relays and Modules - Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6061 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Relay Box: Component Locations 44. Left Side Of Engine Compartment 69. Under Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6066 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6067 Ignition System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6068 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6069 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6070 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6071 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6072 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6073 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6074 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6075 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6076 Accessory Power Sockets Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6077 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6078 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6079 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist) System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6080 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6081 Relay Box: Connector Locations Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6082 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6083 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6084 Relay Box: Diagrams 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6085 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6086 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6087 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6088 252. Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6089 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Locations > Page 6090 254. Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Application and ID Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6093 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6094 Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6095 Under-Dash Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6096 Relay Box: Application and ID Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 1 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6097 Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Application and ID > Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6098 Under-Hood Fuse/Relay Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the screws (A) for the alternator and battery cable terminals from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 5. Remove the bottom cover from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 6. Disconnect the connectors from the under-hood fuse/relay box. 7. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-hood fuse/relay box, then install the under-hood fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 5. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Power and Ground Distribution > Relay Box > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-hood Fuse/Relay Box > Page 6101 Relay Box: Service and Repair Under-dash Fuse/Relay Box Removal and Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and precautions and procedures before performing repairs or servicing. Removal 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is OFF. 3. Disconnect the negative battery cable, then disconnect the positive cable, and wait at least 3 minutes. 4. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 5. Disconnect the connectors from the fuse side of the under-dash fuse/relay box (A). 6. Remove the mounting bolt, and pull the fuse/relay box away from the body. 7. Disconnect the connectors from the back side of the under-dash fuse/relay box, then remove the under-dash fuse/relay box. 8. Carefully remove the relays by prying under the base of the relay. NOTE: Do not use pliers. Pliers will damage the relays, which could cause the engine to stall or not start. Installation 1. Install the relays and connect the connectors to the under-dash fuse/relay box, then install the under-dash fuse/relay box in the reverse order of removal. 2. Install the removed parts in the reverse order of removal. 3. Connect the positive cable to the battery, then connect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Register the immobilizer system with the HDS. NOTE: The imoes unit is built into the MICU which is part of the under-dash fuse/relay box. Because of this construction, the imoes must be registered, or the vehicle will not start. 5. Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). 6. Confirm that all systems work properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: Customer Interest Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6111 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6112 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6113 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6114 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6115 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6116 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6117 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6118 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6119 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right Alignment: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6125 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6126 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6127 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6128 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6129 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6130 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6131 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6132 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > 06-068 > May > 09 > Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right > Page 6133 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6134 Alignment: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6135 Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6136 The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6137 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6138 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6139 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6140 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6141 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6142 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6143 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-068 Date: 090502 Steering/Suspension - Vehicle Pulls Left/Right 06-068 May 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL *Vehicle Pulls or Drifts, and/or Steering Wheel Is Off-Center (Supersedes 06-068, Vehicle Pulling or Drifting, dated October 4, 2007, to revise the information marked by asterisks) (Replaces 90-011, Steering Wheel Off-Center Adjustment at PDI)* *REVISION SUMMARY The title description was revised.* SYMPTOM While driving on a straight road, the vehicle pulls or drifts to the right or left. BACKGROUND New tools were developed to help you diagnose and correct a pulling and/or steering wheel off-center issue. There is a diagnosis worksheet included to take on your test-drive and record your findings. These values are used to build the 15-digit DTC (diagnostic trouble code) that is required for your warranty claim. The last step in each repair procedure helps you create the correct code. In the rare case that you have to repair a vehicle that pulls and has the steering wheel off-center, use REPAIR PROCEDURE B to file your warranty claim. For more information, refer to Training Module SSC 44 - Steering Drift or Pull Interactive Service Bulletin. PROBABLE CAUSES Several conditions can cause the vehicle to pull or drift: ^ Wheel alignment ^ Tires ^ Off-center steering wheel (no pulling or drifting, but a customer may believe this is the case) CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the problem using the special tools and the worksheet on page 4 that guides you to one of four repair procedures. TOOL INFORMATION Centering Tape (enough to diagnose 240 vehicles): T/N O7AAJ-001A300 Steering Drift Set Level: T/N 07AAJ-00100 Steering Drift Set: T/N O7MJ-001A140 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6144 Replacement Weight for Steering Drift Set: T/N 07AAJ-001A400 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 53560-SDA-AO1 H/C 7139652 Defect Code: 07406 Symptom Code: 03602 Skill Level: Repair Technician Diagnostic Trouble Code: To create the 15-digit DTC, see the applicable repair procedure. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. TOOL DESCRIPTIONS The holding force gauge measures the amount of pull on the vehicle. It is a bracket that counts as one weight, plus five removable weights. During the test-drive, attach the bracket and the weights to the steering wheel on the side opposite the pulling direction. For example, if the vehicle pulls Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6145 to the right, attach the bracket and weights to the left side of the steering wheel. Start with the maximum amount of weight on the steering wheel, and remove the weights until the vehicle drives in a straight line. When recording the pull on the worksheet, write down the direction of the pull (lefi or right) and the number of weights required to balance the pull (one through six). For example, if you have the bracket and two weights on the steering wheel, then record this as three weights. NOTE: The bracket counts as one weight. The road crown gauge measures the amount of road crown. Almost all roads have a crown to help drain water during rainstorms. Use the suction cup to attach the road crown gauge bracket to the vehicle in a vertical position. If necessary, bend the bracket until the gauge is vertical. Once you attach and align the road crown gauge, calibrate the gauge to zero. There are two ways to calibrate the gauge: ^ Park the vehicle on a level surface, such as an alignment rack, and calibrate the gauge by moving the gauge until the ball is on the zero mark. ^ If you do not have a perfectly flat surface, park the vehicle on a reasonably flat surface and note the gauge reading. Turn the vehicle 1800 and, with the tires in the same spot, note the new gauge reading. Then move the gauge half of the difference. For example, if your first reading is +3 and, after moving the vehicle, the gauge reads -1, then the difference is 4 degrees. Position the gauge to read +1. NOTE: You must calibrate the gauge with the same weight in the vehicle that you will use for the test-drive. If you plan to have an assistant help you during the test-drive, calibrate the gauge while both of you are sitting in the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6146 The steering wheel offset gauge is a sticker that attaches to the steering wheel and the steering column cover. Place the sticker on the steering wheel when the steering wheel is straight. When you test-drive the vehicle, you can read how many millimeters the steering wheel is off-center. NOTE: If the vehicle is pulling, repairing the pull may correct the steering wheel offset. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6147 DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET REPAIR PROCEDURE A Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6148 NOTE: Do this repair procedure if, after doing step 10 of the test-drive, the vehicle pulled in the opposite direction after you swapped the front tires. 1. Swap wheels 2 and 4 on the passenger's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 2, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, put wheels 2 and 4 back to their original positions, and go to step 2. 2. Swap wheels 1 and 3 on the driver's side of the vehicle, and test-drive again. ^ If the pull goes away, replace the tire on wheel 1, then go to step 3. ^ If the pull does not go away, use a known-good tire in position 1 and continue diagnosis. 3. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. REPAIR PROCEDURE B Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6149 1. Place the vehicle on a commercially available, computerized, four-wheel alignment rack, and record the following measurements. Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. 2. If any measurement is out of specification, inspect the front suspension for any damage. Repair any damaged parts before continuing your diagnosis. 3. Determine how the front wheel camber is affecting the pull. Pick the combination of left- and right-front camber that best matches the vehicle you are repairing, then note the camber thrust direction for that combination: NOTE: ^ If the camber of both front wheels is negative, but one wheel is grossly more negative than the other, the camber thrust direction will be opposite the wheel with more negative camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more negative, the camber thrust direction is right). ^ If the camber of both front wheels is positive, but one wheel is grossly more positive than the other, the camber thrust direction will be the same as the wheel with more positive camber (for example, if the left-front wheel is more positive, the camber thrust direction is left). 4. Determine how the camber needs to be adjusted. 5. Adjust the camber as needed. Front Camber Adjustment, Double Wishbone Suspension Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6150 ^ Loosen the front subframe bolts. See the applicable service manual for more information. NOTE: The front wheels are being viewed from the rear of the vehicle. ^ Depending which way you need to shift the subframe, insert a pry bar between the subframe and body at both the front and rear positions of the subframe. NOTE: Be careful not to damage the vehicle. You could bend and damage the frame and/or body if you apply too much pressure. ^ Press on both pry bars to shift the subframe. It will move only a few millimeters. This should adjust the camber about 0.2-0.5°. ^ While holding the subframe in place, have an assistant torque the subframe bolts to their proper torque. Front Camber Adjustment, Strut Suspension ^ Raise the vehicle, and remove the front tires. ^ Loosen the damper pinch bolts and the flange nuts. ^ Adjust the camber by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. NOTE: Some vehicles have special pinch bolts that allow more adjustment. For more information, refer to the parts catalog. ^ Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. ^ Reinstall the front wheels and lower the vehicle. Bounce the front of the vehicle several times to stabilize the suspension. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6151 6. Test-drive the vehicle to make sure it no longer pulls. If the steering wheel is now off-center by more than 2 mm, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE C. 7. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. NOTE: Enter each reading in decimal degrees. Example 30' = 0.50. REPAIR PROCEDURE C 1. Make sure the steering wheel is centered. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the right until it stops. ^ Turn the steering wheel all the way to the left, and count the number of revolutions until it stops. ^ Divide the number of revolutions in half, and turn the steering wheel until it is centered. For example, if it takes four revolutions of the steering wheel to go from lock to lock, then two turns is centered. ^ If the steering wheel is off-center by a large amount (20 mm or more), it may not be centered on the steering column shaft. Reinstall the steering wheel before going to step 2. 2. Place the vehicle on a lift, turn the steering wheel until it is centered, and then raise the vehicle. 3. Adjust the tie-rods. Use your measurements from question 13 of the test-drive to make your adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Alignment: > Page 6152 ^ If the wheels are pointed to the right, shorten the driver's side tie-rod, and lengthen the passenger's side. ^ If the wheels are pointed to the left, shorten the passenger's side tie-rod, and lengthen the driver's side. ^ Each 360° turn of the tie-rod equals about 8 mm of steering wheel adjustment. For example, a steering wheel is off-center by 4 mm with the front wheels pointed right (when the steering wheel is centered). To correct the off-center, shorten the driver's side tie-rod by a half-turn, and lengthen the passenger's side tie-rod by a half-turn. 4. Use your diagnosis worksheet to fill in the following table and build your 15-digit DTC. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6153 Alignment: Specifications Alignment Camber: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ....................................................... 0°00' ± 30' Rear (w/o "C" marks on the rear upper arm) .................................................................................................................................. -1°30', +1°05' -0°45' (w/ "C" marks on the rear upper arm) ..................................................................................................................................... -0°45' +1°05' -0°45' Caster: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ......................................................... 7°00' ± 1° Total Toe: Front .................................................................................................................................................... ................................ 0 ± 2 mm (0 ± 0.08 inch) Rear ............................................................................ ...................................................................................... 2, +2 -1 mm (0.08, +0.08 -0.04 inch) Front wheel turning angle: Inward .................................................................................................................................................. ...................................................... 40°06' ± 2° Outward ..................................................................... ...................................................................................................................... 31°55' (reference) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6154 Alignment: Service and Repair Suspension Wheel Alignment The suspension can be adjusted for front camber, front toe, and rear toe. However, each of these adjustments are related to each other. For example, when you adjust camber, the toe will change. Therefore, you must adjust the front wheel alignment whenever you adjust camber or toe. Pre-Alignment Checks For proper inspection and adjustment of the wheel alignment, do these checks: 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Make sure the suspension is not modified. 3. Check the tire size and pressure. Tire size: Front/Rear: P195/65R15 89H Tire pressure (at cold): Front/Rear: 210 kPa (2.1 kgf/cm2, 30 psi) 4. Check the runout of the wheels and tires. 5. Check the suspension ball joints. (Hold a tire with your hands, and move it up and down and right and left to check for wobbling.) 6. Bounce the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 7. Check that the steering column is set at the center tilt and telescopic position. Caster Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Check the caster angle. Caster angle: 7°00' ± 1° ^ If the measurement is within specifications, measure the camber angle. ^ If the measurement is not within specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Camber Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6155 Front Camber Adjustment The front camber can be adjusted by exchanging one or both of the damper pinch bolts with a smaller diameter adjusting bolt. The difference between the adjusting bolt diameter and the pinch bolt hole diameter allows for a small range of adjustment. 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Loosen the damper pinch bolts (A), and adjust the camber angle by moving the bottom of the damper within the range of the damper pinch bolt free play. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6156 4. Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque. 5. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 6. Lower the vehicle to the ground, and bounce the front of the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 7. Measure the camber angle. ^ If the measurement is within specification, measure the toe-in. ^ If the measurement is not within specification, go to step 8. 8. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 9. Remove the front wheels. 10. Replace the damper pinch bolts with the adjusting bolts (A), and adjust the camber angle. 11. Tighten the adjusting bolts to the specified torque value. 12. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheels. 13. Lower the vehicle to the ground, and bounce the front of the vehicle up and down several times to settle the suspension. 14. Measure the camber angle. If the camber angle is not within specification, repeat steps 8 through 13 to readjust the camber angle. If the camber measurement is correct, measure toe-in, and adjust it if necessary. Front Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Set the steering column to the center tilt and center telescopic position, then center the steering wheel spokes, and install a steering wheel holder tool. 2. Check the toe with the wheels pointed straight ahead. Front toe-in: 0±2 mm (0±0.08 in.) ^ If adjustment is required, go to step 3. ^ If no adjustment is required, go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. 3. Loosen the tie-rod locknuts (A) while holding the flat surface sections (B) of the tie-rod end with a wrench, and turn both tie-rods (C) until the front toe is within specifications. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6157 4. After adjusting, tighten the tie-rod locknuts. Reposition the rack-end boot if it is twisted or displaced. 5. Go to rear toe inspection/adjustment. Rear Toe Inspection/Adjustment Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Release the parking brake to avoid an incorrect measurement. 2. Check the toe. Rear toe-in: 2 +2 -1 mm (0.08 + 0.08 -0.04 in.) ^ If adjustment is required, go to step 3. ^ If no adjustment is required, remove the alignment equipment. 3. Hold the adjusting bolt (A) on the trailing arm (B), and remove the self-locking nut (C). 4. Replace the self-locking nut with a new one, and lightly tighten it. NOTE: ^ Always use a new self-locking nut whenever it has been loosened. ^ Reassemble the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the eccentric facing up. 5. Adjust the rear toe by turning the adjusting bolt until the toe is correct. 6. Tighten the self-locking nut while holding the adjusting bolt. Turning Angle Inspection Use commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment to measure wheel alignment (caster, camber, toe, and turning angle). Follow the equipment manufacturer's instructions. 1. Turn the wheel right and left while applying the brakes, and measure the turning angle of both wheels. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Alignment > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6158 2. If the turning angle is not within the specifications, check for bent or damaged suspension components. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6165 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6166 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6167 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6168 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6169 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6170 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6171 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6172 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6173 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6174 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6175 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6176 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6181 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6182 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6183 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6184 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6185 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6186 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6187 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6188 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6189 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6190 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6191 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6192 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6193 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6194 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6195 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6196 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6197 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Steering and Suspension > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6198 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6204 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6205 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6206 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6207 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6208 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6209 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6210 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6216 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6217 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6218 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6219 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6220 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6221 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6222 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6223 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6224 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6225 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6226 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6227 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6228 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6229 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6230 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6231 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6232 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6233 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6234 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6237 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6238 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6239 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6240 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6241 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6242 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Steering and Suspension > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6243 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Steering Knuckle: Service and Repair Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6248 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6249 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6250 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6251 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6252 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6253 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6254 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications Power Steering Fluid: Specifications Power Steering Fluid Type Honda power steering fluid preferred, or another brand of fluid as a temporary replacement. Do not use ATF. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Fluid > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6259 Power Steering Fluid: Service and Repair Fluid Replacement Check the reservoir (A) at regular intervals, and add the recommended fluid as necessary. Always use Honda Power Steering Fluid. Use of any other type of power steering fluid or automatic transmission fluid can cause increased wear and poor steering in cold weather. 1. Remove the reservoir from its holder. Raise the reservoir, then disconnect the return hose (A) to drain the reservoir. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body and parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. 2. Connect a hose (B) of suitable diameter to the disconnected return hose, and put the hose end in a suitable container. 3. Start the engine, let it run at idle, and turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times. When fluid stops running out of the hose, shut off the engine. Discard the fluid. 4. Reinstall the return hose on the reservoir. 5. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line (C). 6. Start the engine and run it at idle, then turn the steering from lock-to-lock several times to bleed air from the system. 7. Recheck the fluid level and add some if necessary. Do not fill the reservoir beyond the upper level line. 8. If the fluid is contaminated, dark, or discolored, repeat the procedure as necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Line/Hose > Component Information > Service and Repair Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 Power Steering Pump: Testing and Inspection Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 Special Tools Required ^ P/S joint adapter (pump) 07RAK-S040111 ^ P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122 ^ P/S pressure gauge 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump or the steering gearbox. 1. Check the power steering fluid level. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 3. Remove the pump outlet hose clamp (A) from the intake manifold. 4. Disconnect the pump outlet hose, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump (A). Take care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame and other parts. 5. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump). 6. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge. 7. Connect the pump outlet hose (A) to the P/S joint adapter (hose). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 > Page 6267 8. Open the shut-off valve (A) fully. 9. Start the engine, and let it idle. 10. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to operating temperature at 158°F (70°C). 11. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi). If it reads higher, check for: ^ Clogged or deformed pump outlet or return line between the pump and the steering gearbox. ^ Clogged valve body unit. 12. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi). If it reads higher, repair or replace the pump. 13. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure. NOTICE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5 seconds or the pump could be damaged by overheating. 14. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 7,850 - 8,550 kPa (80 - 87 kgf/cm2 1,140 - 1,240 psi). A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump. 15. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 > Page 6268 Power Steering Pump: Testing and Inspection Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-0010001 Pump Pressure Test with T/N 07406-0010001 Special Tools Required ^ P/S joint adapter (pump) 07RAK-S040111 ^ P/S joint adapter (hose) 07RAK-S040122 ^ P/S pressure gauge 07406-0010001 Check the fluid pressure as follows to determine whether the trouble is in the pump or the steering gearbox. 1. Check the power steering fluid level. 2. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 3. Remove the pump outlet hose clamp (A) from the intake manifold. 4. Disconnect the pump outlet hose, then install the P/S joint adapter (pump) on the pump (A). Take care so as not to spill the power steering fluid on the frame and other parts. 5. Install the P/S pressure gauge to the P/S joint adapter (pump). 6. Connect the P/S joint adapter (hose) to the P/S pressure gauge. 7. Connect the pump outlet hose (A) to the P/S joint adapter (hose). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Pump Pressure Test With T/N 07406-001000A or T/N 07406-001A101 > Page 6269 8. Fully open the shut-off valve (A). 9. Fully open the pressure control valve (B). 10. Start the engine, and let it idle. 11. Turn the steering wheel from lock-to-lock several times to warm the fluid to operating temperature at 158°F (70°C). 12. Measure steady-state fluid pressure while the engine is idling. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should be no more than 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi). If it reads higher, check for: ^ Clogged or deformed pump outlet or return line between the pump and the steering gearbox. ^ Clogged valve body unit. 13. Raise the engine speed to 3,000 rpm, and measure the fluid pressure. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 1,470 kPa (15 kgf/cm2, 213 psi). If it reads higher, repair or replace the pump. 14. Lower the engine speed, and let it idle. Close the shut-off valve, then close the pressure control valve gradually until the pressure gauge needle is stable. Read the pressure. NOTICE: Do not keep the shut-off valve closed more than 5 seconds or the pump could be damaged by overheating. 15. Immediately open the shut-off valve fully. If the pump is in good condition, the gauge should read at least 7,850 - 8,550 kPa (80 - 87 kgf/cm2, 1,140 - 1,240 psi). A low reading means pump output is too low for full assist. Repair or replace the pump. 16. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Power Steering Pump: Removal and Replacement Pump Replacement 1. Place a suitable container under the vehicle. 2. Drain the power steering fluid from the reservoir. 3. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 4. Remove the air cleaner. 5. Remove the front splash shield. 6. M/T model: Remove the shift cable bracket (A). 7. A/T model: Disconnect the shift cable from the control lever. 8. Remove the upper torque rod mounting bolts (A) from the body. 9. Remove the drive belt (A) from the pump pulley. 10. Cover the parts around the power steering pump with several shop towels to protect them from spilled power steering fluid. 11. Disconnect the pump inlet hose (B) and pump outlet hose (C) from the pump (D), and plug them. Take care not to spill the fluid on the body or on any parts. Wipe off any spilled fluid at once. Do not turn the steering wheel with the pump removed. 12. Remove the pump outlet hose O-ring (E). 13. Remove the pump mounting bolts (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6272 14. Cover the opening of the pump with a piece of tape to prevent foreign material from entering the pump. 15. Move the power steering pump toward the driver's side, then raise it. 16. Connect the pump inlet hose and pump outlet hose onto the new pump with a new O-ring. 17. Loosely install the pump in the pump bracket with the mounting bolts, then tighten the pump fittings securely. 18. Tighten the pump mounting bolts to the specified torque. 19. Install the drive belt (A). 20. Reinstall all removed parts. 21. Fill the reservoir to the upper level line. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6273 Power Steering Pump: Overhaul Pump Overhaul Pump Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 32 x 35 mm 07746-0010100 ^ Driver 07749-0010000 ^ Pulley holder 07ZAB-S5A0100 Disassembly NOTE: Refer to the Exploded View as needed during the following procedure. 1. Drain the fluid from the power steering pump. 2. Remove the power steering pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6274 3. Hold the power steering pump (A) in a vise with soft jaws (B), hold the pulley (C) with the pulley holder (D), and remove the pulley nut (E) and pulley. Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise. 4. Remove the inlet joint and O-ring. 5. Remove the pressure control valve cap, O-ring, pressure control valve, and valve spring. 6. Remove the pump housing cap, O-ring, and pump preload spring. 7. Remove the pump cover, O-ring, and pump cover seals. 8. Pull out the roll pin. 9. Remove the outer case, cam ring, rotor, vanes, and side plate. 10. Remove the rubber seal and slipper seal from the outer case. 11. Remove the O-rings from the bottom of the housing. 12. Remove the 40 mm internal snap ring, then remove the driveshaft by tapping the shaft end with a soft face-hammer. 13. Remove the pump seal from the pump housing. Inspection 14. Check the pressure control valve for wear, burrs, and other damage to the edges of the grooves in the valve. 15. Inspect the bore of the pressure control valve on the pump housing for scratches and wear. 16. Slip the pressure control valve back in the pump housing, and check that it moves in and out smoothly. If OK, go to step 17; if not, replace the pump as an, assembly. The pressure control valve is not available separately. 17. Attach a hose (A) to the end of the pressure control valve (B) as shown. Then submerge the pressure control valve in a container of power steering fluid or solvent (C), and apply compressed air in the hose. ^ If air bubbles leak through the valve at less than 98 kPa (1.0 kgf/cm2, 14.2 psi), replace the pump as an assembly. The pressure control valve is not available separately. ^ If the pressure control valve is OK, set it aside for reassembly later. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6275 18. Inspect the ball bearing by rotating the outer race slowly. If you feel any play (axial or radial) or roughness, remove the faulty ball bearing (A), and install a new one (B). 19. Inspect each part shown with an asterisk in the Exploded View; if any of them are worn or damaged, replace the pump as an assembly. Reassembly 20. Install the new pump seal (A) (with its grooved side facing in) into the pump housing (B) by hand, then drive it in using the driver and the attachment until the seal is fully seated in the pump housing. Do not apply more than 1,370 N (140 kgf, 308 lbf) of pressure. 21. Position the driveshaft (A) in the pump housing, then press it in with the appropriate size socket wrench (B) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6276 22. Install the 40 mm internal snap ring (C) with its radiused edge facing out. 23. Coat the new 23.8 mm O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, then position it on the bottom (B) of the pump housing. 24. Coat the new cover seals (A) and new 13.0 mm O-ring (B) with power steering fluid, then position them into the grooves on the cover (C). 25. Install the outer case (A) by aligning the slot (B) inside the outer case with the cover roll pin hole (C). Be sure that the tapered side (D) of the outer case is facing up. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6277 26. Apply power steering fluid to the new rubber seal (E) (black), and install it in the slot (F) of the outer case. 27. Apply power steering fluid to the new slipper seal (G) (white), and install it on top of the rubber seal you just installed. 28. Install the cam ring (A) by aligning the slot (B) with the slot (C) in the outer case. 29. Insert the roll pin (D) into the slots between the cam ring and outer case, then push the roll pin into the set hole (E). 30. Install the rotor (A) in the cam ring (B). 31. Set the 11 vanes (C) in the grooves in the rotor. Make sure that the round ends (D) of the vanes are in contact with the sliding surface of the cam ring. 32. Place the side plate (A) on the cam ring, and align the roll pin set hole (B) with the roll pin (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6278 33. Coat the new O-ring (D) with power steering fluid, then position it into the groove on the side plate. 34. Install the pump housing (A) over the cover assembly (B). 35. Align the bolt holes in the cover (A) with the threaded holes in the pump housing. Install the flange bolts loosely first, then torque the flange bolts in a crisscross pattern in two or more steps. 36. Push in the cam ring (A) from the pump housing cap hole (B) with a flat-tip screwdriver to make sure the cam ring is fully seated against the outer case. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6279 37. Install the pump preload spring (A) in the pump housing. 38. Coat the new 12.7 mm O-ring (B) with power steering fluid, and install it on the pump housing cap (C). 39. Install the pump housing cap on the pump housing, and tighten it to the specified torque. 40. Install the pressure control valve spring (A) in the pump housing. 41. Coat the pressure control valve (B) with power steering fluid, and install it in the pump housing. 42. Coat the new 16.7 mm O-ring (C) with power steering fluid, and install it on the pressure control valve cap (D). 43. Install the pressure control valve cap on the pump housing, and tighten it to the specified torque. 44. Coat the new O-ring (A) with power steering fluid, and install it on the inlet joint (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Power Steering > Power Steering Pump > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6280 45. Install the inlet joint on the pump housing. 46. Install the pulley (A), then loosely install the pulley nut (B). Hold the steering pump in a vise with soft jaws (C). Be careful not to damage the pump housing with the jaws of the vise. 47. Hold the pulley with the pulley holder, and tighten the pulley nut to the specified torque. 48. Check that the pump turns smoothly by turning the pulley by hand. If it turns hard, loosen the four flange bolts on the cover, then retighten them in the same manner as in step 35. Retest. If the pump is still hard to turn, replace the pump. 49. Reinstall the power steering pump. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Steering Pressure Switch: Locations 4. Right Side Of Engine Comp. (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6285 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6286 64. PSP Switch (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6287 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Description and Operation Power Steering Pressure (PSP) Switch The PSP switch signals the PCM when the power steering load is high. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6288 Power Steering Pressure Switch: Testing and Inspection PSP Switch Signal Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Start the engine, and let it idle. 2. Align the steering wheel straight ahead. 3. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it indicate ON? YES - Go to step 4. NO - Go to step 14. 4. Turn the steering wheel to the full lock position. 5. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - The PSP switch signal circuit is OK. NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 8. Start the engine. 9. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to OFF? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 13. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A22) and the PSP switch. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 14. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 15. Disconnect the PSP switch 2P connector. 16. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2 with a jumper wire, then start the engine. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6289 17. Check the PSP SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Does it change to ON? YES - Replace the PSP switch. NO - Go to step 18. 18. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 19. Remove the jumper wire from the PSP switch 2P connector. 20. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 21. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P). 22. Connect PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 23. Check for continuity between body ground and ECM/PCM connector terminal A22. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 24. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and the ECM/PCM (A22). 24. Check for continuity between PSP switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6290 Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the PSP switch and G401. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Sensors and Switches - Steering > Power Steering Pressure Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6291 Power Steering Hose, Line And Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6296 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6297 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6298 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6299 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6300 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6301 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6302 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6303 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6304 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair Steering Column Cover: Service and Repair Column Cover Removal and Installation NOTE: ^ Take care not to scratch or damage the column covers. ^ Do not pry the cover surface with any tools. 1. Release the lock lever (A), and adjust the steering column to full tilt down position and to the full telescopic out position. 2. Insert a suitable sized screwdriver or equivalent tool (B) along the guide rib (C) into the lever hole (D) in the lower column cover (E). 3. Release the hook (F) located on the left side of the upper column cover (G). A right side hook (H) of the upper column cover can't be released from the inside. 4. Turn the steering wheel to left, and release the left pawl (I) of the upper column cover while pushing the lower column cover from the front side. 5. Turn the steering wheel to the right, and release the right pawl (J) of the upper column cover in the same way as in step 4. 6. Remove the cover by lightly pulling it up by releasing the right side hook (H) of the upper column cover. NOTICE: Carefully release the pawls, note the hooks (K) may break when the upper column cover is pulled up too hard. 7. Remove the three screws, then remove the lower column cover (A). 8. Install the upper and lower column cover in the reverse order of removal, and push the hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Column > Steering Column Lock > Component Information > Service and Repair Steering Column Lock: Service and Repair Steering Lock Replacement 1. Remove the steering column. 2. Center-punch each of the two shear bolts, and drill the heads of the bolts off with a 5 mm (3/16 in.) drill bit. Be careful not to damage the switch body when removing the shear bolts. 3. Remove the shear bolts from the switch body. 4. Install the switch body without the key inserted. 5. Loosely tighten the new shear bolts. 6. Insert the ignition key, and make sure the steering wheel lock works properly and that the ignition key turns freely. 7. Tighten the shear bolts (A) until the hex heads (B) twist off. 8. Register the immobilizer control unit-receiver, and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Gear Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Steering Gear Mount: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns Steering Gear Mount: Customer Interest Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns 09-028 July 16, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Clunking, Popping, or Clicking Noise From the Front While Turning (Supersedes 09-028, dated May 2, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which includes expanded VIN ranges for the 2008 Civic and the addition of certain 2009 Civics.* SYMPTOM There is a clunk, pop, or click coming from the front of the vehicle when making a left or right turn at slow speeds. PROBABLE CAUSE The steering gearbox mounting bolts are not torqued correctly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* CORRECTIVE ACTION Retorque the steering gearbox mounting bolts. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 5130A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 901 08-SNA-000 H/C 8178196 Defect Code: 07405 Symptom Code: 08001 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Gear Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Steering Gear Mount: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns > Page 6320 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Listen for clunking, popping, or clicking while turning lefi and right at slow speeds: ^ If there is a clunking, popping or clicking, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you don't hear the noise, continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise and support the vehicle. 2. Loosen all six of the the steering gearbox mounting bolts several turns. 3. Torque all of the mounting bolts half-tight, then torque all of them fully. 4. Lower the vehicle. 5. Test-drive the vehicle, turning lefi and right at slow speeds, to make sure the noise is gone. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Gear Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Steering Gear Mount: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns Steering Gear Mount: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns 09-028 July 16, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Clunking, Popping, or Clicking Noise From the Front While Turning (Supersedes 09-028, dated May 2, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which includes expanded VIN ranges for the 2008 Civic and the addition of certain 2009 Civics.* SYMPTOM There is a clunk, pop, or click coming from the front of the vehicle when making a left or right turn at slow speeds. PROBABLE CAUSE The steering gearbox mounting bolts are not torqued correctly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* CORRECTIVE ACTION Retorque the steering gearbox mounting bolts. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 5130A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 901 08-SNA-000 H/C 8178196 Defect Code: 07405 Symptom Code: 08001 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Gear Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Steering Gear Mount: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns > Page 6326 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Listen for clunking, popping, or clicking while turning lefi and right at slow speeds: ^ If there is a clunking, popping or clicking, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you don't hear the noise, continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise and support the vehicle. 2. Loosen all six of the the steering gearbox mounting bolts several turns. 3. Torque all of the mounting bolts half-tight, then torque all of them fully. 4. Lower the vehicle. 5. Test-drive the vehicle, turning lefi and right at slow speeds, to make sure the noise is gone. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Gear Mount > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6327 Steering Gear Mount: Service and Repair Gearbox Mount Cushion Replacement 1. Remove the steering gearbox. 2. Position the 34 mm socket wrench (A) on the flange part of the gearbox housing with a washer (B), a 10 x 105 mm flange bolt (C) and a 10 mm nut (D) as shown. 3. Hold the 10 mm nut with a wrench, and tighten the 10 x 105 mm flange bolt with another wrench. Remove the gearbox mount cushion (E). 4. Apply a mild soap and water solution to the new gearbox mount cushion surface (A), then place the mount cushion on the gearbox mounting cushion hole. 5. Position the 34 mm socket wrench on the flange part of the gearbox housing with a washer, a flange bolt, and a nut as shown. 6. Install the gearbox mount cushion by tightening the nut until the mount cushion edges (B) contact the gearbox flange surface. 7. Install the steering gearbox. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Rack Gear > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Steering Rack Gear: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns Steering Rack Gear: Customer Interest Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns 09-028 July 16, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Clunking, Popping, or Clicking Noise From the Front While Turning (Supersedes 09-028, dated May 2, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which includes expanded VIN ranges for the 2008 Civic and the addition of certain 2009 Civics.* SYMPTOM There is a clunk, pop, or click coming from the front of the vehicle when making a left or right turn at slow speeds. PROBABLE CAUSE The steering gearbox mounting bolts are not torqued correctly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* CORRECTIVE ACTION Retorque the steering gearbox mounting bolts. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 5130A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 901 08-SNA-000 H/C 8178196 Defect Code: 07405 Symptom Code: 08001 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Rack Gear > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Steering Rack Gear: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns > Page 6336 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Listen for clunking, popping, or clicking while turning lefi and right at slow speeds: ^ If there is a clunking, popping or clicking, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you don't hear the noise, continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise and support the vehicle. 2. Loosen all six of the the steering gearbox mounting bolts several turns. 3. Torque all of the mounting bolts half-tight, then torque all of them fully. 4. Lower the vehicle. 5. Test-drive the vehicle, turning lefi and right at slow speeds, to make sure the noise is gone. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Rack Gear > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Steering Rack Gear: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns Steering Rack Gear: All Technical Service Bulletins Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns 09-028 July 16, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Clunking, Popping, or Clicking Noise From the Front While Turning (Supersedes 09-028, dated May 2, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY A VEHICLES AFFECTED section was added, which includes expanded VIN ranges for the 2008 Civic and the addition of certain 2009 Civics.* SYMPTOM There is a clunk, pop, or click coming from the front of the vehicle when making a left or right turn at slow speeds. PROBABLE CAUSE The steering gearbox mounting bolts are not torqued correctly. *VEHICLES AFFECTED* CORRECTIVE ACTION Retorque the steering gearbox mounting bolts. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 5130A2 Flat Rate Time: 0.4 hour Failed Part: P/N 901 08-SNA-000 H/C 8178196 Defect Code: 07405 Symptom Code: 08001 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Gear > Steering Rack Gear > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Steering Rack Gear: > 09-028 > Jul > 09 > Steering - Front End Pop/Clunk/Click On Turns > Page 6342 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS Listen for clunking, popping, or clicking while turning lefi and right at slow speeds: ^ If there is a clunking, popping or clicking, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. ^ If you don't hear the noise, continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Raise and support the vehicle. 2. Loosen all six of the the steering gearbox mounting bolts several turns. 3. Torque all of the mounting bolts half-tight, then torque all of them fully. 4. Lower the vehicle. 5. Test-drive the vehicle, turning lefi and right at slow speeds, to make sure the noise is gone. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Shaft > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Steering Shaft: Testing and Inspection Steering Column Inspection ^ Check the steering column ball bearing (A) and the steering joint bearings (B) for play and proper movement. If any bearing is noisy or has excessive play, replace the steering column as an assembly. ^ Check the lower slide shaft (C) for smooth movement in and out. If the lower slide shaft is removed, slip it into the upper shaft by aligning the paint or stamped marks (D). If it sticks or binds, replace the steering column as an assembly. ^ Check the sliding capsules (E) for distortion or breakage. If there is distortion or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly. ^ Check the tilt mechanism and telescopic mechanism for movement and damage. ^ Check the absorbing plates (F) for distortion or breakage. If there is distortion or breakage, replace the steering column as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal Steering Wheel: Service and Repair Steering Wheel Removal Steering Wheel Removal SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio or navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition switch is at LOCK (0), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Align the front wheels straight ahead, then remove the driver's airbag from the steering wheel. 4. Disconnect the cable reel subharness connector (A). 5. Loosen the steering wheel bolt (B). 6. Install a commercially available steering wheel puller (A) on the steering wheel (B). Free the steering wheel from the steering column shaft by turning the pressure bolt (C) of the puller. Note these items when removing the steering wheel: ^ Do not tap on the steering wheel or the steering column shaft when removing the steering wheel. ^ If you thread the puller bolts (D) into the wheel hub more than five threads, the bolts will hit the cable reel and damage it. To prevent this, install a pair of jam nuts five threads up on each puller bolt. 7. Remove the steering wheel puller, then remove the steering wheel bolt and steering wheel from the steering column. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal > Page 6350 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal > Page 6351 Steering Wheel: Service and Repair Steering Wheel Disassembly/Reassembly Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal > Page 6352 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal > Page 6353 Steering Wheel: Service and Repair Steering Wheel Installation Steering Wheel Installation 1. Before installing the steering wheel, make sure the front wheels are pointing straight ahead, then center the cable reel (A). Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise about three full turns. The arrow mark (B) on the cable reel label should point straight up. 2. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal canceling sleeve (B) as shown. Install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the turn signal canceling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel. 3. Install the steering wheel bolt (A), and tighten it to the specified torque. Connect the cable reel subharness connector (B). Make sure the wire harness is routed and fastened properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Steering Wheel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Steering Wheel Removal > Page 6354 4. Install the driver's airbag, and confirm that the system is operating properly. 5. Reconnect the negative battery cable to the battery, and do these tasks: ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. ^ Enter the anti-theft code for the audio or navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. ^ Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). ^ Make sure the horn and turn signal switches work properly. ^ Make sure the steering wheel switches work properly. 6. After installation, do these checks. ^ Check the steering wheel spoke angle. If the steering spoke angles to the right and left are not equal (steering wheel is not centered), correct the engagement of the wheel/column shaft serrations. ^ Set the steering column to the center tilt position, and to the center telescopic position, then do the front toe inspection. See: Alignment/Service and Repair Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Steering > Tie Rod > Tie Rod Boot > Component Information > Service and Repair Tie Rod Boot: Service and Repair Tie-rod Ball Joint Boot Replacement Special Tools Required Bushing Base 07JAF-SH20330 1. Disconnect the tie-rod ball joint from the knuckle. 2. Remove the tie-rod end from the rack end. 3. Remove the tie-rod ball joint boot from the tie-rod end, and wipe the old grease off the ball pin. 4. Pack the lower area of the ball pin (A) with fresh multipurpose grease. 5. Pack the interior of the new tie-rod ball joint boot (B) and lip (C) with fresh multipurpose grease. Note these items when installing new grease: ^ Keep grease off the boot mounting area (D) and the tapered section (E) of the ball pin. ^ Do not allow dust, dirt, or other foreign materials to enter the boot. 6. Install the new tie-rod ball joint boot (A) using the bushing base. The boot must not have a gap at the boot installation sections (B). After installing the boot, check the ball pin tapered section for grease contamination, and wipe it if necessary. 7. Install the tie-rod end to the rack end. 8. Connect the tie-rod ball joint to the knuckle: hydraulic power steering type, EPS type. 9. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Specifications Ball Joint: Specifications If the ball joint is worn or damaged, replace the ball joint. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front and Rear Suspension Ball Joint: Service and Repair Front and Rear Suspension Ball Joint Removal Special Tools Required ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 NOTICE: Always use a ball joint remover to disconnect a ball joint. Do not strike the housing or any other part of the ball joint connection to disconnect it. 07MAC-SL0A102 or 07MAC-SL0A202 1. Install a hex nut (A) onto the threads of the ball joint (B). Make sure the nut is flush with the ball joint pin end to prevent damage to the threaded end of the ball joint pin. 2. Apply grease to the ball joint remover on the areas shown (A). This will ease installation of the tool and prevent damage to the pressure bolt (B) threads. 3. Loosen the pressure bolt (A), and install the ball joint remover as shown. Insert the jaws carefully, making sure not to damage the ball joint boot. Adjust the jaw spacing by turning the adjusting bolt (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front and Rear Suspension > Page 6365 4. After adjusting the adjusting bolt, make sure the head of the adjusting bolt is in the position shown to allow the jaw (E) to pivot. 5. With a wrench, tighten the pressure bolt until the ball joint pin pops loose from the ball joint connecting hole. If necessary, apply penetrating type lubricant to loosen the ball joint pin. 6. Remove the ball joint remover, then remove the nut from the end of the ball joint pin, and pull the ball joint out of the ball joint connecting hole. Inspect the ball joint boot, and replace it if damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front and Rear Suspension > Page 6366 Ball Joint: Service and Repair Front Suspension Lower Ball Joint Replacement Lower Ball Joint Replacement Special Tools Required ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 1. Remove the front wheel. 2. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). 3. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 4. Remove the spindle nut, and remove the outboard joint (A) from the knuckle (B) by tapping the driveshaft end (C) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward. 5. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front and Rear Suspension > Page 6367 6. Disconnect the lower ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover, then remove the lower ball joint. 7. Install the lower ball joint in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Ball Joint Boot Replacement Ball Joint Boot Replacement Special Tools Required Attachment, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00200 1. Remove the lower ball joint. 2. Remove the boot. 3. Pack the interior and lip (A) of a new boot with grease. Keep the grease off of the boot-to-lower ball joint housing mating surfaces (B). 4. Wipe the grease off the tapered portion of the ball joint pin (C), and pack fresh grease into the base (D). Do not let dirt or other foreign materials get into the boot. 5. Install the boot on the ball joint, then squeeze it gently to force out any air. 6. Press the boot with the attachment until the bottom seats on the lower ball joint housing (A) all the way around. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Ball Joint > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front and Rear Suspension > Page 6368 7. After installing a boot, wipe any grease off the exposed portion of the ball joint pin. 8. Install the lower ball joint. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Control Arm: Service and Repair Front Suspension Lower Arm Removal/installation Special Tools Required ^ Bushing driver 07AAF-SVAA100 ^ Receiver set 07AAF-SVAA200 Removal/installation 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheels. 3. Remove the flange nut (A) while holding the joint pin (B) with a hex wrench (C), then disconnect both sides of the stabilizer link from the lower arm (D). 4. Turn the stabilizer bar backward to gain easier access to the front side of the lower arm mounting bolt. 5. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). 6. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 7. Remove the front side of the lower arm mounting bolt (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6373 8. Remove the rear side of the lower arm mounting bolt (B), then remove the lower arm (C) from the front suspension subframe (D). NOTE: During installation, install the new mounting bolt. 9. Install the lower arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension the lower ball joint to the to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Bushing Replacement 1. Press out the bushing (A) with the bushing driver, receiver set (attachment A), and a hydraulic press, and remove the bushing from the lower arm (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6374 2. Clean the mating surfaces of the new bushing and the lower arm. 3. Position the tab (A) of the bushing (B) with the lower arm (C) as shown. 4. Using a hydraulic press, bushing driver, and receiver set (attachments A and B), press in the bushing into the lower arm. 5. Using a yellow oil-based paint marker, paint a mark (A) around the hole (B) near the front bushing (C). Also paint a mark around the hole on the bottom side of the lower arm in the same area. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6375 Control Arm: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Upper Arm Removal/installation 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm (A) and the knuckle (B). 4. Remove the flange bolts (A) from the vehicle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Control Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6376 5. Remove the flange bolt (B) from the knuckle, and remove the upper arm (C). NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 6. Install the upper arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Cross-Member: Service and Repair Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Middle Cross-member Gusset Replacement 2-door NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the rear side trim panel. 2. Pull back the rear part of the carpet, as needed. 3. Remove the insulator (A). 4. Detach the floor wire harness clips (A). 5. Remove the bolts (B) and nuts (C), then remove the middle cross-member gusset (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement > Page 6381 6. Install the gusset in the reverse order of removal. When installing the mounting bolts for the middle cross-member gusset (A), torque the mounting hardware in the sequence shown. If the mounting bolts are not torqued in this sequence, damage to the quarter panel will occur. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement > Page 6382 Cross-Member: Service and Repair Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Torque NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Steering Knuckle: Service and Repair Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6386 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6387 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6388 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6389 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6390 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6391 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Front Steering Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6392 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair Rear Knuckle: Service and Repair Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Disc Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6396 Drum Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6397 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the two washers (A). 6. Remove the brake disc. 7. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 8. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 9. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6398 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 6. Install the hub bearing Unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the splash guard (A). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6399 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (E) from the knuckle. 5. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. 6. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 7. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 8. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self locking nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6400 9. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 10. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the backing plate (C) with brake shoes assembly from the knuckle. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6401 4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components, 5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt W and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self-locking nut. 8. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Rear Knuckle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6402 NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked-, positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed the brake system. Check for a leak at the brake hose/line joint, and retighten it if necessary. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Stabilizer Bar, Sway Control > Stabilizer Link > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Stabilizer Link: Service and Repair Front Suspension Stabilizer Link Removal/installation 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the front wheel. 3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and the flange nut (B) while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), then remove the stabilizer link (E). 4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (F) and the lower arm (G) with the joint pins set at the center of their range of movement. NOTE: The stabilizer link has a paint mark (H). Align the paint mark on the stabilizer link facing rearward. 5. Install the new self-locking nut and the new flange nut, and lightly tighten them. 6. Place a jack under the lower arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight 7. Tighten the self-locking nut and the flange nut to the specified torque values while holding the respective joint pin with a hex wrench. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install be the front wheel, and test-drive the vehicle. 9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut again to the specified torque value. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Stabilizer Bar, Sway Control > Stabilizer Link > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6408 Stabilizer Link: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Stabilizer Link Removal/Installation 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the self-locking nut (A) and the flange nut (B) while holding the respective joint pin (C) with a hex wrench (D), then remove the stabilizer link (E). 4. Install the stabilizer link on the stabilizer bar (F) and trailing arm (G) with the joint pins set at the center of their range of movement. NOTE: The stabilizer link has a paint mark (H). Align the paint mark on the stabilizer link facing rearward. 5. Install the new self-locking nut and the new flange nut, and lightly tighten them. 6. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm, and raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight. 7. Tighten the self-locking nut and the flange nut to the specified torque values while holding the respective joint pin with a hex wrench. 8. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel, and test drive the vehicle. 9. After 5 minutes of driving, torque the self-locking nut again to the specified torque value. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair Strut / Shock Tower: Service and Repair Removal Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6412 - Remove the wheelhouse upper member, and replace the upper member separator. - Remove front wheelhouse and front damper extension B as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6413 - Check the damper housing position, and check for damage. - If necessary, replace the damper housing, damper housing extension and front damper extension A as an assembly. Installation 1. Clamp the new damper housing, front wheelhouse, front damper extension, front bulkhead, and measure the front compartment diagonally. 2. Check the body dimensions. - Engine compartment - Engine/transmission mount positions - Front damper extension position - Repair chart top view - Repair chart side view 3. Tack weld the new parts and front bulkhead into position. 4. Temporarily install the front subframe, and check the front side frame position. 5. Temporarily install the hood, front fender, headlight, and front bumper, then check for differences in level and clearance. Make sure the body lines flow smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6414 6. Do the main welding. - Weld the damper housing (A), front wheelhouse (B), front damper extension A (C) and front damper extension B (D). - From the passenger's side, plug weld the holes in the dashboard lower (E) and damper housing extension (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6415 7. Weld the front damper extension B (A) and front end outrigger (B). Passenger's Side 8. Install the new upper member separator (A) to the damper extension bulkhead (B). NOTE: Apply the sealer (C) all the way around the separator and inside of the wheelhouse upper member (D), without gaps. 9. Weld the wheelhouse upper member (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Subframe > Component Information > Service and Repair Subframe: Service and Repair Subframe Replacement Front Subframe Torque NOTE: - After loosening the subframe mounting bolts, be sure to replace them with new ones. - When installing, align both Installation reference holes in the subframe with both reference holes in the body using a screwdriver or tapered punch as a guide. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ): Removal and Replacement Front Suspension Damper/Spring Removal and Installation Removal 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then turn on the windshield wipers. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0) when the wipers are near the A-pillars. 2. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 3. Remove the front wheel. 4. Remove the wheel sensor harness clip (A) and the brake hose bracket (B) from the damper. Do not disconnect the wheel sensor connector. 5. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 6. Remove the service cap (A) and the lid (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6423 7. Remove the three flange nuts (C) from the top of the damper. 8. Remove the damper assembly (A). Installation 1. Install the damper assembly (A) onto the frame. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6424 2. Loosely install the new flange nuts (A). 3. Loosely install new damper pinch bolts (A) and new self-locking nuts (B) to the damper (C). 4. Raise the front suspension with a floor jack to load the suspension with the vehicle's weight. 5. Tighten the flange nuts on top of the damper to the specified torque value. 6. Tighten the damper pinch bolts to the specified torque value. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6425 7. Install the wheel speed sensor harness clip (A) and the brake hose bracket (B) to the damper (C). 8. Install the service cap and the lid. 9. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel, then install the front wheel. 10. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then turn the windshield wipers to the default positions, and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Rear Suspension Spring Replacement Spring Removal 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6426 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 4. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (C) from the bracket. 5. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm (A) and the knuckle (B). 6. Remove the flange bolt (C) that connects the trailing arm and the damper (D). 7. Disconnect the stabilizer link from the trailing arm. 8. Remove the flange bolt (A) that connects the knuckle (B) and the upper arm (C). 9. Remove the trailing arm front mounting bolts (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6427 10. Lower the floor jack gradually. 11. Remove the spring mounting rubber (A), the spring (B) and the lower spring seat (C). Installation 1. Install the spring mounting rubber (A), the spring, (B) and the lower spring seat (C). 2. Align the bottom of the spring (A) and the lower spring seat (B) with the trailing arm (C) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6428 3. Loosely install the new trailing arm front mounting bolts (A). 4. Loosely install the new flange bolt (A) that connects the knuckle (B) and the upper arm (C). 5. Slowly raise the jack until you can align the bolt hole with the holes in the trailing arm (A) and the damper (B), and install the new flange bolt (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6429 6. Install the stabilizer link on the trailing arm with the new flange nut, and lightly tighten it. 7. Raise the rear suspension with a floor jack to load the vehicle weight. 8. Tighten all mounting hardware to the specified torque values. For stabilizer link torque specifications. 9. Install the wheel speed sensor (A) and the brake hose (B). 10. Clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel, then install the rear wheel. 11. Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6430 Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ): Overhaul Damper/Spring Disassembly, Inspection, and Reassembly Damper/Spring Special Tools Required Strut nut adapter 07AAA-SVAA100 NOTE: When compressing the damper spring, use a commercially available strut spring compressor (Branick MST-580A or Model 7200, or equivalent) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Disassembly 1. Remove the cap (A) from the top of the damper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6431 2. Compress the damper spring, then remove the self locking nut (A) using the strut nut adapter (B) while holding the damper shaft with a hex wrench (C). Do not compress the spring more than necessary to remove the nut. 3. Release the pressure from the strut spring compressor, then disassemble the damper as shown in the Exploded View. Inspection 1. Reassemble the damper mounting base and the self-locking nut. 2. Compress the damper assembly by hand, and check for smooth operation through a full stroke, both compression and extension. The damper should extend smoothly and constantly when compression is released. If it does not the gas is leaking and the damper should be replaced. 3. Check for oil leaks, abnormal noises, or binding during these tests. Reassembly 1. Install the damper spring (A) on the upper spring mounting cushion (B) by aligning the upper end (C) of the damper spring with the ledge portion (D) of the upper spring mounting cushion. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6432 2. Compress the damper spring. 3. Install all the parts except the self-locking nut and the cap onto the damper unit (A) by referring to the Exploded View. 4. Align the bottom of the spring (B) and the stepped part of the lower spring seat (C). 5. Align the damper bracket (A) and the damper mounting base (B) so that the "triangle" stamp (C) points toward the front. 6. Align the angle of the strut bolt (D) on the damper bracket as shown. 7. Install the new self-locking nut (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Spring ( Coil / Leaf ) > Component Information > Service and Repair > Removal and Replacement > Page 6433 8. Hold the damper shaft using a hex wrench (B), and tighten the self-locking nut using the strut nut adapter (C) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the cap. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair Strut Housing: Service and Repair Front Wheelhouse/Damper Housing Symbols The symbols in the mass production body welding diagrams and in the removal/installation carry the following meanings Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6438 Front Wheelhouse/Damper Housing - Mass Production Removal - Remove the wheelhouse upper member, and replace the upper member separator. - Remove front wheelhouse and front damper extension B as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6439 - Check the damper housing position, and check for damage. - If necessary, replace the damper housing, damper housing extension and front damper extension A as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6440 Installation 1. Clamp the new damper housing, front wheelhouse, front damper extension, front bulkhead, and measure the front compartment diagonally. 2. Check the body dimensions. - Engine compartment. - Engine/transmission mount positions. - Front damper extension position. - Repair chart top view. - Repair chart side view. 3. Tack weld the new parts and front bulkhead into position. 4. Temporarily install the front subframe, and check the front side frame position. 5. Temporarily install the hood, front fender, headlight, and front bumper, then check for differences in level and clearance. Make sure the body lines flow smoothly. 6. Do the main welding. - Weld the damper housing (A), front wheelhouse (B), front damper extension A (C) and front damper extension B (D). - From the passenger's side, plug weld the holes in the dashboard lower (E) and damper housing extension (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6441 7. Weld the front damper extension B (A) and front end outrigger (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Suspension Strut / Shock Absorber > Strut Housing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6442 Passenger's side 8. Install the new upper member separator (A) to the damper extension bulkhead (B). NOTE: Apply the sealer (C) all the way around the separator and inside of the wheelhouse upper member (D), without gaps. 9. Weld the wheelhouse upper member (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair Trailing Arm: Service and Repair Trailing Arm Removal/installation 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the rear wheel. 3. Remove the rear floor under cover. 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (A) from the trailing arm (B). 5. Position a floor jack at the connecting point of the trailing arm (A) and the knuckle (B). 6. Remove the knuckle with the hub bearing unit: Disc brake type, drum brake type. 7. Disconnect the stabilizer link from the trailing arm. 8. Remove the spring. 9. Remove the trailing arm rear mounting bolt (A). 10. Lower the jack, and remove the trailing arm. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Trailing Arm > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6446 11. Install the trailing arm in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Check the brake hose for interference and twisting. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the Mating surfaces of the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc or the, brake drum securely against the hub. 4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against the hub flange. 5. Measure the bearing end play by moving the brake disc or the brake drum inward and outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 in.) 6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6452 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6453 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6454 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6455 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6456 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6457 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6458 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6459 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Disc Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6460 Drum Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6461 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the two washers (A). 6. Remove the brake disc. 7. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 8. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 9. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6462 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 6. Install the hub bearing Unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the splash guard (A). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6463 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (E) from the knuckle. 5. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. 6. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 7. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 8. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self locking nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6464 9. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 10. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the backing plate (C) with brake shoes assembly from the knuckle. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6465 4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components, 5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt W and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self-locking nut. 8. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6466 NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked-, positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed the brake system. Check for a leak at the brake hose/line joint, and retighten it if necessary. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Suspension > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications Spindle Nut Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Vehicle Lifting > Component Information > Service and Repair Vehicle Lifting: Service and Repair Lift and Support Points NOTE: If you are going to remove heavy components such as the suspension or the fuel tank from the rear of the vehicle, first support the front of the vehicle with tall safety stands. When substantial weight is removed from the rear of the vehicle, the center of gravity can change, causing the vehicle to tip forward on the lift. Vehicle Lift 1. Position the lift blocks (A) under the vehicle's front support points (B) and rear support points (C). 2. Raise the lift a few inches, and rock the vehicle gently to be sure it is firmly supported. 3. Raise the lift to its full height, and inspect the vehicle support points for solid contact with the lift blocks. Safety Stands To support the vehicle on safety stands, use the same support points (B and C) as for a vehicle lift. Always use safety stands when working on or under any vehicle that is supported only by a jack. Floor Jack 1. When lifting the front of the vehicle, set the parking brake. When lifting the rear of the vehicle, put the shift lever in reverse for manual transmission, or in the P position for automatic transmission. 2. Block the wheels that are not being lifted. 3. Position the floor jack under the front jacking bracket (A) or the rear jacking bracket (B). Center the jacking bracket on the jack lift platform (C), and jack up the vehicle high enough to fit the safety stands under it. 4. Position the safety stands under the support points, and adjust them so the vehicle is level. 5. Lower the vehicle onto the stands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6480 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6481 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6482 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6483 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6484 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6485 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6486 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6487 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6488 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6489 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6490 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6491 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6496 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6497 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6498 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6499 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6500 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6501 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6502 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6503 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6504 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6505 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6506 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6507 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6508 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6509 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6510 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6511 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6512 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Relays and Modules - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6513 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6519 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6520 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6521 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6522 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6523 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6524 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6525 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6526 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6527 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6528 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6529 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6530 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6531 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6532 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6533 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6534 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6535 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6536 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6537 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6540 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6541 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6542 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6543 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6544 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6545 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Sensors and Switches - Wheels and Tires > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6546 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Locations Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Indicator Reset How TPMS Works How TPMS Works The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator. ^ If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. ^ If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. ^ If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increase slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures can also increase or decrease slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. System Indicator Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset > Page 6553 Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Reset After Tire Rotation or Sensor Replacement Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6558 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6559 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6560 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6561 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6562 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6563 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 6564 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6565 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6566 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6567 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6568 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6569 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6574 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6575 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6576 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6577 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6578 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6579 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6580 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6581 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6582 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6583 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6584 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6585 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6586 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6587 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6588 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6589 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6590 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6591 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6596 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6597 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6598 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6599 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6600 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6601 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6602 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6603 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6604 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6605 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6606 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6607 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6608 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6609 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6610 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6611 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6612 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 6613 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 6614 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6617 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6618 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 6619 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6620 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6621 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6622 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 6623 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheels > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheels: Testing and Inspection Wheel Runout Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Check for bent or deformed wheels. 3. Set up the dial gauge as shown, and measure the axial runout by turning the wheel. 4. Reset the dial gauge to the position shown, and measure the radial runout. 5. If the wheel runout is not within the specification, check the wheel bearing end play, and make sure the mating surfaces on the brake disc or the brake drum and the inside of the wheel are clean. 6. If the bearing end play is within the specification but the wheel runout is more than the service limit, replace the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing: Testing and Inspection Wheel Bearing End Play Inspection 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheels. 3. Install suitable flat washers (A) and the wheel nuts. Tighten the nuts to the specified torque to hold the brake disc or the, brake drum securely against the hub. 4. Attach the dial gauge. Place the dial gauge against the hub flange. 5. Measure the bearing end play by moving the brake disc or the brake drum inward and outward. Front/Rear: Standard: 0 - 0.05 mm (0 - 0.002 in.) 6. If the bearing end play measurement is more than the standard, replace the wheel bearing or the hub bearing unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Front Suspension Knuckle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Replacement Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Special Tools Required ^ Attachment, 78 x 90 mm 07GAD-SD40101 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 42 mm 07GAF-SD40100 ^ Hub dis/assembly tool, 40 mm 07GAF-SE00100 ^ Ball joint remover, 32 mm 07MAC-SL0A102 ^ Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 ^ Ball joint thread protector, 14 mm 071AF-S3VA000 ^ Attachment, 62 x 68 mm 07746-0010500 ^ Driver, 15 x 135 L 07749-0010000 ^ Support base, 73 x 78/82.6 mm 07965-SD90100 Knuckle/Hub Replacement 1. Raise the front of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6632 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the front wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the damper. 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A) from the knuckle (B). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. 6. Raise the stake (A), then remove the spindle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6633 7. Remove the brake disc. 8. Check the front hub for damage and cracks. 9. Remove the cotter pin (A) from the tie-rod end ball joint, then remove the nut (B). 10. Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joint from the knuckle using the ball joint remover. 11. Remove the flange bolt and the self-locking nuts from the lower arm (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6634 12. Disconnect the lower ball joint (E) from the lower arm. 13. Remove the damper pinch bolts (A) and the self locking nuts (B) from the damper. 14. Remove the driveshaft outboard joint (C) from the knuckle (D) by tapping the driveshaft end (E) with a soft face hammer while drawing the hub outward, then remove the knuckle. NOTE: ^ Do not pull the driveshaft end outward. The driveshaft inboard joint may come apart. ^ During installation, apply grease to the mating surfaces of the wheel bearing and driveshaft outboard joint. 15. Remove the lock pin (A) from the lower ball joint, then remove the castle nut (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6635 16. Disconnect the lower ball joint (C) from the knuckle using the ball joint thread protector and the ball joint remover. 17. Install the knuckle/hub in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Be careful not to damage the ball joint boot when connecting the knuckle. ^ Before connecting the lower ball joint to the knuckle, degrease the threaded section and tapered portion of the ball joint pin, the ball joint connecting hole, the threaded section and mating surfaces of the castle nut. ^ Torque the castle nut to the lower torque specification, then tighten it only far enough to align the slot with the ball joint pin hole. Do not align the castle nut by loosening it. ^ Use a new spindle nut during reassembly. ^ Before installing the spindle nut, apply a small amount of engine oil to the seating surface of the nut. After tightening, use a drift to stake the spindle nut shoulder against the driveshaft. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the front hub and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Wheel Bearing Replacement 1. Separate the hub (A) from the knuckle (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool and a hydraulic press. Hold the knuckle with the attachment (C) of the hydraulic press or equivalent tool. Be careful not to deform the splash guard (D). Hold onto the hub to keep it from failing when pressed clear. 2. Press the wheel bearing inner race (A) off of the hub (B) using the hub dis/assembly tool, a commercially available bearing separator (C), and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6636 3. Remove the splash guard (A) and the snap ring (B) from the knuckle (C). 4. Press the wheel bearing (A) out of the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, and a press. 5. Wash the knuckle and hub thoroughly in high flash point solvent before reassembly. 6. Press a new wheel bearing (A) into the knuckle. (B) using the old bearing (C), a steel plate (D), the attachment, the support base, and a press. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6637 7. Install the snap ring (A) securely in the knuckle (B). 8. Install the splash guard (C), and tighten the screws (D) to the specified torque value. 9. Install the hub (A) onto the knuckle (B) using the attachment, the driver, the support base, and a hydraulic press. Be careful not to distort the splash guard (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6638 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6639 Wheel Bearing: Service and Repair Rear Suspension Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Replacement Disc Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6640 Drum Brake Knuckle/Hub Bearing Unit Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. 3. Remove the brake hose mounting bolt (A) from the bracket. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6641 4. Remove the brake caliper bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the caliper assembly (C) from the knuckle. To prevent damage to the caliper assembly or brake hose, use a short piece of wire to hang the caliper assembly from the undercarriage. Do not twist the brake hose excessively. 5. Remove the two washers (A). 6. Remove the brake disc. 7. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 8. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 9. Install the hub bearing unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake disc, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake disc. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Hub Bearing Unit Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel nuts (A) and the rear wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6642 3. Release the parking brake, and remove the brake drum. 4. Remove the hub bearing unit (A) and the O-ring (B). 5. Check the hub bearing unit for damage and cracks. 6. Install the hub bearing Unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ Use a new O-ring during reassembly. ^ Before installing the brake drum, clean the mating surfaces of the hub bearing unit and the inside of the brake drum. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Disc Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Remove the splash guard (A). 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6643 4. Remove the parking brake cable mounting bolt (E) from the knuckle. 5. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components. 6. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 7. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 8. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt (A) and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self locking nut. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6644 9. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 10. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Knuckle Replacement-Drum Brake Type 1. Remove the hub bearing unit. 2. Disconnect the brake line (A) from the wheel cylinder (B). Remove the backing plate (C) with brake shoes assembly from the knuckle. 3. Remove the wheel speed sensor (A), and the brake hose mounting bracket (B) from the knuckle (C). Do not disconnect the wheel speed sensor connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6645 4. Place a floor jack under the trailing arm to support it. NOTE: Do not place the jack against the plate section of the lower arm. Be careful not to damage any suspension components, 5. Remove the upper arm mounting bolt (A), and disconnect the upper arm (B) from the knuckle. 6. Remove the rear knuckle upper bracket (C). 7. Mark the cam positions of the adjusting bolt W and the adjusting cam plate (B), then remove the self locking nut (C), the adjusting cam plate, and the adjusting bolt. Discard the self-locking nut. 8. Remove the flange bolt (D), and remove the knuckle. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Bearing > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Suspension > Page 6646 NOTE: Use the new flange bolt during reassembly. 9. Install the knuckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: ^ First install all the components, and lightly tighten the bolts and nuts, then raise the suspension to load it with the vehicle's weight before fully tightening to the specified torque values. ^ Align the cam positions of the adjusting bolt and the adjusting cam plate with the marked-, positions when tightening. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake drum and the inside of the wheel. ^ Fill the master cylinder reservoir to the MAX (upper) level line, and bleed the brake system. Check for a leak at the brake hose/line joint, and retighten it if necessary. ^ Check the wheel alignment, and adjust it if necessary. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Hub > Axle Nut > Component Information > Specifications Axle Nut: Specifications Spindle Nut Knucle/Hub/Wheel Bearing Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6654 Wheel Fastener: Service and Repair Wheel Bolt Replacement Special Tools Required Ball joint remover, 28 mm 07MAC-SL0A202 NOTICE: ^ Do not use a hammer or air or electric impact tools to remove and install the wheel bolts. ^ Be careful not to damage the threads of the wheel bolts. Front (except Si model) and Rear 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the brake disc or the brake drum. 3. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using the ball joint remover (C), and keep the jaw (D) of ball joint remover vertical against the wheel bolt. 4. Insert the new wheel bolt (A) into the hub (B) while aligning the splined surfaces (C) on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. Adjust the measurement (D) with washers (P/N 94101-12800 or equivalent) (E), then install a nut (P/N 90304-SC2-000 or equivalent) (F) hand-tight. 5. Tighten the nut until the wheel bolt is drawn fully into the hub. Do not exceed the maximum torque limit. Make sure there is no gap (G) between the bolt and the hub. Limited torque: 108 N-m (11.0 kgf-m, 79.6 lbf-ft) max. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Steering and Suspension > Wheels and Tires > Wheel Fastener > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6655 6. Install the brake disc or the brake drum. NOTE: ^ If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the front hub or the rear hub bearing unit as an assembly. ^ Before installing the wheel, clean the mating surfaces of the brake disc and the inside of the wheel. Front (Si model) 1. Remove the front hub. 2. Separate the wheel bolt (A) from the hub (B) using a hydraulic press. Support the hub with hydraulic press attachments (C) or equivalent tools. 3. Insert the new wheel bolt into the hub while aligning the splined surfaces on the hub hole with the wheel bolt. NOTE: ^ Degrease all around the wheel bolt. ^ Make sure the wheel bolt is installed vertically in relation to the hub disc surface. 4. Install the wheel bolt using a hydraulic press until the wheel bolt shoulder is fully seated. 5. Install the front hub. NOTE: If you cannot tighten the wheel nut to the specified torque value when installing the wheel, replace the front hub as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Air Door Actuator / Motor: Locations 80. Under Left Side Of Dash 100. Behind Glove Box 101. Behind Glove Box Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6661 Heating Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6662 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6663 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Diagrams 187. Air Mix Control Motor 192. Mode Control Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6664 193. Recirculation Control Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor Replacement Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Air Mix Control Motor Replacement Air Mix Control Motor Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the air mix control motor (B). Remove the self-tapping screws and the air mix control motor from the heater unit. 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the pin on the motor is properly engaged with the linkage. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor Replacement > Page 6667 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Mode Control Motor Replacement Mode Control Motor Replacement 1. Remove the glove box. 2. Remove the wire harness clip (A), the self-tapping screws, and the passenger's heater duct (B). 3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the mode control motor (B). Remove the self-tapping screws and the mode control motor from the heater unit. 4. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the pin on the motor is properly engaged with the linkage. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Door, HVAC > Air Door Actuator / Motor, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Air Mix Control Motor Replacement > Page 6668 Air Door Actuator / Motor: Service and Repair Recirculation Control Motor Replacement Recirculation Control Motor Replacement 1. Remove the glove box and the passenger's kick panel. 2. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the recirculation control motor (B). Remove the self-tapping screws and the recirculation control motor from the blower unit. 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the pin on the motor is properly engaged with the linkage. After installation, make sure the motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Register > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation Air Register: Service and Repair Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Driver's Outer Vent NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove the subdisplay visor. 2. Remove the screws securing the driver's outer vent (A), then remove the driver's outer vent from the subdisplay visor (B). 3. Install the outer vent in the reverse order of removal. Driver's Center Vent NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Remove these items: - Navigation unit, with navigation system - Audio unit, without navigation system 2. Remove the screws securing the driver's center vent (A), then remove the driver's center vent from the center panel (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Register > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation > Page 6673 3. Install the center vent in the reverse order of removal. Passenger's Vent SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. While holding the glove box (A), release the glove box stop (B) on each side from the dashboard by pushing them inside. 2. Push on the side hooks (A) by hand to release them. Gently pull out the side vent (B) to release the other hooks (C), then remove the passenger's vent. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Register > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation > Page 6674 3. Install the passenger's vents in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Air Register > Component Information > Service and Repair > Dashboard Vent Removal/Installation > Page 6675 Air Register: Service and Repair Side Defogger Vent Trim Removal/ Installation Side Defogger Vent Trim Removal/ Installation NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. Insert the trim tool into a gap between the side defogger vent trim (A) and the dashboard (B), and release the hook (C). 2. Install the side defogger vent trim in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations 177. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6679 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6680 63. Outside Air Temperature Sensor (GX, EX, Si; Canada: LX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations Blower Motor: Locations 104. Under Right Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6684 Heating Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6685 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Blower Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6688 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6689 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6690 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6691 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6692 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6693 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6694 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6695 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6696 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6697 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6698 Blower Motor: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6699 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6700 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6701 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6702 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6703 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6704 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6705 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6706 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6707 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6708 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6709 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6710 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6711 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6712 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6713 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6714 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6715 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6716 41. Blower Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Blower Unit Removal/Installation Blower Motor: Service and Repair Blower Unit Removal/Installation Blower Unit Removal/Installation 1. Remove the glove box. 2. Cut the plastic cross brace (A) in the glove box opening with diagonal cutters in the area shown, and discard it. 3. Remove the bolts and the glove box frame (A). 4. Remove the wire harness clip (A), the self-tapping screws, and the passenger's heater duct (B). 5. Disconnect the connector (A) from the blower motor. Remove the wire harness clip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Blower Unit Removal/Installation > Page 6719 6. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor. Remove the self-tapping screws, the bolt, the mounting nuts, and the blower unit (B). 7. Install the unit in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Blower Unit Removal/Installation > Page 6720 Blower Motor: Service and Repair Blower Unit Component Replacement Blower Unit Component Replacement Note these items when overhauling the blower unit: - The recirculation control motor (A), blower motor (B) and the dust arid pollen filter (C) can be replaced without removing the blower unit. - Before reassembly, make sure that the recirculation control linkage and door move smoothly without binding. - After reassembly, make sure the recirculation control motor runs smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6724 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Cabin Air Filter > Component Information > Service and Repair Cabin Air Filter: Service and Repair Dust and Pollen Filter Replacement 1. Open the glove box. Remove the glove box stop on each side, then let the glove box hang down. 2. Remove the dust and pollen filter assembly (A) from the evaporator. 3. Remove the filter (A) from the housing (B), and replace the filter. 4. Install the filter in the reverse order of removal. Make sure that there is no air leaking out of the evaporator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Cabin Ventilation Duct > Component Information > Service and Repair Cabin Ventilation Duct: Service and Repair Rear Air Outlet Replacement 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Detach the hooks (A), then remove the rear air outlet (B). Take care not to scratch the body. 3. Install the air outlet by pushing on the hook portions until the hooks snap into place. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications Compressor Clutch: Specifications Clearance ............................................................................................................................................ .............................. 0.35 - 0.65 mm (0.014 - 0.026 in.) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6735 Compressor Clutch: Testing and Inspection A/C Compressor Clutch Check 1. Check the armature plate for discoloration, peeling, or other damage. If there is damage, replace the clutch set. 2. Check the rotor pulley bearing play and drag by rotating the rotor pulley by hand. Replace the clutch set with a new one if it is noisy or has excessive play/drag. 3. Measure the clearance between the rotor pulley (A) and the armature plate (B) all the way around. If the clearance is not within specified limits, remove the armature plate and add or remove shims as needed to increase or decrease clearance. Clearance: 0.35 - 0.65 mm (0.014 - 0.026 in.) NOTE: The shims are available in four thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.4 mm, and 0.5 mm. 4. Check for continuity between the A/C compressor clutch connector No. 1 and No. 3. If there is no continuity, replace the thermal protector. NOTE: The thermal protector will have no continuity above about 252 to 262 °C (122 to 128 °C). When the temperature drops below about 241 to 219 °F (116 to 104 °C), the thermal protector will have continuity. 5. Disconnect the field coil connector (A). Check resistance of the field coil. If resistance is not within specifications, replace the field coil. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6736 Field Coil Resistance: 3.15 - 3.45 ohms 68 °F (20 °C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6737 Compressor Clutch: Service and Repair A/C Compressor Clutch Overhaul Special Tools Required A/C clutch holder, Robinair 10204 or Kent-Moore J37872, or Honda Tool and Equipment KMT-J33939, commercially available 1. Remove the center nut while holding the armature plate (A) with a commercially available A/C clutch holder (B). 2. Remove the armature plate (A) and shim(s) (B), taking care not to lose the shim(s). If the clutch needs adjustment, increase or decrease the number and thickness of shims as necessary, then reinstall the armature plate, and recheck its clearance. NOTE: The shims are available in four thicknesses: 0.1 mm, 0.2 mm, 0.4 mm, and 0.5 mm. 3. If you are replacing the field coil, remove the snap ring (A) with snap ring pliers, then remove the rotor pulley (B). Be careful not to damage the rotor pulley and A/C compressor. 4. Remove the bolt and holder (A), then disconnect the field coil connector (B). Remove the snap ring (C) with snap ring pliers, then remove the field Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor HVAC > Compressor Clutch > Component Information > Specifications > Page 6738 coil (D). Be careful not to damage the field coil and A/C compressor. 5. Reassemble the clutch in the reverse order of disassembly, and note these items: - Install the field coil with the wire side facing down, and align the boss on the field coil with the hole in the A/C compressor. - Clean the rotor pulley and A/C compressor sliding surfaces with contact cleaner or other non-petroleum solvent. - Install new snap rings, note the installation direction, and make sure they are fully seated in the groove. - Make sure that the rotor pulley turns smoothly after it's reassembled. - Route and clamp the wires properly or they can be damaged by the rotor pulley. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6742 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6743 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay When the PCM receives a demand for cooling from the A/C system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6744 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair Condenser HVAC: Service and Repair A/C Condenser Replacement 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station. 2. Remove the front bumper. 3. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the discharge hose (A) from the A/C condenser. 4. Remove the bolt, then disconnect the receiver line (A) from the A/C condenser. 5. Remove the bolts and the A/C condenser upper mount brackets (A). 6. Lift the tab (A) to release the lock, then remove the outside air temperature sensor (B) from the receiver/dryer desiccant bracket. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), then remove the clip (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6748 7. Remove the A/C condenser (A). Be careful not to damage the radiator and A/C condenser fins when removing the A/C condenser. 8. Install the A/C condenser in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - If you're installing a new A/C condenser, add refrigerant oil (SP-10). - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. - Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately. - Charge the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Condenser Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations 13. Front Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan > Condenser Fan Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6753 25. A/C Condenser Fan Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6757 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6758 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6759 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Control Assembly: Locations Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6763 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6764 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6765 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6766 Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Control Assembly: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6769 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6770 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6771 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6772 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6773 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6774 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6775 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6776 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6777 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6778 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6779 Control Assembly: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6780 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6781 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6782 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6783 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6784 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6785 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6786 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6787 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6788 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6789 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6790 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6791 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6792 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6793 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6794 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6795 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6796 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 6797 232. Heater Control Panel Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > HVAC Control Unit Removal/Installation Control Assembly: Service and Repair HVAC Control Unit Removal/Installation HVAC Control Unit Removal/Installation 1. Remove the center panel. 2. Remove the dials (A), the self-tapping screws, and the HVAC control unit (B). 3. Install the control unit in the reverse order of removal. After installation, operate the various functions to make sure they work properly. 4. Run the self-diagnostic function to confirm that there are no problems in the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Control Assembly, HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair > HVAC Control Unit Removal/Installation > Page 6800 Control Assembly: Service and Repair Heater Control Panel Removal/Installation Heater Control Panel Removal/Installation 1. Remove the center panel. 2. Remove the dials (A), the self-tapping screws, and the heater control panel (B). 3. Install the control panel in the reverse order of removal. After installation, operate the various functions to make sure they work properly. 4. Run the self-diagnosis function to confirm that there are no problems in the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Core > Component Information > Service and Repair Evaporator Core: Service and Repair Evaporator Core Replacement 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station. 2. Remove the bolt. 3. Remove the nut, then disconnect the A/C lines (A) from the evaporator core. 4. Remove the stud bolt. 5. Remove the blower unit. 6. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the evaporator temperature sensor and the power transistor, then remove the connector clip (B). Remove the self-tapping screws, the expansion valve cover (C), and the seal (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Core > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6804 7. Carefully pull out the evaporator core (A) without bending the lines, then remove the plate (B). 8. Remove the clips (A) and the evaporator temperature sensor (B). NOTE: For '07-08 2-door models; the evaporator temperature sensor is installed at the 11th fin from the left side. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Core > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6805 9. '07-08 2-door models: When installing the evaporator temperature sensor (A), set the evaporator temperature sensor in the right side fin from the Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Core > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 6806 previous position. 10. Install the core in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - If you're installing a new evaporator core, add refrigerant oil (SP-10). - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. - Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. - Charge the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6811 103. Under Right Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6812 50. Evaporator Temperature Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Expansion Valve > Component Information > Service and Repair Expansion Valve: Service and Repair Expansion Valve Replacement 1. Remove the evaporator core. 2. Remove the bolts (A) and expansion valve (B). 3. Install the expansion valve in the reverse order of removal, and note those items: - If you're installing a new expansion valve, add refrigerant oil (SP-10). - Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Immediately after using the oil, reinstall the cap on the container, and seal it to avoid moisture absorption. - Do not spill the refrigerant oil on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if the refrigerant oil contacts the paint, wash it off immediately. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. - Charge the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Locations Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating Heater Core Case: Service and Repair Heating Heater Unit/Core Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition is in LOCK (0), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly. 4. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. 5. From under the hood, slide the hose clamps (A) back. Disconnect the inlet heater hose (B) and the outlet heater hose (C) from the heater unit. Note the orientation of the hoses. Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Be sure not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the painted surfaces. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately. 6. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. Take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines or brake lines, etc. 7. Remove the dashboard. 8. Disconnect the connector (A) from the blower motor. Remove the wire harness clip (B). 9. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating > Page 6821 10. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the mode control motor, the evaporator temperature sensor, and the power transistor. Remove the wire harness clip (B). 11. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the air mix control motor and A/C wire harness. Remove the connector clip (B), the wire harness clips (C), and the wire harness (D). 12. Remove the mounting bolt, mounting nuts, and blower-heater unit (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating > Page 6822 13. Remove the self-tapping screws, the heater core cover (A), the grommet (B), and carefully pull out the heater core (C). 14. Install the heater core in the reverse order of removal. 15. Install the heater unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses, and install the hose clamps securely. - Refill the cooling system with engine coolant. - Make sure that there is no coolant leakage. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. - Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system, then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating > Page 6823 Heater Core Case: Service and Repair Heating/Air Conditioning Heater Unit/Core Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Make sure the ignition is in LOCK (0), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. Disconnect the A/C line from the evaporator core. 4. Remove the air cleaner housing assembly. 5. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. 6. From under the hood, slide the hose clamps (A) back. Disconnect the inlet heater hose (B) and the outlet heater hose (C) from the heater unit. Note the orientation of the hose. Engine coolant will run out when the hoses are disconnected; drain it into a clean drip pan. Be sure not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or the painted surfaces. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately. 7. Remove the mounting nut from the heater unit. Take care not to damage or bend the fuel lines or brake lines, etc.. 8. Remove the dashboard. 9. Disconnect the connector (A) from the blower motor. Remove the wire harness clip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating > Page 6824 10. Disconnect the connector (A) from the recirculation control motor. 11. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the mode control motor, the evaporator temperature sensor, and the power transistor. Remove the wire harness clip (B). 12. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the air mix control motor and A/C wire harness. Remove the connector clip (B), the wire harness clips (C), and the wire harness (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Heater Core Case > Component Information > Service and Repair > Heating > Page 6825 13. Remove the mounting bolt, mounting nuts, and blower-heater unit (A). 14. Remove the self-tapping screws, the heater core cover (A), the grommet (B), and carefully pull out the heater core (C). 15. Install the heater core and the evaporator core in the reverse order of removal. 16. Install the heater unit in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Do not interchange the inlet and outlet heater hoses, and install the hose clamps securely. - Refill the cooling system with engine coolant. - Make sure that there is no coolant leakage. - Make sure that there is no air leakage. - Refer to evaporator core replacement. - Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system, then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair High Pressure Safety Valve HVAC: Service and Repair A/C Compressor Relief Valve Replacement NOTE: If the A/C compressor relief valve released refrigerant to the atmosphere, determine and correct the cause of the excessive pressure in the system, then replace the relief valve. 1. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/recycling/charging station. 2. Remove the relief valve cover (A), the relief valve (B), and the O-ring (C). Plug the opening to keep foreign matter from entering the system and the A/C compressor oil from running out. 3. Clean the mating surfaces. 4. Replace the O-ring with a new one at the relief valve, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing it. 5. Remove the plug, and install and tighten the relief valve. 6. Charge the system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Hose/Line HVAC > Component Information > Service and Repair Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Power Transistor HVAC > Component Information > Diagrams 145. Blower Power Transistor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Receiver Dryer > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2-Door Receiver Dryer: Service and Repair 2-Door 2-door NOTE: Install the receiver/dryer as quickly as possible to prevent the system from absorbing moisture from the air. 1. Remove the A/C condenser. 2. Remove the cap (A) from the bottom of the A/C condenser. Remove the O-rings (B) and the desiccant (C). 3. Install the receiver/dryer in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the O-rings with new ones, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil (SP-10) before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. - Install the cap to the specified torque. It is made of resin a can be easily stripped. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Receiver Dryer > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2-Door > Page 6839 Receiver Dryer: Service and Repair 4-Door 4-door NOTE: Install the receiver/dryer as quickly as possible to prevent the system from absorbing moisture from the air. 1. Remove the A/C condenser. 2. Remove the bolts from the A/C condenser, then remove the receiver/dryer (A), the bracket (B), and the O-rings (C). 3. Install the receiver/dryer in the reverse order of removal. Replace the O-rings with new ones, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil (SP-10) before installing them. Be sure to use the correct O-rings for HFC-134a (R-134a) to avoid leakage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection Refrigerant: Technical Service Bulletins A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection 07-030 October 12, 2007 Applies To: ALL Vehicles With Conventional A/C Compressors A/C Leak Detection (Supersedes 07-030, dated June 15, 2007, to update the information marked by asterisks) The OPTIMAX Jr. (TM)A/C Leak Detection Kit for Honda vehicles, P/N TRP124893, is a new required tool. The kit is used to add small amounts of dye to A/C systems to help locate smaller leaks that an electronic leak detector might not find. When searching for leaks, always begin by using an electronic leak detector. Refer to Service Bulletin 97-027, Denso HLD-100 Halogen Leak Detector; for tips on using this tool, then follow up with the OPTIMAX Jr. This new detection kit complements but does not replace the electronic detector. The kit contains: ^ TRP8640CS, OPTIMAX Jr. (TM) cordless, fluorescent leak detection flashlight lamp (includes 3 standard AA batteries) ^ TRP38600601, (6) 0.06 oz. (1.7 g) Tracer-Stick(R) R134a/PAG A/C dye capsules with ID labels ^ TRP3887, R-134a Universal Connect Set(TM) ^ TRP120884, GLO-AWAY(TM) dye cleaner ^ TRP9940, fluorescence-enhancing glasses ^ TRP1143, (1) empty Tracer-Stick dye capsule ORDERING INFO *One OPTIMAX Jr. A/C Leak Detection Kit was shipped to each current dealer as a required special tool. Additional kits and replacement capsules may be ordered through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. On the iN, click on Service, Service Bay, Tool and Equipment Program, Online Catalog tab, and Air Conditioning Equipment, or call.* NOTICE ^ Do not use leak-trace dye in any Honda hybrid vehicle equipped with a dual-scroll compressor This can increase the chance of electric shock. The compressor is easily identified by the orange high-voltage cable that is connected to the compressor body. ^ Only Tracer-Stick single-dose fluorescent dye capsules from Tracer Products (Tracerline(R)) are approved for use in Honda vehicles. Other dyes contain solvents that may contaminate the system's refrigerant oil, leading to component failure. ^ Adding excessive amounts of dye can lead to compressor damage and failure. USING THE OPTIMAX JR. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6844 1. Before adding any leak-detection dye, check to see if there is dye in the system now. ^ Check for a label in the engine compartment indicating that fluorescent leak-detection dye has been added to the system. ^ Dye may have been added even though no label is present. To confirm this: - Put on the fluorescence-enhancing glasses, and remove the low-side service port sealing cap. - Direct the ultraviolet lamp into the valve stem area. If dye has been previously added, the lubricant traces will have a bright yellow fluorescent glow. You may need to press the port's valve stem briefly to release some lubricant and dye from the system. ^ If there is no dye in the system, go to step 2. ^ If there is dye in the system, go to step 5. Do not add more dye. 2. Add the dye. NOTE: Air and moisture must be evacuated from the universal connect set if it is being used for the first time, or if it has been stored with the control valve open. If the air and moisture have been evacuated, go to step 3; otherwise do the following: (a) Attach the empty dye capsule (provided in the dye kit) to the control valve fitting. (b) Attach the service valve fitting (provided in the kit) to the empty dye capsule. (c) Attach the low-side hose of the A/C recovery and charging station, and open the quick coupler's hand-wheel valve. Then open the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set. (d) Following the manufacturer's instructions for your recovery and charging station, evacuate the universal connect set for approximately 3 minutes. (e) When evacuation is complete, be sure the set's control valve is closed (finger tight), and disconnect the NC recovery and charging station. (f) Remove the service valve fitting and the empty dye capsule from the set, and store them for future use. NOTE: ^ Check the refrigerant charge level. There must be enough refrigerant in the system to operate the A/C compressor and to circulate refrigerant oil. ^ If the refrigerant charge is too low, recover the remaining amount and recharge the system before adding any dye. (g) Start the vehicle and operate the A/C system. Follow your A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's operating instructions for low-side charging to install the dye. * NOTE: Only 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant is needed to push the dye into the A/C system.* (h) Once the refrigerant charge is programmed, open the control valve on the set to allow the dye to enter the system. (i) After the dye capsule clears, allow the low-side of the A/C system to reach its lowest operating pressure, then quickly close both the service equipment's low-side coupler valve and the control valve on the set. (j) Remove the set from the vehicle by releasing its quick coupler. Remove the empty dye capsule from the service valve fitting. Return the hose, control valve, and service-valve fitting to the storage case. * NOTE: Store the hose with the control valve closed. This will retain a small amount of refrigerant in the hose so it does not have to be evacuated the next time you use it.* (k) Fill out an identification label (provided in the kit), and attach it to a location near the A/C charge label. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6845 3. Connect the universal connect set and the Tracer- Stick dye capsule: (a) Be sure the quick coupler and control valves on the set are closed. (b) Remove the low-side service port sealing cap, and connect the set to the low-side service port using the quick coupler. (c) Hold a new dye capsule so that the embossed arrow is pointing up. Remove the black end cap, and carefully attach the capsule to the control valve fitting. NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing up or the dye will leak out of the capsule. (d) Turn the capsule so the embossed arrow is pointing down. Remove the orange end cap, and carefully attach the service valve fitting provided in the kit (finger tight). NOTE: The capsule must be held with the embossed arrow pointing down or the dye will leak out. 4. Connect the NC service equipment: With the universal connect set and dye capsule attached to the vehicle's low-side service port, connect the A/C refrigerant recovery and charging station's low-side hose quick coupler to the service valve fitting. Open the blue hand-wheel valves on both quick couplers. Leave the control valve (black knob) on the universal connect set closed. NOTE: * ^ If you have recovered refrigerant to weigh it as part of your diagnostics, or if there is a low charge, it is more efficient to recharge the system using normal procedures before installing the universal connect set. Dye can then be added using approximately 0.05 lb (0.02 kg) of refrigerant.* ^ You do not need to connect the service equipment's high-side hose to the vehicle to install the dye. If the high-side hose is connected, make sure its coupler valve is closed before proceeding. ^ Do not use the A/C recovery and charging station to recover or evacuate the A/C system when a full dye capsule is attached. The dye will be drawn into the service equipment instead of being added to the vehicle's A/C system. 5. Inspect the A/C system for leaks: (a) Run the A/C system for at least 15 minutes to circulate the dye through the system. Large leaks will be seen immediately as a fluorescent yellow glow. Smaller leaks may require at least 24 hours of vehicle operation before they become visible. Operate the A/C system as much as possible during this time to keep the dye circulating. (b) Stop the vehicle's engine and inspect the system for leaks using the ultraviolet (UV) lamp and fluorescence-enhancing glasses from the kit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > A/C - Refrigerant Leak Detection > Page 6846 Low ambient light conditions (a dark work area) will aid in locating the leak. NOTE: Not all UV lamps work well with all types of fluorescent dye. Use only the lamp provided in the kit to inspect for leaks. (c) Inspect the entire system. Be sure to check these locations: ^ damaged and corroded areas ^ fittings ^ hose-to-line couplings ^ refrigerant controls ^ service ports ^ brazed or welded areas ^ areas near attachment points (d) Check for evaporator leaks by illuminating the evaporator drain tube area with the UV lamp and glasses. (e) After repairing a leak, remove any fluorescent residue using the GLO-AWAY dye cleaner from the kit and hot water (follow the instructions on the bottle). Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant: Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Capacity: 400 to 450 g 0.40 to 0.45 kg 0.9 to 1.0 lbs 14.1 to 15.9 oz Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 6849 Refrigerant: Fluid Type Specifications Refrigerant Type: R-134a refrigerant Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications Refrigerant Oil: Capacity Specifications A/C condenser ..................................................................................................................................... ..................................................... 50 mL (1 2/3 fl-oz) Evaporator ....................................................... ......................................................................................................................................... 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz) Line or hose .......................................................................................................................... ....................................................................... 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz) Receiver/Dryer ................................. ........................................................................................................................................................... 10 mL (1/3 fl-oz) Leakage repair ......................................................................................................... .................................................................................... 25 mL (5/6 fl-oz) A/C compressor : Since the oil separator is equipped inside the compressor for this vehicle, oil drainage is unnecessary at the time of compressor replacement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Oil > Component Information > Specifications > Capacity Specifications > Page 6854 Refrigerant Oil: Fluid Type Specifications Recommended PAG oil: SP-10 - P/N 38897-P13-A01 AH .................................................................................................................... ................................................ 120 mL (4 fl-oz) - P/N 38899-P13-A01 .......................................................................................................................... ............................................. 40 mL (1 1/3 fl-oz) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6858 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6859 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6860 109. A/C Pressure Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Blower Motor Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6865 Blower Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations Compressor Clutch Relay: Locations Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6869 Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6870 Compressor Clutch Relay: Description and Operation Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Clutch Relay When the PCM receives a demand for cooling from the A/C system, it delays the compressor from being energized, and enriches the mixture to assure smooth transition to the A/C mode. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Compressor Clutch Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 6871 Compressor Clutch Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6875 Fan Controls Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6876 Condenser Fan Motor Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Relays and Modules - HVAC > Condenser Fan Motor Relay, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6877 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC: Locations 177. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6882 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Ambient Temperature Sensor / Switch HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6883 63. Outside Air Temperature Sensor (GX, EX, Si; Canada: LX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6888 103. Under Right Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Evaporator Temperature Sensor / Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 6889 50. Evaporator Temperature Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch: Locations 1. Right Side Of Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6893 Idle Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6894 Heating/Air Conditioning Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Sensors and Switches - HVAC > Refrigerant Pressure Sensor / Switch, HVAC > Component Information > Locations > Page 6895 109. A/C Pressure Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Heating and Air Conditioning > Thermal Limiting Fuse > Component Information > Service and Repair Thermal Limiting Fuse: Service and Repair A/C Compressor Thermal Protector Replacement 1. Remove the bolt and the holder (A). Disconnect the field coil connector (B), then remove the thermal protector (C). 2. Replace the thermal protector (A) with a new one, and apply silicone sealant (B) to the bottom of the thermal protector. 3. Install the thermal protector in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision > System Information > Service and Repair Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision: Service and Repair SRS Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment NOTE: Before doing any SRS repairs, use the HDS SRS menu method to check for DTCs; refer to the DTC Troubleshooting Index for the less obvious deployed parts (seat belt tensioners, front impact sensors, side airbag sensors, etc.) After a collision where the seat belt tensioners deployed, replace these items: - SRS unit - Seat belt tensioners - Seat belt buckle tensioners - Front impact sensors After a collision where the front airbag(s) deployed, replace these items: - SRS unit - Deployed airbag(s) - Seat belt tensioners - Seat belt buckle tensioners - Front impact sensors After a collision where the side airbag(s) deployed, replace these items: - SRS unit - Deployed side airbag(s) - Side impact sensor(s) (first) for the side(s) that deployed - Side impact sensor(s) (second) for the side(s) that deployed - B-pillar lower trim - Seat frame complete After a collision where the side curtain airbag(s) deployed, replace these items: - SRS unit - Deployed side curtain airbag(s) - Seat belt tensioner(s) for the side(s) that deployed - Side impact sensor(s) (first) for the side(s) that deployed - Side impact sensor(s) (second) for the side(s) that deployed - Rear safing sensor - Roof trim - A-pillar trim - B-pillar lower trim - C-pillar trim - Front grab handle - Rear grab handle - Any related trim clips - Sunvisor After a moderate to severe side or rear collision, inspect for any damage on the side curtain airbag or other related components. According to the degree of damage, replace components as needed. After a collision, where a side curtain airbag has deployed, replace all trim clips on that side, even if they appear to be undamaged. Replace the clips on these parts: - A-pillar trim - B-pillar trim - C-pillar trim - Front grab handle - Rear grab handle - Sunvisor During the repair process, inspect these areas: - Inspect all the SRS wire harnesses. Replace, do not repair, any damaged harnesses. - Inspect the cable reel for heat damage. If there is any damage, replace the cable reel. After the vehicle is completely repaired, turn the ignition switch ON (II). If the SRS indicator comes on for about 6 seconds and then goes off, the SRS is OK. If the indicator does not function properly, use the HDS SRS Menu Method to read the DTC. If you cannot retrieve a code, go to SRS Symptom Troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6907 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6908 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6909 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6910 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6911 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6912 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6913 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6914 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 6915 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored Air Bag Harness: Customer Interest Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored 10-001 August 13, 2010 Applies To: 2006-09 Civic 2-Door - ALL SRS Indicator Is On With DTC 32-10 (Supersedes 10-001, dated February 12, 2010, to revise the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY Under PARTS INFORMATION, new P/Ns for the floor wire harness were added. SYMPTOM The SRS indicator is on, and DTC 32-10 (open in the front passengers side airbag inflator) is stored. This problem may be intermittent. PROBABLE CAUSE Under the front passengers seat, the SRS portion of the floor wire harness has a poor crimp in it. CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the SRS DTC(s) and, only if needed, replace the floor wire harness. PARTS INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6925 NOTE: To make sure you order the correct floor wire harness, enter the VIN in your parts catalog search. REQUIRED MATERIALS Hondalock 2: P/N 08713-0002 (One bottle repairs about 25 vehicles.) TOOL INFORMATION KTC Trim Tool Set: T/N SOJATP2014 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Diagnose the SHS DTC: Operation Number: 723507 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 32107-SVA-A32 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6926 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03214 Skill Level: Repair Technician Replace the Floor Wire Harness: Operation Number: 7371B9 Flat Rate Time: 4.6 hours Failed Part: P/N 32107-SVA-A32 Defect Code: 06801 Symptom Code: 03214 Skill Level: Repair Technician DIAGNOSIS 1. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. If any DTCs other than 32-10 are indicated, troubleshoot them as needed. 2. Clear any DTCs. 3. Disconnect the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and back to ON (II). Does the SRS indicator stay on? Yes - Go to step 4. No - This service bulletin does not apply. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). On the bottom of the front passenger's seat, disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (yellow) from the passenger's side airbag wire harness. 5. Reconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector, then connect the HDS, and clear the SRS DTC(s). 6. Disconnect the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and back to ON (II). Does the SHS indicator stay on? Yes - This service bulletin does not apply. Troubleshoot the SRS DTC(s) as needed. No - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NOTE: If the customer reported that the SRS indicator was previously on, use the HDS to check the DTC history. If you find DTC 32-10 in the DTC history, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. If you do not find DTC 32-10 in the DTC history, this service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6927 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: ^ Before you begin, make sure you know the SRS component locations, and that you read and understand the SRS precautions and procedures explained in the service manual. ^ This procedure is in an outline form that you can also use as a checklist for the repair. If you need more details on the topics listed below, bookmark them in the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or view them online: - Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection - Front Seat Removal/Installation - Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal / Installation - Passenger's Dashboard Undercover Removal / Installation - Kick Panel Removal/Installation - Steering Joint Cover Removal/Installation - Center Console Removal/Installation - Rear Side Trim Panel Removal/Installation - Rear Seat Removal/Installation - Carpet Replacement 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, then wait at least 3 minutes. 2. Remove the front seats. 3. Remove the driver's and the passenger's dashboard undercovers. 4. Remove the driver's and the passenger's kick panels. 5. Remove the center console. 6. Remove the rear side trim panels. 7. Remove the rear seat-back and the rear seat cushion. 8. Remove the carpet. 9. Remove the floor wire harness, then install a new floor wire harness: ^ Refer to pages 22-50 thru 22-55 of the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords FLOOR WIRE, then select Floor Wire Harness and USB Harness (Left/Right branch) Connector and Harness Locations (2-Door) from the list for the model you're working on. NOTE: ^ Do not bend or twist the new wire harness excessively, and make sure it is not pinched or too loose in any areas. ^ Make sure all the connectors on the new wire harness are secured. ^ Replace any damaged interior trim clips. 10. Reinstall the carpet: ^ Do not wrinkle or twist the carpet. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6928 ^ Make sure the seat harness connectors and the parking brake cables are routed correctly. ^ Push the Velcro fasteners and the clips securely into place. ^ Push the accelerator hooks securely into place, and make sure the accelerator pedal is correctly attached to the floor. 11. Reinstall the rear seat cushion: ^ Make sure there are no kinks or twists in the seat belts, then slip the seat belt buckles through the slits in the seat cushion as you install the seat cushion. ^ Torque the seat cushion mounting bolt to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the rear seat-back: ^ Make sure there are no kinks or twists in the center seat belt, then guide the center seat belt over the front of the seat-back as you install the seat-back. ^ Torque the pivot bracket bolt and the seat-back mounting bolts to 22 N.m (16 lb-ft). ^ Make sure the pivot bracket hooks are secured. 13. Reinstall the rear side trim panels. Make sure the clips, the hooks, and the tabs are secured. 14. Reinstall the center console. Torque the center console mounting bolts to 5 N.m (4 lb-ft). 15. Reinstall the steering joint cover. 16. Reinstall the driver's and the passengers kick panels. Make sure the clips are secured. 17. Reinstall the driver's and the passenger 5 dashboard undercovers. Make sure the clips are secured. 18. Reinstall the front seats: ^ Apply Hondalock 2 Thread lock to the seat bolts, then reinstall the bolts, and torque them to 34 N.m (25 lb-ft). ^ Make sure the floor harness connectors are securely connected to the connectors under the seats. 19. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. 20. Test-drive the vehicle, and make sure that all vehicle systems and controls are working properly. 21. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and clear any DTCs that you find. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored Air Bag Harness: All Technical Service Bulletins Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored 10-001 August 13, 2010 Applies To: 2006-09 Civic 2-Door - ALL SRS Indicator Is On With DTC 32-10 (Supersedes 10-001, dated February 12, 2010, to revise the information marked by the black bars) REVISION SUMMARY Under PARTS INFORMATION, new P/Ns for the floor wire harness were added. SYMPTOM The SRS indicator is on, and DTC 32-10 (open in the front passengers side airbag inflator) is stored. This problem may be intermittent. PROBABLE CAUSE Under the front passengers seat, the SRS portion of the floor wire harness has a poor crimp in it. CORRECTIVE ACTION Diagnose the SRS DTC(s) and, only if needed, replace the floor wire harness. PARTS INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6934 NOTE: To make sure you order the correct floor wire harness, enter the VIN in your parts catalog search. REQUIRED MATERIALS Hondalock 2: P/N 08713-0002 (One bottle repairs about 25 vehicles.) TOOL INFORMATION KTC Trim Tool Set: T/N SOJATP2014 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Diagnose the SHS DTC: Operation Number: 723507 Flat Rate Time: 0.3 hour Failed Part: P/N 32107-SVA-A32 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6935 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03214 Skill Level: Repair Technician Replace the Floor Wire Harness: Operation Number: 7371B9 Flat Rate Time: 4.6 hours Failed Part: P/N 32107-SVA-A32 Defect Code: 06801 Symptom Code: 03214 Skill Level: Repair Technician DIAGNOSIS 1. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and check for DTCs. If any DTCs other than 32-10 are indicated, troubleshoot them as needed. 2. Clear any DTCs. 3. Disconnect the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and back to ON (II). Does the SRS indicator stay on? Yes - Go to step 4. No - This service bulletin does not apply. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). On the bottom of the front passenger's seat, disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector (yellow) from the passenger's side airbag wire harness. 5. Reconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector, then connect the HDS, and clear the SRS DTC(s). 6. Disconnect the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and back to ON (II). Does the SHS indicator stay on? Yes - This service bulletin does not apply. Troubleshoot the SRS DTC(s) as needed. No - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. NOTE: If the customer reported that the SRS indicator was previously on, use the HDS to check the DTC history. If you find DTC 32-10 in the DTC history, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. If you do not find DTC 32-10 in the DTC history, this service bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6936 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: ^ Before you begin, make sure you know the SRS component locations, and that you read and understand the SRS precautions and procedures explained in the service manual. ^ This procedure is in an outline form that you can also use as a checklist for the repair. If you need more details on the topics listed below, bookmark them in the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or view them online: - Battery Terminal Disconnection and Reconnection - Front Seat Removal/Installation - Driver's Dashboard Undercover Removal / Installation - Passenger's Dashboard Undercover Removal / Installation - Kick Panel Removal/Installation - Steering Joint Cover Removal/Installation - Center Console Removal/Installation - Rear Side Trim Panel Removal/Installation - Rear Seat Removal/Installation - Carpet Replacement 1. Do the battery terminal disconnection procedure, then wait at least 3 minutes. 2. Remove the front seats. 3. Remove the driver's and the passenger's dashboard undercovers. 4. Remove the driver's and the passenger's kick panels. 5. Remove the center console. 6. Remove the rear side trim panels. 7. Remove the rear seat-back and the rear seat cushion. 8. Remove the carpet. 9. Remove the floor wire harness, then install a new floor wire harness: ^ Refer to pages 22-50 thru 22-55 of the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords FLOOR WIRE, then select Floor Wire Harness and USB Harness (Left/Right branch) Connector and Harness Locations (2-Door) from the list for the model you're working on. NOTE: ^ Do not bend or twist the new wire harness excessively, and make sure it is not pinched or too loose in any areas. ^ Make sure all the connectors on the new wire harness are secured. ^ Replace any damaged interior trim clips. 10. Reinstall the carpet: ^ Do not wrinkle or twist the carpet. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag > Air Bag Harness > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Air Bag Harness: > 10-001 > Aug > 10 > Restraints - SRS Lamp ON/DTC 32-10 Stored > Page 6937 ^ Make sure the seat harness connectors and the parking brake cables are routed correctly. ^ Push the Velcro fasteners and the clips securely into place. ^ Push the accelerator hooks securely into place, and make sure the accelerator pedal is correctly attached to the floor. 11. Reinstall the rear seat cushion: ^ Make sure there are no kinks or twists in the seat belts, then slip the seat belt buckles through the slits in the seat cushion as you install the seat cushion. ^ Torque the seat cushion mounting bolt to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the rear seat-back: ^ Make sure there are no kinks or twists in the center seat belt, then guide the center seat belt over the front of the seat-back as you install the seat-back. ^ Torque the pivot bracket bolt and the seat-back mounting bolts to 22 N.m (16 lb-ft). ^ Make sure the pivot bracket hooks are secured. 13. Reinstall the rear side trim panels. Make sure the clips, the hooks, and the tabs are secured. 14. Reinstall the center console. Torque the center console mounting bolts to 5 N.m (4 lb-ft). 15. Reinstall the steering joint cover. 16. Reinstall the driver's and the passengers kick panels. Make sure the clips are secured. 17. Reinstall the driver's and the passenger 5 dashboard undercovers. Make sure the clips are secured. 18. Reinstall the front seats: ^ Apply Hondalock 2 Thread lock to the seat bolts, then reinstall the bolts, and torque them to 34 N.m (25 lb-ft). ^ Make sure the floor harness connectors are securely connected to the connectors under the seats. 19. Do the battery terminal reconnection procedure. 20. Test-drive the vehicle, and make sure that all vehicle systems and controls are working properly. 21. Connect the HDS to the vehicle's DLC, and clear any DTCs that you find. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations 92. Under Middle Of Dash 112. In Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6941 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6942 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6943 Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6944 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6945 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6946 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams 246. ODS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 6947 250. SRS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair SRS Unit Replacement SRS Unit Replacement Removal NOTE: If you are disconnecting only SRS unit connector A, skip step 2. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. 3. Remove the center console. 4. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), connector B (28P) and remove the TORX bolts (C), then pull out the SRS unit. Installation 1. Install the SRS unit (A) with new TORX bolts (B), then connect the connectors (C) to the SRS unit-push them into position until they click. NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against it's bracket before torquing the TORX bolt. 2. Reconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and seat belt buckle tensioner connector. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Calibrate the ODS unit. 5. Do the ODS unit operation check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 6950 6. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 7. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 6951 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair ODS Unit Replacement ODS Unit Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the passenger's side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the passenger's seat assembly and seat-back cover. 4. Disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (A) and sensor connectors (B) from the ODS unit (C). 5. Remove the two nuts (D) and the ODS unit. Installation 1. Place the ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two nuts (B), and connect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (C) and sensor connectors (D) to the ODS unit. 2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal. 3. Install the seat assembly, then connect the side airbag 2P connector. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the front passenger's seat. 6. Initialize the ODS unit. 7. After installing the ODS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Air Bag Deactivation Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Bag Deactivation Indicator: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Illumination Bulb Test 1. Remove the center panel: - With navigation - Without navigation 2. Remove the screws (A) and the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator (B) from center panel. 3. Check for continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals of the indicator. If there is no continuity, replace the bulb. 4. Reinstall the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams 240. Cable Reel Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6958 Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable: Service and Repair Cable Reel Replacement Removal 1. Make sure the front wheels are aligned straight ahead. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 3. Remove the driver's airbag. 4. Disconnect the connector (A) from the cable reel, then remove the steering wheel bolt (B). 5. Confirm that the front wheels point straight ahead, then remove the steering wheel with a steering wheel puller. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when removing the steering wheel. 6. Remove the driver's under cover. 7. Remove the column cover screws (A), then remove the column covers (B, C). 8. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (A) from the cable reel 4P connector (B), then disconnect the dashboard wire harness 20P connector (C) from the cable reel (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6959 9. Release the lock tab (A) under the cable reel connector with a 90 ° hook shaped tool (B). Slide the tool below the cable reel connector just above the lock tab. Release the lower lock tab (C), and slide the cable reel off the column. Installation 1. Before installing the steering wheel, align the front wheels straight ahead. 2. If not already done, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 3. Set the turn signal canceling sleeve (A) so that the projections (B) are aligned vertically. 4. Carefully install the cable reel (A) on the steering column shaft. Then connect 20P connector (B) to the cable reel, and connect the 4P connector (C) to the dashboard wire harness 4P connector (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6960 5. Install the steering column covers. 6. If necessary, center the cable reel (New replacement cable reels come centered.). Do this by first rotating the cable reel clockwise until it stops. Then rotate it counterclockwise (about three turns) until the arrow mark (A) on the cable reel label points straight up. 7. Position the two tabs (A) of the turn signal canceling sleeve (B) as shown, and install the steering wheel on to the steering column shaft, making sure the steering wheel hub (C) engages the pins (D) of the cable reel and tabs of the turn signal canceling sleeve. Do not tap on the steering wheel or steering column shaft when installing the steering wheel. 8. Install a new steering wheel bolt (A), then reconnect the connectors. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Clockspring Assembly / Spiral Cable, Air Bag > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 6961 9. Install the driver's airbag. 10. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 11. After installing the cable reel, confirm proper system operation: - Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. - After the SRS indicator has turned off, turn the steering wheel fully left and right to confirm the SRS indicator does not come on. - Make sure the horn and turn signal switches work properly. - Make sure the cruise control buttons work. - Make sure the steering wheel audio controls (if equipped) work. - Make sure the voice control buttons (if equipped) work. - Make sure there are no DTCs. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations 119. Left Side Of Floor (Right Similar) (2-door) 122. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (2-door) 123. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6965 147. Left C-pillar (4-door) 178. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper (Right Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6966 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6967 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6968 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6969 Impact Sensor: Diagrams 57. Impact Sensor, Left Front 58. Impact Sensor, Right Front 78. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Left Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6970 79. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Right 157. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Left 158. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the front seat assembly. 4. Remove the front door sill inner trim. 5. Remove the lower B-pillar lower trim panel. 6. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the side impact sensor (first). 7. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the side impact sensor (first) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (first) with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (first). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the side impact sensor (first) confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 6973 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side curtain airbag 2P connector. 3. For 2-door models: Remove the door sill trim, and the rear side trim panel. For 4-door models: Remove the rear seat cushion and seat side bolster. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor (second). 5. Remove the TORX bolt (A) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (second) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (second) with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the side impact sensor (second), confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 6974 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Front Impact Sensor Replacement Front Impact Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector, the front passenger's airbag 4P connector, both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors, and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors. 3. Remove the front inner fender. 4. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the front impact sensor (C). Replace the bolt. Installation 1. Install the front impact sensor with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor (C). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations 120. Middle Of Floor SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 6978 152. Rear Safing Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 6979 Safing Sensor: Service and Repair Rear Safing Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both side curtain airbag 2P connectors. 3. Remove the rear seat. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the rear safing sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the rear safing sensor (B). Installation 1. Install the rear safing sensor (A) with a new TORX bolt (B) then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (C) to the rear safing sensor. 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the rear safing sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization Seat Occupant Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization 08-041 June 7, 2008 Applies To: 2007 08 Civic ALL 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL ODS Unit Initialization, ODS Unit Calibration, and Seat Weight Sensor Output Check With Manual Mode BACKGROUND The 2006 2008 Civic Service Manual shows procedures for the occupant detection system (ODS) unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration, and the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check after a vehicle collision These procedures are normally done by following the on-screen instructions on the HDS Due to some software variations between the SRS unit and the ODS unit in some vehicles, when doing one of these procedures, the HDS may indicate to do the procedure with manual mode However these manual mode procedures are not in the service manual In these cases, follow the procedures in this bulletin to do the ODS unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration or the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check with manual mode NOTE Even though these procedures are done manually, an HDS is still required. This bulletin covers these procedures ^ ODS Unit Initialization With Manual Mode ^ ODS Unit Calibration With Manual Mode ^ Front Passengers Seat Weight Sensors Output Check After a Vehicle Collision With Manual Mode TOOL INFORMATION SCS Service Connector: P/N O7PAZ0010100 H/C 4231189 ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Initialize the ODS unit after replacing the seat back cover, the seat back cushion, and/or the ODS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs NOTE: A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS sensor can cause DTC 85-71. If you read this DTC, continue with this procedure. 2. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat back to a normal upright position Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS, but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 6984 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer flashes no. 8. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is initialized. Go to ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is initialized, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not initialized. Repeat steps 3 thru 13. If after three attempts you cannot initialize the ODS unit, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. Do not use a jumper wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 6985 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (0). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Always calibrate the ODS unit after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components (except the ODS unit or the seat weight sensors), after a vehicle collision, or after replacing the SRS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs. 2. Adjust the front passengers seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to the forward-most position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS (but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS. 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer display flashes no. 8. Buckle the driver's seat belt. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, buckle the driver's seat belt. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is calibrated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then go to FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is calibrated, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not calibrated. Repeat steps 8 thru 13. If after three attempts the ODS unit does not calibrate, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 6986 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (I I). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: ^ Always check the front passenger's seat weight sensor output after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components, except the ODS unit, and after a vehicle collision. ^ Make sure the SCS line is not shorted by the HDS. 1. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to a normal upright position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for the passenger airbag OFF indicator to go off. 3. Apply the specified weight to the front passenger's seat: ^ 4-door: 58 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant is 58 pounds.) ^ 2-door: 64 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant and a 1 gallon jug of VTM-4 fluid is 64 pounds.) 4. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice to release any stiction that may be present in the seat weight sensors. 5. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should come on and stay on. If the indicator does not come on, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them. 6. Add another 15-20 pounds of weight to the front passenger's seat. 7. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice. 8. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should go off. ^ If the indicator goes off, the front passenger's weight sensors are OK. ^ If the indicator does not go off, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them, then repeat steps 1 thru 8. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Seat Occupant Sensor: Component Locations 113. Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) 114. Right Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6989 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 6990 111. Under Front Passenger's Seat (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6991 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams 94. Weight Sensor, Inner Side Front Passenger's (2-door) 133. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Inner Side) (4-door) 134. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Outer Side) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 6992 135. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Inner Side) (4-door) 136. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Outer Side) (4-door) 137. Weight Sensor, Outer Side Front Passenger's (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 4-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 4-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly section. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX E18 socket, remove the TORX nuts (A) attaching the seat track (B) to the front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the front passenger's weight sensors (E), then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. 1. Install the new front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors under the seat track. 2. Apply multipurpose grease to the spring washer and bushing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 6995 3. Insert a 3.5 mm center punch into the hole in the cushion frame to position the spring washers, when tightening the TORX nuts (A). Begin with the (1) and tighten them in crisscross pattern in two or more steps. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 6996 4. Using the pin driver to position the spring washers, torque the TORX nuts in the sequence shown in two or more steps. 5. Make sure the gap between the spring washer (A) and the seat track (B) is more than 4 mm, as shown. 6. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 7. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 8. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 9. Calibrate the ODS unit. 10. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 6997 Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 2-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 2-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX T27 bit, remove the tamper-resistant TORX bolts (A) that attach the seat track (B) to the weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the ODS unit harness, then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure both of the hooks (A) on the seat track are properly secured to the front bracket (B). If the hooks are not properly secured, the seat weight sensors will not function properly. 1. Install the new front passenger's weight sensors with tamper-resistant TORX bolts (C) under the seat track. 2. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 3. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Calibrate the ODS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 6998 6. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come ON for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations 106. Under Driver's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7002 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7003 70. Seat Position Sensor, Driver's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Air Bag Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7004 Seat Position Sensor: Service and Repair Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement Removal NOTE: - Removal of the driver's seat position sensor must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable while removing the driver's seat position sensor. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector. 3. Remove the driver's seat assembly. 4. Disconnect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's seat position sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the driver's seat position sensor. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness so it does not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable, while installing the driver's seat position sensor. - After installing the driver's seat position sensor, make sure it is clean. Keep it away from dust. 1. Install the driver's seat position sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector to the driver's seat position sensor (B). 2. Install the driver's seat assembly. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations Air Bag Control Module: Locations 92. Under Middle Of Dash 112. In Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7009 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7010 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7011 Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7012 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7013 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7014 Air Bag Control Module: Diagrams 246. ODS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7015 250. SRS Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair SRS Unit Replacement SRS Unit Replacement Removal NOTE: If you are disconnecting only SRS unit connector A, skip step 2. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. 3. Remove the center console. 4. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P), connector B (28P) and remove the TORX bolts (C), then pull out the SRS unit. Installation 1. Install the SRS unit (A) with new TORX bolts (B), then connect the connectors (C) to the SRS unit-push them into position until they click. NOTE: Be sure the SRS unit is sitting squarely against it's bracket before torquing the TORX bolt. 2. Reconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and seat belt buckle tensioner connector. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Calibrate the ODS unit. 5. Do the ODS unit operation check. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 7018 6. After installing the SRS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 7. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Relays and Modules - Restraint Systems > Air Bag Control Module > Component Information > Service and Repair > SRS Unit Replacement > Page 7019 Air Bag Control Module: Service and Repair ODS Unit Replacement ODS Unit Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the passenger's side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the passenger's seat assembly and seat-back cover. 4. Disconnect the ODS unit 18P connector (A) and sensor connectors (B) from the ODS unit (C). 5. Remove the two nuts (D) and the ODS unit. Installation 1. Place the ODS unit (A) on the seat-back frame. Tighten the two nuts (B), and connect the ODS unit harness 18P connector (C) and sensor connectors (D) to the ODS unit. 2. Install the seat-back cover in the reverse order of removal. 3. Install the seat assembly, then connect the side airbag 2P connector. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Set the seat-back in the normal position, and make sure there is nothing on the front passenger's seat. 6. Initialize the ODS unit. 7. After installing the ODS unit, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7024 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7025 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7026 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7027 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7028 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7029 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7030 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7031 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7032 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Seat Belt: Testing and Inspection Inspection Out of Vehicle For front seat belt retractor with seat belt tensioner, review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. Retractor 1. Before installing the retractor, check that the seat belt can be pulled out freely. 2. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when the retractor (A) is leaned slowly up to 15 ° from the mounted position. The seat belt should lock when the retractor is leaned over 40 °. Do not attempt to disassemble the retractor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 7036 3. Replace the seat belt with a new assembly if there is any abnormality. Do not disassemble any part of the seat belt for any reason. In-vehicle 1. Check that the seat belt is not twisted or caught on anything. 2. After installing the anchors, check for free movement on the anchor bolts. If necessary, remove the anchor bolts and check that the washers and other parts are not damaged or improperly installed. 3. Check the seat belts for damage or discoloration. Clean with a shop towel if necessary. Use only soap and water to clean. NOTE: Dirt build-up in the loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly. Wipe the inside of the loops with a clean cloth dampened in isopropyl alcohol. 4. Check that the seat belt does not lock when pulled out slowly. The seat belt is designed to lock only during a sudden stop or impact. 5. Make sure that the seat belt will retract automatically when released. 6. For front passenger's seat belt and all rear seat belts, check the seat belt retractor locking mechanism ALR (automatic locking retractor). This function is for securing child seats. 1. Pull the seat belt all the way out to engage the ALR. The seat belt should retract with a ratcheting sound, but not extend. This is normal. 2. To disengage the ALR, release the seat belt and allow it to fully retract, then pull the seat belt out part-way. The seat belt should retract and extend normally. 7. Replace the seat belt with a new assembly if there is any abnormality. Do not disassemble any part of the seat belt for any reason. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement Seat Belt: Service and Repair Front Seat Belt Replacement Front Seat Belt Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures in the SRS before doing repairs or service. NOTE: Check the front seat belts for damage, and replace them if necessary. Be careful not to damage them during removal and installation. Front Seat Belt - 2-door 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Slide the front seat forward fully. 3. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 4. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. - Driver's seat belt: Remove the lower anchor cap (A), and remove the lower anchor bolt (B). - Passenger's seat belt: Carefully insert the tip of a small screwdriver (C) through the hole in the back of the front seat belt lower anchor cover (D) and into the hole in the front seat belt lower anchor (E). Unlock the lower anchor by pushing in on the screwdriver. Remove the screwdriver, and then detach the front seat belt anchor plate (F) and anchor cover from the lower anchor. 5. Remove these items: - Door sill trim - Rear side trim panel 6. Remove the bolts (A) and the seat belt guide (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7039 7. Remove the upper anchor cap (A), and remove the upper anchor bolt (B). 8. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner connector (A). Remove the upper retractor mounting bolt (B) and the lower retractor bolt (C), then remove the front seat belt (D) and retractor (E). 9. If necessary, remove the front seat belt protector (F). 10. Install the belt in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check that the retractor locking mechanism functions. - Assemble the washers, collars, and bushings on the upper and lower anchor bolts as shown. - If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, replace the front seat belt protector with a new one. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the anchor bolts before reinstallation. - Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the front seat belt. - Make sure the seat belt tensioner connector is plugged in properly. - Passenger's seat belt: Before attaching the front seat belt lower anchor, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the belts. - Passenger's seat belt: Triangle marks (A) on the anchor plate (B) and on the lower anchor (C) must face the same side. - Passenger's seat belt: Insert the hook on the anchor plate into the lower anchor, and be sure that the lower anchor is locked securely. - Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. - Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). - Check for any DTCs that may have been set during repairs, and clear them. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7040 Front Seat Belt - 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: Check the front seat belts for damage, and replace them if necessary. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 3. Slide the front seat forward fully, and remove the anchor cover (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7041 4. Remove the lower anchor bolt (A). 5. Remove the B-pillar lower trim. 6. Remove the B-pillar upper trim and slider. 7. Remove the upper anchor bolt (A). 8. Disconnect the seat belt tensioner connector (A). Remove the upper retractor mounting bolt (B) and the lower retractor bolt (C), then remove the front seat belt (D) and retractor (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7042 9. If necessary, remove the front seat belt protector (F). 10. Remove the shoulder anchor adjuster (A). 11. Install the seat belt in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the anchor bolts before reinstallation. - Tighten the bolts by hand first, then tighten to the specified torque. - Check that the retractor locking mechanism functions as described. - Assemble the washer, collar, and bushing on the upper anchor bolt as shown. - If the seat belt tensioner has been deployed, replace the front seat belt protector with a new one. - Before installing the anchor bolts, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt. - Make sure the seat belt tensioner is properly plugged in. - Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. - Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). - Check for any DTCs that may have been set during repairs, and clear them. Front Seat Belt Buckle 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7043 3. Remove the front seat. 4. Lift up the front seat, then detach the seat belt switch connector (A) and seat belt buckle tensioner connector (B), and on the driver's seat, detach the harness clip (C). 5. Remove the center anchor bolt (A), then remove the seat belt buckle (B) from the elastic band (C). 6. 2-door passenger's seat: Release the hook strips (D) and pull back the seat cushion cover. 7. Pull the seat belt switch harness (E) out through the space between the seat cushion and the seat track (driver's seat), or through the hole in the seat track (passenger's seat). 8. Install the buckle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7044 - Assemble the washers on the center anchor bolt as shown. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the center anchor bolt before reinstallation. - Tighten the bolts by hand first, then tighten to specification with a torque wrench. - Make sure the seat belt switch connector and seat belt buckle tensioner connector are plugged in properly. - Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. - Enter the anti-theft code for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). - Check for any DTCs that may have been set during repairs, and clear them. Passenger's Seat Belt Lower Anchor 1. Remove the door sill trim. 2. Remove the lower anchor bolt (A), then remove the lower anchor (B). 3. Install the lower anchor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the lower anchor bolt before reinstallation. - Assemble the washers, collars, and bushing on the lower anchor bolt as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7045 Seat Belt: Service and Repair Rear Seat Belt Replacement Rear Seat Belt Replacement NOTE: Check the second row seat belts for damage, and replace them if necessary. Be careful not to damage them during removal and installation. Rear Seat Belt 1. Remove the rear seat cushion. 2. Remove the lower anchor bolt (A). 3. Remove these items: - 2-door: Rear seat-back, fold down, split fold down - Rear shelf - Rear shelf extension - Rear side trim panel - 4-door: Rear seat side bolsters, both sides - C-pillar trim, both sides - Rear shelf 4. Remove the retractor bolt (A), then remove the rear seat belt (B) and retractor (C). 5. Install the rear seat belt and retractor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the anchor bolts before reinstallation. - Check that the retractor locking mechanism functions as described. - Before installing the anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the rear seat belt. Center Seat Belt and Seat Belt Buckles Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7046 1. Remove the rear seat cushion. 2. Remove the center anchor bolts (A), then remove the right seat belt buckle (B), center seat belt buckle (C), and left seat belt buckle (D). 3. Fold both rear seat-backs forward. 4. Remove these items: - 2-door: Rear shelf - 4-door: Rear seat side bolsters, both sides - C-pillar trim, both sides - Rear shelf 5. Remove the retractor mounting ET screw (A) (4-door) and the retractor bolt (B), then remove the rear seat belt (C) and retractor (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7047 6. Remove the rear center seat belt protector (E). 7. Install the seat belt and buckles in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the center anchor bolts before reinstallation. - Tighten the bolts by hand first, then tighten to the specified torque. - Check that the retractor locking mechanism functions. - Assemble the washers on the center anchor bolt as shown. - Before installing the center anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the center belt. - Make sure the rear center ELR (emergency locking retractor) is pointing straight forward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat Belt Replacement > Page 7048 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations 108. Under Driver's Seat 110. Under Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7052 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams 125. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Driver's 126. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7057 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7058 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7059 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7060 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7061 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7062 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7063 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7064 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7065 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7066 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7067 Seat Belt Tensioner: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7068 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7069 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7070 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7071 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7072 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7073 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7074 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7075 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7076 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7077 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7078 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7079 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7080 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7081 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7082 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7083 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7084 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7085 Seat Belt Tensioner: Connector Views 153. Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner, Driver's 154. Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Systems > Seat Belt Tensioner > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7086 155. Seat Belt Tensioner, Driver's 156. Seat Belt Tensioner, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations Impact Sensor: Locations 119. Left Side Of Floor (Right Similar) (2-door) 122. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (2-door) 123. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7091 147. Left C-pillar (4-door) 178. Behind Left Side Of Front Bumper (Right Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7092 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7093 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7094 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7095 Impact Sensor: Diagrams 57. Impact Sensor, Left Front 58. Impact Sensor, Right Front 78. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Left Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7096 79. Side Impact Sensor (2nd), Right 157. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Left 158. Side Impact Sensor (1st), Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement NOTE: Review the seat replacement procedure before doing repairs or service. Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side airbag 2P connector. 3. Remove the front seat assembly. 4. Remove the front door sill inner trim. 5. Remove the lower B-pillar lower trim panel. 6. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the side impact sensor (first). 7. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the side impact sensor (first) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (first) with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (first). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the side impact sensor (first) confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 7099 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Side Impact Sensor (Second) Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the appropriate side curtain airbag 2P connector. 3. For 2-door models: Remove the door sill trim, and the rear side trim panel. For 4-door models: Remove the rear seat cushion and seat side bolster. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 2P connector from the side impact sensor (second). 5. Remove the TORX bolt (A) using a TORX T30 bit, then remove the side impact sensor (second) (B). Installation 1. Install the side impact sensor (second) with a new TORX bolt (A) then connect floor wire harness 2P connector (B) to the side impact sensor (second). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the side impact sensor (second), confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Impact Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Side Impact Sensor (First) Replacement > Page 7100 Impact Sensor: Service and Repair Front Impact Sensor Replacement Front Impact Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector, the front passenger's airbag 4P connector, both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors, and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors. 3. Remove the front inner fender. 4. Disconnect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (A). Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the front impact sensor (C). Replace the bolt. Installation 1. Install the front impact sensor with a new TORX bolt (A), then connect the engine compartment wire harness 2P connector (B) to the front impact sensor (C). 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. After installing the front impact sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. 4. Reinstall all removed parts. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations Safing Sensor: Locations 120. Middle Of Floor SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 7104 152. Rear Safing Sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Safing Sensor, Air Bag > Component Information > Locations > Page 7105 Safing Sensor: Service and Repair Rear Safing Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect both side curtain airbag 2P connectors. 3. Remove the rear seat. 4. Disconnect the floor wire harness 4P connector from the rear safing sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (A), then remove the rear safing sensor (B). Installation 1. Install the rear safing sensor (A) with a new TORX bolt (B) then connect the floor wire harness 4P connector (C) to the rear safing sensor. 2. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 3. Reinstall all removed parts. 4. After installing the rear safing sensor, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come on for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Locations 108. Under Driver's Seat 110. Under Front Passenger's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Belt Buckle Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7109 Seat Belt Buckle Switch: Diagrams 125. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Driver's 126. Seat Belt Buckle Switch, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization Seat Occupant Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization 08-041 June 7, 2008 Applies To: 2007 08 Civic ALL 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL ODS Unit Initialization, ODS Unit Calibration, and Seat Weight Sensor Output Check With Manual Mode BACKGROUND The 2006 2008 Civic Service Manual shows procedures for the occupant detection system (ODS) unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration, and the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check after a vehicle collision These procedures are normally done by following the on-screen instructions on the HDS Due to some software variations between the SRS unit and the ODS unit in some vehicles, when doing one of these procedures, the HDS may indicate to do the procedure with manual mode However these manual mode procedures are not in the service manual In these cases, follow the procedures in this bulletin to do the ODS unit initialization, the ODS unit calibration or the front passenger's seat weight sensor output check with manual mode NOTE Even though these procedures are done manually, an HDS is still required. This bulletin covers these procedures ^ ODS Unit Initialization With Manual Mode ^ ODS Unit Calibration With Manual Mode ^ Front Passengers Seat Weight Sensors Output Check After a Vehicle Collision With Manual Mode TOOL INFORMATION SCS Service Connector: P/N O7PAZ0010100 H/C 4231189 ODS UNIT INITIALIZATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Initialize the ODS unit after replacing the seat back cover, the seat back cushion, and/or the ODS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs NOTE: A new (uninitialized) ODS unit installed with a faulty OPDS sensor can cause DTC 85-71. If you read this DTC, continue with this procedure. 2. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat back to a normal upright position Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS, but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 7114 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer flashes no. 8. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is initialized. Go to ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is initialized, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not initialized. Repeat steps 3 thru 13. If after three attempts you cannot initialize the ODS unit, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. Do not use a jumper wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 7115 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (0). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. ODS UNIT CALIBRATION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: Always calibrate the ODS unit after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components (except the ODS unit or the seat weight sensors), after a vehicle collision, or after replacing the SRS unit. 1. Make sure there are no SRS DTCs. 2. Adjust the front passengers seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to the forward-most position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 3. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 4. If not already connected, connect the HDS to the DLC, then turn on the HDS (but do not turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 5. Select the Diagnostic System icon to run the HDS. 6. Select the SCS icon. 7. On the next screen, select YES to short the SCS line. After the line is shorted, the odometer display flashes no. 8. Buckle the driver's seat belt. 9. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 10. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 11. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, buckle the driver's seat belt. 12. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, unbuckle the driver's seat belt. 13. Watch the SRS indicator: ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then goes off, the ODS unit is calibrated. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), then go to FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE. ^ If the SRS indicator blinks twice and then stays on, the ODS unit is calibrated, but there are SRS DTCs that need to be cleared. Go to step 14. ^ If the SRS indicator stays on (does not blink), the ODS unit is not calibrated. Repeat steps 8 thru 13. If after three attempts the ODS unit does not calibrate, refer to symptom troubleshooting in the service manual. 14. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 15. Disconnect the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Restraints - Occupant Detection System Initialization > Page 7116 16. Connect the SCS service connector to the 2P memory erase signal (MES) connector. Do not use a jumper wire. 17. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 18. After turning the ignition switch to ON (II), the SRS indicator comes on for 6 seconds and then goes off. Within 4 seconds after the indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. 19. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator comes on again, reconnect the SCS service connector to the MES connector. 20. Within 4 seconds after the SRS indicator goes off, disconnect the SCS service connector from the MES connector. The SRS indicator blinks twice to indicate the SRS unit memory has been cleared. 21. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0), and wait for 10 seconds. 22. Turn the ignition switch to ON (I I). The SRS indicator should come on for 6 seconds and then go off. If the indicator stays on, repeat steps 14 thru 22. If after doing those steps the indicator continues to stay on, read and troubleshoot the SRS DTCs or refer to symptom troubleshooting. 23. Use the HDS to remove the short on the SCS line. FRONT PASSENGER'S SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR OUTPUT CHECK AFTER A VEHICLE COLLISION WITH MANUAL MODE NOTE: ^ Always check the front passenger's seat weight sensor output after replacing any of the front passenger's seat components, except the ODS unit, and after a vehicle collision. ^ Make sure the SCS line is not shorted by the HDS. 1. Adjust the front passenger's seat to its most rearward position, and adjust the seat-back to a normal upright position. Make sure to remove items that are on, under, or near the seat. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and wait for the passenger airbag OFF indicator to go off. 3. Apply the specified weight to the front passenger's seat: ^ 4-door: 58 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant is 58 pounds.) ^ 2-door: 64 pounds. (A case of Honda coolant and a 1 gallon jug of VTM-4 fluid is 64 pounds.) 4. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice to release any stiction that may be present in the seat weight sensors. 5. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should come on and stay on. If the indicator does not come on, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them. 6. Add another 15-20 pounds of weight to the front passenger's seat. 7. For 2-door models: Firmly tap on the headrest twice. 8. Watch the passenger airbag OFF indicator. The indicator should go off. ^ If the indicator goes off, the front passenger's weight sensors are OK. ^ If the indicator does not go off, check for SRS DTCs and troubleshoot them, then repeat steps 1 thru 8. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Seat Occupant Sensor: Component Locations 113. Left Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) 114. Right Side Of Front Passenger's Seat (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7119 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7120 111. Under Front Passenger's Seat (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7121 Seat Occupant Sensor: Diagrams 94. Weight Sensor, Inner Side Front Passenger's (2-door) 133. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Inner Side) (4-door) 134. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Front Outer Side) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7122 135. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Inner Side) (4-door) 136. Weight Sensor, Front Passenger's (Rear Outer Side) (4-door) 137. Weight Sensor, Outer Side Front Passenger's (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 4-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 4-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly section. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX E18 socket, remove the TORX nuts (A) attaching the seat track (B) to the front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the front passenger's weight sensors (E), then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfering with other parts. 1. Install the new front passenger's seat slide assembly including all four front passenger's weight sensors under the seat track. 2. Apply multipurpose grease to the spring washer and bushing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 7125 3. Insert a 3.5 mm center punch into the hole in the cushion frame to position the spring washers, when tightening the TORX nuts (A). Begin with the (1) and tighten them in crisscross pattern in two or more steps. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 7126 4. Using the pin driver to position the spring washers, torque the TORX nuts in the sequence shown in two or more steps. 5. Make sure the gap between the spring washer (A) and the seat track (B) is more than 4 mm, as shown. 6. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 7. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 8. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 9. Calibrate the ODS unit. 10. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 7127 Seat Occupant Sensor: Service and Repair 2-Door Front Passenger's Weight Sensor Replacement Special Tools Required Pin driver, 3.5 mm 07744-0010300 2-door Removal NOTE: Removal of the front passenger's weight sensors must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Remove the front passenger's seat assembly. 3. Remove the cushion cover/pad from the seat cushion frame. 4. Using a TORX T27 bit, remove the tamper-resistant TORX bolts (A) that attach the seat track (B) to the weight sensors (C). 5. Disconnect the sensor connectors (D) from the ODS unit harness, then remove the front passenger's weight sensors. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness wires so they are not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure both of the hooks (A) on the seat track are properly secured to the front bracket (B). If the hooks are not properly secured, the seat weight sensors will not function properly. 1. Install the new front passenger's weight sensors with tamper-resistant TORX bolts (C) under the seat track. 2. Reassemble the front passenger's seat cushion cover/pad. 3. Reinstall the front passenger's seat. 4. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 5. Calibrate the ODS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Occupant Sensor > Component Information > Service and Repair > 4-Door > Page 7128 6. After installing the front passenger's weight sensors, confirm proper system operation: Turn the ignition switch ON (II); the SRS indicator should come ON for about 6 seconds and then go off. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations Seat Position Sensor: Locations 106. Under Driver's Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7132 SRS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7133 70. Seat Position Sensor, Driver's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Restraint Systems > Sensors and Switches - Restraint Systems > Seat Position Sensor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7134 Seat Position Sensor: Service and Repair Driver's Seat Position Sensor Replacement Removal NOTE: - Removal of the driver's seat position sensor must be done according to Precautions and Procedures. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable while removing the driver's seat position sensor. 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 2. Disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector. 3. Remove the driver's seat assembly. 4. Disconnect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector (A) from the driver's seat position sensor. 5. Using a TORX T30 bit, remove the TORX bolt (B), then remove the driver's seat position sensor. Installation NOTE: - Be sure to install the harness so it does not pinched or interfere with other parts. - Do not turn the ignition switch ON (II), and do not connect the battery cable, while installing the driver's seat position sensor. - After installing the driver's seat position sensor, make sure it is clean. Keep it away from dust. 1. Install the driver's seat position sensor with a TORX bolt (A), then connect the seat position sensor harness 2P connector to the driver's seat position sensor (B). 2. Install the driver's seat assembly. 3. Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. 4. Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna Amplifier > Component Information > Service and Repair Antenna Amplifier: Service and Repair AM/FM Antenna Amplifier Replacement 1. Remove the right side C-pillar trim. 2. 2-door: Remove the terminal cover (A). 3. Disconnect the connectors (B) from the AM/FM antenna amplifier (C). 4. Remove the bolt and AM/FM antenna amplifier. 5. Install the unit in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Global Positioning System Antenna > Component Information > Service and Repair Global Positioning System Antenna: Service and Repair GPS Antenna Removal/Installation 1. Remove the front individual map light lens (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B), then disconnect the connectors and remove the map lights housing (C). 3. Carefully pry off the moonroof switch (D) from the map light housing while pressing the retaining tabs (E). 4. From the moonroof switch (A), remove the screw and microphone (B). 5. Install the microphone in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair Antenna Cable: Technical Service Bulletins Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair 08-088 October 2, 2009 Applies To: ALL 2004-10 Models Service Manual Update: Poor AM or FM Reception (Supersedes 08-088, dated November 20, 2008, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, 2010 models were added. ^ Under TOOL IN FORMATION, a new antenna adapter was added, and photos of all the adapters were added.* SYMPTOM The AM or FM radio reception is poor or filled with static. NOTE: If the vehicle is 2006-07 Ridgeline, refer to Service Bulletin 07-079, Poor AM Reception or Static While Driving Over Bumps, before using the following REPAIR PROCEDURE. CORRECTIVE ACTION Test the antenna circuit using the test antenna, and repair or replace any damaged AM/FM antenna leads or parts. *TOOL INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair > Page 7148 NOTE: Adapter TIN 07AAJ-000A700 has a small barrel adapter on one end with a standard barrel adapter on the other end. All other adapters have a standard barrel adapter on the end that is not shown.* WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This bulletin is for information only. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: ^ Vehicles may have the following parts that you need to check. Refer to the applicable service manual for more information on these parts: - AM/FM antenna sublead - AM/FM antenna lead - AM/FM antenna amplifier (may be built into the AM/FM antenna) - AM/FM antenna ^ There are several different antenna styles and locations. Refer to the applicable service manual for specific part information and locations. ^ Aftermarket metallic window tinting can affect AM/ FM window antennas. If the vehicle is equipped with a window antenna, check all the other parts first. If the reception is still poor and the vehicle has aftermarket tinting, remove the tinting, then retest. If the reception is still poor, replace the AM/FM antenna. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair > Page 7149 ^ To prevent rattles, slapping, or other noises, make sure to attach the sublead and the lead to the vehicle harness or the vehicle using clips, wire ties, or electrical tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair > Page 7150 ^ Refer to the following illustrations for the names and general locations of the AM/FM antenna and its parts. These images are examples only. Refer to the applicable service manual for model-specific information. 1. Do the Seek Stop Test: ^ Refer to the Audio section of the applicable service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword SEEK, then select Seek Stop Test from the list. - If the number of AM and FM stations is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle no repair is needed at this time. - If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, go to step 2. 1. Do the Seek Stop Test: ^ Refer to the Audio section of the applicable service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword SEEK, then select Seek Stop Test from the list. - If the number of AM and FM stations is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle no repair is needed at this time. - If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair > Page 7151 2. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system and the navigation system (if equipped). NOTE: Eject all the discs before removing the audio unit to prevent damaging the CD player's load mechanism. 3. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna lead from the AMI FM antenna amplifier lead. NOTE: Refer to the applicable service manual, because you may need to remove trim, the headliner, or other parts. 4. Connect the test antenna to the AM/FM antenna lead using the appropriate adapter. 5. Do the Seek Stop Test: ^ If the number of AM and FM stations the vehicle receives is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle, go to step 15. ^ If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, go to step 6. 6. Disconnect the AM/FM antenna sublead from the AM/FM antenna lead. 7. Connect the test antenna to the AM/FM antenna sublead (the harness connected to the audio unit) using the appropriate adapter. 8. Do the Seek Stop Test: ^ If the number of AM and FM stations the vehicle receives is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle, go to step 13. ^ If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, go to step 9. 9. Disconnect the antenna cable connector from the audio unit. 10. Connect the test antenna to the audio unit using the appropriate adapter. 11. Repeat the Seek Stop Test: ^ If the number of AM and FM stations the vehicle receives increases and is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle, go to step 12. ^ If the number of AM and FM stations doesn't improve, or is not within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle, replace the audio unit, then retest. 12. Reconnect the antenna cable connector to the audio unit. 13. At the AM/FM antenna sublead, do the troubleshooting to check the voltage and the continuity: ^ Refer to Poor AM or FM Radio Reception or Interference Troubleshooting in the applicable service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword FM, then select Symptom Troubleshooting: Poor AM or FM radio reception or interference from the list. - If the voltage and continuity tests are OK, go to step 14. - If the Poor AM or FM radio reception troubleshooting results are NG, replace the AM/FM antenna sub lead. 14. Reconnect the AM/FM antenna sublead to the AM/ FM antenna lead. 15. At the AM/FM antenna lead, do the troubleshooting to check the voltage and the continuity: ^ Refer to Poor AM or FM Radio Reception or Interference Troubleshooting in the applicable service manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword FM, then select Symptom Troubleshooting: Poor AM or FM radio reception or interference from the list. - If the voltage and continuity tests are OK, go to step 16. - If the Poor AM or FM radio reception troubleshooting results are NG, replace the AM/FM antenna lead. 16. Substitute a known-good AM/FM antenna amplifier. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antenna > Antenna, Radio > Antenna Cable > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio System - Revised Poor Reception Repair > Page 7152 NOTE: ^ Some vehicles do not have an AM/FM antenna amplifier, or have one that is built into the AM/FM antenna. In these cases, substitute a known- good AM/FM antenna. ^ Refer to the applicable service manual, because you may need to remove the headliner, the carpet, or other parts to access the AM/FM antenna amplifier. 17. Repeat the Seek Stop Test: ^ If the number of AM and FM stations the vehicle receives is within 10 percent of those on a known-good vehicle, replace the original AM/FM antenna amplifier, then recheck. ^ If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, and it has a separate antenna amplifier, repair or replace the AM/FM antenna. ^ If the vehicle receives at least 10 percent fewer stations than a known-good vehicle, and it doesn't have an antenna amplifier, or has one built into the AM/FM antenna, replace the original AM/FM antenna. 18. Repeat the Seek Stop Test to confirm the repair. 19. Reinstall all remaining parts. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations Alarm Module: Locations 65. In Steering Column Cover Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7157 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7158 Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7159 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7160 Alarm Module: Diagrams 219. Security Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 191. Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7161 Alarm Module: Service and Repair Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the immobilizer-keyless control unit (B). 4. Remove the two screws and the immobilizer-keyless control unit from the ignition key cylinder (C). 5. Install the immobilizer-keyless control unit in the reverse order of removal. 6. After replacement, register the immobilizer-keyless control unit, and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7166 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7167 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Antitheft and Alarm Systems > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams 218. Remote Starting Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > Auxiliary Input / Output Jack, Entertainment System > Component Information > Diagrams Auxiliary Input / Output Jack: Diagrams 164. Auxiliary Jack Assembly (Honda Accessory) Auxiliary Jack Assembly Connector For Inputs And Outputs Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > Auxiliary Input / Output Jack, Entertainment System > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7177 Auxiliary Input / Output Jack: Service and Repair Auxiliary Jack Assembly Replacement 1. With navigation: Remove the navigation unit. Without navigation: Remove the audio unit. 2. Carefully pull out the auxiliary jack assembly (A), then disconnect the 5P connector (B). 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair DVD Player: Technical Service Bulletins Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair 06-001 February 26, 2010 Applies To: 1998 and Later Models - ALL Audio, Navigation, and RES Unit In-Warranty Exchange and Out-of-Warranty Repair (Supersedes 06-601, dated March 4, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR, the address for Pioneer Electronics Service was changed.* COVERAGE This bulletin applies to all Honda audio units, CD players/changers, cassette tape players, navigation units, and rear entertainment system (RES) units, both in warranty and out of warranty. COMPONENT REPLACEMENT POLICY Use only remanufactured components for warranty repairs on customer vehicles. Follow the warranty information and procedures given in this service bulletin. ^ Remanufactured audio, navigation, and RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. ^ Use new components to repair new, unsold vehicles. ^ A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. ^ You must receive authorization from your District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM) before ordering a new component. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: From the Flat Rate Manual Flat Rate Time: From the Flat Rate Manual Failed Part: Use the RM part number from the repair order without the RM (example: 08A06-341-110) Defect Code: From the Flat Rate Manual Symptom Code: From Audio Customer Contention Codes in the Flat Rate Manual Part used for repair: Use the RM part number from the repair order (example: 08A06-341-110RM) IN-WARRANTY DIAGNOSIS Service Advisor: Interview the customer to get as much information as possible. Information like where and when the problem occurs is vital to your diagnosis. This information also helps you to determine if the audio, navigation, or RES system is operating normally, or if a problem exists. Write the complaint on the repair order. NOTE: For CD/DVD related problems, you must verify if the customer used discs with adhesive labels. Service Technician: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7182 1. Print out the appropriate system worksheet from an Interactive Network (iN) workstation. ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on (ISIS) Service Publications. ^ Click on SEARCH BY PUBLICATION. ^ Click on Job Aids. ^ Click on Audio System Worksheet, Navigation System Worksheet, or Rear Entertainment System Worksheet. 2. Duplicate and confirm the problem using the customer information written on the repair order or have the customer demonstrate the problem, then write down the results on the worksheet. Using the SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX or the DTC INDEX (if applicable) in the applicable service manual, find the symptom that matches the customers complaint, and follow the diagnostic procedure: ^ Refer to the appropriate section in the service manual, or ^ From the iN main menu: - Click on SERVICE. - Click on ISIS (Service Publications). - Click on SEARCH BY VEHICLE. - Enter the model and the model year. - Enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES, and the DTC (if applicable) - Select the appropriate Service Bulletin, ServiceNews article, or Symptom Troubleshooting from the list. 3. Repair the vehicle according to your diagnosis, then confirm the repair by trying to duplicate the customer's original complaint, or check to see if the DTC returns: ^ If the problem is gone, return the vehicle to the customer. ^ If the problem is still there, go to step 4. 4. Replace the audio/navigation/RES unit with a remanufactured unit: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7183 ^ For warranty repairs, go to the IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE procedure. ^ For vehicle service contract (VSC) and certified used car (CUC) repairs, call. ^ For goodwill repairs, contact your dealership's District Parts and Service Manager (DPSM). IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE Service Technician: NOTE: ^ Use the iN to order a remanufactured audio, navigation, or RES unit. Do not call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. ^ A Tech Line reference number is not required to submit the order. Check Yes, and enter the Reference Number only when there is a preexisting Tech Line contact. 1. With your completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet, go to an iN workstation. 2. From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE, then click on AUDIO, then select Warranty Audio Order. 3. Select the model, year, and keyword (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES) for the vehicle you are working on, then click on Search. 4. Review all displayed publications for additional repair information. If you cannot repair the problem, go to step 5. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7184 5. Click Warranty Audio Order to view the Warranty Audio Order form. 6. Enter the VIN and the mileage, then click the Submit button to view the Warranty Audio Order form. Use the completed Audio/Navigation/RES Worksheet to help you answer the questions on the Warranty Audio Order form. Questions with a red asterisk (*) are required fields that you must answer to submit the form. Make sure the information is complete (17-digit VIN, etc.). This information is critical to the remanufacturing process. Screen # 2 of the form contains the problem description, condition information, and shared functions. Fill this section out with as much information as possible. Select one part number from the list provided, then click Submit. It is your responsibility to ensure the correct part number is selected based on color and application information. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7185 NOTE: Once you submit your order, you can track it using the Warranty Audio VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. For details, go to WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS in this service bulletin. 7. You will receive a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit packed in a reusable shipping box. Save this box and the packing materials. You must return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this box. Otherwise your dealership risks being billed a core loss charge, ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 8. Remove the failed audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. 9. Install the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or ^ Online, enter a keyword: AUDIO, NAVIGATION, or RES. Select the appropriate installation procedure from the list. 10. If the remanufactured unit has a shipping cover and shipping screws, make sure you transfer them to the faulty unit being returned. Also be sure to transfer all of the mounting brackets to the replacement unit. Failure to do this may result in dash squeaks and rattles. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there for these reasons: ^ The manufacturer needs it for diagnosis and testing. ^ Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core. Customer media (CDs, CD magazines, DVDs, DVD-As, cassette tapes, etc.) will be properly removed by the supplier at the point of tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealer. Make sure the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not disassembled! If the core is disassembled, your dealership will be debited a core loss charge ranging from $800 to $2,500, depending on the unit. 11. Put the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in the same box that the remanufactured unit came in. NOTE: If you do not return the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core in this same box, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. Parts Manager: 12. The Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form you submitted is kept on the iN for 60 days. Print out a copy to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on SERVICE. ^ Click on Transactions. ^ Click on Advanced Search, and enter a date range. ^ Click on Filtered by Service. ^ Under Transaction Description, click on Warranty Audio Order, then go back to the top of the page and click on Search. ^ Scroll down to the appropriate VIN, then select it to view the form. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 13. Print out a copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement to put in the box with your core return: ^ From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7186 ^ Click on Returns and Surplus. ^ Click on Audio Core Return. ^ Select the appropriate VIN to view the Update Core Return information screen. ^ Review the form, then print out a copy by clicking on the printer icon. 14. Place the printed copies of the Warranty Audio/Navigation/RES Unit Order form and the Core Return Update Acknowledgement into the core return box with the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core. NOTE: If you return a failed audio/navigation/RES core without the proper forms, your warranty claim will be debited and the core will be sent back to your dealership. 15. Ship the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core to the appropriate location by using the prepaid shipping label that came with the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit. NOTE: If the failed audio/navigation/RES unit core is not received at the specified address within 30 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, your warranty claim will be debited, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. If you know that you cannot return the core within 30 days, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group, and ask for an extension. ^ If you call for an extension and the core is not received within 60 days from the order date, you will be debited the full amount of the warranty claim. ^ If you do not call for an extension, and the core is received between 31 and 60 days from the order date of the remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit, a $250 late core charge will be assessed. WARRANTY AUDIO ORDER PROGRAM FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS Here is a list of answers to the most frequently asked questions about the warranty audio order program: Question: When do I use the warranty audio order program? Answer: Use the program when you are replacing an audio/navigation/RES unit under warranty (including goodwill) that has an internal failure. NOTE: The customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, etc.) is removed by the supplier at tear down and inspection of the failed unit, and mailed to your dealership. Any failed audio/navigation/RES unit core that is returned disassembled is considered an unusable core, and your dealership will be issued a core loss charge ranging between $800 and $2,500. Remanufactured audio/navigation/RES units are not available for non-warranty repairs. New components should be used to repair new, unsold vehicles. A new component may be used to repair a customer's vehicle only if the remanufactured component is currently unavailable from American Honda. Your DPSM must authorize ordering a new component. Question: How do I order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: For a warranty replacement, use the ordering information IN WARRANTY EXCHANGE. For goodwill repair, contact your DPSM. For a non-warranty repair, see OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR. Question: Who do I call for questions on the Warranty Audio Order Program? Answer: For administrative questions, call the Remanufactured Parts Dealer Service Group. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7187 Question: Who do I call if I need help diagnosing the problem or if I have technical questions about the unit? Answer: If you cannot find the answers in the appropriate service manual, service bulletins, or ServiceNews articles on iN, create a Tech Line access code, then call Tech Line: 1. From the iN main menu, select SERVICE. 2. Select Tech Line. A dropdown menu appears, then select Tech Line. The ISIS main screen appears. 3. Select SEARCH BY VEHICLE, and enter any vehicle with any keyword like NAVI, AUDIO, or RES. 4. At the top of the screen you will see this statement: If you cannot resolve the problem with the information below, then click Tech Line. Select Tech Line. 5. The Tech Line access code screen appears. Fill in all the required fields, then select SUBMIT. 6. Have the access number ready when you call Tech Line. Question: Do I need a Tech Line reference number to order a remanufactured audio/navigation/RES unit? Answer: No. Question: What year and model audio/navigation/RES unit can I order through the warranty audio order program? Answer: Most current models are available through the vehicle's standard warranty period. If your application is not available, you will receive a message instructing you to call the Re manufactured Parts Dealer Service Group at 888-997-7278. Question: How can I track my order once I submit it? Answer: To track your order, go the Warranty Audio Order VIN Inquiry screen on the iN. 1. From the iN main menu, click on PARTS. 2. Click on Parts Ordering. 3. Click on Audio VIN Inquiry. 4. Enter a date in the All Orders Accepted Since box, then click on Submit. The AUDIO VIN INQUIRY ACKNOWLEDGEMENT screen appears, listing orders by VIN, ORD REF (Order Reference), STAT (Status), SHIP DATE, SHIPPER, and PART NUMBER. The status of your order is displayed by one of these codes: Codes generated by RPO Tech Line: ^ PEND - Your order is waiting to be processed by RPO Tech Line. ^ HOLD - Your order is waiting for additional dealer diagnosis. ^ ERR - Your order caused an error; call. ^ DENY - RPO Tech Line denied your order; call. ^ APPR - RPO Tech Line approved your order and forwarded it to AHM Parts. Codes generated by AHM Parts Division: ^ BO/TOS - Your order is on back order or is temporarily out of stock. ^ CAN/BOC - Your order has been cancelled contact your assigned parts center. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7188 ^ ALO/BOA - Your order has been allocated, but not released for shipment. ^ REL/BOR - Your order has been picked, packed, and shipped. ^ INV - Your order has been invoiced to your dealer parts account. CORE RETURN INFORMATION Service Technician: 1. If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, or cassette tape) is stuck inside the faulty unit, fill out a Customer Media Return Label (reorder number Y0325), and attach it to the unit. The manufacturer will remove the media, and mail it back to your dealership. 2. Use the pre paid shipping label. Each audio supplier provides a prepaid shipping label with the remanufactured audio unit. Return the core using this label to ensure it is received at the appropriate location for credit. Use the pre paid shipping labels to return audio cores to authorized locations only; do not use them for any other purpose. If you need additional prepaid shipping labels, contact Remanufactured Parts Operations. ^ Complete the shipping label with your dealership information. ^ Pack one audio unit per box, and use a separate shipping label for each one. ^ On the line requesting Your Internal Reference Information, enter YOUR DEALER NUMBER and the WARRANTY CLAIM NUMBER. 3. On the repair order, write down the warranty claim number, the original part number, the serial numbers from both the faulty and remanufactured units, and the return tracking number. 4. Ship the faulty unit in the same box the remanufactured unit came in. Make sure you include this required paperwork: ^ A copy of the Core Return Update Acknowledgement from the iN. ^ A copy of the warranty audio order. NOTE: When the Remanufacturing Center gets the faulty unit, your warranty audio order will be updated to indicate that the core was received. If the core is received 31-60 days from the order date, and you have been debited a core loss charge, your dealership will be credited back, less a $250 late fee. OUT-OF-WARRANTY REPAIR (AUDIO, NAVIGATION, AND RES UNITS PRODUCED IN 1998 OR LATER) NOTE: If you are making a repair or exchange because of a service bulletin or service campaign, do not use OUT-OF-WARRANTY procedures. Refer to IN-WARRANTY EXCHANGE for more information. Service Advisor: 1. Give your customer an estimate for repairing the unit (see step 6), plus the labor cost to replace it. For an Alpine unit, your customer has the option of contacting Alpine Electronics directly. Alpine's customer service number is 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304. Service Technician: 2. Remove the failed unit: ^ Refer to the appropriate component section of the service manual or, Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7189 ^ Online, enter keyword AUDIO, NAVI, or RES, and select the appropriate removal procedure from the list. NOTE: If the customer's media (CD, CD magazine, DVD, DVD-A, cassette tape, navigation DVD, etc.) is stuck in the unit, leave it there. The manufacturer will remove and return it. 3. Obtain an Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form, and complete the Technician section.To obtain the form, do this: ^ On ISIS, click on Technical Library, then click on Job Aids. ^ Select the applicable form from the list, and print it out: - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Audio System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Navigation System Component Repair Form - Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement Rear Entertainment System Component Repair Form Parts Manager: 4. Complete the parts manager's section of the Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Make sure you include your name, department, and dealership phone number on the form. 5. Identify the manufacturer. Units sent to the wrong manufacturer may not be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Look for the number code on the face of the unit. ^ If the unit has no number code on its face, check the label on the unit housing, and compare the first two or three letters of the radio reference number (or the audio unit model number) to this list: Alpine - CM, CD, MR, or MF Clarion - PH Fujitsu Ten - CE or SD Panasonic - CQ or CR Pioneer KEH or DEH 6. Contact the manufacturer (see step 9) to request an estimate for the cost of the repair plus shipping. 7. Complete the required paperwork: ^ Paying by check - Make a dealership check out to the manufacturer for the cost of repair and return shipping. Make sure to include the check number on the form. NOTE: For all Panasonic products, make your check out to Komtec Electronics. ^ Paying by credit card (Visa or Mastercard only) - When you use a credit card, fill in all of these fields on the component repair form: - Credit card number - Credit card expiration date Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7190 - The name as it appears on the credit card - Signature (authorized card holder) - Phone number - Authorized charge amount NOTE: If you send in a faulty unit without a check or complete credit card information, the manufacturer may send it back to you unrepaired, or they may repair it and send it back to you C.O.D. ^ Print two copies of the completed Out-of-Warranty/New Replacement component repair form. Keep one copy with the repair order, and include the other copy with the faulty unit when you send it to the manufacturer. 8. Carefully pack the faulty unit and the paperwork in a suitable box, and label the box clearly. You are responsible for lost or damaged units; keep all shipping documents and insurance receipts. 9. Ship the faulty unit to the appropriate manufacturer via UPS. Alpine Electronics of America c/o Standard Radio Engineering Corp. 2012 Abalone Ave., Unit D Torrance, CA 90501 800-421-2284, Ext. 860304 Bose Corporation Automotive Systems Division-Service Framingham, MA 01701-9168 800-231-2673 S3 Clarion Factory Service Center 241 Beaver Rd. Walton, KY 41094 800-347-8667 (You must get authorization from Clarion before shipping units) Fujitsu Ten 19600 5. Vermont Ave. Torrance, CA 90502 800-237-5413 FTH Group Inc. (Kenwood Accessory Parts) 16685 E. Johnson Dr. City of Industry, CA 91745 626-333-2435 (You must get an RMA authorization number from www.fthgroupinc.com; from the home page, select Consumer Products) Komtec Electronics (Panasonic) 6590 Darin Way Cypress, CA 90630 714-903-3300 (Make sure your check is made out to Komtec) * Pioneer Electronics Service, Inc. 1925 E. Dominguez St. Long Beach, CA 90801 800-553-3756* Visteon c/o Model Electronics 615 E. Crescent Ave. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7191 Ramsey, NJ 07446 800-433-9657 (Visteon offers an open line of credit. Call their 800 number to establish an account.) NOTE: ^ The manufacturer will repair the unit and ship it back within 5-7 working days, via UPS ground prepaid or 2nd Day Air (whichever you requested). Do not forget to include the shipping cost in your dealership payment. Units damaged by misuse or mishandling cannot be shipped back within the usual 5-7 days. ^ Each manufacturer's guarantee for the repair differs. To confirm the repair guarantee, contact the manufacturer using the phone number listed above. 10. To check on the status of your repair order, call the manufacturer. If your customer has any further questions or concerns, have them call Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009. NOTE: A damaged unit may need extra repair. If so, the manufacturer will call you with an estimate of any added charges. ^ If you accept the estimate, mail a dealership check for the additional amount to the manufacturer, authorize the increased amount to be applied to the credit card payment, or have the manufacturer ship the unit back to you, and you pay the difference upon arrival (C.O.D.). ^ If you reject the estimate, the faulty unit will be returned to you along with a refund. However, you will be charged $30.00 (C.O.D.) for diagnosis, shipping, and handling. The unit will be shipped back to you, via UPS Ground. COMPLETING THE OUT-OF-WARRANTY/NEW REPLACEMENT AUDIO SYSTEM COMPONENT REPAIR FORM Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7192 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Entertainment Systems > DVD Player > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Audio/Navigation/RES - Warr. Exchange/Non-Warr Repair > Page 7194 NOTE: It is very important that you fill out this form fully and accurately. An accurate explanation of the problem and conditions helps the manufacturer to duplicate the problem, speeding the repair, and reducing the number of No Trouble Found" (NTF) units. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Global Positioning System > Global Positioning System Antenna > Component Information > Service and Repair Global Positioning System Antenna: Service and Repair GPS Antenna Removal/Installation 1. Remove the front individual map light lens (A). 2. Remove the bolts (B), then disconnect the connectors and remove the map lights housing (C). 3. Carefully pry off the moonroof switch (D) from the map light housing while pressing the retaining tabs (E). 4. From the moonroof switch (A), remove the screw and microphone (B). 5. Install the microphone in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations Navigation Module: Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7203 Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7204 Navigation Module: Diagrams Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector A (17P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector C (12P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7205 Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector D (5P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector H (2P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7206 Navigation Module: Service and Repair Navigation Unit Removal/Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location. Also review the precautions and procedures in Restraint Systems before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. - Lay a workshop towel under the parts when working on them to protect the face panel from scratches or other damage. - Do not work in a dusty or dirty place. - Discharge static electricity from your body before and during the work. - Do not touch the circuit board(s) with your bare hands. - Do not work with dirty hands. - Be careful not to fold the flat plate cable. - Do not touch the terminal connector of the flat plate cable with your bare hands. (If you have touched it, wipe it off thoroughly.) - Before replacing the navigation unit, make sure to remove the customer's navigation DVD, and their audio CD, or PC card. Remanufactured navigation units do not come with a navigation DVD. Re-install the customer's navigation DVD, audio CD, and audio PC card into the new Remanufactured unit. If the navigation display won't open, manually remove the navigation DVD, audio CD, and PC card. 1. Make sure you have the 4-digit anti-theft code for the navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Eject the DVD from the original navigation unit. To avoid scratching or damaging the DVD, temporarily place the DVD in a jewel case. 3. Remove the subdisplay visor. 4. Remove the center pocket hole lid and bolts, then pull out the center panel (A). 5. Disconnect the connectors (B), then remove the center panel. 6. Remove the screws, brackets (A), and the navigation unit (B) from the center panel (C). 7. Install the navigation unit in the reverse order of removal, and make sure all connectors are secure. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then reinstall the customer's original DVD, verifying that the DVD is free of scratches or smudges. 9. Check any official Honda service website for more service information about the navigation system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation System > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7207 NOTE: Simply transferring the DVD from the original navigation unit to the new navigation unit does not assure the correct software for the vehicle will be loaded into the new navigation unit. Doing the DVD transfer without doing software patches may cause the new navigation unit to appear to be malfunctioning. 10. Enter the new navigation anti-theft code, then enter the audio presets. 11. Park the vehicle outside, and do the GPS initialization. 12. Give the new navigation anti-theft code to the customer. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Diagrams Amplifier: Diagrams Stereo Amplifier Connector For Inputs And Outputs (2-door With Premium Sound System) Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7212 Stereo Amplifier Connector For Inputs And Outputs (2-door With Premium Sound System) Part 2 Stereo Amplifier Connector For Inputs And Outputs ('07-08 4-door With Premium Sound System) Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7213 Stereo Amplifier Connector For Inputs And Outputs ('07-08 4-door With Premium Sound System) Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2-Door Amplifier: Service and Repair 2-Door Stereo Amplifier Removal/Installation 2-door 1. Remove the center console. 2. Remove the stereo amplifier connectors (A) from the stereo amplifier (B). 3. Loosen the mounting bolt, and remove the mounting bolt, then remove the stereo amplifier. 4. Install the stereo amplifier in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Amplifier, Sound System > Component Information > Service and Repair > 2-Door > Page 7216 Amplifier: Service and Repair 4-Door Stereo Amplifier Removal/Installation 4-door 1. Slide the driver's front seat forward fully. 2. Remove the amplifier cover (A), and connectors (B). 3. Remove the bolts and stereo amplifier (C). 4. Install the stereo amplifier in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Compact Disc Player (CD) > CD Changer > Component Information > Diagrams 276. CD Changer (Honda Accessory) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Radio Receiver > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Radio Receiver: > 10-024 > Jun > 10 > Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio Radio Receiver: Customer Interest Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio 10-024 June 11, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED No XM Sound, But XM Station Information Is Displayed SYMPTOM The sound from the XM radio cuts out or disappears, but the audio unit continues to display the XM station information. The sound returns after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0), then back to ACC (I) or ON (II). PROBABLE CAUSE There is an internal problem with the XM receiver. VEHICLES AFFECTED All of the following models with XM radio: 2008-09 Accord 2007-09 Civic 2007-09 Civic Hybrid 2007-09 CR-V 2008-09 Element 2008-09 Odyssey 2009 Ridgeline CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the XM receiver with an updated part. PARTS INFORMATION Accord: P/N 39820-TA0-AO1 Civic: 2007-08: P/N 39820-SNA-AO1 2009: P/N 39820-SNA-A02 Civic Hybrid: 2007-08: P/N 39820-SNA-AO1 2009: P/N 39820-SNA-A02 CR-V: P/N 39820-SWA-A01 Element: 2008-09 without navigation: P/N 39820-SCV-A71 2009 with navigation: P/N 39820-SCV-A81 Odyssey: P/N 39820-SHJ-A11 Ridgeline: P/N 39820-SJC-A11 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Radio Receiver > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Radio Receiver: > 10-024 > Jun > 10 > Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio > Page 7230 The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 39820-TAO-AO1 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03257 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the XM receiver: ^ Refer to the Audio section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, under Search by Vehicle, enter keywords REMOVE XM and select the applicable XM Removal/Installation instructions from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Radio Receiver > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Radio Receiver: > 10-024 > Jun > 10 > Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio Radio Receiver: All Technical Service Bulletins Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio 10-024 June 11, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED No XM Sound, But XM Station Information Is Displayed SYMPTOM The sound from the XM radio cuts out or disappears, but the audio unit continues to display the XM station information. The sound returns after the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0), then back to ACC (I) or ON (II). PROBABLE CAUSE There is an internal problem with the XM receiver. VEHICLES AFFECTED All of the following models with XM radio: 2008-09 Accord 2007-09 Civic 2007-09 Civic Hybrid 2007-09 CR-V 2008-09 Element 2008-09 Odyssey 2009 Ridgeline CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the XM receiver with an updated part. PARTS INFORMATION Accord: P/N 39820-TA0-AO1 Civic: 2007-08: P/N 39820-SNA-AO1 2009: P/N 39820-SNA-A02 Civic Hybrid: 2007-08: P/N 39820-SNA-AO1 2009: P/N 39820-SNA-A02 CR-V: P/N 39820-SWA-A01 Element: 2008-09 without navigation: P/N 39820-SCV-A71 2009 with navigation: P/N 39820-SCV-A81 Odyssey: P/N 39820-SHJ-A11 Ridgeline: P/N 39820-SJC-A11 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Radio Receiver > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Radio Receiver: > 10-024 > Jun > 10 > Satellite Radio - XM Stations Displayed/No XM Audio > Page 7236 The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 39820-TAO-AO1 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03257 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the XM receiver: ^ Refer to the Audio section of the appropriate service manual, or ^ Online, under Search by Vehicle, enter keywords REMOVE XM and select the applicable XM Removal/Installation instructions from the list. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Radio/Stereo > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Page 7240 Remote Switch: Service and Repair Audio Remote Switch Replacement 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the audio remote switch. 3. Install the audio remote switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams Speaker: Diagrams 82. Speaker, Driver's Door 83. Speaker, Front Passenger's Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7244 84. Speaker, Left Rear 85. Speaker, Right Rear Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7245 Speaker: Service and Repair Speaker Replacement Front Door Speaker 1. Remove the front door panel. 2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the lower clips (B). 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), and remove the speaker. 4. Install the speaker in the reverse order of removal. Tweeter 1. Carefully pry the tweeter grille (A) out of the dashboard. Be careful not to damage the tweeter grille and the dashboard. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the tweeter. 3. Remove the tweeter speaker from the speaker grille. 4. Install the speaker in the reverse order of removal. Rear Speaker (4-door) 1. Remove the rear speaker grille (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7246 2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the clips (B). 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), and remove the speaker. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal. Rear Speaker (2-door) 1. Remove the rear shelf. 2. Remove the screw. Then lift the speaker (A) straight up to release the clips (B). 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (C), and remove the speaker. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal. Subwoofer 1. Remove the rear shelf. 2. Remove the four mounting bolts from the subwoofer (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Radio, Stereo, and Compact Disc > Speaker > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7247 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B), and remove the subwoofer. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations Alarm Module: Locations 65. In Steering Column Cover Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7252 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7253 Multiplex Integrated Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7254 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7255 Alarm Module: Diagrams 219. Security Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) 191. Immobilizer-Keyless Control Unit Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Alarm Module, (Vehicle Antitheft) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7256 Alarm Module: Service and Repair Immobilizer-keyless Control Unit Replacement 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 7P connector (A) from the immobilizer-keyless control unit (B). 4. Remove the two screws and the immobilizer-keyless control unit from the ignition key cylinder (C). 5. Install the immobilizer-keyless control unit in the reverse order of removal. 6. After replacement, register the immobilizer-keyless control unit, and make sure the immobilizer system works properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations Navigation Module: Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7260 Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7261 Navigation Module: Diagrams Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector A (17P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector C (12P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7262 Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector D (5P) Navigation Unit Inputs And Outputs For Connector H (2P) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7263 Navigation Module: Service and Repair Navigation Unit Removal/Installation SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component location. Also review the precautions and procedures in Restraint Systems before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. - Lay a workshop towel under the parts when working on them to protect the face panel from scratches or other damage. - Do not work in a dusty or dirty place. - Discharge static electricity from your body before and during the work. - Do not touch the circuit board(s) with your bare hands. - Do not work with dirty hands. - Be careful not to fold the flat plate cable. - Do not touch the terminal connector of the flat plate cable with your bare hands. (If you have touched it, wipe it off thoroughly.) - Before replacing the navigation unit, make sure to remove the customer's navigation DVD, and their audio CD, or PC card. Remanufactured navigation units do not come with a navigation DVD. Re-install the customer's navigation DVD, audio CD, and audio PC card into the new Remanufactured unit. If the navigation display won't open, manually remove the navigation DVD, audio CD, and PC card. 1. Make sure you have the 4-digit anti-theft code for the navigation system, then write down the audio presets. 2. Eject the DVD from the original navigation unit. To avoid scratching or damaging the DVD, temporarily place the DVD in a jewel case. 3. Remove the subdisplay visor. 4. Remove the center pocket hole lid and bolts, then pull out the center panel (A). 5. Disconnect the connectors (B), then remove the center panel. 6. Remove the screws, brackets (A), and the navigation unit (B) from the center panel (C). 7. Install the navigation unit in the reverse order of removal, and make sure all connectors are secure. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), then reinstall the customer's original DVD, verifying that the DVD is free of scratches or smudges. 9. Check any official Honda service website for more service information about the navigation system. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Relays and Modules - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Navigation Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 7264 NOTE: Simply transferring the DVD from the original navigation unit to the new navigation unit does not assure the correct software for the vehicle will be loaded into the new navigation unit. Doing the DVD transfer without doing software patches may cause the new navigation unit to appear to be malfunctioning. 10. Enter the new navigation anti-theft code, then enter the audio presets. 11. Park the vehicle outside, and do the GPS initialization. 12. Give the new navigation anti-theft code to the customer. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7270 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7271 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations Audio System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Remote Switch, Audio - Stereo > Component Information > Locations > Page 7275 Remote Switch: Service and Repair Audio Remote Switch Replacement 1. Remove the steering wheel. 2. Remove the audio remote switch. 3. Install the audio remote switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Sensors and Switches - Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair Towing Information: Service and Repair Towing If the vehicle needs to be towed, call a professional towing service. Never tow the vehicle behind another vehicle with a rope or chain. It is very dangerous. Emergency Towing There are three popular methods of towing a vehicle. Flat-bed Equipment - The operator loads the vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way of transporting the vehicle. To accommodate flat-bed equipment, the vehicle is equipped with front towing hooks (A), front tie down hook slots (B), a rear towing hook (C), and rear tie down hook slots (D). The towing hooks can be used with a winch to pull the vehicle onto the truck, and the tie down slots can be used to secure the vehicle to the truck. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Towing / Trailer System > Towing Information > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7283 Wheel Lift Equipment - The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the tires (front or rear) and lift them off the ground. The other two wheels remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way of towing the vehicle. Sling-type Equipment - The tow truck uses metal cables with hooks on the ends. These hooks go around parts of the frame or suspension, and the cables lift that end of the vehicle off the ground. The vehicle's suspension and body can be seriously damaged if this method of towing is attempted. This method of towing the vehicle is unacceptable. If the vehicle cannot be transported by a flat-bed, it should be towed with the front wheels off the ground. If the vehicle is damaged, and must be towed with the front wheels on the ground, or with all four wheels on the ground, do this: Manual Transmission - Release the parking brake. - Shift the transmission to neutral. - Leave the ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I) position so the steering wheel does not lock - Make sure all accessories are turned off to minimize battery current draw. Automatic Transmission - Release the parking brake. - Start the engine. - Shift to the D position, then to the N position. - Turn off the engine. - Leave the ignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I) position so the steering wheel does not lock - Make sure all accessories are turned off to minimize battery current draw. It is best to tow the vehicle no farther than 50 miles (80 km), and keep the speed below 35 mph (55 km/h). NOTICE: - Improper towing preparation will damage the transmission. Follow the above procedure exactly. If you cannot shift the transmission or start the engine (automatic transmission), the vehicle must be transported on a flat-bed. - Trying to lift or tow the vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation System > Voice Activation Microphone > Component Information > Service and Repair Voice Activation Microphone: Service and Repair Microphone Replacement 1. Remove the navigation unit. 2. Remove the meter upper visor. 3. Remove the wire harness clip (A), screws and GPS antenna (B). 4. Install the antenna in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Accessories and Optional Equipment > Voice Activation System > Voice Activation Switch > Component Information > Locations Navigation System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation Front Bumper: Description and Operation Door and Bumper Reinforcement Beams Door reinforcement beams used on Civic vehicles are made from a metal equivalent to high strength steel. If high strength steel is heated, the strength of the steel will be reduced. If high strength steel is damaged, as in a vehicle accident, where the door reinforcement beams are bent, the beams may crack attempting to straighten them. Front and rear bumper reinforcement beams are made with aluminum alloy. For this reason, door and bumper reinforcement beams should NEVER be repaired; they should be replaced if they are damaged. NOTE: If a door beam is damaged, the whole door panel assembly should be replaced. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement Front Bumper: Service and Repair Front Air Spoiler Replacement Front Air Spoiler Replacement NOTE: - Take care not to scratch the front bumper. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the bolts (A) and clips (B, C) securing the air spoiler (D). NOTE: To remove the clips, pry the inner clip up at the edge near the line (E) on its head. 2. Pull the front air spoiler back to detach the hooks (F) and remove the spoiler. 3. Si model 2-door: Remove the clips securing the air spoiler (A). NOTE: To remove the clip, pry the inner pin up at the edge near the line (B) on its head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement > Page 7298 4. Pull the front air spoiler back to detach the hooks (C) and remove the spoiler. 5. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement > Page 7299 Front Bumper: Service and Repair Front Bumper Removal/Installation Front Bumper Removal/Installation NOTE: - Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the front bumper. - Take care not to scratch the front bumper and body. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove these items: - Front fender trim - Front grille cover 2. Remove the bolts (A, B), screws (C), and clips (D, E) securing the front bumper (F). NOTE: To remove the clips D and E, pry the inner clip up at the edge near the line (G) on its head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement > Page 7300 3. Pull on the front bumper (A) at the wheel arch areas to release it from the hooks (B) on the side spacers (C). 4. With the help of an assistant, while pulling the wheel arch portion away from the side spacer (A) and the lower corner portion (B) away from between the front inner fender (C) and the front strake (D) (Si model 2-door), pull the front bumper to release the bumper from the hooks (E) on the upper beam (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement > Page 7301 5. Remove the front bumper (A). 6. Release the hooks (A) (4-door), then remove the front bumper absorber (B) from the front bumper beam (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Front Bumper > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Air Spoiler Replacement > Page 7302 7. Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the front bumper engages the hooks (of both center upper beams and side spacers) on each side securely. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation Rear Bumper: Description and Operation Door and Bumper Reinforcement Beams Door reinforcement beams used on Civic vehicles are made from a metal equivalent to high strength steel. If high strength steel is heated, the strength of the steel will be reduced. If high strength steel is damaged, as in a vehicle accident, where the door reinforcement beams are bent, the beams may crack attempting to straighten them. Front and rear bumper reinforcement beams are made with aluminum alloy. For this reason, door and bumper reinforcement beams should NEVER be repaired; they should be replaced if they are damaged. NOTE: If a door beam is damaged, the whole door panel assembly should be replaced. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7306 Rear Bumper: Service and Repair Rear Bumper Removal/Installation NOTE: - Have an assistant help you when removing and installing the rear bumper. - Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the clips (A), screws (B, C), and bolts (D) securing the rear bumper (E). 2. Pull on the rear bumper (A) at the wheel arch areas to release it from the hooks (B) on the side spacers (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7307 3. With the help of an assistant, while pulling the wheel arch portion away from the side spacer (A), pull the rear bumper to release the bumper from the hooks (B) on the side bracket (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7308 4. With the help of an assistant, pull the rear bumper to release the bumper (A) from the hooks (B) on the upper bracket (C). 5. Remove the hooks (A) (4-door), then remove the rear bumper absorber (B) from the rear bumper beam (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Bumper > Rear Bumper > System Information > Description and Operation > Page 7309 6. Install the bumper in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the rear bumper engages the hooks (of both the side bracket and side spacers) on each side securely. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cabin Ventilation Duct > Component Information > Service and Repair Cabin Ventilation Duct: Service and Repair Rear Air Outlet Replacement 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Detach the hooks (A), then remove the rear air outlet (B). Take care not to scratch the body. 3. Install the air outlet by pushing on the hook portions until the hooks snap into place. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair Cowl Moulding / Trim: Service and Repair Cowl Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Turn on the wiper switch, and move the windshield wiper arms 90°. 2. Remove the center cowl cover (A). 1. Remove the hood rear seal (B) by pulling it out. 2. Remove the clips (C). 3. Release three front hooks (D) from the edge of the under-cowl panel (E). 4. Detach the clips (F, G) by carefully pulling the cover up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (H). Take care not to scratch the body. 3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (I). 4. If necessary, remove the bolts (A, B), then remove the under-cowl panel (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Cowl > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7317 5. Remove these items: - Windshield wiper arms - Front fender trim, both sides 6. Detach the clips by carefully pulling the side cowl cover (A) up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (B) from the front fender. Take care not to scratch the body. Repeat this step for the other side cowl cover, and disconnect the windshield washer tube. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the washer tubes are connected securely. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Exterior Handle: Service and Repair Front Door Outer Handle Replacement NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Remove the door panel. 3. Disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (A). 4. Remove the plug caps (B), then remove the plastic cover (C), as needed. 5. Detach the rod fastener (A). 6. Remove the hole seal (A) (2-door) or maintenance cap (B) (4-door). Disconnect the outer handle rod (C) with a clip remover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7325 7. Driver's and some passenger's: Pull both side flanges (A) of the retainer (B) outward, and pull the middle flange portion (C) of the outer casing cover (D) out, then disconnect the cylinder cable (E) from the latch. 8. Remove the bolt, then remove the spacer (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7326 9. Remove the bolt securing the outer handle protector (A), then remove the protector by releasing the hook (B). 10. If necessary, remove the special screws, then separate the door cylinder (A) and outer handle protector (B). If the retainer (C) is damaged, release the hooks (D), and replace it. NOTE: If removed, the special screws must be replaced. 11. While pulling the outer handle (A), remove the handle from the holes in the door panel. Take care not to scratch the door. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Handle > Front Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7327 12. Remove the rod fastener (A) from the outer handle (B), then replace it with a new one. 13. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the cylinder cable and each rod is connected securely. - Make sure the door key cylinder/door locks operate properly. - Make sure the door handle works properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Latch > System Information > Service and Repair Front Door Latch: Service and Repair Front Door Latch Replacement NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Remove the door panel and inner handle. 3. Remove the plastic cover, as needed. 4. Detach the rod fastener. 5. Disconnect the outer handle rod from the outer handle. 6. Disconnect the cylinder cable from the latch. 7. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed, and remove the bolt, then remove the center lower channel (B) by pulling it downward. 8. Detach the latch cable (A) and inner handle cable (B) from the holder (C), then remove the screws (D, E) securing the latch (F), then remove the latch through the hole in the door. Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (G), latch cable, and inner handle cable. 9. Remove the screw, then remove the latch protector (A) by releasing the hook (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Latch > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7331 10. Detach the latch cable (A) and the inner handle cable (B) from the latch (C). 11. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the actuator connector is plugged in properly and each rod is connected securely. - Make sure the door locks and opens properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe Front Door Panel: Service and Repair Coupe Door Panel Removal/Installation Special Tools Required * KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Trim pad remover. Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 2-door NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to scratch the door and related parts. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Remove the mirror mount cover. 3. Pry out on the rear portion of the inner handle cap (A) to release the hooks (B, C) using the appropriate trim tool. 4. Remove the screw and clip securing the inner handle (A). 5. Pry out the bottom edge of the grip cover (A) at the notch (B) with the trim tool to release the hooks (C). Then remove the cover and the screw. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7336 6. Remove the screws. 7. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. 1. Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips (B, C) with a commercially available trim pad remover. 2. Detach the upper clips. 3. Starting at the rear, pull the door panel upward. 4. Disconnect the power window switch connector (D). NOTE: The inner handle cable (E) and latch cable (F) are connected to the inner handle (G). Do not pull the door panel up too far, or these cables will be damaged. 8. While holding the door panel (A) away from the door, remove the inner handle (B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7337 9. Remove the door panel (A) while pulling the inner handle (B) out through the hole in the door panel. 10. If necessary, disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and the latch cable (B) from the inner handle (C), then remove the handle. 1. Detach the inner handle cable fastener (D), then disconnect the inner handle cable from the cable fastener (E). 2. Detach the latch cable fastener (F) with a flat-tip screwdriver, then disconnect the latch cable from the cable fastener (G). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened cable fasteners. 11. Remove the power window switch panel (A). 1. Remove the screws (B, C), then remove the grip base (D). 2. Remove the screws (E), and release the hooks (F) from the pull pocket (G), then remove the power window switch panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7338 12. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Replace any damaged cable fasteners with new ones. - The latch cable (A) should be fixed to the cable fastener (B) with the latch in lock position as shown. - Make sure the power window switch connector is plugged in properly, and the cable is connected securely. - Make sure the window and power door lock operate properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7339 Front Door Panel: Service and Repair Sedan Front Door Panel Removal/Installation Special Tools Required * KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Trim pad remover. Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Pry out on the rear portion of the inner handle cap (A) to release the hooks (B, C) using the appropriate trim tool. 3. Remove the screw and clip securing the inner handle (A). 4. Remove the power window switch panel (A). 1. Pry up on the rear edge of the switch panel to release the rear clip using the appropriate trim tool. 2. Pull out along the edge of the panel to release all of the hooks (B). 3. Pull the switch panel rearward to release the front hook (C). 4. Disconnect the power mirror switch connector (D) (driver's) and the power window switch connector (E). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7340 5. Remove the screw. 6. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. 1. Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips (B, C) that are just above the marks (D) on the edge of the panel with a commercially available trim pad remover. 2. Detach the upper clips. 3. tarting at the rear, pull the door panel upward. NOTE: The inner handle cable (E) and latch cable (F) are connected to the inner handle (G). Do not pull the door panel up too far, or these cables will be damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7341 7. While holding the door panel (A) away from the door, remove the inner handle (B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C). 8. Remove the door panel (A) while pulling the inner handle (B) out through the hole in the door panel. 9. If necessary, disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and the latch cable (B) from the inner handle (C), then remove the handle. 1. Detach the inner handle cable fastener (D), then disconnect the inner handle cable from the cable fastener (E). 2. Detach the latch cable fastener (F) with a flat-tip screwdriver, then disconnect the latch cable from the cable fastener (G). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened cable fasteners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Coupe > Page 7342 10. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Replace any damaged cable fasteners with new ones. - The latch cable (A) should be fixed to the cable fastener (B) with the latch in lock position as shown. - Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly, and the cables are connected securely. - Make sure the window and power door lock operate properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Striker > System Information > Adjustments Front Door Striker: Adjustments Front and Rear Door Striker Adjustment Make sure the door latches securely without slamming it. If necessary, adjust the striker (A): The striker nuts are fixed, but the striker can be adjusted slightly up or down, and in or out. 1. Loosen the screws (B). 2. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the striker by tapping it with a plastic hammer (C). Do not tap the striker too hard. 3. Lightly tighten the screws. 4. Hold the outer handle out, and push the door against the body to be sure the striker allows a flush fit. If the door latches properly, tighten the screws and recheck. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Door Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Front Door Weatherstrip Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. - Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. At the A-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7349 2. Detach the clips (B, C, D, E), then remove the door weatherstrip (F). 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (G) securely. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to door checker mounting bolt before installation. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7355 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7356 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7357 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7358 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Remove the door sash outer trim. 3. Starting at the rear, slowly pull up the door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Release the front portion of the glass outer molding (A) from the power mirror (B). 5. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 7361 Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Slide the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) forward. 5. Twist the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) to pull the rear hook (B) out from the inside of the door, then remove the weatherstrip. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 7362 6. Push the clip portions of new front door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Front Door Window Regulator: Customer Interest Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 7371 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 7372 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Front Door Window Regulator: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 7378 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 7379 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7380 Front Door Window Regulator: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7381 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7382 ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7383 PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7384 ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7385 The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 7386 Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7387 Front Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the door panel. 2. Disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (A), and remove the plug caps (B). 3. Pass the cables (C) and the harnesses (D) through the slits (E) in the plastic cover (F), then remove them. 4. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7388 5. Disconnect the connector (A), and detach the harness clips (B) from the regulator (C). 6. Remove the bolts (D), and loosen the bolts (E), then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Front Door > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7389 7. Apply multipurpose grease to all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown. 8. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. - Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. - Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. - Do the power window control unit reset procedure. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. - Test-drive and check for wind noise and rattles. - Make sure the power door locks, windows, and power mirror operate properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Handle > Rear Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Exterior Handle: Service and Repair Rear Door Outer Handle Replacement 4-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Remove the door panel. 3. Detach the harness clip (A), and disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (B). 4. Remove the rear portion of the plug caps (C), then remove the plastic cover (D), as needed. 5. Remove the latch mounting screws, then lower the latch. 6. Detach the rod fastener (A). 7. Disconnect the outer handle rod (A) from the outer handle (B) with a clip remover. 8. Remove the maintenance seal (A). Remove the bolts securing the outer handle protector (B), then remove the protector by releasing the hook (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Handle > Rear Door Exterior Handle > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7395 9. While pulling the outer handle (A), remove the handle from the holes in the door panel. Take care not to scratch the door. 10. Remove the rod fastener (A) from the outer handle (B), then replace it with a new one. 11. Install the handle in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the door locks and opens properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Latch > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Latch: Service and Repair Rear Door Latch Replacement 4-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Remove the door panel. 3. Remove the plastic cover, as needed. 4. Remove the screws (A, B) securing the latch (C), then lower it. 5. Detach the rod fastener. 6. Disconnect the outer handle rod from the outer handle. 7. Detach the latch cable (A) and inner handle cable (B) from the holder (C), then remove the latch (D) out from between the rear lower channel (E) and the door. Take care not to bend the outer handle rod (F), latch cable, and inner handle cable. 8. Remove the screw, then remove the latch protector (A) by releasing the hook (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Latch > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7399 9. Detach the latch cable (A) and the inner handle cable (B) from the latch (C). 10. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and each rod is connected securely. - Make sure the door locks and opens properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Panel: Service and Repair Rear Door Panel Removal/Installation Special Tools Required * KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Trim pad remover, Snap-on A 177A or equivalent, commercially available * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Raise the glass fully. 2. Pry out on the rear portion of the inner handle cap (A) to release the hooks (B, C) using the appropriate trim tool. 3. Remove the screw and clip securing the inner handle (A). 4. Remove the power window switch panel (A). 1. Pry upon the rear edge of the switch panel to release the rear clip using the appropriate trim tool. 2. Pull out along the edge of the panel to release the hooks (B). 3. Pull the switch panel rearward to release the front hook (C). 4. Disconnect the power window switch connector (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7403 5. Remove the screw. 6. Remove the door panel (A) with as little bending as possible to avoid creasing or breaking it. 1. Start at the bottom edge of the door panel, release the clips that are just above the marks (B) on the edge of the panel with a commercially available trim pad remover. 2. Detach the upper clips (C, D). 3. Stating at the rear, pull the door panel upward. NOTE: The inner handle cable (E) and latch cable (F) are connected to the inner handle (G). Do not pull the door panel up too far, or these cables will be damaged. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7404 7. While holding the door panel (A) away from the door, remove the inner handle (B) from the door panel by releasing the hooks (C), if necessary. 8. Remove the door panel (A) while pulling the inner handle (B) out through the hole in the door panel. 9. If necessary, disconnect the inner handle cable (A) and the latch cable (B) from the inner handle (C). 1. Detach the inner handle cable fastener (D), then disconnect the inner handle cable from the cable fastener (E). 2. Detach the latch cable fastener (F) with a flat-tip screwdriver, then disconnect latch cable from the cable fastener (G). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened cable fasteners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Panel > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7405 10. Install the door panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Replace any damaged cable fasteners with new ones. - The latch cable (A) should be fixed to the cable fastener (B) with the latch in lock position as shown. - Make sure the connector is plugged in properly, and the cables are connected securely. - Make sure the window and power door lock operate properly. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Striker > System Information > Adjustments Rear Door Striker: Adjustments Front and Rear Door Striker Adjustment Make sure the door latches securely without slamming it. If necessary, adjust the striker (A): The striker nuts are fixed, but the striker can be adjusted slightly up or down, and in or out. 1. Loosen the screws (B). 2. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the striker by tapping it with a plastic hammer (C). Do not tap the striker too hard. 3. Lightly tighten the screws. 4. Hold the outer handle out, and push the door against the body to be sure the striker allows a flush fit. If the door latches properly, tighten the screws and recheck. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on glove to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. - Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. At the B-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A). 2. Detach the clips (B, C, D), then remove the door weatherstrip (E). 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (F) securely. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the door checker mounting bolt before installation. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7417 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7418 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7419 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 7420 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7421 Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Remove these items: - Door panel - Plastic cover - Rear door glass - Quarter glass 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front portion of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Push the rear hook (A) out from inside of the door, then remove the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7422 5. Push the clip portions of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement 4-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the door panel. 2. Detach the harness clip (A), and disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (B). Remove the plug caps (C). 3. Pass the cable (D) and the harnesses (E) through the holes (F) and slit (G) in the plastic cover (H), then remove it. 4. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Release the glass from the holder (B), then remove it from the regulator (C), and carefully lower the glass. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 5. Remove the bolt (A) from the rear lower channel (B). Pull the glass run channel (C) away as needed, and remove the screw (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7426 6. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed. Pull the rear lower channel (B) forward from the quarter glass seal (C), then release the upper hook (D) from the door. Remove the rear lower channel from the rear door glass (E), then pull the channel up to remove it. 7. Remove the rear lower channel (A) from the glass run channel (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7427 8. Carefully remove the glass (A) out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 9. Remove the quarter glass (A). Take care not to damage the outer weatherstrip (B). 10. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Doors > Rear Door > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7428 11. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolt (D), then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 12. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown. 13. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. - Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. - Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Door Release Cable: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove these items: - Rear seat cushion - Rear seat side bolster - Front door sill trim, driver's - Kick panel, driver's side - Rear door sill trim, both sides - B-pillar lower trim - Side trim panel - Trunk side trim panel, left side - Trunk lid trim (for some models) - Trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener - Fuel cap adapter 2. Pull the carpet back as needed. 3. Release the opener cable (A) from the clips (B). Remove the cushion tape (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7433 4. While pinching the hooks (A) from inside the vehicle, remove the grommet (B) from the body. 5. Release the hook (A), then remove the grommet (B) from the fuel fill door latch (C). 6. Remove the fuel fill door opener cable from inside the body. 7. Detach the opener cable junction box (A) from the body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7434 8. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (B) from the trunk lid latch (C). 9. Release the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the clips (D, E). 10. Remove the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to kink the cable. 11. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Align the marks (A) on the opener cable (B) with the cable clips (C) as shown. - Replace any damaged clips, and replace the cushion tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7435 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair Fuel Door Release Lever: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Pry out the bottom edge of the front side cap (A) at the notch with the trim tool to detach the hooks (B), and release the hooks (C), then remove the cap from the front door sill trim (D). 2. Remove the opener lock cylinder (E), and loosen the bolt. 3. Remove the screw securing the front door sill trim (A) and trunk lid open/fuel fill door opener. 4. Remove the front door sill trim, 2-door, 4-door. 5. Remove the bolt, then remove the trunk lid opener/ fuel fill door opener (A) from the bolt (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Release Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7439 6. Disconnect the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable (A), then remove the opener (B). Take care not to kink the cable. 7. Install the opener in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the opener cable is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid and fuel fill door open properly and lock securely. - Fix at the original position in the outer end of cable on the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener securely. And check the trunk lid latch operation: Make sure trunk lid latch, and fuel fill door latch unlock when pulling, and pushing the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener. If necessary, adjust the position of the cable end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7444 207. Left Of Rear Shelf (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7445 259. Fuel Fill Door Switch (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7446 Fuel Door Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Fill Door Switch Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove the these items: - Fuel pipe protector. - Trunk side trim panel, left side. 2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the fuel fill door switch connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B). 3. Open the fuel fill door, and from the wheel arch, remove the fuel fill door switch (A) by turning it 90 ° from the fuel receptacle adapter (B). 4. From the wheel arch, detach the clips, and remove the grommet (A), then pull the fuel fill door switch cable (B) out through the hole in the body. Take care not to kink the cable. 5. Install the switch cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check for damages or stress-whitened clips, and replace them with new ones. - Align the marks (A) on the sensor cable (B) with the cable clips (C) and grommet (D) as shown. - Make sure the grommet is installed to the body properly. - Make sure the fuel fill door switch connector is plugged in properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Fuel Door > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7447 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Insulator / Pad > Component Information > Service and Repair Hood Insulator / Pad: Service and Repair Hood Insulator Replacement For Some Models 1. Detach the clips using a clip remover. Release the hooks (A), then remove the hood insulator (B). Take care not to scratch the hood. 2. Install the insulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch > Component Information > Service and Repair Hood Latch: Service and Repair Hood Latch Replacement 1. Remove the front grille cover. 2. With hood latch switch: Remove the clip (A), then disconnect and detach the hood latch switch connector (B). 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the hood latch (C) from the body, and disconnect the hood opener cable (D) from the hood latch. 4. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Apply multipurpose grease to each location of the hood latch indicated by the arrows. - Make sure the hood opener cable is connected properly and hood latch switch connector is plugged in properly (for some models). - Adjust the hood latch alignment. - Make sure the hood opens properly and locks securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Latch Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair Hood Latch Release Cable: Service and Repair Hood Opener Cable Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove these items: - Front grille cover - Front inner fender - Kick panel driver's side 2. Disconnect the hood opener cable (A) from the hood latch (B), and remove the bolts (C), then remove the hood release handle (D). Take care not to kink the cable. 3. Detach the clips (E) using a clip remover, release the hood opener cable from the clip (F), and remove the grommet (G) from the body, then remove the hood opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to kink the cable. 4. Install the cable in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7463 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Hood > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 7464 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Component Locations 167. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: DX; Canada) 173. Right Side Of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7473 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7474 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7475 Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 7476 168. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: LX; GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7477 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Diagrams 88. Trunk Latch Switch (USA: DX, LX, GX; Canada) 127. Trunk Key Cylinder Switch (USA: LX, GX, 4-door EX, 4-door Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when removing components. 1. Pull the trunk floor (A) up, then remove the trunk tool box (B). 2. While pushing both hooks (A) down with your hands, pull the trunk floor (B) back to release these hooks from the holes (C) in the trunk front trim panel (D), then remove the trunk floor. 3. Remove the trunk lid weatherstrip near the trunk rear trim panel. 4. Detach the clips, and release the hooks (A) by pulling the trunk rear trim panel (B) up, then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area > Page 7482 5. Remove the clips securing the trunk front trim panel (A), and using a trim tool, remove the caps (B), and remove the nuts securing the trunk partition (C). 6. Fold both side edges of the trunk front trim panel (A), then remove the trunk front trim panel and trunk partition (B) as an assembly. 7. If necessary, remove the clips, then separate the trunk front trim panel (A) and trunk partition (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area > Page 7483 8. Remove the clips, then remove the trunk side trim panel (A). 9. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Area > Page 7484 Trunk / Liftgate Interior Trim Panel: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Lid Trim Removal/Installation - Trunk Lid Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove the clips from both trunk lid hinge covers (A), then remove the covers. 2. Remove the clips (A, B), then remove the trunk lid trim (C). 3. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Latch: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Latch Replacement 1. 4-door: If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Disconnect the cylinder rod from the lock cylinder. 3. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (A), and on power trunk lid latch model and security switch model, disconnect trunk lid latch switch connector (B). Take care not to bend the opener cable. 4. Remove the bolts from the trunk lid latch (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7488 5. Pull the trunk lid latch (A) out, and disconnect the cylinder rod (B) from the trunk lid latch, and on no security switch model, disconnect the latch switch connector (C). Take care not to bend the cylinder rod. NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened rod fastener (D). 6. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged. - Make sure the connector is plugged in properly and the opener cable is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. - Fix the original position of the outer end of cable (A) on the trunk lid latch securely. And check the trunk lid latch operation: Make sure the trunk lid latch unlocks when pulling the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener. If necessary, adjust the position of the cable end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Latch Release Cable: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener Cable/Fuel Fill Door Opener Cable Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove these items: - Rear seat cushion - Rear seat side bolster - Front door sill trim, driver's - Kick panel, driver's side - Rear door sill trim, both sides - B-pillar lower trim - Side trim panel - Trunk side trim panel, left side - Trunk lid trim (for some models) - Trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener - Fuel cap adapter 2. Pull the carpet back as needed. 3. Release the opener cable (A) from the clips (B). Remove the cushion tape (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7492 4. While pinching the hooks (A) from inside the vehicle, remove the grommet (B) from the body. 5. Release the hook (A), then remove the grommet (B) from the fuel fill door latch (C). 6. Remove the fuel fill door opener cable from inside the body. 7. Detach the opener cable junction box (A) from the body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7493 8. Disconnect the trunk lid opener cable (B) from the trunk lid latch (C). 9. Release the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the clips (D, E). 10. Remove the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable from the vehicle. Take care not to kink the cable. 11. Install the opener cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Align the marks (A) on the opener cable (B) with the cable clips (C) as shown. - Replace any damaged clips, and replace the cushion tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Latch Release Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7494 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Lock Cylinder Replacement 2-door 1. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder switch connector (B). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened rod fastener (C). 2. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). Then turn the trunk lid lock cylinder clockwise, and remove it. 3. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged. - Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. 4-door 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder switch connector (B). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened, rod fastener (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7498 3. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). 4. Remove the rear license trim. 5. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). 6. Turn the lock cylinder (A) to release the hook (B) from the trunk lid (C), then remove the lock cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7499 7. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged. - Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Release Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Release Lever: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Opener/Fuel Fill Door Opener Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Pry out the bottom edge of the front side cap (A) at the notch with the trim tool to detach the hooks (B), and release the hooks (C), then remove the cap from the front door sill trim (D). 2. Remove the opener lock cylinder (E), and loosen the bolt. 3. Remove the screw securing the front door sill trim (A) and trunk lid open/fuel fill door opener. 4. Remove the front door sill trim, 2-door, 4-door. 5. Remove the bolt, then remove the trunk lid opener/ fuel fill door opener (A) from the bolt (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Release Lever > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7503 6. Disconnect the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener cable (A), then remove the opener (B). Take care not to kink the cable. 7. Install the opener in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the opener cable is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid and fuel fill door open properly and lock securely. - Fix at the original position in the outer end of cable on the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener securely. And check the trunk lid latch operation: Make sure trunk lid latch, and fuel fill door latch unlock when pulling, and pushing the trunk lid opener/fuel fill door opener. If necessary, adjust the position of the cable end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Spring: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Torsion Bar Replacement Special Tools Required Torsion bar assembly tool 07AAF-SNAA100 2-door 1. Remove the clips, then remove the torsion bar cover (A). 2. Remove the torsion bars (A) from the torsion bar clips (B). 3. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the torsion bars with the torsion bar assembly tool from both trunk lid hinges. First remove the left torsion bar (A), then remove the right torsion bar (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7507 4. Remove the torsion bar clips (A) from the body. 5. Install the torsion bars in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Adjust the torsion bars forward or rearward with the torsion bar assembly tool. - Positions where each torsion bar was installed in the factory are following: Left torsion bar: Normal position - Right torsion bar: Normal position - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. Special Tools Required Torsion bar assembly tool 07AAF-SNAA100 4-door 1. Remove the torsion bars (A) from the torsion bar center clip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7508 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the torsion bars with the torsion bar assembly tool from both trunk lid hinges. First remove the left torsion bar (A), then remove the right torsion bar (B). 3. Remove the torsion bar center clip (A) from the body. 4. Install the torsion bars in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - The shapes of the right torsion bar (A) and left torsion bar (B) are shown. Install the torsion bars properly. - Adjust the torsion bars forward or rearward with the torsion bar assembly tool. - Positions where each torsion bar was installed in the factory are following: Left torsion bar: Normal position - Right torsion bar: Normal position - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Spring > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7509 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Stop > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Stop: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Cushion Replacement 2-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the trunk lid cushions (A). 1. Pull back the outside of the trunk lid cushion to release the outside hook (B). 2. Slide the trunk lid cushion to the outside, then release the hooks (C) to remove it. 2. Install the cushion in the reverse order of removal. 4-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Detach the clips (A) by pushing it from the hole in the trunk lid (B), then remove the trunk lid cushion (C). Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Stop > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7513 3. Install the cushion in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Doors, Hood and Trunk > Trunk / Liftgate > Trunk / Liftgate Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Weatherstrip Replacement 1. Remove the trunk lid weatherstrip (A) by pulling it off. 2. Apply clear weatherstrip sealant (B) into the channel of the trunk lid weatherstrip all the way around. 3. Locate the painted alignment mark (C or D) on the trunk lid weatherstrip. Align the painted mark in the center of the trunk lid opening, and install the trunk lid weatherstrip all the way around in the direction shown. Make sure there are no wrinkles in the weatherstrip. 4. Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Body Emblem > Component Information > Service and Repair Body Emblem: Service and Repair Emblem/Sticker Replacement NOTE: When removing the stickers, take care not to scratch the body. 1. Clean the body surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 2. Apply the stickers where shown: - When installing the AT-PZEV sticker on the inside surface of the left rear door quarter glass, align the sticker with the edge of the glass mark as shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application tape. - When installing the side NGV stickers on both rear doors, align the application tape with the edges of the rear door and rear door molding as shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application tape. - When installing the CNG sticker on the trunk lid, align the application tape with the edge of the trunk lid as shown, then press the sticker into place, and remove the application tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Body Emblem > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7521 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair Cowl Moulding / Trim: Service and Repair Cowl Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Turn on the wiper switch, and move the windshield wiper arms 90°. 2. Remove the center cowl cover (A). 1. Remove the hood rear seal (B) by pulling it out. 2. Remove the clips (C). 3. Release three front hooks (D) from the edge of the under-cowl panel (E). 4. Detach the clips (F, G) by carefully pulling the cover up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (H). Take care not to scratch the body. 3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (I). 4. If necessary, remove the bolts (A, B), then remove the under-cowl panel (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7525 5. Remove these items: - Windshield wiper arms - Front fender trim, both sides 6. Detach the clips by carefully pulling the side cowl cover (A) up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (B) from the front fender. Take care not to scratch the body. Repeat this step for the other side cowl cover, and disconnect the windshield washer tube. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the washer tubes are connected securely. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling License Plate Bracket: Customer Interest Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling 09-052 July 17, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Rear License Trim Paint Is Peeling (Supersedes 09-052, dated July 10, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, trim levels were added.* VEHICLES AFFECTED SYMPTOM The paint on the rear license trim is peeling around the inner taillights. PROBABLE CAUSE There is not enough clearance between the rear license trim and the inner taillights. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear license trim, and adjust the inner taillights outward to prevent contact. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 8501A3 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 74890-SNE-A11ZC H/C 8705519 Defect Code: 01001 Symptom Code: 08601 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7534 PARTS INFORMATION REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Remove the bolt securing the rear license trim. 3. Detach the clips by pushing them through the holes in the trunk lid from the inside, then remove the rear license trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7535 4. Loosen, but do not remove, the four 8 mm nuts on each inner taillight. If the taillight is stuck to the trunk lid, push on the studs to free it. 5. Using hand pressure only, push on the taillight tang to move the taillight as far outboard as possible, then re-tighten the nuts. 6. Install the new license trim in the reverse order of removal. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling License Plate Bracket: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling 09-052 July 17, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Rear License Trim Paint Is Peeling (Supersedes 09-052, dated July 10, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, trim levels were added.* VEHICLES AFFECTED SYMPTOM The paint on the rear license trim is peeling around the inner taillights. PROBABLE CAUSE There is not enough clearance between the rear license trim and the inner taillights. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear license trim, and adjust the inner taillights outward to prevent contact. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 8501A3 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 74890-SNE-A11ZC H/C 8705519 Defect Code: 01001 Symptom Code: 08601 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7541 PARTS INFORMATION REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Remove the bolt securing the rear license trim. 3. Detach the clips by pushing them through the holes in the trunk lid from the inside, then remove the rear license trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Bracket > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Bracket: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7542 4. Loosen, but do not remove, the four 8 mm nuts on each inner taillight. If the taillight is stuck to the trunk lid, push on the studs to free it. 5. Using hand pressure only, push on the taillight tang to move the taillight as far outboard as possible, then re-tighten the nuts. 6. Install the new license trim in the reverse order of removal. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling License Plate Frame: Customer Interest Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling 09-052 July 17, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Rear License Trim Paint Is Peeling (Supersedes 09-052, dated July 10, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, trim levels were added.* VEHICLES AFFECTED SYMPTOM The paint on the rear license trim is peeling around the inner taillights. PROBABLE CAUSE There is not enough clearance between the rear license trim and the inner taillights. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear license trim, and adjust the inner taillights outward to prevent contact. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 8501A3 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 74890-SNE-A11ZC H/C 8705519 Defect Code: 01001 Symptom Code: 08601 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7551 PARTS INFORMATION REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Remove the bolt securing the rear license trim. 3. Detach the clips by pushing them through the holes in the trunk lid from the inside, then remove the rear license trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7552 4. Loosen, but do not remove, the four 8 mm nuts on each inner taillight. If the taillight is stuck to the trunk lid, push on the studs to free it. 5. Using hand pressure only, push on the taillight tang to move the taillight as far outboard as possible, then re-tighten the nuts. 6. Install the new license trim in the reverse order of removal. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling License Plate Frame: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling 09-052 July 17, 2009 *Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED* Rear License Trim Paint Is Peeling (Supersedes 09-052, dated July 10, 2009, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, trim levels were added.* VEHICLES AFFECTED SYMPTOM The paint on the rear license trim is peeling around the inner taillights. PROBABLE CAUSE There is not enough clearance between the rear license trim and the inner taillights. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the rear license trim, and adjust the inner taillights outward to prevent contact. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Operation Number: 8501A3 Flat Rate Time: 0.2 hour Failed Part: P/N 74890-SNE-A11ZC H/C 8705519 Defect Code: 01001 Symptom Code: 08601 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7558 PARTS INFORMATION REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Remove the bolt securing the rear license trim. 3. Detach the clips by pushing them through the holes in the trunk lid from the inside, then remove the rear license trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for License Plate Frame: > 09-052 > Jul > 09 > Body - Rear License Plate Trim Paint Peeling > Page 7559 4. Loosen, but do not remove, the four 8 mm nuts on each inner taillight. If the taillight is stuck to the trunk lid, push on the studs to free it. 5. Using hand pressure only, push on the taillight tang to move the taillight as far outboard as possible, then re-tighten the nuts. 6. Install the new license trim in the reverse order of removal. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7560 License Plate Frame: Service and Repair Rear License Trim Replacement 2-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. From inside the trunk lid, remove the nuts securing the rear license trim (A), and push out the clips. 2. Gently close the trunk lid, release the clip, and pull the rear license trim (A) out to detach the clips, then remove the trim. Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. 3. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. 4-door 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Remove the bolt securing the trunk lid lock cylinder. 3. Detach the clips by pushing it from the hole in the trunk lid (A), then remove the rear license trim (B). Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Exterior Moulding / Trim > License Plate Frame > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7561 4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Fender > Front Fender Liner > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Inner Fender Replacement Front Fender Liner: Service and Repair Front Inner Fender Replacement Front Inner Fender Replacement 2-door (Except Si model) NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the front inner fender (A). 1. On the back of the wheel arch, remove the screws (B), and remove the front splash guard (C) (Canada models). 2. From under the front bumper (D), remove the clip (E), securing the splash shield (F), and front inner fender, and remove the bolt (G) and clip (H) securing the front bumper and front inner fender. 3. From the wheel arch, remove the clips (I, J, K) securing the front inner fender (and splash shield) to the body. 4. Release the hook(L) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner fender. NOTE: To remove the clips E, H and I, pry the inner the clip up at the edge near the line M) on its head. 2. Install the inner fender in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. 2-door (Si model) NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the front inner fender (A). 1. A On the back of the wheel arch, remove the screws (B), and remove the front splash guard (C) (Canada models). 2. From under the front bumper (D), remove the clip (E) securing the splash shield (F) and front inner fender, remove the bolt (G) securing the front strake (H), front bumper, and front inner fender, and remove the clip (I) securing the front bumper and front inner fender. 3. From the wheel arch, remove the clips (J, K, L) securing the front inner fender (and splash shield) to the body. 4. Release the hook M) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner fender. NOTE: To remove the clips E, I and J, pry the inner pin up at the edge near the line (N) on its head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Fender > Front Fender Liner > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Inner Fender Replacement > Page 7567 2. Install the inner fender in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. 4-door NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the front inner fender (A). 1. On the back of the wheel arch, remove the screws (B), and remove the front splash guard (C) (Canada models). 2. From under the front bumper (D), remove the clips (E) securing the front bumper, splash shield (F), and front inner fender. 3. From the wheel arch, remove the clips (G, H, I) securing the front inner fender (and splash shield) to the body. 4. Release the hook (J) of the splash shield, then remove the front inner fender. NOTE: To remove the clips E and G, pry the inner the clip up at the edge near the line (K) on its head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Fender > Front Fender Liner > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Inner Fender Replacement > Page 7568 2. Install the inner fender in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Fender > Front Fender Liner > System Information > Service and Repair > Front Inner Fender Replacement > Page 7569 Front Fender Liner: Service and Repair Front Fender Fairing Replacement Front Fender Fairing Replacement 1. Remove the front inner fender as needed. 2. From the wheel arch, remove the clips. 3. Open the front door. Detach the hooks (A) securing the front fender fairing (B). 4. Remove the front fender fairing (A). 5. Install the fender fairing in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Cross-Member: Service and Repair Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Middle Cross-member Gusset Replacement 2-door NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the rear side trim panel. 2. Pull back the rear part of the carpet, as needed. 3. Remove the insulator (A). 4. Detach the floor wire harness clips (A). 5. Remove the bolts (B) and nuts (C), then remove the middle cross-member gusset (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement > Page 7575 6. Install the gusset in the reverse order of removal. When installing the mounting bolts for the middle cross-member gusset (A), torque the mounting hardware in the sequence shown. If the mounting bolts are not torqued in this sequence, damage to the quarter panel will occur. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Cross-Member > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Cross-Member Gusset Replacement > Page 7576 Cross-Member: Service and Repair Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Torque NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Skid Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Floor Undercover Replacement Skid Plate: Service and Repair Middle Floor Undercover Replacement Middle Floor Undercover Replacement For Some Models NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the bolts, and detach the clips, then remove the left middle floor undercover (A) and right middle undercover (B). NOTE: To remove the clips B, pry the inner clip up at the edge near the line (C) on its head. 2. Install the undercover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Skid Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Middle Floor Undercover Replacement > Page 7581 Skid Plate: Service and Repair Under-Floor Cover Replacement Under-floor Cover Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the bolts, then remove the under-floor cover (A). 2. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Structural Brace > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-Floor Brace Replacement Structural Brace: Service and Repair Under-Floor Brace Replacement Under-floor Brace Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove these items: - Left middle floor undercover. - Under-floor cover. 2. Remove the bolts (A), then remove the guard brace (B). 3. Release the fuel pipe (C) from the holder (D), and remove the bolts (E), then remove the under-floor brace (F). 4. Install the brace in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Structural Brace > Component Information > Service and Repair > Under-Floor Brace Replacement > Page 7586 Structural Brace: Service and Repair Rear Floor Upper Cross-Member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Replacement Rear Floor Upper Cross-member Gusset Torque NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Frame > Subframe > Component Information > Service and Repair Subframe: Service and Repair Subframe Replacement Front Subframe Torque NOTE: - After loosening the subframe mounting bolts, be sure to replace them with new ones. - When installing, align both Installation reference holes in the subframe with both reference holes in the body using a screwdriver or tapered punch as a guide. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Grille > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Grille Replacement Grille: Service and Repair Front Grille Replacement Front Grille Replacement 2-door (Except Si model) NOTE: Take care not to scratch the bumper and grille. 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Remove the screws, and remove the front grille (A) from the front bumper (B). 3. If emblem (C) replacement is necessary, refer to emblem/sticker replacement. 4. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal. 4-door (Except Si model) NOTE: Take care not to scratch the bumper and grille. 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Remove the nuts, and release the hooks (A), then remove the front grille (B) from the front bumper (C). 3. If necessary, remove the screw, and release the hooks, then remove the front emblem base (A) from the front grille (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Grille > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Grille Replacement > Page 7594 4. If emblem (C) replacement is necessary, refer to emblem/sticker replacement. 5. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal. Si model NOTE: Take care not to scratch the bumper and grille. 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Remove the screws, and remove the front grille (A) from the front bumper (B). 3. Remove the screws, then separate the front grille molding (A) and the front grille base (B). 4. If emblems replacement is necessary, refer to emblem/sticker replacement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Grille > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Grille Replacement > Page 7595 5. Install the grille in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Grille > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Grille Replacement > Page 7596 Grille: Service and Repair Front Grille Cover Replacement Front Grille Cover Replacement NOTE: - When prying with a flat-tip screwdriver, wrap it with protective tape to prevent damage. - Take care not to scratch the rear bumper and body. 1. Remove the front fender trim from both sides. 2. Remove the clips by carefully pulling the front grille cover (A) up, then remove the cover by releasing the front edge of the cover from the grille (B). Take care not to scratch the body. NOTE: To remove the clips, pry the inner clip up at the edge near the line (C) on its head. 3. Install the covers in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clip portions into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Arm Rest > Component Information > Service and Repair > Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement Arm Rest: Service and Repair Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. For Some Models - 4-door NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Using a trim tool, push on the bottom ribs (A) of the rear hooks (B) to pull the beverage holder (C), then release the hooks from the wire (D). 2. Release the front hooks (A) from the wire (B), then remove the beverage holder (C). 3. Install the beverage holder in the reverse order of removal. Make sure the front hooks are installed securely to the wire, then push down on the beverage holder and install the rear hooks into the wire securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Arm Rest > Component Information > Service and Repair > Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement > Page 7602 Arm Rest: Service and Repair Rear Seat Armrest Replacement Rear Seat Armrest Replacement For Some Models - 4-door NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the clip (A) from the left portion of the armrest pivot (B). 2. Slide the armrest (A) toward the driver's side of the vehicle, and remove the pivot shaft (B) from the collar (C) on the right side of the vehicle by pulling back on the armrest. 3. Remove the pivot shaft (A) from the collar (B) on the left, then remove the armrest (C). 4. Remove the collars (A) from the seat-back (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Arm Rest > Component Information > Service and Repair > Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement > Page 7603 5. Install the armrest in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Arm Rest > Component Information > Service and Repair > Rear Seat Armrest Beverage Holder Replacement > Page 7604 Arm Rest: Service and Repair Rear Seat Armrest Cover Replacement Rear Seat Armrest Cover Replacement For Some Models - 4-door NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the armrest from the seat-back. 2. Remove the armrest beverage holder from the armrest. 3. Release the clips (A) and hook strip (B), and pull back the armrest cover (C) all the way around. 4. Release the armrest cover from the armrest pivot portions (A), then remove it from the pad (B). 5. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal. To prevent wrinkles when installing an armrest cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hooks and hook strips. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair Carpet: Service and Repair Carpet Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet. - Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other interior trim pieces. 1. Remove these items: - Front seats, both sides - Rear seat cushion - Door sill trim, both sides - Kick panels, both sides - Driver's dashboard undercover - Passenger's dashboard undercover - Center console - Steering joint cover 2. Push the knob (A) back to release the hooks (B), then pull up the accelerator pedal (C). 3. Remove the footrest (A). 1. Remove the lower clip (B) from the stud bolt (C) using a 6 mm hexagon socket wrench. 2. Remove the upper clip (D) from the stud bolt using a flat-tip screwdriver. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7608 4. Disconnect the parking brake cables from the equalizer. 5. Remove the floor mat holders (A) from the driver's side. 6. Release the clip from the rear portion of the carpet (A). Pull out the edge of the carpet from under both rear side trim panels (B). 7. Release the clips. Release the Velcro fasteners (A), then pull the carpet out from under the dashboard. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7609 8. Pull the seat harnesses (B) out through the hole in the carpet, then remove the carpet. 9. Install the carpet in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet. - Make sure the seat harnesses and parking brake cables are routed correctly. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the Velcro fasteners and clips into place securely. - Slip the carpet under both rear side trim panels properly. - Push the accelerator pedal hooks into place securely, and after installing, make sure the accelerator pedal does not come off the floor by pulling it up. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet. - Be careful not to damage the dashboard or other interior trim pieces. 1. Remove these items: - Front seats, both sides - Rear seat cushion - Front door sill trim, both sides - Rear door sill trim, both sides - Kick panels, both sides - B-pillar lower trim, both sides - Driver's dashboard undercover - Passenger's dashboard undercover - Center console - Steering joint cover 2. Push the knob (A) back to release the hooks (B), then pull up the accelerator pedal (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7610 3. Remove the footrest (A). 1. Remove the lower clip (B) from the stud bolt (C) using a 6 mm hexagon socket wrench. 2. Remove the upper clip (D) from the stud bolt using a flat-tip screwdriver. 4. Disconnect the SRS unit connector (A), antenna connector (B), and detach the wire harness clips (C). Remove the TORX ground bolt (D) using a TORX T30 bit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7611 5. Remove the bolts (A, B), and detach the connector clip (C), then remove the center pipe extension (D). 6. Remove the rear heater joint duct (A). 7. Disconnect the parking brake cables from the equalizer. 8. Remove the floor mat holders (A) from the driver's side. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Carpet > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7612 9. Remove the clips. 10. Release the Velcro fasteners (A), then pull the carpet (B) out from under the dashboard. 11. Pull the seat harnesses (C) out through the hole in the carpet, then remove the carpet. 12. Install the carpet in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Take care not to damage, wrinkle or twist the carpet. - Make sure the seat harnesses and parking brake cables are routed correctly. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the Velcro fasteners and clips into place securely. - Push the accelerator pedal hooks into place securely, and after installing, make sure the accelerator pedal does not come off the floor by pulling it up. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Console Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7618 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7619 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7620 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7621 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7622 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7623 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7624 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7625 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7626 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7627 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7628 Console Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7629 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7630 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7631 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7632 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7633 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7634 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7635 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7636 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7637 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7638 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7639 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7640 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7641 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7642 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7643 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7644 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7645 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7646 Console Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7647 Diagram 114-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7648 Diagram 114-2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7649 Diagram 114-3 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Console > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7650 Diagram 114-4 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7655 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7656 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7657 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7658 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7659 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7660 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7661 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7662 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 7663 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Glove Compartment > Glove Compartment Lock > Component Information > Service and Repair Glove Compartment Lock: Service and Repair Glove Box Striker Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: Take care not to scratch the dashboard and related parts. 1. While holding the glove box, release the glove box stop on each side from the dashboard by pushing them inside. 2. Remove the screws, then remove the glove box striker (A). 3. Install the striker in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair Headliner: Service and Repair Headliner Removal/Installation Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. 3. Remove these items: - 2-door: A-pillar trim, both sides - Ceiling light - Front seat belt upper anchor, both sides - Rear side trim panel - Quarter pillar trim, both sides - Grab handles, two places - 4-door: A-pillar trim, both sides - Ceiling light - Front seat belt upper anchor, both sides - B-pillar lower trim, both sides - B-pillar upper trim, both sides - C-pillar upper trim, both sides - Grab handles, four places 4. From both sides, release the tabs (A) from the bracket (B) using a trim tool of the sunvisor cap (C) from the bracket. 5. Remove the sunvisor cap (A) from the bracket (B). Turn the cap, and remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7671 6. From both sides, remove the sunvisor (A). 1. Remove the sunvisor from the body and holder (B). 2. Remove the TORX screws using a TORX T25 bit. 3. Remove the sunvisor from the body. 7. Push the hook (A) using a flat-tip screwdriver, and turn the holder (B) 90°, then pull it out. 8. Remove the map light assembly (A). 1. Remove the lenses (B). 2. Remove the bolts. 3. If equipped, release the four tabs (C), then pull out the moonroof switch (D) or the navigation microphone. 4. Disconnect the front individual map light connector (E). If equipped, disconnect the moonroof switch connector (F) and the navigation microphone connector (G). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7672 9. Without moonroof: Detach the harness clips (A) from the A-pillar(B). 10. Without moonroof: Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 11. Without moonroof: From under the dash, disconnect the roof wire harness connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7673 12. Remove the center console. 13. Slide the front seat all the way back, and recline the seat-back fully. 14. 4-door: Remove the bolts securing the parking brake base frame (A) and lay it down as needed. 15. Lower the headliner(A). 1. Remove the front door opening seals (B), and rear door opening seals (C) from each roof portion. 2. 2-door: Release the clips (D). 3. With the help of an assistant, detach the rear clips (E) by pulling the rear portion of the headliner down. 4. With moonroof: Release the Velcro fasteners (F) by lowering the headliner. 5. With moonroof: Release the hooks (G) of the moonroof by moving the headliner rearward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7674 16. Lower the front of the headliner below the steering wheel. Rotate the liner, and pull it along with the roof wire harness (I) out through the passenger's front door. Do not bend the liner. Bending the liner will crease and damage it. 17. If necessary, remove the cushion tape (A, B) fastening the roof wire harness (C) to the headliner (D), then remove them from the headliner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7675 18. If necessary, remove the side curtain airbag mounting bolt (A) and grab handle bracket mounting bolts (B), then remove the grab handle bracket (C) from each side by releasing the hooks (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7676 19. Install the headliner in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the headliner and removed trim pieces with new ones. - To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect removed pieces and replace them if they have any of these types of damage: Any crease or tears in the headliner (A) - Any cracks or breakages in the grab handle (B) - Any damages around the grab handle holes (C) or sunvisor holes in the headliner - Any cracks in the sunvisor stay base (D) - Any bends or cracks in the sunvisor stay shaft (E) - Any cracks in the sunvisor base (F) - Any cracks or breakages in the vanity mirror base (G) - Any Velcro fasteners (H) and clip bases (I) which have come off the headliner - When installing the grab handle, push on the handle against the bracket (J) until the clips (K) snap into place securely. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Replace the removed cushion tape with new ones. - Check that both sides of the headliner are securely attached to the trim. - Make sure the headliner overlaps the trim pieces correctly. - When reinstalling the headliner through the front passenger's door opening, be careful not to fold or bend it. Also, be careful not to scratch the body. - Reconnect the negative cable to the battery. - Enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets. - Set the clock (on vehicles without navigation). - Check for any DTCs that may have been set during repairs, and clear them. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Headliner > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7677 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Passenger Assist Handle > Component Information > Service and Repair Passenger Assist Handle: Service and Repair Grab Handle Removal/Installation Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. NOTE: Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Lower the grab handle (A), then pull out the stoppers (B). 2. While pinching the clips (A), release the hooks (B), then remove the grab handle (C). 3. Remove all of the clips (A) using a pair of pliers by pinching its hooks. 4. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the grab handle with a new one. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Passenger Assist Handle > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7681 5. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, to prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect removed pieces and replace them if they have any of these types of damage: Any cracks or breakages in the grab handle (A). - Any cracks or stress-whitened in the stoppers (B). 6. Install the clips (A) to the grab handle (B), then install the stoppers (C) fully into the clips. 7. Position the grab handle (A) on the bracket (B), and push on the grab handle until the clips (C) snap into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Rear Shelf > Component Information > Service and Repair Rear Shelf: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Shelf Area Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the Honda Tool and Equipment Program; SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the rear shelf and trim. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove these items: - Rear seat cushion - Rear seat-back - Rear door opening seal, as needed. - C-pillar trim, both sides. - Trunk front trim panel and trunk partition. 2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the high mount brake light connector (A). 3. From the trunk compartment, release the four white clips (A) by tapping on them. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Rear Shelf > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7685 4. Lift the rear shelf (A) upward to detach the remaining seven clips, and release the hook (B) and pin (C) from the holes on the body. 5. Release each anchor rod (D) out through the hole in the rear shelf, and pull both rear seat belts (E) and rear center seat belt (F) out through the slits Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Rear Shelf > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7686 (G) in the rear shelf. 6. Install the shelf in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - When installing the rear shelf, slip the rear seat belt through the slit and the rear center seat belt into the lid opening in the rear shelf. - Push the clips into place securely. - Make sure the high mount brake light connector is plugged in properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair Scuff Plate: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Door Areas Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Door Sill Area - 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Driver's side: Remove the front seat belt lower anchor. 2. Driver's side: Remove the footrest. 3. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the door sill trim, and remove the opener lock cylinder and screw. 4. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and rear side trim panel (D), and pull the door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7690 5. Pull out the door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the door opening flange, then remove the seal. 6. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7691 7. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Front Door Sill Area - 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Driver's side: Remove the footrest. 2. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the front door sill trim, and remove the opener lock cylinder and screw. 3. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and B-pillar lower trim (D), and pull the front door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips (F, G), then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7692 4. Pull out the front door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the front door opening flange, then remove the seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7693 5. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. 6. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7694 Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Rear Door Sill Area - 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Detach the hook (A) and tab (B) from the B-pillar lower trim (C), and pull the rear door sill trim (D) up by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. 2. Pull the rear seat cushion (A) up to release the hook (B). While pulling the cushion up, detach the clips and remove the rear door sill trim (C) from the rear door opening seal (D). 3. Pull out the rear door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the rear door opening flange, then remove the seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Scuff Plate > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7695 4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Sun Visor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sun Visor: > 08-023 > Oct > 10 > Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved Sun Visor: Customer Interest Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved 08-023 October 22, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Sunvisor Comes Apart or Splits When Moved (Supersedes 08-023, dated August 8, 2008, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, models were added and VIN ranges were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, different colored sunvisors were added. PROBLEM The sunvisor comes apart or splits when moved up or down. VEHICLES AFFECTED Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Sun Visor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Sun Visor: > 08-023 > Oct > 10 > Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved > Page 7704 PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 840100 (left sunvisor) 840130 (right sunvisor) 8401B1 (both visors) Flat Rate Time: 0.1 hour (per sunvisor) Failed Part: P/N 83280-SNA-A01ZB Defect Code: 02101 Symptom Code: 01201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the sunvisor: ^ Refer to steps 3 thru 5 on page 20-133 of the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword HEADLINER, select Headliner Removal/Installation from the list, and do only steps 3 thru 5 of that procedure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Sun Visor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sun Visor: > 08-023 > Oct > 10 > Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved Sun Visor: All Technical Service Bulletins Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved 08-023 October 22, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Sunvisor Comes Apart or Splits When Moved (Supersedes 08-023, dated August 8, 2008, to revise the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ Under VEHICLES AFFECTED, models were added and VIN ranges were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, different colored sunvisors were added. PROBLEM The sunvisor comes apart or splits when moved up or down. VEHICLES AFFECTED Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Sun Visor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Sun Visor: > 08-023 > Oct > 10 > Interior - Sun Visor Comes Apart/Splits When Moved > Page 7710 PARTS INFORMATION WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 840100 (left sunvisor) 840130 (right sunvisor) 8401B1 (both visors) Flat Rate Time: 0.1 hour (per sunvisor) Failed Part: P/N 83280-SNA-A01ZB Defect Code: 02101 Symptom Code: 01201 Skill Level: Repair Technician REPAIR PROCEDURE Replace the sunvisor: ^ Refer to steps 3 thru 5 on page 20-133 of the 2006-2010 Civic Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword HEADLINER, select Headliner Removal/Installation from the list, and do only steps 3 thru 5 of that procedure. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas Trim Panel: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. A-Pillar Trim SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, 2-door, 4-door and the precautions, and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Follow the A-pillar trim installation procedure carefully; improper installation could cause the side curtain airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to scratch the trim and panels. - The upper clip in the A-pillar trim (A) consists of a grommet (B) and a pin (C). The grommet expanded with the pin secures it to the body panel (D). The projections (E) on the pin is broken during removal, so the clip must be replaced with a new one when the trim is reinstalled. 1. Pull the door opening seal away from the A-pillar as needed. 2. Hit the upper clip in the A-pillar trim (A) with a rubber mallet. The clip is under the "SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG" mark (B). Hitting the clip breaks the projections (C) on the pin (D) and pushes it into the grommet (E) and against the body (F). The grommet becomes narrow. NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the A-pillar trim is reinstalled. 3. Pull the front of the A-pillar trim (A) back by hand to remove the upper clip (B) from the body (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7715 4. Pull the A-pillar trim (A) by hand to detach the clips. Pull the trim up from the dashboard (B), then remove it. 5. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the A-pillar trim and all clips on the trim with new ones. 6. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the upper clip (A) from the removed A-pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim: - To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the A-pillar trim and replace it if it has any Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7716 of these types of damage: - Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the A-pillar trim - Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clip seating surfaces (C, D) - Replace the lower clips (E) if it is damaged. - Replace the upper clip with a new one. - 4-door A-pillar trim is shown; 2-door A-pillar trim is similar. 7. Before installing the A-pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled, temporarily remove a new upper clip (B). 8. Check the overlap between the headliner and A-pillar trim, and if necessary, adjust it. 9. Carefully install a new upper clip (A) to the A-pillar trim (B). Be sure that the grommet (C) is nearest to the top of the pin (D) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7717 10. Reinstall the A-pillar trim (A). 1. Insert the bottom of the trim into the dashboard (B). 2. Place the trim over the A-pillar (C), and fit its upper clip (D), and lower clips (E), and pins (F) into the holes (G) in the A-pillar, then lightly push the trim into place. NOTE: Make sure the side curtain airbag isn't tucked down under the clips and ribs. - Push lightly on the upper clip. If you push too hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not hold the trim properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7718 11. Reinstall the front door opening seal. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. B-Pillar Upper/Lower Trim - 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove these items: - Front door sill trim - Rear door sill trim - Front door opening seal, as needed - Rear door opening seal, as needed 2. Slide the front seat forward fully. 3. Remove the B-pillar lower trim (A). 1. Pull the upper portion of the trim back to release the upper hooks (B). 2. Detach the lower clips by pulling the bottom of the trim back by hand. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7719 4. Remove the front seat belt lower anchor. 5. Pull the bottom of the B-pillar upper trim (A) back by hand to detach the lower hooks (B). 6. Detach the upper clip by pulling the top of the B-pillar upper trim (A). Pull the trim down to release the upper hooks (B) from the side curtain airbag B-pillar bracket (C). 7. Pass the front seat belt (A) lower anchor out through a hole in the slider (B), then remove the B-pillar upper trim (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7720 8. Remove the slider (A) from the B-pillar upper trim (B). 9. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips (A) are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the B-pillar upper and lower trim and all clips on the trim with new ones. - To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage: Any cracks or deformations in the B-pillar upper trim (B) and the upper hooks (C), and any stress-whitening in the upper part of the trim - Any cracks or deformations in the B-pillar lower trim (D), and any breakages in the part (E) fitted with the B-pillar upper trim - Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clips seating surface (F) - Replace any damaged parts with new ones. - Make sure the top of the trim overlaps with the headliner correctly. - Make sure the pin (G) on the front seat belt shoulder anchor adjuster (H) and the hole (I) on the back of the slider are engaged when installing the B-pillar upper trim. - Make sure the trim hook is installed into the side curtain airbag B-pillar bracket securely. - Push the clip and hooks into place securely. - Before installing the anchor bolt, make sure there are no twists or kinks in the seat belt. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7721 Slider engagement with shoulder anchor adjuster Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Quarter Pillar Trim - 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Follow the quarter pillar trim installation procedure carefully; improper installation could cause the side curtain airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to scratch the trim and panels. - The B-pillar upper clip (A) in the quarter pillar trim (B) consists of a grommet (C) and a pin (D). The grommet expanded with the pin secures it to the body panel (E). The projections (F) on the pin is broken during removal, so the clip must be replaced with a new one when the trim is reinstalled. - The C-pillar upper clip (G) under the airbag lid (H) consists of a resin grommet (I) and a metal pin (J). The groove (K) in the grommet secures it to the body panel. The shoulder (L) on the grommet is broken during removal, so the grommet must be replaced with a new one when the trim is reinstalled. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7722 1. Remove these items: - Rear side trim panel - Rear shelf extension 2. Remove the front seat belt upper anchor. 3. Lower the coat hanger (A), pry off the lid (B) with a trim tool, then remove the screw. 4. Release the hooks (A), then remove the rear window harness cap (B) from the quarter pillar trim (C). 5. Pull the door opening seal away from the B-pillar as needed. 6. Hit the surface of the quarter pillar trim (A) just upon the upper clip with a rubber mallet. Hitting the trim surface breaks the projections (B) on the pin (C) and pushes it into the grommet (D) and against the body (E). The grommet becomes narrow. NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the quarter pillar trim is reinstalled. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7723 7. Hit the surface of the airbag lid (A) just upon the upper clip with a rubber mallet. The clip is halfway between the "SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG" mark (B) and the rear window. Hitting the lid surface breaks the shoulder (C) on the grommet (D) and pushes the pin (E) and grommet against the body (F). NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new one when the quarter pillar trim is reinstalled. - Do not hit the lower side of the airbag lid, or it will be folded and stress-whitened at the middle of its own. It is very delicate part. 8. Remove the quarter pillar trim (A). 1. Detach and release the clips (B, C, D) from the body (E) and remove the pin (F) from the grommet (G) remaining in the body by pulling the trim back. 2. Lower the trim to release the upper edge of it from the headliner (H). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7724 9. Remove the grommet from the body. NOTE: The grommet must be replaced with a new one because the it is damaged during removal. 10. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the quarter pillar trim and all clips on the trim with new ones. 11. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the clip (A) from the removed quarter pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim: - To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the quarter pillar trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage: Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the quarter pillar trim - Any cracks or stress-whitening in the clip seating surfaces (C, D, E) - Damaged top of the C-pillar upper clip pin (F) - If any of the lower clips (G, H) are damaged or stress-whitened, replace them. - Replace the clip (A) with a new one. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7725 12. Before installing the quarter pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled, temporarily remove a new clip (B), and the grommet (C) from the pin (D). 13. Check the overlap between the headliner and quarter pillar trim, and if necessary, adjust it. 14. Carefully reinstall the clip (A) to the quarter pillar trim (B), and the grommet (G) on the pin (D): - Be sure that the grommet (E) is nearest to the top of the pin (F) as shown. - Seat the pin with the grommet on the quarter pillar trim as shown. 15. Reinstall the quarter pillar trim (A). 1. Fit the upper edge of the trim to the headliner (B). 2. Place the trim over the center/C-pillar (C), and fit its B-pillar upper clip (D), C-pillar upper clip (E), and all of the other clips (F, G) into holes (H) in the body, then lightly push the trim into place. NOTE: Make sure the side curtain airbag isn't tucked down under the clips and ribs. - Apply pressure to the areas of the trim just upon the quarter/C-pillar upper clips until these clip fittings are felt. If you push too hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not hold the trim properly. - Make sure the upper clip portions of the trim don't come off the body by tugging on the trim back. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7726 16. Reinstall the rear window harness cap (A) to the quarter pillar trim (B) until its hooks (C) snap into place securely. 17. Reinstall the screw and the lid (A). 18. Reinstall the door opening seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7727 Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. C-Pillar Trim - 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Follow the C-pillar trim installation procedure carefully; improper installation could cause the side curtain airbag to deploy improperly and possibly cause injury. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to scratch the trim and panels. - The front clip in the C-pillar trim (A) consists of a grommet (B) and a pin (C). The grommet expanded with the pin secures it to the body panel (D). The projections (E) on the pin is broken during removal, so the clip must be replaced with a new one when the trim is reinstalled. 1. Remove these items: - Rear seat cushion - Rear seat side bolster - Rear door opening seal, as needed 2. Fold the seat-back forward. 3. Hit the front clip in the C-pillar trim (A) a rubber mallet. The clip is near the triangle mark (B). Hitting the clip breaks the projections (C) on the pin (D) and pushes it into the grommet (E) and against the body (F). The grommet becomes narrow. NOTE: The clip must be replaced with a new when the C-pillar trim is reinstalled. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7728 4. Pull the front of the C-pillar trim (A) back by hand to remove the front clip (B) from the body (C). 5. Pull the C-pillar trim (A) by hand to detach the clips, then pull the trim up from the rear shelf (B). 6. If the side curtain airbag has deployed, replace the C-pillar trim and all clips on the trim with new ones. 7. If the side curtain airbag has not deployed, remove the front clip (A) from the removed C-pillar trim (B) and discard it. Then check the trim: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7729 - To prevent the side curtain airbags from deploying improperly and possibly causing injury, inspect the C-pillar trim and replace it if it has any of these types of damage: - Any cracks, deformations, or stress-whitening in the C-pillar trim - Any cracks or stress-whitened in the clip seating surfaces (C, D) - Check if the rear clips (E) are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Replace the front clip with a new one. 8. Before installing the C-pillar trim (A), whether replaced or reinstalled, temporarily remove new front clip (B). 9. Check the overlap between the headliner and C-pillar trim, and if necessary, adjust it. 10. Carefully reinstall a new front clip (A) to the C-pillar trim (B). Be sure that the grommet (C) is nearest to the top of the pin (D) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7730 11. Reinstall the C-pillar trim (A). 1. Insert the bottom of the trim into the rear shelf (B). 2. Place the trim over the C-pillar (C), and fit its front clip (D) and rear clips (E) into holes in the C-pillar, then lightly push the trim into place. NOTE: Make sure the side curtain airbag isn't tucked down under the clips and ribs. - Push the clips into place securely. - Push lightly on the front clip. If you push too hard, the clip will be damaged, and it will not hold the trim properly. 12. Reinstall the rear door opening seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7731 Trim Panel: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Side Area Trim Removal/Installation - Rear Side Area Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Remove these items: - Door sill trim - Rear seat-back: Fold down - Split fold down - Rear seat cushion 2. Lower the rear seat pivot bracket (A). 3. Release the clip (A). Detach the clips (B) by pulling the rear side trim panel (C) back, release the upper hooks (D) and tabs (E) from the quarter pillar trim (F) and the rear shelf extension (G), then remove the trim panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7732 4. Install the panel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7733 Trim Panel: Service and Repair Trim Removal/Installation - Door Areas Trim Removal/Installation - Door Areas Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Door Sill Area - 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Driver's side: Remove the front seat belt lower anchor. 2. Driver's side: Remove the footrest. 3. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the door sill trim, and remove the opener lock cylinder and screw. 4. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and rear side trim panel (D), and pull the door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7734 5. Pull out the door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the door opening flange, then remove the seal. 6. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7735 7. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Front Door Sill Area - 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Driver's side: Remove the footrest. 2. Driver's side: Remove the front side cap from the front door sill trim, and remove the opener lock cylinder and screw. 3. Detach the hooks (A) and tabs (B) from the kick panel (C) and B-pillar lower trim (D), and pull the front door sill trim (E) up by hand to detach the clips (F, G), then remove it. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7736 4. Pull out the front door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the front door opening flange, then remove the seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7737 5. Pull the left kick panel (A) or the right kick panel (B) back by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. 6. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7738 Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. Rear Door Sill Area - 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to bend or scratch the trim and panels. - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. 1. Detach the hook (A) and tab (B) from the B-pillar lower trim (C), and pull the rear door sill trim (D) up by hand to detach the clips, then remove it. 2. Pull the rear seat cushion (A) up to release the hook (B). While pulling the cushion up, detach the clips and remove the rear door sill trim (C) from the rear door opening seal (D). 3. Pull out the rear door opening seal (A) from the trim hooks (B) and around the rear door opening flange, then remove the seal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Interior Moulding / Trim > Trim Panel > Component Information > Service and Repair > Trim Removal/Installation - Pillar Areas > Page 7739 4. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Door Locks > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Lock Cylinder Switch: Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Door Locks > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7745 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Keyless Entry > Keyless Starting System > Keyless Start Control Module > Component Information > Diagrams 218. Remote Starting Control Unit (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Lock Cylinder Switch: Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7755 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations Power Door Lock Actuator: Locations 130. Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) 137. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 7759 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 7760 Power Door Lock Actuator: Diagrams 199. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Driver's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) 200. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Front Passenger's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Actuator > Component Information > Locations > Page 7761 201. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Left Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) 202. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Right Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Door Lock Switch: Locations 130. Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) 137. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7765 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7766 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7767 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7768 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams 199. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Driver's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) 200. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Front Passenger's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Power Locks > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7769 201. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Left Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) 202. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Right Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Lock Cylinder Replacement 2-door 1. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder switch connector (B). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened rod fastener (C). 2. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). Then turn the trunk lid lock cylinder clockwise, and remove it. 3. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged. - Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. 4-door 1. If equipped, remove the trunk lid trim. 2. Disconnect the cylinder rod (A), and if equipped, disconnect the cylinder switch connector (B). NOTE: Check for damaged or stress-whitened, rod fastener (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7773 3. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). 4. Remove the rear license trim. 5. Remove the bolt securing the lock cylinder (A). 6. Turn the lock cylinder (A) to release the hook (B) from the trunk lid (C), then remove the lock cylinder. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Locks > Trunk / Liftgate Lock Cylinder > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7774 7. Install the lock cylinder in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Replace the rod fastener if it is damaged. - Make sure the cylinder switch connector is plugged in properly (if equipped) and the cylinder rod is connected properly. - Make sure the trunk lid opens properly and locks securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Heated Element: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7780 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7781 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7782 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7783 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7784 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7785 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7786 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7787 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7788 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7789 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7790 Heated Element: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7791 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7792 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7793 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7794 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7795 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7796 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7797 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7798 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7799 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7800 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7801 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7802 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7803 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7804 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7805 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7806 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7807 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7808 Heated Element: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 64-0 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Element, Mirror > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 7809 Heated Element: Description and Operation How the Circuit Works Rear Window Defogger Battery voltage is supplied at all times through fuse 8 (in the under-hood fuse/relay box) to the rear window defogger relay contacts. With the ignition switch in ON (II), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 36 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box) to the rear window defogger relay coil and to the heater control panel. When the rear window defogger/mirror defogger switch (in the heater control panel) is pressed, the heater control panel provides ground for the rear window defogger relay coil, which energizes the relay. Battery voltage is supplied to the rear window defogger through the energized relay. The rear window defogger is turned off by pressing the rear window defogger/mirror defogger switch a second time or by turning the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Power Mirror Defoggers With the ignition switch in ON (II), battery voltage is supplied through fuse 36 (in the under-dash fuse/relay box) to the power mirror defoggers relay and to the heater control panel. When the rear window defogger/mirror defogger switch (in the heater control panel) is pressed, the heater control panel provides ground for the power mirror defoggers relay coil, which energizes the relay. Battery voltage is supplied to both mirror defoggers through the energized relay. The power mirror defoggers are turned off by pressing the rear window defogger/mirror defogger switch a second time or by turning the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7813 Heated Mirror Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair Power Mirror Motor: Service and Repair Power Mirror Actuator Replacement 4-door 1. Remove the mirror holder. 2. Remove the power mirror. 3. Disconnect the 3P (without power mirror defogger) or 6P (with power mirror defogger) connector from the mirror. 4. With power mirror defogger: Disassemble the power mirror 6P connector (A), and remove the No. 1 and No. 3 terminals from it. 5. Remove the screw from the gasket (A). 6. Record the terminal locations and wire colors. 7. Cut the wire harness with wire cutters, and remove the gasket. 8. Remove the three screws, and separate the mirror housing (A) from the bracket (B). 9. Remove the six screws, and the actuator (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7817 10. Route the wire harness (A) of the new actuator through the hole in the bracket (B) and gasket (C). 11. Install the actuator, bracket, harness clip, and gasket in the reverse order of removal. 12. Insert the new actuator terminals into the connector in the original arrangement. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Motor > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7818 13. Apply tape to seal the intersection of the wire harness and the gasket. 14. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. Be careful not to break the mirror when reinstalling it to the actuator. 15. Reinstall the mirror assembly on the door. 16. Operate the power mirror to ensure smooth operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations 57. Left Side Of Dash 127. Driver's Door (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7822 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7823 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7824 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7825 212. Power Mirror Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Mirrors > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 7826 Power Mirror Switch: Service and Repair Power Mirror Switch Test/Replacement 2-door 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the power mirror switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information Paint: Technical Service Bulletins Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information 10-002 January 20, 2010 Applies To: ALL Photos For Warranty Paint Repair Claims BACKGROUND American Honda, its factories, and its suppliers are constantly striving to increase the quality, durability, and reliability of Honda vehicles. In the interest of making such improvements, as of March 2009, American Honda requires that digital photographs be taken of paint defects submitted for warranty repair. Examples of paint defects include mismatched colors, dirt in the paint, gloss issues, paint runs, "hiding" (thin paint), etc. Photos of these defects help provide valuable product information to the factory for quicker analysis and development of countermeasures. As a result, each Honda dealer is required to: ^ Take digital photos of paint defects submitted for warranty consideration. ^ Obtain DPSM authorization prior to starting any warranty paint repair. ^ Store warranty paint claim photos for 12 months, in accordance with the document retention policy outlined in the current Service Operations Manual. NOTE: A warranty claim may be subject to debit if the photos submitted do not adequately show the customer's paint complaint. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. PAINT DEFECT PHOTO GUIDELINES ^ Before photographing the paint defect, wash and completely dry the vehicle. Dirt, dust, and water spots visible in the photos may cover the paint defects and make them difficult to diagnose. ^ To properly document each warranty paint repair claim, four to five photos are required. These photos must be taken using a digital camera with "macro" focusing capabilities to provide detailed, in-focus close-ups. ^ For maximum clarity, the file size for each photo must be between 500 kb and 2,000 kb (2 mb). ZIP-compressed files are not acceptable. ^ Cell phone photos are not acceptable because of the phone's lack of focusing capability. ^ Before committing to paint repair, ensure that the photos you've taken are clear and in focus, and meet the standards and required number and type of photos for warranty claim submittal. ^ It's best to shoot multiples of each required shot; this gives you the widest choice of photos to choose from. To free up hard drive space after you've chosen your four or five best shots, delete the extra photos. PAINT DEFECT PREPARATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7832 ^ Before taking photos, outline the paint defect with a wide-tip Sharpie marker pen, a crayon, a grease pencil, masking tape, or stick-on paper notes. The marking material must contrast with the color of the paint, and should clearly identify the paint defect area. ^ If the paint defect extends across body panels, run the marking material across the panels to show the location and full extent of the paint defect. ^ Alternatively, if you have a computer program that allows you to draw on digital photographs, you can use that to outline the defect area(s) on your photos. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7833 TIPS FOR TAKING HIGH-QUALITY PAINT DEFECT PHOTOS Automotive paint has evolved into an elaborate combination of color pigments, solid metallic flakes, pearl (coated mica), and transparent toners in the clear coat that give the paint its depth, color, and gloss. As a result, some paint defects photograph better outdoors, while others do so indoors. To help decide where to photograph the defect, first determine whether the customer complaint is for a surface paint defect, or if the defect is below the paint's surface. As a general rule: ^ Surface paint defects photograph better inside a shop with artificial light, such as that produced by overhead fluorescent tubes. While viewing the vehicle through the camera's viewfinder or LCD screen, move the camera to position the fluorescent light's reflections over and around the defect, carefully watching for distortions in the light that best reveal the surface defect. ^ Most paint defects photograph better with the flash off, the exception being dirt or fingerprints embedded in the paint, which may be highlighted by the flash's reflection. To determine which method will provide the best shots, take one shot with the flash on, and another with it off, then compare the two. NOTE: Photographing with the flash off might extend the shutter time, and may require the camera to be stabilized by mounting it on a tripod, or by holding it against something rigid. ^ Paint defects under the clear coat surface photograph better outside in natural light, with the sun low in the sky, behind the photographer, and facing the defect. The hours between 8-11 a.m. and 2-6 p.m. usually provide the best light to photograph defects within the paint, as the sunlight at these times allows you to see through the clear coat into the paint. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7834 ^ When shooting a defect under the surface, first look at it straight-on, then move to look at the defect from multiple angles, carefully watching for the best light that reveals the defect, then snap that view of the defect with your camera. If needed, you may have to reposition the vehicle in relation to its light source to clearly reveal and photograph the paint defect. REQUIRED PHOTOS TO MEET HONDA WARRANTY PAINT CLAIM STANDARDS To properly document each warranty paint repair claim, four to five photos must be taken, as described below: Photo One: Take a readable, in-focus shot of the vehicle's barcoded VIN sticker on the driver's side doorjamb. Note: If you shoot this using your camera's flash, make sure the flash's reflection does not reduce the VIN sticker's readability. Photo Two: Take an orientation shot of the entire paint defect area, with the lens zoomed out wide enough to show the defect's location in relation to other body parts, such as door handles, windshield, headlights, bumper, side windows, wheel, etc. Photos Three and Four: Take the third shot closer to the defect and from a different angle, to add more detail to the warranty repair claim. Then, if needed to further support the claim, take a fourth shot from another angle to make sure that the defect and/or its full extent are completely documented. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7835 Photo Five: Take the last required shot as a sharply focused macro close-up, about 4 inches (100 mm) from the defect, showing exactly what the paint defect is. For example, if the defect is a mismatch in color, take a macro close-up of the mismatched panel and the correct color body panel together in the same shot. Note: To achieve a clear, close-up photo at this distance, you may have to manually focus the camera. UNACCEPTABLE PAINT DEFECT PHOTOGRAPH EXAMPLES This photo is unacceptable because: ^ it is out-of-focus and unreadable, and ^ the file size is too small (351 kb). This photo is unacceptable because: ^ it is too dark, and ^ it lacks focus, detail, and marking materials that identify the area and extent of the paint defect, as specified in this service bulletin and per warranty claim submittal standards. CORRECTING PAINT DEFECT PHOTO PROBLEMS USING PICTURE MANAGER Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7836 Microsoft Office Picture Manager is a very useful tool to help improve the quality of paint defect photos submitted for warranty consideration. While the Picture Manager program cannot correct blurry, out-of-focus pictures, it can adjust pictures for brightness, contrast, and color, helping to reveal details. It can also crop, resize, or compress digital photo files so that they can be e-mailed for warranty claim consideration. ^ To use this program on your PC, select Start > Programs > Microsoft Office > Microsoft Office Tools > Microsoft Office Picture Manager. ^ If the above instruction does not lead you to the Picture Manager program, select Start > Search. Under Search for Folders or Files, type "Picture Manager" in the Search window, then click on Search Now. ^ Once Microsoft Picture Manager is open, you can create a shortcut to it on your computer's desktop by clicking on Add Picture Shortcut, which is located in the upper-left screen corner below the menu bar. Correction Example # 1: Photo is too dark In Picture Manager, select Edit/Edit Pictures > Edit Using These Tools/Brightness and Contrast. Use the sliding scales to adjust the photo to the brightness and contrast that best reveal the fault. Before Picture Manager correction: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7837 After Picture Manager correction: Correction Example # 2: Photo is too large to e-mail If the photo file size exceeds 2,000 kb (2 mb), it cannot be accepted by the American Honda Warranty department. To reduce a picture's file size in Picture Manager, select Edit/Edit Pictures > Change Picture Size/Resize Settings > Predefined Width x Height. Start with Document - Small (800x600 px), and see if this reduces the picture file size to below 2,000 kb (2 mb). NOTE: Batches of paint defect photos can be resized in a single operation by doing this: ^ Select all shots you want converted from the thumbnail photos stored in your paint defect warranty claim folder. ^ Click on Edit Pictures. ^ Click on Resize. ^ Choose a resolution size, such as 800x600 px, from Predefined Width x Height. ^ Click on OK. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7838 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7839 Paint: Technical Service Bulletins Body - 2008 Paint Codes 07-044 August 3, 2007 Applies To: 2008 Honda - ALL 2008 Honda Paint Codes Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7840 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Paint - Defect Warranty Claim Information > Page 7841 Paint formulations are determined by each paint company. For questions about formulas or color matching, call your paint supplier or one of the companies shown. NOTE: All pearl and metallic colors have clear coat. Depending on the factory, some solid colors have a clear coat, and some do not. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7842 Paint: Locations Coating Diagram (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7843 Coating Diagram (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 7844 Paint: Service Precautions Paint Information Paint Safety Precautions WARNING: Most paints contain substances that are harmful if inhaled or swallowed. Read the paint label before opening the container. The following precautions are important items in order to maintain a safe painting work area. - Wear an approved respirator and eye protection when painting. - Wear approved gloves and appropriate clothing when painting. Avoid contact with skin. - Spray paint only in a well ventilated area. - Cover spilled paint with sand, or wipe it up at once. - If paint gets in your mouth or on your skin, rinse and wash thoroughly with water. If paint gets in your eyes, flush with water and get prompt medical attention. - After the painting work is finished, wash your face and gargle with water. - Paint is flammable. Store it in a safe place, and keep it away from sparks, flames, or cigarettes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Application and ID > Color Chart Paint Specifications Paint: Application and ID Color Chart Paint Specifications Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Application and ID > Color Chart Paint Specifications > Page 7847 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Application and ID > Color Chart Paint Specifications > Page 7848 Vehicle Identification Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Application and ID > Color Chart Paint Specifications > Page 7849 Paint Code Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > Paint Information Paint: Description and Operation Paint Information General Safety Precautions The 3-coat.3-bake (3C.3B) paint finish gives the Civic a deep gloss and stunning finish. This information provides information on paint defect, repair, and refinishing. Throughout, the objective is to explain in a simple yet comprehensive manner the basic items you should know about paint repairs. Select the correct material for the defect and repaint or refinish in the correct manner as described in this information. Basic Rules for Repairing a Paint Finish To repair paint damage, always use the 2-part acrylic urethane paints designated; polish and bake each of the three coats, as in production, to maintain the original film thickness, and to assure the same quality as the original finish. Outline of factory painting process Features In Each Work Process Pretreatment and electrodeposition In the pretreatment process, the entire body is degreased, cleaned, and coated with zinc phosphate by dipping. After the body has been cleaned with pure water, it is placed in an electrolytic bath of soluble primer (Cationic Electrodeposition). This produces a thorough corrosion inhibiting coating on the inner surface and corners of the body, pillars, sills, and panel joints. Chipping primer is then applied to the most susceptible areas. Intermediate coat The intermediate coat is applied to the prepared surface to further protect against damage. Top coat Enamel paint and either polyester or acrylic resin paint are used in the top coat for higher solidity, smoothness, brightness, and weather resistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > Paint Information > Page 7852 Paint: Description and Operation Soft Chipping Guard Primer Coat General Safety Precautions The removal of paint and undercoating by stone chips immediately exposes metal to the atmosphere, causing it to oxidize. The thickness of this oxidation increases if the process continues unchecked. The soft chipping guard primer protects against damage due to the impact of such objects. - The soft chipping guard primer coat is applied over the E. D. (Electrostatically Deposited) primer. It is followed by guide coating and top coating. - The soft chipping guard primer produces a smooth surface when dry. It should be sprayed so the thickness of the protective film is 20 microns. - A soft chipping guard primer coat is then applied to the most susceptible area. - Spray the primer surface (2-part urethane primer surfacer) on the soft chipping guard primer coating areas when you replace parts using soft chipping guard primer coat. Coating Procedures WARNING: - Wear goggles or safety glasses to prevent eye injury. - Ventilate when spraying undercoat. 1. Sanding the replacement part. Use a double action sander and P400 disc sandpaper. NOTE: Do not oversand the edges or corners of the part. - Do not expose base metal. 2. Air blowing/degreasing. Use alcohol, and wax and grease remover. 3. Protect from overspray. Use masking tape and paper to protect the related areas from overspray. 4. Spraying primer surfacer. - Spray about 4 to 5 coats to get 20 microns of thickness. One coat deposits about 5 to 7 microns. - Do not try to cover the surface with one heavy coat. Applying several thin coats is recommended. - Use a 2-part urethane primer surfacer and a spray gun. - Mix the primer surfacer with the correct ratio of additive and solvent. - Follow the primer surfacer manufacturer's instructions. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Paint, Striping and Decals > Paint > System Information > Description and Operation > Paint Information > Page 7853 5. Drying. After spraying primer surfacer, allow 7 to 10 minutes of drying time, then force dry it with infrared lamps or an industrial dryer. 6. Polishing. - Check that the primer surfacer has dried thoroughly, then sand the primer surfacer. - Use a double action sander and P400 P600 disc sandpaper. 7. Intermediate coating and top coating. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Engine Compartment Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Heated Mirror Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7858 Heated Mirror Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations Seat Heater Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7862 Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7863 Seat Heater Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 7864 - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Relays and Modules - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair Sun Shade: Service and Repair Sunshade Replacement 1. Remove the drain channel. 2. Slide the sunshade (A) until you can see both sunshade slider spacers (B). 3. Remove the screws, then remove both spacers. 4. While lifting the front portion of the sunshade (A), move the sunshade forward until you can see both sunshade rear hooks (B). Do not damage the sunshade and hooks. 5. Remove the screws, then remove both hooks. 6. Remove the sunshade (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sun Shade > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7876 7. Remove both front sunshade base sliders (A) and both rear sunshade base sliders (B). 8. Install the sunshade in the reverse order of removal, and check the glass position adjustment. 9. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof / Moonroof Cable: Service and Repair Drain Channel Slider and Cable Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the frame. 2. Remove these parts from the frame: - Sunshade - Moonroof motor 3. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the screws (A, B) securing the slide stops (C), and cable tube rear brackets (D), cable tube side bracket mounting bolts (E) and the cable tube mounting screws (F) from both sides of the frame (G). 4. Turn both cable tube side brackets (A) up to release the hooks (B) from the holes in both sides of the frame. 5. Pivot the glass brackets (C) down by sliding the link lifters (D) back, then slide both glass brackets back with the link lifters. 6. Slide the cable assembly (E) half-way. 7. Remove the slide stops (A) and the drain channel sliders (B) from both sides. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7880 8. Slide the cable assembly (A) and both glass brackets (B) back, remove the deflector sliders (C) from both glass brackets, then remove them from the frame (D). 9. Install the slider and cable assembly in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Damaged parts should be replaced. - Apply multipurpose grease to the glass bracket (A) and guide rail portion of the frame (B) indicated by the arrows. - Before reinstalling the motor, make sure both link lifters are parallel, and in the fully closed position. - Before reinstalling the motor, install the frame and glass, then check the opening drag. - After reinstalling the motor, reset the moonroof control unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Cable > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7881 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 7885 Sunroof / Moonroof Motor: Service and Repair Motor Replacement 1. Remove the headliner. 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the connector (A), and remove the bolts, then remove the motor (B). 3. Install the motor in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the connector is plugged in properly. - Reset the moonroof control unit. - Check the motor operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Moonroof Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Windguard > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof / Moonroof Windguard: Service and Repair Wind Deflector Replacement 1. Open the glass fully. 2. Remove the links (A) from both sides. 3. Remove the wind deflector (A). 4. Pry up on the deflector bases (A) and release the hooks (B), then remove the bases with springs (C) from both sides. 5. Install the deflector in the reverse order of removal. 6. Reset the moonroof control unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement Sunroof / Moonroof Drain: Service and Repair Drain Channel Replacement Drain Channel Replacement 1. Remove the glass. 2. Move both glass brackets (A) with the 5 mm hexagonal wrench, to the position where the moonroof normally tilts up and disconnect the drain channel rods (B) on both sides. 3. Slide the drain channel (A) forward. 4. Pull the rear edge of the drain channel (A) up while pushing both clips (B), and release the channel from both hooks (C) of the drain channel slider by pulling it rearward. 5. Remove the drain channel. 6. Install the channel in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Push the clip portions into place securely. - Check the glass position adjustment. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7899 7. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7900 Sunroof / Moonroof Drain: Service and Repair Frame and Drain Tube Replacement Frame and Drain Tube Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 2-door 1. Remove these items: - Headliner - Moonroof glass 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A). 3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A). 4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C). 5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts (B, C), starting at the rear, and release the rear hooks (D) by moving the frame forward. 6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7901 tear the seat covers. 7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts: - Kick panel, left or right - Driver's dashboard undercover or passenger's dashboard undercover Tie a string to the top end of the drain tube, then pull the front drain tube (B) down out of the A-pillar. Leave the string in the pillar to use when reinstalling the drain tube. 8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts: - Spare tire lid - Trunk rear trim panel - Trunk side trim panel Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube down out of the pillar. 9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using compressed air. - When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it up into the roof. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame. - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7902 10. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 4-door 1. Remove these items: - Headliner - Moonroof glass 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A). 3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A). 4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C). 5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts, starting at the rear, and release the rear hooks (B) by moving the frame forward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7903 6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat covers. 7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove the kick panel, left or right, and the driver's dashboard undercover or passenger's dashboard undercover. Detach the clips (B), then remove the front drain tube (C). 8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts; - Spare tire lid - Trunk rear trim panel - Trunk side trim panel Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube down out of the pillar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7904 9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using compressed air. - When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it up into the roof. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame. - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown. 10. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7905 Sunroof / Moonroof Drain: Service and Repair Drain Channel Slider and Cable Assembly Replacement Drain Channel Slider and Cable Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the frame. 2. Remove these parts from the frame: - Sunshade - Moonroof motor 3. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Remove the screws (A, B) securing the slide stops (C), and cable tube rear brackets (D), cable tube side bracket mounting bolts (E) and the cable tube mounting screws (F) from both sides of the frame (G). 4. Turn both cable tube side brackets (A) up to release the hooks (B) from the holes in both sides of the frame. 5. Pivot the glass brackets (C) down by sliding the link lifters (D) back, then slide both glass brackets back with the link lifters. 6. Slide the cable assembly (E) half-way. 7. Remove the slide stops (A) and the drain channel sliders (B) from both sides. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7906 8. Slide the cable assembly (A) and both glass brackets (B) back, remove the deflector sliders (C) from both glass brackets, then remove them from the frame (D). 9. Install the slider and cable assembly in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Damaged parts should be replaced. - Apply multipurpose grease to the glass bracket (A) and guide rail portion of the frame (B) indicated by the arrows. - Before reinstalling the motor, make sure both link lifters are parallel, and in the fully closed position. - Before reinstalling the motor, install the frame and glass, then check the opening drag. - After reinstalling the motor, reset the moonroof control unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Drain > Component Information > Service and Repair > Drain Channel Replacement > Page 7907 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair Sunroof / Moonroof Frame: Service and Repair Frame and Drain Tube Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 2-door 1. Remove these items: - Headliner - Moonroof glass 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A). 3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A). 4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C). 5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts (B, C), starting at the rear, and release the rear hooks (D) by moving the frame forward. 6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat covers. 7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7911 - Kick panel, left or right - Driver's dashboard undercover or passenger's dashboard undercover Tie a string to the top end of the drain tube, then pull the front drain tube (B) down out of the A-pillar. Leave the string in the pillar to use when reinstalling the drain tube. 8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts: - Spare tire lid - Trunk rear trim panel - Trunk side trim panel Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube down out of the pillar. 9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using compressed air. - When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it up into the roof. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame. - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7912 10. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. 4-door 1. Remove these items: - Headliner - Moonroof glass 2. Put on gloves to protect your hands. Disconnect the motor connector (A). 3. Disconnect the drain tubes (A). 4. Remove the roof wire harness (B) by detaching the harness clips (C). 5. With an assistant holding the frame (A), remove the bolts, starting at the rear, and release the rear hooks (B) by moving the frame forward. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7913 6. With the help of an assistant, carefully remove the frame through the front door opening. Take care not to scratch the interior trim and body, or tear the seat covers. 7. To remove a front drain valve (A) from the body, remove the kick panel, left or right, and the driver's dashboard undercover or passenger's dashboard undercover. Detach the clips (B), then remove the front drain tube (C). 8. To remove a rear drain valve (A) from the body, remove these parts; - Spare tire lid - Trunk rear trim panel - Trunk side trim panel Tie a string to the top end of the rear drain tube (B), then pull the drain tube down out of the pillar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7914 9. Install the frame and drain tube in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Before installing the frame, clear the drain tubes and drain valves using compressed air. - When installing, tie a string to the top end of the new drain tube and pull it up into the roof. - Check the frame seal. - Clean the surface of the frame. - When installing the frame, first attach the rear hooks into the body holes. - Make sure the connectors are plugged in properly. - When connecting the drain tube, slide it over the frame nozzle at least 10 mm (0.39 in.). - Install the tube clip (A) on the drain tube (B) as shown. 10. Check for water leaks. Let the water run freely from a hose without a nozzle. Do not use a high-pressure spray. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Roof and Associated Components > Sunroof / Moonroof > Sunroof / Moonroof Module > Component Information > Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Head Rest > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Head Rest: Testing and Inspection Front Seat Active Head Restraint Inspection NOTE: If the vehicle has been in a collision, always inspect the active head restraints, even if they appear reusable, by doing the following procedure. Resetting Head Restraint Position 1. Push the head restraint (A) forward fully from the locked position to return the inside inertia lock (B). 2. Slowly raise the head restraint into the normal position. Inspection 3. Fold the seat-back forward, then recline the seat-back to the first lock position, and adjust the head restraint to the highest position. 4. Apply masking tape on the top of the head restraint. 5. Make marks (A) on both sides at 250 mm (9.84 in.) upward from the roots of the head restraint frame (B) along the back of the head restraint (C) surface. Make a center of these points as a datum point (D). 6. Push the head restraint (A) forward, and check: Measure the level amount of the head restraint movement with a scale. The head restraint should move more than 50 mm (2.0 in.) without resistance. If it is less than 50 mm (2.0 in.), or the head restraint doesn't move smoothly, replace the seat-back frame assembly: 2-door passenger's seat - 4-door passenger's seat - Driver's seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Head Rest > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 7922 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Bottom > Seat Bottom Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair Seat Bottom Frame: Service and Repair Front Seat Frame Replacement Passenger's Seat - 2-door Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: - Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide locks. - Apply multipurpose, grease to the sliding portions of the seat tracks. - Make sure the ODS unit connectors are plugged in properly. - Make sure the ODS wires are routed properly so they are not pinched and do not interfere with other parts. - If the side airbag has deployed, replace the seat frame and related parts with new ones. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Slide the front seat frame rearward fully, detach the clips, then remove the front rail covers (A) from the front of both seat tracks. 3. Slide the front seat frame forward fully, detach the clips, then remove the left rear rail cover (A) and the right rear rail cover (B) from the back of both seat tracks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Bottom > Seat Bottom Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7927 4. Remove these items: - Front seat-back cover - Front seat cushion cover - Seat weight sensor, both sides - ODS unit - Front seat belt buckle 5. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A), and the side airbag module holder (B) from the seat frame (C). 6. Install the new seat frame in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Passenger's Seat - 4-door Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Bottom > Seat Bottom Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7928 - Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide locks. - Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions of the seat tracks. - If the side airbag has deployed, replace the seat frame and related parts with new ones. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove these items: - Front seat-back cover - Front seat cushion cover - ODS unit - Front seat belt buckle 3. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A) from the seat frame (B), with side airbag remove the module holder (C). 4. Remove the bolts, and release the seat cushion springs (A) from the hooks (B), then remove the seat cushion frame (C). 5. Remove the seat weight sensors. 6. If necessary, remove the bushing (A, B) from the seat cushion frame (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Bottom > Seat Bottom Frame > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 7929 7. Install the new seat frame in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the ODS unit connector is plugged in properly. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Driver's Seat Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: - Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Apply oil to the pivot portions of the slide lock. - Apply multipurpose grease to the sliding portions and pivot portions of the seat tracks. - If the side airbag has deployed, replace the seat frame and related parts with new ones. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove these items: - Front seat-back cover/pad - Front seat cushion cover/pad - Seat position sensor - Front seat belt buckle 3. Remove the clips, then remove the recline inner covers (A), outer upper rail cover (B), inner upper rail cover (C) and the module holder (D) from the seat frame (E). 4. Install the new seat frame in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure seat position sensor connector is plugged in properly. - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement Seat Cover: Service and Repair Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement Front Seat-back Cover Replacement 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. - On the passenger's seat, do not touch the ODS sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can corrode the sensor causing it to fail. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the head restraint. 3. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the side airbag connector (A). 4. Release the hook (B) and seat cushion cover (C) from the seat cushion frame spring (D), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (E). Remove the wire ties (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7934 5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover (B) back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from the seat frame, and remove the panel. 6. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Pull the side airbag harness (C) with harness guides (D) out through holes in the seat cushion cover (E). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out through the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame. Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 8. Remove the side airbag. 9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7935 10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the side airbag module holder (C). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them out through the hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the harness hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G) and remove the wire tie (H). 12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them from the seat-back. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7936 13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B). 14. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7937 15. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). - Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth (D) is fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7938 NOTE: - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. - On the passenger's seat, do not touch the OPDS sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can corrode the sensor caution it to fail. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the head restraint. 3. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A). 4. Release the slit in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame spring (C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the wire ties (E). 5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover (B) back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from the seat frame, and remove the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7939 6. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B), and release the hook (C), then pull the seat-back cover (D) back. 7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out through the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame. Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 8. Remove the side airbag. 9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7940 10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the module holder (C). 11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them in through the hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the harness hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G), and remove the wire tie (H). 12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them from the seat-back. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7941 13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B). 14. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7942 15. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. - Before installing the side airbag (B), make sure the reinforcing cloth (C) is fixed on the seat-back frame (D) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. 16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7943 17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). - Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth (D) is fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7944 Seat Cover: Service and Repair Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat covers. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the front seat belt buckle. 3. Passenger's seat: Remove the screws, then remove the rear seat access knob (A). 4. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then remove the height handle (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7945 5. Remove the recline outer cover (A). 1. Remove the recline knob (B) and screw (C). 2. Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clips (D), and release the hooks (E). 3. Release the rear seat access lever (F). 6. Gently pull out the center cover (A), then detach the clips, and release the hooks (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7946 7. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the connectors: - Passenger's seat: Seat weight sensor connectors (A) - Side airbag connector (B) - ODS subharness connector (C) - Driver's seat: Side airbag connector (B) 8. Release the hook (D) and seat cushion cover (E) from the seat cushion frame spring (F), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (G). Detach the harness clip (H), and remove the wire ties (I). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7947 9. Pull the side airbag harness (A), ODS subharness (B) (passenger's seat), and harness guides (C) out through the holes (D) in the seat cushion cover. 10. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C). 11. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7948 12. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B). 13. Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B). 14. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7949 15. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat covers. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the front seat belt buckle. 3. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then remove the height adjuster handle (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7950 4. Remove the recline cover (A). 1. Remove the recline knob (B) and screw. 2. Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clip, and release the hooks (C). 5. Gently pull put the center cover (A), then detach the clip, and release the hooks (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7951 6. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A). 7. Release slits in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame spring (C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the wire ties (E). 8. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7952 9. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C). 10. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7953 11. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B). 12. Except Si model: Release the hooks (A) from under the seat cushion (B). 13. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7954 14. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. 15. Si model: Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B). 16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7955 17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7956 Seat Cover: Service and Repair Rear Seat-Back Cover Replacement Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the seat-back. 2. Remove the screw, then remove the center belt guide (A). 3. From the back of the seat-back, pass four retainers (A) through the slots in the seat-back pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat-back cover (C). 4. Pull out the head restraint guides (A) while pinching the end of the guides, and remove them. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7957 5. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around, release the clips (B), and release the hooks (C) of the horizontal wires (D) from the vertical wires (E) on the pad, then remove the seat-back cover. 6. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with a commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7958 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7959 Seat Cover: Service and Repair Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover Replacement Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the seat side bolster. 2. Release all the hook strips (A), and fold back the seat side bolster cover (B), and release the cover from the hooks (C). 3. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and to prevent wrinkles when installing a side bolster cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hook strips and staples. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7960 Seat Cover: Service and Repair Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement Front Seat-back Cover Replacement 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. - On the passenger's seat, do not touch the ODS sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can corrode the sensor causing it to fail. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the head restraint. 3. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the side airbag connector (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7961 4. Release the hook (B) and seat cushion cover (C) from the seat cushion frame spring (D), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (E). Remove the wire ties (F). 5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover (B) back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from the seat frame, and remove the panel. 6. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Pull the side airbag harness (C) with harness guides (D) out through holes in the seat cushion cover (E). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out through the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame. Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 8. Remove the side airbag. 9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7962 10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the side airbag module holder (C). Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them out through the hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the harness hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G) and remove the wire tie (H). 12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them from the seat-back. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7963 13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B). 14. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7964 15. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). - Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth (D) is fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7965 NOTE: - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. - On the passenger's seat, do not touch the OPDS sensor in the seat-back pad, and keep it away from oil. Oil can corrode the sensor caution it to fail. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the head restraint. 3. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A). 4. Release the slit in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame spring (C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the wire ties (E). 5. Detach the clips and hooks (A) by pulling the bottom of the back cover (B) back, then gently pull down the cover to release the hooks (C) from the seat frame, and remove the panel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7966 6. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B), and release the hook (C), then pull the seat-back cover (D) back. 7. Detach the harness clip (A), and pull the side airbag harness (B) out through the harness hole (C) in the seat-back cover and seat frame. Passenger's seat is shown; driver's seat is similar. 8. Remove the side airbag. 9. Release the hook strips (A), then loosen the seat-back cover (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7967 10. Turn over the reinforcing cloth (A), then release the hooks (B) from the module holder (C). 11. Passenger's seat: Disconnect the ODS sensor connectors (A) and ODS subharness connector (B) from the ODS unit (C), and pull them in through the hole in the seat frame. Pull the ODS subharness (D) out through the harness hole (E) in the seat-back cover (F). Detach the harness clips (G), and remove the wire tie (H). 12. Pinch the tabs on the ends of the head restraint guides (A), and remove them from the seat-back. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7968 13. Remove the seat-back cover/pad (A) from the seat (B). 14. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7969 15. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. - Before installing the side airbag (B), make sure the reinforcing cloth (C) is fixed on the seat-back frame (D) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. 16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7970 17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Reinitialize the ODS unit. - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). - Before installing the side airbag (C), make sure the reinforcing cloth (D) is fixed on the seat-back frame (E) securely. - Make sure the side airbag harness and ODS subharness (passenger's seat) are routed properly. Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement Front Seat Cushion Cover Replacement Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 2-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7971 - Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat covers. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the front seat belt buckle. 3. Passenger's seat: Remove the screws, then remove the rear seat access knob (A). 4. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then remove the height handle (C). 5. Remove the recline outer cover (A). 1. Remove the recline knob (B) and screw (C). 2. Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clips (D), and release the hooks (E). 3. Release the rear seat access lever (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7972 6. Gently pull out the center cover (A), then detach the clips, and release the hooks (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. 7. From under the seat cushion, disconnect and detach the connectors: - Passenger's seat: Seat weight sensor connectors (A) - Side airbag connector (B) - ODS subharness connector (C) - Driver's seat: Side airbag connector (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7973 8. Release the hook (D) and seat cushion cover (E) from the seat cushion frame spring (F), then pull the cover back and release the hooks (G). Detach the harness clip (H), and remove the wire ties (I). 9. Pull the side airbag harness (A), ODS subharness (B) (passenger's seat), and harness guides (C) out through the holes (D) in the seat cushion cover. 10. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7974 11. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion. 12. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B). 13. Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7975 14. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover. 15. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7976 Special Tools Required KTC trim tool set SOJATP2014 * * Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program. 4-door SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations and the precautions and procedures before doing repairs or service. - Check the operation of the driver's seat position sensor after any of these actions: Driver's seat position sensor replacement - Cover plate (front side of driver's seat slide rail) replacement - Calibrate the ODS unit after any of the these actions: Front passenger's seat replacement (including any seat components) - Replacement of the seat weight sensors - After a vehicle collision NOTE: - Use the appropriate tool from the KTC trim tool set to avoid damage when prying components. - Take care not to tear the seams of damage the seat covers. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front seat. 2. Remove the front seat belt buckle. 3. Pull back the cap (A) to release the hooks (B), and remove the screws, then remove the height adjuster handle (C). 4. Remove the recline cover (A). 1. Remove the recline knob (B) and screw. 2. Gently pull out the cover, then detach the clip, and release the hooks (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7977 5. Gently pull put the center cover (A), then detach the clip, and release the hooks (B). Driver's seat is shown; passenger's seat is similar. 6. From under the seat cushion, detach the side airbag connector clip (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7978 7. Release slits in the seat cushion cover (B) from the seat cushion frame spring (C), then pull the cover back. Release the hooks (D) and remove the wire ties (E). 8. Pull the side airbag harness (A) out through the loop (B). 9. Release the hook strips (A, B) from the seat frame (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7979 10. Release the hook (A) from under the seat cushion. 11. Remove the seat cushion cover/pad (A) from the seat frame (B). 12. Except Si model: Release the hooks (A) from under the seat cushion (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7980 13. Except Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat-back cover. 14. Except Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips, hooks, and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. 15. Si model: Release the clips (A) from under the seat cushion (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7981 16. Si model: Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), then remove the seat cushion cover. 17. Si model: Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips and hook strips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Rear Seat-Back Cover Replacement Rear Seat-back Cover Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the seat-back. 2. Remove the screw, then remove the center belt guide (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7982 3. From the back of the seat-back, pass four retainers (A) through the slots in the seat-back pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat-back cover (C). 4. Pull out the head restraint guides (A) while pinching the end of the guides, and remove them. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7983 5. Pull back the edge of the seat-back cover (A) all the way around, release the clips (B), and release the hooks (C) of the horizontal wires (D) from the vertical wires (E) on the pad, then remove the seat-back cover. 6. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat-back cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with a commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover Replacement Rear Seat Side Bolster Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the seat side bolster. 2. Release all the hook strips (A), and fold back the seat side bolster cover (B), and release the cover from the hooks (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7984 3. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and to prevent wrinkles when installing a side bolster cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hook strips and staples. Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement Rear Seat Cushion Cover Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the seat cushion. 2. From the back of the seat-back, pass both lower retainers (A) through the slots in the seat cushion pad, and release all the clips (B), and fold back the seat cushion cover. 3. Pull back the edge of the seat cushion cover all the way around, and release the clips (A), from the seat cushion cover (B) through the hole in the seat cushion pad, then remove the seat cushion cover. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7985 4. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - To prevent wrinkles when installing a seat cushion cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the clips. - Replace any clips (A) you removed with new ones. Install them with a commercially available upholstery ring pliers (B). Rear Seat Armrest Cover Replacement Rear Seat Armrest Cover Replacement For Some Models - 4-door NOTE: Take care not to tear the seams or damage the seat covers. 1. Remove the armrest from the seat-back. 2. Remove the armrest beverage holder from the armrest. 3. Release the clips (A) and hook strip (B), and pull back the armrest cover (C) all the way around. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Cover > Component Information > Service and Repair > Front Seat-Back Cover Replacement > Page 7986 4. Release the armrest cover from the armrest pivot portions (A), then remove it from the pad (B). 5. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal. To prevent wrinkles when installing an armrest cover, make sure the material is stretched evenly over the pad before securing the hooks and hook strips. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Locations Seat Heater: Locations Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Locations > Page 7990 Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Seat Heater: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7993 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7994 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7995 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7996 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7997 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7998 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 7999 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8000 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8001 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8002 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8003 Seat Heater: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8004 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8005 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8006 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8007 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8008 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8009 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8010 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8011 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8012 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8013 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8014 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8015 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8016 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8017 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8018 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8019 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8020 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8021 Seat Heater: Electrical Diagrams Seat Heaters Circuit Diagram Part 1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8022 Seat Heaters Circuit Diagram Part 2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Switch Test/Replacement Seat Heater: Testing and Inspection Switch Test/Replacement Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center console front panel. 2. Disconnect the 6P (or 7P*) connector from the seat heater switch (A), then remove the switch. *: Front passenger's seat heater switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Switch Test/Replacement > Page 8025 Seat Heater: Testing and Inspection Seat Heater Test Seat Heater Test Driver's 1. Remove the driver's seat. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) and 2P connector (B) from the seat heater. 3. Check for continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals of the seat-back heater 2P connector (female terminals). There should be continuity. 4. Reconnect the 2P connector. 5. Check for continuity between the 3P connector (male terminals) No. 1 terminal and the 2P connector (female terminals) No. 2 terminal, and the 3P connector (male terminals) No. 2 and No. 3 terminals. There should be continuity. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the appropriate seat heater. Front Passenger's 1. Remove the front passenger's seat. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the seat heater. 3. Check for continuity between the 3P connector (male terminals) No. 1 and No. 2 terminals. There should be continuity. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the seat heater. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations Seat Heater Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Seat Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8029 Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8030 Seat Heater Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Five-terminal type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 5 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 8031 - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 4 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8035 Seat Heater Switch: Service and Repair Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center console front panel. 2. Disconnect the 6P (or 7P*) connector from the seat heater switch (A), then remove the switch. *: Front passenger's seat heater switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Seats > Seat Latch > Component Information > Service and Repair Seat Latch: Service and Repair Rear Seat-back Latch Replacement Fold Down Rear Seat/Split Fold Down Rear Seat NOTE: Take care not to bend or scratch the interior trim. 1. Remove the rear shelf. 2. From the trunk, disconnect the seat-back release cable (A) from the seat-back latch (B). 3. Remove the bolts, then remove the seat-back latch (A). 4. Install the latch in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Make sure the release cable is connected securely. - Make sure the seat-back locks securely and unlocks properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Lock Cylinder Switch: Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Door Lock Cylinder Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8043 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8048 207. Left Of Rear Shelf (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8049 259. Fuel Fill Door Switch (GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8050 Fuel Door Switch: Service and Repair Fuel Fill Door Switch Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the body and related parts. 1. Remove the these items: - Fuel pipe protector. - Trunk side trim panel, left side. 2. From the trunk compartment, disconnect the fuel fill door switch connector (A), and detach the harness clip (B). 3. Open the fuel fill door, and from the wheel arch, remove the fuel fill door switch (A) by turning it 90 ° from the fuel receptacle adapter (B). 4. From the wheel arch, detach the clips, and remove the grommet (A), then pull the fuel fill door switch cable (B) out through the hole in the body. Take care not to kink the cable. 5. Install the switch cable in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check for damages or stress-whitened clips, and replace them with new ones. - Align the marks (A) on the sensor cable (B) with the cable clips (C) and grommet (D) as shown. - Make sure the grommet is installed to the body properly. - Make sure the fuel fill door switch connector is plugged in properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Fuel Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8051 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8057 15. Front Of Engine Compartment (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Hood Switch / Sensor > Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm) > Component Information > Locations > Page 8058 Hood Sensor/Switch (For Alarm): Diagrams 71. Security Hood Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si) 72. Security Hood Switch (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Door Lock Switch: Locations 130. Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) 137. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8062 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8063 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8064 Entry Lights Control System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8065 Power Door Lock Switch: Diagrams 199. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Driver's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) 200. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Front Passenger's (LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada: DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Door Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8066 201. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Left Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) 202. Door Lock Actuator/Knob Switch, Right Rear (4-door: LX, GX, EX, Si, Canada DX-G) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Mirror Switch: Locations 57. Left Side Of Dash 127. Driver's Door (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8070 Power Mirrors Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8071 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8072 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8073 212. Power Mirror Switch (USA: LX, GX, EX, Si; Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Mirror Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8074 Power Mirror Switch: Service and Repair Power Mirror Switch Test/Replacement 2-door 1. Remove the driver's dashboard lower cover. 2. Disconnect the 13P connector from the power mirror switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the power mirror switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Component Locations 167. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: DX; Canada) 173. Right Side Of Trunk Lid Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8079 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8080 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8081 Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Component Locations > Page 8082 168. Middle Of Trunk Lid (USA: LX; GX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8083 Power Trunk / Liftgate Lock Switch: Diagrams 88. Trunk Latch Switch (USA: DX, LX, GX; Canada) 127. Trunk Key Cylinder Switch (USA: LX, GX, 4-door EX, 4-door Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations Seat Heaters Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Seat Heater Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8087 Seat Heater Switch: Service and Repair Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center console front panel. 2. Disconnect the 6P (or 7P*) connector from the seat heater switch (A), then remove the switch. *: Front passenger's seat heater switch 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sensors and Switches - Body and Frame > Sunroof / Moonroof Switch > Component Information > Locations Moonroof Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Locations Sound Proofing / Insulation: Locations Insulator Locations Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Locations > Page 8094 Insulator Sizes (Part 1) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Locations > Page 8095 Insulator Sizes (Part 2) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Sound Proofing / Insulation > Component Information > Locations > Page 8096 Insulator Sizes (Part 3) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Splash Guard > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement Splash Guard: Service and Repair Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement NOTE: - Take care not to scratch the body. - Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the left rear wheel. 2. Remove the clips, then remove the fuel pipe protector (A). 3. Install the protector in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Splash Guard > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement > Page 8101 Splash Guard: Service and Repair Front Splash Shield Replacement Front Splash Shield Replacement 2-door NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the splash shield (A). 1. Remove the clips (B, C) that secure the front inner fender (D) and splash shield to the body. 2. From under the front bumper (E), remove the clips (F). 3. From under the body, remove the clips (G). 4. Release the hooks (H) of the splash shield, then pull the splash shield out. NOTE: To remove the clips B, C, F and G, pry the inner the clip up at the edge near the line (I) on its head. 2. Install the splash shield in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. 4-door NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the splash shield (A). 1. Remove the clips (B) that secure the front inner fender (C) and front splash shield to the body. 2. From under the front bumper (D), remove the clips (E, F). 3. From under the body, remove the clips (G). 4. Release the hooks (H) of the front splash shield, then pull the splash shield out. NOTE: To remove the clips B, E, F and G, pry the inner the clip up at the edge near the line (I) on its head. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Splash Guard > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement > Page 8102 2. Install the splash shield in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips and hooks into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Splash Guard > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement > Page 8103 Splash Guard: Service and Repair Rear Strake Replacement Rear Strake Replacement For Some Models NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Remove the bolts, then remove the rear strake (A) from the body. 2. Install the strike in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Splash Guard > Component Information > Service and Repair > Fuel Pipe Protector Replacement > Page 8104 Splash Guard: Service and Repair Rear Floor Undercover Replacement Rear Floor Undercover Replacement For Some Models 1. Remove the clips and bolts, then remove the rear floor undercover (A). Take care not to scratch the rear bumper (B). 2. Install the cover in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams > Spoiler > Component Information > Service and Repair Spoiler: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Spoiler Replacement 2-door (Except Si model) NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nuts from inside the trunk lid, and push out the clips. 2. Close the trunk lid. Pull the trunk lid spoiler (A) up to release the clips from the grommets (B) on the trunk lid while removing the adhesive tape (C), then remove the spoiler. 3. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal. Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. 2-door (Si model) NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands, - Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nut and bolts from inside the trunk lid. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams > Spoiler > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8109 2. Close the trunk lid. While lifting the trunk lid spoiler (A) up, disconnect the high mount brake light terminals (B) from the spoiler subharness (C), then remove the spoiler. 3. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the high mount brake light terminals are plugged in properly. 4-door (Si model) NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the trunk lid. 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the nuts and bolts from inside the trunk lid. 2. Push out the clips from inside the trunk lid; Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Spoilers, Flaps, and Air Dams > Spoiler > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8110 3. Close the trunk lid. While lifting the trunk lid spoiler (A) up, disconnect the high mount brake light terminals (B) from the spoiler subharness (C), then, remove the spoiler. 4. Install the spoiler in the reverse order of removal, and make sure the high mount brake light terminals are plugged in properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair Strut / Shock Tower: Service and Repair Removal Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8114 - Remove the wheelhouse upper member, and replace the upper member separator. - Remove front wheelhouse and front damper extension B as an assembly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8115 - Check the damper housing position, and check for damage. - If necessary, replace the damper housing, damper housing extension and front damper extension A as an assembly. Installation 1. Clamp the new damper housing, front wheelhouse, front damper extension, front bulkhead, and measure the front compartment diagonally. 2. Check the body dimensions. - Engine compartment - Engine/transmission mount positions - Front damper extension position - Repair chart top view - Repair chart side view 3. Tack weld the new parts and front bulkhead into position. 4. Temporarily install the front subframe, and check the front side frame position. 5. Temporarily install the hood, front fender, headlight, and front bumper, then check for differences in level and clearance. Make sure the body lines flow smoothly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8116 6. Do the main welding. - Weld the damper housing (A), front wheelhouse (B), front damper extension A (C) and front damper extension B (D). - From the passenger's side, plug weld the holes in the dashboard lower (E) and damper housing extension (F). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Strut / Shock Tower > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8117 7. Weld the front damper extension B (A) and front end outrigger (B). Passenger's Side 8. Install the new upper member separator (A) to the damper extension bulkhead (B). NOTE: Apply the sealer (C) all the way around the separator and inside of the wheelhouse upper member (D), without gaps. 9. Weld the wheelhouse upper member (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair Cowl Moulding / Trim: Service and Repair Cowl Cover Replacement NOTE: Take care not to scratch the body. 1. Turn on the wiper switch, and move the windshield wiper arms 90°. 2. Remove the center cowl cover (A). 1. Remove the hood rear seal (B) by pulling it out. 2. Remove the clips (C). 3. Release three front hooks (D) from the edge of the under-cowl panel (E). 4. Detach the clips (F, G) by carefully pulling the cover up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (H). Take care not to scratch the body. 3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (I). 4. If necessary, remove the bolts (A, B), then remove the under-cowl panel (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Unibody > Cowl > Cowl Moulding / Trim > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8123 5. Remove these items: - Windshield wiper arms - Front fender trim, both sides 6. Detach the clips by carefully pulling the side cowl cover (A) up, then remove the cover by releasing the hooks (B) from the front fender. Take care not to scratch the body. Repeat this step for the other side cowl cover, and disconnect the windshield washer tube. 7. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the washer tubes are connected securely. - Push the clips into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Door Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Front Door Weatherstrip Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. - Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. At the A-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 8128 2. Detach the clips (B, C, D, E), then remove the door weatherstrip (F). 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (G) securely. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to door checker mounting bolt before installation. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8133 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8134 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8135 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8136 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Remove the door sash outer trim. 3. Starting at the rear, slowly pull up the door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Release the front portion of the glass outer molding (A) from the power mirror (B). 5. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 8139 Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Slide the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) forward. 5. Twist the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) to pull the rear hook (B) out from the inside of the door, then remove the weatherstrip. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 8140 6. Push the clip portions of new front door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Rear Door Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on glove to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. - Use a clip remover to remove the clips. 1. At the B-pillar, remove the door checker mounting bolt (A). 2. Detach the clips (B, C, D), then remove the door weatherstrip (E). 3. Install the weatherstrip in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Check if the clips are damaged or stress-whitened, and if necessary, replace them with new ones. - Make sure the weatherstrip is installed in the holder (F) securely. - Apply medium strength type liquid thread lock to the door checker mounting bolt before installation. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8148 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8149 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8150 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 8151 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8152 Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Remove these items: - Door panel - Plastic cover - Rear door glass - Quarter glass 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front portion of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Push the rear hook (A) out from inside of the door, then remove the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8153 5. Push the clip portions of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Body and Frame > Weatherstrip > Trunk / Liftgate Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair Trunk / Liftgate Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Trunk Lid Weatherstrip Replacement 1. Remove the trunk lid weatherstrip (A) by pulling it off. 2. Apply clear weatherstrip sealant (B) into the channel of the trunk lid weatherstrip all the way around. 3. Locate the painted alignment mark (C or D) on the trunk lid weatherstrip. Align the painted mark in the center of the trunk lid opening, and install the trunk lid weatherstrip all the way around in the direction shown. Make sure there are no wrinkles in the weatherstrip. 4. Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 8161 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal position switch. 2. Remove the clutch pedal position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position switch. - If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Switch: Locations 59. Steering Wheel (4-door: DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8165 Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8166 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8167 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Clutch Switch, Cruise Control > Component Information > Locations > Page 8172 Clutch Switch: Testing and Inspection Clutch Pedal Position Switch Test 1. Disconnect the 3P connector from the clutch pedal position switch. 2. Remove the clutch pedal position switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals according to the table. - If the continuity is not as specified, replace the clutch pedal position switch. - If OK, install the clutch pedal position switch, and adjust the pedal height. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations Cruise Control Switch: Locations 59. Steering Wheel (4-door: DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8176 Cruise Control Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8177 Cruise Control Switch: Testing and Inspection Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Cruise Control > Sensors and Switches - Cruise Control > Cruise Control Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8178 Cruise Control Switch: Service and Repair Cruise Control Combination Switch Test/Replacement SRS components are located in this area. Review the SRS component locations, and precautions and procedures, before doing repairs or service. 1. Remove the driver's airbag. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A), then remove the steering wheel trim (B). 3. Remove the cruise control combination switch. 4. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. - If there is continuity,and it matches the table, but switch failure occurred on the cruise control input test, check and repair the wire harness on the switch circuit. - If there is no continuity in one or more positions, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Air Bag Deactivation Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Air Bag Deactivation Indicator: Testing and Inspection Passenger's Airbag Cutoff Indicator Illumination Bulb Test 1. Remove the center panel: - With navigation - Without navigation 2. Remove the screws (A) and the passenger's airbag cutoff indicator (B) from center panel. 3. Check for continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 terminals of the indicator. If there is no continuity, replace the bulb. 4. Reinstall the parts in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Brake Warning Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8187 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8188 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8189 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8190 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8191 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8192 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8193 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8194 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8195 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8196 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8197 Brake Warning Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8198 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8199 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8200 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8201 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8202 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8203 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8204 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8205 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8206 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8207 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8208 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8209 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8210 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8211 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8212 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8213 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8214 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Brake Warning Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8215 Brake Warning Indicator: Electrical Diagrams Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram Brake System Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Cigarette Lighter: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8220 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8221 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8222 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8223 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8224 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8225 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8226 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8227 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8228 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8229 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8230 Cigarette Lighter: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8231 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8232 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8233 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8234 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8235 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8236 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8237 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8238 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8239 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8240 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8241 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8242 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8243 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8244 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8245 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8246 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8247 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8248 Cigarette Lighter: Connector Views 43. Cigarette Lighter (Honda Accessory) 44. Cigarette Lighter Light Connector (Optional) (2-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8249 Cigarette Lighter: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 155-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Cigarette Lighter > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8250 Diagram 155-1 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes Clock: Customer Interest Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes 08-084 November 4, 2008 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Time on Display Changes Randomly SYMPTOM The customer notices that the clock shown on the subdisplay, the audio unit, or the navigation screen randomly changes time, but never by exactly 1 hour. PROBABLE CAUSE There is a problem with the real-time clock circuit in the navigation unit. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the navigation unit with a remanufactured unit. PARTS INFORMATION For information on navigation unit ordering, see Service Bulletin 06-001, Audio, Navigation, and RES Unit In-Warranty Exchange, and Audio and DVD Player Out-of-Warranty Repair. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes > Page 8259 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS NOTE: If the customer complains the clock jumps by an hour, this bulletin does not apply. It is likely one of the following: - A time zone issue. If the customer lives or works close to a time zone boundary, the clock may jump forward or back by one hour. Select Setup, then Clock Adjustment, and make sure Auto Time Zone is set to OFF. - Daylight saving time issue. Refer to Service Bulletin 07-026, Navigation Software Updates for Daylight Saving Time (DST), DVD Read Error Message, and Other Listed Symptoms. After applying the bulletin, select Setup, then Clock Adjustment, and make sure Daylight Savings is set to ON. When the symptom is occuring, typically when the ignition switch is first turned to ON (II), press the SETUP button, then select Time Adjustment. Is the clock time displayed the same incorrect time as the clock adjustment screen, and do they jump together? Yes - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. No - If the symptom cannot be duplicated, it is an intermittent failure and the vehicle is OK at this time. If the vehicle returns with the same complaint, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. - If the times are different between the navigation time adjustment screen and the sub-display or audio unit display, this bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Replace the navigation unit: - Refer to section 23 of the applicable service manual, or - Online, enter keywords NAVI REMOVAL, and select Navigation Unit Removal/Installation from the list. 2. To avoid comebacks, check online, and apply any navigation patches or software updates for the navigation unit. Online, enter keyword SOFTWARE and select any applicable service bulletins from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes > Page 8260 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes Clock: All Technical Service Bulletins Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes 08-084 November 4, 2008 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Time on Display Changes Randomly SYMPTOM The customer notices that the clock shown on the subdisplay, the audio unit, or the navigation screen randomly changes time, but never by exactly 1 hour. PROBABLE CAUSE There is a problem with the real-time clock circuit in the navigation unit. VEHICLES AFFECTED CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the navigation unit with a remanufactured unit. PARTS INFORMATION For information on navigation unit ordering, see Service Bulletin 06-001, Audio, Navigation, and RES Unit In-Warranty Exchange, and Audio and DVD Player Out-of-Warranty Repair. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes > Page 8266 WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. DIAGNOSIS NOTE: If the customer complains the clock jumps by an hour, this bulletin does not apply. It is likely one of the following: - A time zone issue. If the customer lives or works close to a time zone boundary, the clock may jump forward or back by one hour. Select Setup, then Clock Adjustment, and make sure Auto Time Zone is set to OFF. - Daylight saving time issue. Refer to Service Bulletin 07-026, Navigation Software Updates for Daylight Saving Time (DST), DVD Read Error Message, and Other Listed Symptoms. After applying the bulletin, select Setup, then Clock Adjustment, and make sure Daylight Savings is set to ON. When the symptom is occuring, typically when the ignition switch is first turned to ON (II), press the SETUP button, then select Time Adjustment. Is the clock time displayed the same incorrect time as the clock adjustment screen, and do they jump together? Yes - Go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. No - If the symptom cannot be duplicated, it is an intermittent failure and the vehicle is OK at this time. If the vehicle returns with the same complaint, go to REPAIR PROCEDURE. - If the times are different between the navigation time adjustment screen and the sub-display or audio unit display, this bulletin does not apply. Continue with normal troubleshooting. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Replace the navigation unit: - Refer to section 23 of the applicable service manual, or - Online, enter keywords NAVI REMOVAL, and select Navigation Unit Removal/Installation from the list. 2. To avoid comebacks, check online, and apply any navigation patches or software updates for the navigation unit. Online, enter keyword SOFTWARE and select any applicable service bulletins from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Clock > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Clock: > 08-084 > Nov > 08 > Instruments - Time On Display Randomly Changes > Page 8267 Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8272 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8273 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8274 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8275 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8276 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8277 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8278 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8279 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dashboard / Instrument Panel > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8280 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8284 189. Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8285 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8286 Dimmer Switch: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8290 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8291 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8292 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8293 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8294 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Filler Cap Warning Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation Fuel Filler Cap Warning Indicator: Description and Operation Fuel Cap Warning Message The ECM/PCM detects a loose or missing fuel fill cap as an evaporative system leak and alerts the driver by showing a warning message in the gauge display. First drive cycle The first time a leak is detected a "CHECK FUEL CAP" message appears in the gauge display (A). To scroll to another message, press the select/reset button. The "CHECK FUEL CAP" message will appear each time you restart the engine until the system turns the message off. Turn the engine off then replace or tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks at least once. To make the message go off (with the HDS) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Clear the Temporary DTC with the HDS. 3. Verify there is no leak by doing the EVAP FUNCTION TEST in the INSPECTION MENU with the HDS. To make the message go off (without the HDS) ('06 model) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. The message should go off after several days of normal driving. To make the message go off (without the HDS) ('07-08 models) Procedure 1. Tighten the fuel fill cap until it clicks. 2. Start the engine, then turn the ignition switch OFF. 3. Repeat step 2 two more times. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Fuel Gauge: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8302 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8303 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8304 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8305 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8306 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8307 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8308 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8309 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8310 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8311 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8312 Fuel Gauge: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8313 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8314 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8315 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8316 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8317 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8318 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8319 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8320 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8321 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8322 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8323 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8324 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8325 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8326 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8327 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8328 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8329 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8333 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8334 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram. 1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs. - If no problem is found, go to step 3. - If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the rear seat cushion. 5. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 6. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 8. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage. - If the voltage is OK, go to step 9. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: a short in the ORN (2-door: PUR) wire to ground. - an open in the ORN (2-door: PUR) or LT GRN (2-door: ORN) wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8335 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank. 11. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. 12. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 13. Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge assembly. - If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE: The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF, regardless of the fuel level. - Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8336 Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming: Service and Repair Precautions and Procedures General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. If the instructions described are not properly followed, the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. - Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting work. NOTE: The SRS memory is not cleared even if the ignition switch is turned OFF or the battery cables are disconnected from the battery. - Use replacement parts which are manufactured to the same standards and quality as the original parts. Do not install used SRS parts. Use only new parts when making SRS repairs. - Carefully inspect any SRS part before you install it. Do not install any part that shows signs of being dropped or improperly handled, such as dents, cracks or deformation. - Before disconnecting the SRS unit connectors, always disconnect the appropriate SRS parts connectors. - Use only a digital multimeter to check the system. If it is not a Honda multimeter, make sure its output is 10 mA (0.01 A) or less when switched to the lowest value in the ohmmeter range. A tester with a higher output could cause accidental deployment and possible injury. - Do not put objects on the front passenger's airbag. - The original audio and navigation system has a coded theft protection circuit. Make sure you have the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then write down the audio presets before disconnecting the negative cable from the battery. - Before returning the vehicle to the customer, enter the anti-theft codes for the audio system or the navigation system (if equipped), then enter the audio presets; set the clock. Steering-related Precautions Cable Reel Alignment - Misalignment of the cable reel could cause an open in the wiring, making the SRS system, remote steering wheel controls, and the horn inoperative. Center the cable reel whenever you do the following. Installation of the steering wheel - Installation of the cable reel - Installation of the steering column - Other steering-related adjustment or installation - Do not disassemble the cable reel. - Do not apply grease to the cable reel. - If the cable reel shows any signs of damage, replace it with a new one. For example, if it does not rotate smoothly, replace the cable reel. Airbag Handling and Storage Do not disassemble an airbag. It has no serviceable parts. Once an airbag has been deployed, it cannot be repaired or reused. For temporary storage of an airbag during service, observe the following precautions. - Store the removed airbag with the pad surface up. Never put anything on the airbag. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8341 - To prevent damage to the airbag, keep it away from any oil, grease, detergent, or water. - Store the removed airbag on a secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 200 °F/93 °C) - Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. - Do not position yourself in front of the airbag during removal, inspection, or replacement. - For proper disposal of a damaged airbag, refer to airbag disposal. - The side curtain airbag inflator assembly is a long, jointed part containing an inflator (A), a flexible bag (B), and brackets (C). When removing or installing the side curtain airbag assembly, never do the following items: Handle the flexible bag. - Drop the curtain airbag. - Cut, tear, and peel the tapes. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8342 SRS Unit, Front and Side Impact Sensors, Driver's Seat Position Sensor, Front Passenger's Weight Sensors and Rear Safing Sensor - Turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect the negative cable from the battery then wait for 3 minutes before starting installation or replacement of the SRS unit, or disconnecting the connectors from the SRS unit. - Be careful not to bump or impact the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor whenever the ignition switch is ON (II), or for at least 3 minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF. - During installation or replacement, be careful not to bump (by impact wrench, hammer, etc.) the area around the SRS unit, front impact sensors, the side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. The airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injury. - After a collision where a front airbag, side airbag or a seat belt tensioner, seat belt buckle tensioner deployed, go to Component Replacement/Inspection After Deployment. See: Restraint Systems/Air Bag Systems/Service and Repair After a collision where the airbags did not deploy, inspect for any damage or any deformation on the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, or rear safing sensor. If there is any damage, replace the SRS unit and/or the sensors. - Do not disassemble the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, driver's seat position sensor, front passenger's weight sensors, or rear safing sensor. - Be sure the SRS unit, front impact sensors, side impact sensors, and rear safing sensor are installed securely with the mounting bolts torqued to 9.8 N.m (1.0 kgf.m, 7.2 lbf.ft). Whenever you remove or replace the SRS unit, safing sensor, or all impact sensors, always install the components with new bolts. - Do not spill water or oil on the SRS unit or the side impact sensors. Wiring Precautions Some of the SRS wiring can be identified by special yellow outer covering, and the SRS connectors can be identified by their yellow color. Observe the instructions. - Never attempt to modify, splice, or repair SRS wiring. If there is an open or damage in SRS wiring, replace the harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8343 - Be sure to install the harness wires so they do not get pinched or interfere with other parts. - Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounds can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections - When using electrical test equipment, insert the probe of the tester into the wire side of the connector. Do not insert the probe of the tester into the terminal side of the connector, and do not tamper with the connector. - Use a U-shaped probe. Do not insert the probe forcibly. - Use specified service connectors in troubleshooting. Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal-to-metal contact. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8344 Spring-loaded Lock Connector Some SRS system connectors have a spring-loaded lock. Front Airbag Connectors Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector. Connecting To reconnect, hold the pawl-side connector, and press on the back of the sleeve-side connector in the direction shown. As the two connector halves are pressed together, the sleeve (A) is pushed back by the pawl (B). Do not touch the sleeve. Side Airbag Connector Disconnecting To release the lock, pull the spring-loaded sleeve (A) toward the stop (B) while holding the opposite half of the connector. Then pull the connector halves apart. Be sure to pull on the sleeve and not on the connector half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8345 Connecting Hold both connector halves, and press them firmly together until the projection (A) of the sleeve-side connector clicks. Opening the SRS Unit Shorting Connectors for Diagnosis Special Tools Required SRS short canceller 070AZ-SAA0100 NOTE: - To prevent damaging of the connector cavity, insert the short canceller straight into the cavity from the terminal side. - Before installing the short canceller, wash it with electric contact cleaner, then dry it with compressed air. - Do not use the short canceller if it is damaged. - Make sure to remove the short canceller before reconnection. When SRS unit connectors A (28P) or B (28P) are disconnected, a short circuit is created in the connector by its own function to prevent an airbag deployment. The circuit may need to be open sometimes when diagnosis is done on the system. Insert the short canceller (070AZ-SAA0100) in the specified cavities when it is necessary to keep the circuit open for diagnosis. Terminal numbers are shown from the wire side of the female terminals. Insert the short canceller(s) into the cavities on the terminal side of the connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8346 Seats with Side Airbags Seats with side airbags have a "SIDE AIRBAG" label on the seat-back. - When cleaning, use a damp cloth to clean the seat. Do not soak the seat with liquid, and do not spray steam on the seat. - Do not repair a torn or frayed seat-back cover. Replace the seat-back cover. - After a collision where the side airbag was deployed, replace the side airbag and seat frame with new parts. If the seat-back cushion is split, it must be replaced. - Never put aftermarket accessories on the seat (covers, pads, seat heaters, lights, etc.). Disconnecting System Connectors Turn the ignition switch OFF disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes before starting the following procedures. - Before disconnecting the cable reel 4P connector (1), disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (2). - Before disconnecting SRS unit connector B from SRS unit, disconnect both seat belt tensioner 4P connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner 4P connectors (3, 4, 5, 6). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8347 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery, then wait for 3 minutes. Driver's Airbag 2. Remove the access panel (A) from the steering wheel/then disconnect the driver's airbag 4P connector (B) from the cable reel. Front Passenger's Airbag 3. Remove the lower glove box, then disconnect the front passenger's airbag 4P connector (A) from the dashboard wire harness. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8348 Side Airbag 4. Disconnect both side airbag 2P connectors (A) from the floor wire harness. Side Curtain Airbag 5. Remove the headliner. 6. Disconnect both floor wire harness 2P connectors (A) from the side curtain airbags. Seat Bert Tensioner 7. Remove the seat belt lower anchor. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt tensioners. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Air Bag(s) Arming and Disarming > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 8349 Seat Belt Buckle Tensioner 8. Disconnect both floor wire harness 4P connectors (A) from the seat belt buckle tensioner. SRS Unit 9. Disconnect both seat belt tensioner connectors and both seat belt buckle tensioner connectors. Remove the center console. Disconnect SRS unit connector A (28P) and SRS unit connector B (28P) from the SRS unit. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations Instrument Panel Control Module: Locations 66. Left Side Of Dash 67. Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8353 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8354 Instrument Panel Control Module: Diagrams 209. Gauge Control Module (Speedo) 236. Gauge Control Module (Tach) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8355 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Instrument Cluster / Carrier > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8356 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Fuel Indicator Troubleshooting If the low fuel indicator is blinking, do this: NOTE: If the PCM has any DTCs, do the DTC troubleshooting first. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Check the LOW FUEL INDICATOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is ON indicated? YES - Intermittent failure, the system is OK at this time. Check for poor connections or loose terminals at the fuel pressure switch and the PCM, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator. NO - Go to step 3. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the fuel pressure switch 2P connector. 5. Check for continuity between fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 2 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Go to step 6. NO - Repair open in the wire between the fuel pressure switch and G401, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator. 6. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover, 7. Remove the fuel shut-off solenoid valve relay (A). 8. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 9. Measure voltage between fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No. 1 and body ground. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8360 Is there about 5 V? YES - Go to step 15. NO - Go to step 10. 10. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 11. Connect fuel pressure switch 2P connector terminal No.1 to body ground with a jumper wire. 12. Jump the SCS line with the HDS. 13. Disconnect PCM connector A (44P). 14. Check for continuity between body ground and PCM connector terminal A41. IS there continuity? YES - Update the PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known- good PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good PCM, replace the original PCM. then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator. NO - Repair open in the wire between the fuel pressure switch and the PCM (A41), then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator. 15. Check the FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is about 500 kPa indicated? YES - Replace the fuel pressure regulator P1, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel indicator. NO - Replace the original fuel pressure switch, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery for a few seconds to reset the low fuel Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Fuel Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8361 indicator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Locations Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Indicator Reset How TPMS Works How TPMS Works The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator. ^ If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. ^ If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. ^ If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increase slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures can also increase or decrease slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. System Indicator Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset > Page 8367 Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Reset After Tire Rotation or Sensor Replacement Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Description and Operation Maintenance Minder References: - For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Maintenance/Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service - For information on how to reset the display, refer to the article under Resetting the Maintenance Minder. See: Service and Repair The vehicle displays engine oil life and maintenance service items on the information display to show when to perform an engine oil replacement and other indicated maintenance service. Based on the engine operating conditions and accumulated engine revolutions, the onboard computer calculates the remaining engine oil life and displays it as a percentage. Engine Oil Life Display To see the current engine oil life, turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position, then push and release the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life indicator appears. If the remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent, the engine oil life indicator will display every time the ignition switch is turned to the ON (II) position. The maintenance minder indicator will also come on, and the maintenance item code(s) for other scheduled maintenance items needing service will be displayed next to the engine oil life indicator. The maintenance item code or codes indicate the main and sub items required at the time of the oil change. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 8371 When the remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent, you will see a "SERVICE" message along with the maintenance item code(s), every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. The maintenance item code or codes indicate the main and sub items required at the time of the oil change. For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Maintenance/Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service You can switch the display to the odometer, the trip meter, and the outside temperature indicator (if equipped) by pushing the SEL/RESET button on the dashboard repeatedly. When the engine oil life is 15 to 1 percent, the maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) comes on every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position, then it goes out if you switch the information display. When you see this message, the indicated maintenance should be performed as soon as possible. When the remaining engine oil life is 0 percent, the engine oil life indicator will blink. The display comes on every time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. The maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) also comes on and remains on in the instrument panel. When you see this message, the indicated maintenance should be immediately performed. If you do not perform the indicated maintenance, negative mileage is displayed and begins to blink after the vehicle has been driven 10 miles (10 km) or more. Negative mileage means your vehicle has passed the maintenance required point. Have the indicated maintenance done immediately. You can change the information display from the engine oil life display to the odometer, the trip meter, or the outside temperature (if equipped) every time you press and release the SEL/RESET button. When the engine oil life is 0 percent or negative mileage, the maintenance minder indicator (Wrench icon) remains on even if you change the information display. Immediately have the service performed, and make sure to reset the display. Refer to Resetting the Maintenance Minder. See: Service and Repair Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 8372 Maintenance Main Items and Sub Items All maintenance items displayed in the information display are in code. For an explanation of Maintenance Minder Codes and what service should be performed, refer to Indicator Based Service. See: Maintenance/Service Intervals/Condition/Indicator Based Maintenance Services/Indicator Based Service Important Maintenance Precautions If you complete the required service but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance intervals. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will no longer be an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 8373 Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator: Service and Repair Resetting the Engine Oil Life Display Reference: - For information regarding interpreting the maintenance minder display refer to Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator / Description and Operation / "Reading the Maintenance Minder". Reset the display after completing the required maintenance service. You will see "OIL LIFE 100%" on the information display the next time you turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. Reset the Maintenance Minder as follows: 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (II) position. 2. Press the SEL/RESET knob (or button if equipped) repeatedly until the engine oil life is displayed. 3. Press the SEL/RESET button for about 10 seconds. The engine oil life and the maintenance item code(s) will blink. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Maintenance Required Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 8374 4. Press the SEL/RESET button for more than 5 seconds. The maintenance item code(s) will disappear, and the engine oil life will reset to "100." Important Maintenance Precautions If you complete the required service but do not reset the display, or reset the display without doing the service, the system will not show the proper maintenance intervals. This can lead to serious mechanical problems because there will no longer be an accurate record of when maintenance is needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Description and Operation Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Indication (In relation to Readiness Codes) The vehicle has certain "readiness codes" that are part of the on-board diagnostics for the emissions systems. If the vehicle's battery has been disconnected or gone dead, if the DTCs have been cleared, or if the PCM has been reset, these codes are reset. In some states, part of the emissions testing is to make sure these codes are set to complete. If all of them are not set to complete, the vehicle may fail the test, or the test cannot be finished. To check if the readiness codes are set to complete, turn the ignition switch ON (II), but do not start the engine. The MIL will come on for 15-20 seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are complete'. If it flashes five times, one or more readiness codes are not complete. To set each code, drive the vehicle or run the engine as described in the procedures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Malfunction Indicator Lamp > Component Information > Description and Operation > Page 8378 Malfunction Indicator Lamp: Testing and Inspection MIL Circuit Troubleshooting 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Do the gauge self-diagnostic function. Does the MIL indicator flash? YES - Go to step 3. NO - Substitute a known-good gauge control module (tach), and recheck. If the MIL circuit is OK, replace the original gauge control module (tach). 3. Connect the HDS to the DLC. 4. Check the SCS in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is a short indicated? YES - Go to step 5. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. 5. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector A (44P), then disconnect the HDS. 7. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal A31 and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short in the wire between the ECM/PCM (A31) and the SRS unit, the DLC. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Odometer > Component Information > Locations Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Odometer > Component Information > Locations > Page 8382 Odometer: Testing and Inspection Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Odometer > Component Information > Locations > Page 8383 Odometer: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations Oil Pressure Sender: Locations 9. Right Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 24. Left Side Of Engine (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8387 VTEC Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8388 PGM-FI System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8389 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8390 Oil Pressure Sender: Diagrams 116. EOP Sensor (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 12. Oil Pressure Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8391 Oil Pressure Sender: Service and Repair EOP Sensor Removal/Installation 1. Remove the cowl cover and under-cowl panel. 2. Disconnect the EOP sensor connector (A). 3. Remove the bracket (B) and the EOP sensor (C). 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal with a new O-ring (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8396 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8397 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8398 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8399 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8400 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8401 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8402 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8403 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8404 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8405 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8406 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8407 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8408 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8409 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8410 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8411 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8412 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8413 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8414 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8415 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8416 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8417 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8418 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8419 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8420 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8421 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8422 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8423 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8424 Engine Lubrication Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM.). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "ON" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Go to step 8. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 9. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and oil pressure switch connector. 10. Check for continuity between ECM/PCM connector terminal B7 and the oil pressure switch connector. Is there continuity? YES - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. NO - Repair open in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Open) > Page 8427 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp/Indicator: Testing and Inspection Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) Low Oil Pressure Indicator Circuit Troubleshooting (Short) 1. Connect the Honda Diagnostic System (HDS) to the data link connector (DLC). 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the engine control module (ECM)/powertrain control module (PCM). If it doesn't communicate, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Check for DTCs. If a DTC is present, diagnose, and repair the cause before continuing with this test. 5. Start the engine, select PGM-FI, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Replace the gauge control module (tach). NO - Go to step 6. 6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 7. Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector. 8. Start the engine, and check the OIL PRESSURE SWITCH in the DATA LIST with the HDS. Is "OFF" indicated? YES - Go to step 9. NO - Go to step 11. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 10. Check the oil pressure switch. Is the oil pressure switch OK? YES - Do the oil pressure test. NO - Replace the oil pressure switch. 11. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and jump the SCS line with the HDS, then turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). NOTE: This step must be done to protect the ECM/PCM from damage. 12. Disconnect ECM/PCM connector B (44P) and the oil pressure switch connector. 13. Check for continuity between the oil pressure switch connector and body ground. Is there continuity? YES - Repair short to ground in the wire between the oil pressure switch and the ECM/PCM. NO - Update the ECM/PCM if it does not have the latest software, or substitute a known-good ECM/PCM, then recheck. If the symptom/indication goes away with a known-good ECM/PCM, replace the original ECM/PCM. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Outside Temperature Display > Component Information > Adjustments Outside Temperature Display: Adjustments Outside Air Temperature Indicator Calibration Description The outside temperature sensor is located behind the center of the front bumper. The gauge control module (tach) uses measurements from this sensor to display the outside air temperature. Because of the location of the sensor, it may be affected by heat reflection from the road, engine and radiator heat or hot exhaust from surrounding traffic. These conditions can heat soak the outside air temperature sensor and cause inaccurate readings. Logic has been written into the gauge control module (tach) to help prevent abnormal or fluctuating outside air temperature indicator readings. Outside Air Temperature Indicator Logic Initial outside air temperature indication after the ignition switch is turned ON (II). - If the engine coolant temperature is 140 °F (60 °C) or higher when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the outside air temperature indicated the last time the key was turned off will be displayed regardless of the current temperature measured by the outside air temperature sensor. - If the engine coolant temperature is 139 °F (59 °C) or lower when the ignition switch is turned ON (II), the current temperature measured by the outside air temperature sensor will be indicated. Update to the outside air temperature indicator while driving If the temperature measured by the outside air temperature sensor is greater than the temperature on the outside air temperature indicator, the outside temperature indicator will increase by 1.8 °F (1 °C) per minute after the vehicle speed is greater than 19 mph (30 km/h) for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds. It will continue to increase until the current outside air temperature is indicated. So, the first change to the outside air temperature indicator is 1 minute and 30 seconds after the vehicle speed is greater than 19 mph (30 km/h). If the vehicle speed drops below 19 mph (30 km/h), the indicator will not update again until the vehicle speed is increased to 19 mph (30 km/h) or more for more than 1 minute and 30 seconds again. If the outside air temperature is less than the indicated temperature, the temperature will decrease 1 °F every 1.1 seconds (1 °C every 2 seconds) until the current outside air temperature is indicated regardless of vehicle speed. Troubleshooting If the indicator displays "--------" for more than 2 seconds after selecting the outside air temperature display mode, check the outside air temperature sensor, or gauge control module self-diagnosis. Calibration The outside air temperature indicator's displayed temperature can be recalibrated ±5 °F (or ±3 °C) to meet the customer's expectations. 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Select the outside air temperature display. 3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET switch until the trip meter resets, then release it. Press, and continue to hold, the switch again, and the display will scroll through temperature settings from +5 °F to -5 °F (or +3 °C to -3 °C) as shown. 4. When the desired correction value appears on the display, release the button, and the recalibrated outside air temperature will be displayed. Example: Incorrect value = 68 ° F (20 °C) Desired correction value = +2 ° F (+1 °C) Correct valve = 70 ° F (21° C) Desired correction value = -2 ° F (-1 ° C) Correct valve = 66 ° F (19 ° C) NOTE: The recalibration temperature is not the value the sensor sees. Therefore the temperature can only be adjusted 5 degrees from the sensor. NOTE: To recalibrate the display to the true temperature, remove the outside air temperature sensor (A), but leave it connected. Submerge the sensor and a thermometer (B) in a container of ice water (C). Select the calibration mode as described above, then recalibrate the display to the true temperature. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Outside Temperature Display > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 8431 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Outside Temperature Display > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 8432 Outside Temperature Display: Service and Repair Outside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement 1. Remove the front bumper. 2. Lift the tab (A) to release the lock, then remove the outside air temperature sensor (B) from the receiver/dryer desiccant bracket [from the A/C condenser] [ ] : 2-door 3. Install the sensor in the reverse order of removal Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8436 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8437 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8438 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8439 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations Instrument Panel Control Module: Locations 66. Left Side Of Dash 67. Left Side Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8444 Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8445 Instrument Panel Control Module: Diagrams 209. Gauge Control Module (Speedo) 236. Gauge Control Module (Tach) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8446 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Relays and Modules - Instrument Panel > Instrument Panel Control Module > Component Information > Locations > Page 8447 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8452 189. Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8453 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8454 Dimmer Switch: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8458 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8459 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8460 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8461 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8462 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations Fuel Gauge Sender: Locations Fuel Supply System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8466 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8467 Fuel Gauge Sender: Testing and Inspection Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Test NOTE: For the fuel gauge system circuit diagram, refer to the Gauges Circuit Diagram. 1. Check the No. 10 METER (7.5 A) fuse in the under-dash fuse/relay box before testing. 2. Check for body electrical system DTCs. - If no problem is found, go to step 3. - If DTC B1175 or B1176 is indicated, go to the indicated DTCs troubleshooting. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Remove the rear seat cushion. 5. Remove the rear floor upper cross-member (A). 6. Remove the access panel (A) from the floor. 7. Disconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector (B). 8. Measure voltage between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the ignition switch ON (II). There should be battery voltage. - If the voltage is OK, go to step 9. - If the voltage is not as specified, check for: a short in the ORN (2-door: PUR) wire to ground. - an open in the ORN (2-door: PUR) or LT GRN (2-door: ORN) wire. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8468 9. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 10. Remove the fuel tank unit from the fuel tank. 11. Measure resistance between fuel tank unit 4P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 3 with the float at E (EMPTY), LOW (LOW FUEL INDICATOR), 1/2 (HALF FULL), and F (FULL) positions. If you do not get the following readings, replace the fuel gauge sending unit. 12. Reconnect the fuel tank unit 4P connector. 13. Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds, then reinstall it. 14. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 15. Check that the pointer of the fuel gauge indicates "F" with the float at F. - If the pointer of the fuel gauge does not indicate "F", replace the gauge assembly. - If the gauge is OK, the test is complete. NOTE: The pointer of the fuel gauge returns to the bottom of the gauge dial when the ignition switch is OFF, regardless of the fuel level. - Remove the No. 23 BACK UP (10 A) fuse from the under-hood fuse/relay box for at least 10 seconds after completing troubleshooting, otherwise it may take up to 20 minutes for the fuel gauge to indicate the correct fuel level. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Fuel Gauge Sender > Component Information > Locations > Page 8469 Fuel Gauge Sender: Service and Repair Fuel Pump/Fuel Gauge Sending Unit Replacement 1. Remove the fuel tank unit. 2. Remove the fuel level sensor (fuel sending unit) (A) from the fuel tank unit (B). 3. Check these items before installing the fuel tank unit: - When connecting the wire harness, make sure the connection is secure and the connectors (C) are firmly locked into place. - When installing the fuel gauge sending unit, make sure the connection is secure. Be careful not to bend or twist it excessively. 4. Install the parts in the reverse order of removal. When installing the fuel tank unit, align the marks on the unit and the fuel tank. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Parking Brake Warning Switch: Locations 115. Under Center Console Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8473 Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8474 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8475 13. Parking Brake Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Sensors and Switches - Instrument Panel > Parking Brake Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8476 Parking Brake Warning Switch: Testing and Inspection Parking Brake Switch Test NOTE: If both the ABS indicator and the brake system indicator come on at the same time, check the ABS or VSA system first. 1. Remove the center console. 2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector (A) from the parking brake switch (B). 3. Check for continuity between the switch terminal (C) and body ground. ^ With the parking brake lever pulled, there should be continuity. ^ With the parking brake lever released, there should be no continuity. NOTE: If the parking brake switch and fluid level switch are OK, but the brake system indicator does not function, do the gauge control module test. 4. Reinstall the center console. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Locations A/T Gear Position Indicator Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Shift Indicator: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8482 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8483 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8484 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8485 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8486 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8487 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8488 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8489 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8490 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8491 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8492 Shift Indicator: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8493 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8494 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8495 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8496 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8497 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8498 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8499 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8500 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8501 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8502 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8503 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8504 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8505 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8506 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8507 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8508 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8509 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8510 160. A/T Gear Position Indicator Panel Light/Park Pin Switch (A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Shift Indicator > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8511 A/T Gear Position Indicator Circuit Diagram Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Locations Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Indicator Reset How TPMS Works How TPMS Works The TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) has a low tire pressure indicator and a TPMS indicator. When the TPMS control unit detects low pressure in a tire, or a problem in the system, it turns on the appropriate indicator. ^ If low tire pressure is detected in one or more tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on. ^ If a problem in the system is detected, the TPMS indicator comes on. ^ If low tire pressure and a problem in the system are detected, only the TPMS indicator comes on. If the system is OK, the TPMS indicator and the low tire pressure indicator should come on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), and then go off 2 seconds later. If they don't, there is a problem with the system. If the system detects low pressure in any of the four tires, the low tire pressure indicator comes on, and the control unit will set one or more of these codes: DTC 11, 13, 15, 17. When the tire pressure returns to normal, the control unit turns off the indicators and stores the DTC(s). However, if the control unit detects a problem in the system during an indication of low tire pressure, it turns off the low tire pressure indicator, stores the DTC(s), and turns on the TPMS indicator(s). NOTE: Tire pressures increase slightly as the temperature in the tires rises during driving at highway speeds. Pressures can also increase or decrease slightly with changes in outside air temperature. A temperature change of about 18°F (10°C) changes tire pressure by about 10 kPa (0.1 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi). If the temperature drops, tire pressure could decrease just enough to turn on the low tire pressure indicator, but later, the tire temperature could increase enough to turn the indicator off. To resolve a complaint of such intermittent indications, confirm and clear the stored DTC(s) and check the tire pressures. Then explain to the customer how temperature changes can affect the system, especially when tire pressures are near the low end of the TPMS normal range 168 to 220 kPa (1.7 to 2.2 kgf/cm2, 24 to 32 psi). If a problem is detected in the system, the TPMS indicator comes on and stays on until the system returns to normal with most DTCs. If DTC 81, 83 or 85 is set, the TPMS indicator goes off only when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0). When a flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the TPMS indicator comes on (DTC 32, 34, 36 or 38) because the system is no longer receiving the signal from the tire's transmitter. This is not a problem with the spare tire. System Indicator Locations General Troubleshooting Information System Indicator Locations The system has two indicators. ^ The low tire pressure indicator (A) ^ The TPMS indicator (B) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Low Tire Pressure Indicator > Component Information > Service and Repair > TPMS Indicator Reset > Page 8518 Low Tire Pressure Indicator: Service and Repair TPMS Reset After Tire Rotation or Sensor Replacement Memorizing a Sensor ID Automatically After rotating the tires or replacing a tire pressure sensor, drive the vehicle for at least 40 seconds at a speed of 15 mph (24 km/h) or more, and all the sensor IDs are memorized automatically. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information Tire Pressure Module: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information 09-070 October 30, 2009 Applies To: ALL Vehicles with TPMS ATEQ VT55 TPMS Update Information INTRODUCTION The software for the VT55 TPMS tool is updated periodically to add new vehicles, fix software bugs, and enhance the tool's function. You can use the ATEQ update wizard to download software and firmware to your VT55 using a PC and the Internet. It is extremely important to use the latest VT55 software to ensure that the current TPMS initialization and diagnostic procedures are used. American Honda is also introducing a new policy to ensure that VT55 tools are updated promptly. The VT55 software must now be updated within 3 days of receiving notification of an available update from an iN message or other Honda communication. If an out-of-date version is used, any TPMS replacements may not be covered under warranty. VT55 UPDATE REQUIREMENTS ^ VT55 Tool Kit (includes VT55, AC adapter, USB cable and CD): P/N AEQVT55 ^ USB Cable (this cable came with the VT55): P/N AEQVT555 ^ Internet access ^ An IBM-compatible PC with Windows 95 operating system or higher (Windows 2000 or XP is preferred). To order the VT55, or the USB connector, go to the Honda Tool and Equipment catalog on the iN (select Service > Service Bay > Tool and Equipment > Online Catalog), or call. SOFTWARE VERSION The new software version is CH1-09. To check the VT55 version software, turn on the unit and the version number appears for about 2 seconds during the startup process. If you miss it, turn the VT55 off by pressing and holding the power switch for about 2 seconds, then turn it back on. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. This service bulletin is for information only. INSTALLING THE VT55 UPDATE SOFTWARE ON YOUR COMPUTER 1. Go online to update.ateq.com/software/webvt/update_webvt.zip Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8523 2. Depending on your Internet connection, the Connect to update screen may appear. If so, enter the login and password. Login: webvt Password: update 3. The File Download screen appears. Select Save. The Zip file will be saved to your computer. 4. After the Zip file finishes downloading, open the update - webvt.zip file by double-clicking on it. 5. The WinZip - update - webvt.zip screen appears. Double-click the WebVT55_V4_2.exe file. NOTE: If you see a Compressed (Zipped) Folders Error, contact your IT person because there is a permissions issue with your firewall. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8524 6. The WinZip Caution screen appears. Select Yes. 7. If you have a previous version of the WebVT software installed on your computer, the InstallShield Wizard gives you the option to modify, repair, or remove the software. If you do not have a previous version, go to step 8. If you have a previous software version, select Modify, then Next. After the software is modified select Finish. 8. The InstallShield Wizard screen appears. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8525 9. The InstallShield Wizard asks you to select a destination for the VT55 files. Select Next. 10. The InstallShield Wizard asks if you want to automatically start the WebVT application when you start your computer. Select Yes. 11. The InstallShield Wizard will prompt you when WebVT is installed on your computer. Select Finish. 12. The serial emulation port driver installer screen appears. Connect your VT55, and turn it on. Select Next. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8526 13. After a few seconds, the serial emulation port driver installer prompts you when it is finished. Select Finish. 14. If you have any problems installing the VT55 update software, call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. VT55 UPDATE INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: ^ Some screens may list the tool as VT5O or VT55. This is OK; it will not affect updating the tool. ^ If at any time during the update an error message appears, or the VT55 is not detected, see the Standard User Guide that is on the ATEQ CD that came with the tool, or call ATEQ at 734-838-3100, and select option 2 for service. 1. Go to your desktop, and double-click the WebVT icon to launch the VT55 update software. 2. Connect the VT55 to your PC with the USB cable, then turn it on. The serial number and current software version automatically display. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8527 3. The Found New Hardware Wizard may appear. If it does, select Yes, now and every time I connect a device, then select Next. 4. The Found New Hardware Wizard prompts you to install the ATEQ R5232 Emulation software. Select Install the software automatically (Recommended), then select Next. 5. The Found New Hardware Wizard will prompt you when the software is installed. Select Finish. 6. Select UPDATE DEVICE. Depending on your Internet connection, you may be prompted for a login and password. If you know your login and password, enter them, otherwise, contact your administrator or internet service provider for the login and password. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8528 7. If a new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to update the VT55. Select Yes. NOTE: Do not disconnect the VT55 during the update procedure, as you may permanently damage the tool. If no new software version is available, you'll see a message asking if you want to overwrite the existing software. Select No. 8. The Dealer Identification screen appears. Enter your 6-digit dealer number, then select Apply. 9. If the dealer number is valid, your dealership's name and address appears in the dealer information box. Select NEXT. If the dealership number is not valid, call the American Honda Special Tools Hotline for assistance. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - VT55 TPMS Update Information > Page 8529 10. The VT55 begins updating. When the VT55 is finished updating, you'll see a message stating the update is done. Disconnect the VT55, then select OK. 11. Let the VT55 turn off (for about 1 minute). Turn it on, and confirm that the software is updated to the software version listed under SOFTWARE VERSION. 12. If you have more than one VT55, repeat the update procedure for each unit. 13. Once all VT55s are updated, select EXIT, and store the USB cable in a safe location for future updates. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8530 Tire Pressure Module: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8531 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8532 Tire Pressure Module: Diagrams TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8533 TPMS Control Unit Inputs and Outputs for 20P Connector Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8534 Tire Pressure Module: Service and Repair TPMS Control Unit Replacement NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit mounting bracket is not bent or twisted as this may affect its communication with the tire pressure sensors. 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 2. Remove the driver's dashboard undercover. 3. Disconnect the TPMS control unit connector (A). 4. Remove the TPMS control unit (B) from the bracket (C). NOTE: While separating the TPMS control unit from the bracket, add in a flat-tipped screwdriver between the TPMS control unit and the bracket at shown aria (D) to release the hook (E), and slide out the TPMS control unit from the bracket. 5. Replace the bracket if necessary. 6. Install the TPMS control unit in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure the TPMS control unit is properly installed. You will hear a click when the TPMS control unit is securely mounted on the bracket. 7. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8539 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8540 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8541 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8542 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8543 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8544 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8545 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8546 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8547 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8548 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8549 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8550 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8551 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8552 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8553 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8554 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8555 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Monitor Receiver / Transponder > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8556 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools Tire Pressure Sensor: Technical Service Bulletins Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools 06-072 October 19, 2007 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED TPMS Sensor Tool Usage (Supersedes 06-072, dated January 5, 2007, to update the information marked by the black bars and asterisks) *VEHICLES AFFECTED 2008 Accord - ALL 2008 Civic - ALL 2007-08 CR-V - ALL 2007-08 Element - ALL 2008 Fit - ALL 2007-08 Odyssey - ALL except Touring 2008 S2000 - ALL* INTRODUCTION Beginning with some 2007 models, Honda is using a second type of TPMS (tire pressure monitoring system) that does not use initiators like the 2006 and earlier TPMS. All TPMS sensors: ^ Are mounted on the inside of the rim, connected to the valve stem. ^ Use a wireless transmission to send tire pressure and temperature information to the TPMS unit. ^ Use non-replaceable batteries. To save battery life, the sensors turn on only when the vehicle is being used. Initiator-Type TPMS (Location-Type TPMS) *The first type of TPMS (all vehicles through 2006) uses initiators mounted above each wheel. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (II), the initiators send out a low frequency signal to turn on the TPMS sensors. The initiator, in conjunction with the TPMS control unit, determines the tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees the low tire pressure indicator and an indiction that the right front tire is low on pressure. The initiator-type TPMS, or location-type TPMS (in the HDS), is used on the 2005-08 Pilot, the 2006-08 Ridgeline, and the 2005-08 Odyssey Touring models.* Initiator-less TPMS (No Location-Type TPMS) The new TPMS does not use initiators. The TPMS sensors have a built-in acceleration sensor that turns on the TPMS sensors when the vehicle speed reaches about 25 mph. Without an initiator, the TPMS control unit cannot determine tire location. For example, if the right front tire is low on air, the customer sees only the low pressure indicator and must check all four tires to find the problem tire. During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit provides a code for each tire. NOTE: ^ During diagnosis, the TPMS control unit gives a tire number, but you need to do the sensor position check to find the location of the tire number. ^ Use with HDS software version 2.011.010 or later. The initiator-less TPMS, or no location-type TPMS, is used on vehicles affected by this bulletin. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8561 A TPMS sensor tool is used for troubleshooting and replacing the TPMS sensors. See TOOL DESCRIPTION for more information. WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION None. TOOL INFORMATION TOOL DESCRIPTION TPMS Sensor Tool The TPMS sensor tool is a wireless tool that is used with the HDS for troubleshooting (sensor position check) and for replacing TPMS sensors or the control unit (sensor ID learning). General use: ^ Always make sure the TPMS sensor tool is set to low power unless otherwise instructed. *^ Make sure there are no vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. ^ Make sure the batteries are in good condition and secure in the case. Refer to ServiceNews article A07050D, Keep Those TPMS Sensor Tool Batteries From Popping Loose, for more information.* ^ Turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the HDS instructions. There are two different wavelengths used, and there are two ways to turn on the TPMS sensor tool. If the TPMS sensor tool is not turned on correctly, you won't be able to troubleshoot the vehicle or do the sensor ID learning procedure. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8562 ^ Turn off the TPMS sensor tool by pressing and holding the small button as shown until the green light in the button turns off. The tool will also turn off after 5 minutes of inactivity. NOTE: Offset your finger, or use just your nail to push the buttons, so you can see the light in the buttons. AC Adapters for the TPMS Sensor Tool Two AC adapters are included in the TPMS sensor tool kit. The 900 AC adapter is for the battery charger. Use the straight AC adapter to power the TPMS sensor tool when charged batteries are not available. NOTE: ^ The AC adapter does not charge the batteries in the TPMS sensor tool. ^ Remove the batteries from the TPMS sensor tool when using the AC adapter. Using the Battery Charger There are two ways to charge the batteries. The method to use depends on the batteries' state of charge. For brand new or fully discharged batteries: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. The LEDs turn red, and quick charging begins. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button while the batteries are charging, the battery discharge mode begins. Press the red button again within 30 seconds, and the charger switches back to its quick charge mode. ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. For charging batteries when you don't know the state of charge: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the charger (make sure you use the AC adapter with the 90° bend). 2. Insert the batteries into the charger. Make sure you note the polarity (direction) of the batteries. 3. Plug the charger into a power outlet. 4. Press the red button once to start the discharge mode. The LEDs blink red. NOTE: ^ If the LEDs do not come on, check that the batteries are properly installed. If the LEDs still do not come on, replace the batteries. ^ If you press the red button a second time within 30 seconds, the battery quick charge mode begins. ^ Once the batteries are discharged, the LEDs turn solid red and the battery quick charge mode begins. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8563 ^ When the LEDs turn green, the batteries are charged, and the battery charger automatically switches to trickle charge mode. ^ Remove the batteries from the charger when it is not plugged in. SENSOR POSITION CHECK When the TPMS sets a DTC, it refers to Tire 1, Tire 2, Tire 3, or Tire 4. In the service manual, the tire number is the sensor number. For example, Tire 2 is sensor 2. However, the tire number is not the tire position. To diagnose or repair the vehicle, do the sensor position check to find the location of the problem tire (or sensor) on the vehicle. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS to the vehicle. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8564 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, then select the Enter button. 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8565 8. In the Mode menu, select Functional Tests, then select the Enter button. 9. In the Functional Test menu, select Sensor Position Check, then select the Enter button. *10. On the Sensor Position Check screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. (The Accord is shown on the sample screen.)* NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8566 11. Follow the instructions on the Sensor Position Check screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the Sensor Position Check screen changes to an operation progress bar. * NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When the blue bar appears, use the TPMS sensor tool.* ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen. The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8567 procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8568 ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8569 sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensors to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 22. The sensor position check is complete. Using the DTC(s) and the information on the Sensor Position Check screen, locate the problem tire. The following table and screen are examples only. If the vehicle has DTC 22-1,this means that the problem is in tire 2 (sensor 2). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8570 You must refer to the Sensor Position Check screen to see what location tire 2 is in. Do not assume it is in position 2 (left rear tire). According to the Sensor Position Check screen tire 2 is in position 1, the left front tire. SENSOR ID LEARNING NOTE: Even if you replace only one sensor, the Sensor ID Learning procedure must be done to all four wheels. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Connect the HDS. 3. On the HDS main screen, select the HDS icon. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8571 4. On the HDS version screen, select the cars icon. 5. The VIN information appears automatically, but you must enter the mileage, and select the Enter button. 6. In the Select Mode menu, select Honda Systems, and select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8572 7. In the System Selection Menu, select TPMS, then select the Enter button. 8. In the Mode Menu, select Sensor ID Learning, then select the Enter button. 9. In the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. NOTE: Make sure there are no other vehicles or other wheels with TPMS sensors within 10 feet of the vehicle you are working on. 10. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, turn on the TPMS sensor tool by following the on-screen instructions. The Accord is shown on the sample screen. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8573 NOTE: Each model is different. Turning on the TPMS sensor tool incorrectly could lead to incorrect diagnosis and repair. Once the TPMS sensor tool is turned on, select the YES button. 11. Follow the instructions on the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen. When prompted, go to the left front wheel, then select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8574 12. Wait about 5 seconds, and the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen should change to an operation progress bar. NOTE: ^ Wait for the timer to start. When you see the blue bar, use the TPMS sensor tool. ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. 13. Point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. 14. Watch for the TPMS sensor IDs to appear on the HDS screen The TPMS control unit must read the sensor ID five times to complete the learning procedure. NOTE: Only four TPMS sensor IDs are shown below. 15. The TPMS sensor ID learning changes to the following screen once the procedure is complete. Select the Enter button. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8575 NOTE: If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 16. When prompted, go to the left rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 17. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the left rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8576 18. When prompted, go to the right rear wheel, then select the Enter button. 19. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right rear wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. 20. When prompted, go to the right front wheel, then select the Enter button. 21. The TPMS sensor ID learning procedure goes through the same steps as the left front wheel (see steps 12 thru 15). When the timer starts (the blue bar appears), point and hold the TPMS sensor tool 10 to 20 inches from the right front wheel valve stem. Press and hold the large transmit button for up to 1 minute. The button should flash red. The TPMS sensor tool sends a signal to the TPMS sensor to turn on and broadcast the TPMS sensor ID to the TPMS control unit. NOTE: ^ If the sensor IDs appear without the TPMS sensor tool button being pushed, a TPMS sensor is transmitting. Select the Exit button, wait 5 minutes for the sensor to go to sleep, then follow the on-screen prompts. ^ If the sensor does not respond (no sensor IDs are displayed), rotate the tire one-quarter turn and try again. If the TPMS sensor does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, switch the tire to a known-good location and try again. If the TPMS sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the TPMS sensor. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8577 22. The sensor ID learning procedure is complete. Select the Enter button to continue to register the TPMS sensor IDs in the TPMS unit. 23. The low tire pressure indicator is flashing and requires road-testing the vehicle. On the TPMS Sensor ID Learning screen, select the Enter button. 24. Drive the vehicle for 2 minutes above 30 mph, or until the low tire pressure indicator goes off. Once the indicator goes off, stop the vehicle. 25. In the Mode Menu, select the Data List, and then select the Enter button. Check the tire pressure at all four tires to confirm that the TPMS control unit is reading the correct tire pressures. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Tire Monitor System - Usage of TPMS Sensor Tools > Page 8578 26. Return to the Mode Menu, select DTCs, then select the Enter button. 27. Clear any DTCs set by selecting the DTCs icon. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 8579 TPMS Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 All four tire pressure sensor IDs must be memorized to the TPMS control unit whenever you do any of these actions: ^ Replace the TPMS control unit. ^ Replace the tire pressure sensor. ^ Substitute a known-good wheel with tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ To ensure the control unit memorizes the correct ID, the vehicle with the new sensor must be at least 10 ft (3 m) away from other vehicles that have tire pressure sensors. ^ When doing a tire rotation, memorizing the sensors in not needed. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0) wait 5 minutes or more for the TPMS sensors to go to sleep mode. Connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC) (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Sensor ID Learning from the mode menu on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Hold the TPMS sensor initializer tool near one wheel, memorize the pressure sensor ID by following the screen prompts on the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 8582 7. Repeat step 6 for each wheel until all four sensor IDs are memorized. When all four IDs are memorized, the low tire pressure indicator blinks. 8. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 9. Disconnect the HDS from the DLC. 10. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 11. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator does not blink. 12. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 13. Reduce the pressure in one tire until it is less than the appropriate specification. 14. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 15. Test-drive the vehicle at 28 mph (45 km/h) or more for at least 1 minute. 16. Make sure the low tire pressure indicator turns on, then inflate the tire. 17. Repeat step 12 to 16 for all the other tires. 18. Clear any DTCs with the HDS. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 8583 Tire Pressure Sensor: Testing and Inspection Tire Pressure Sensor Location Tire Pressure Sensor Location Special Tools Required TPMS sensor initializer tool AKS0620006 Available through the American Honda Tool and Equipment Program; call 1-888-424-6857 NOTE: This procedure locates where the tire pressure sensors number 1, 2, 3, 4 are mounted, when activated by the TPMS sensor initializer tool. ^ Memorizing tire pressure sensor IDs (including replacing the TPMS control unit, or the tire pressure sensors). ^ Wheel rotation. 1. With the ignition switch at LOCK (0), connect the HDS to the data link connector (DLC (A) located under the driver's side of the dashboard. 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 3. Make sure the HDS communicates with the vehicle and the TPMS control unit. If it doesn't, troubleshoot the DLC circuit. 4. Select Function Test from the mode menu, then select Sensor Position Check on the HDS. 5. Follow HDS screen prompts to turn on the TPMS sensor initializer tool (A). Verify the power switch (B) is in the "Low" position. 6. Follow the prompts on the HDS to activate the tire pressure sensors using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Start with the left-front (LF) wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Memorizing the Tire Pressure Sensor ID > Page 8584 7. Check the HDS screen, and note the active sensor reception order of the tire pressure sensor 1, 2, 3, 4. NOTE: If the sensor does not respond to the TPMS initializer, rotate the tire 1/4 turn and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, swap the tire to a known-good location and retry. If the sensor still does not respond after one full rotation of the tire, replace the tire pressure sensor. 8. Note the sensor location for reference. 9. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8585 Tire Pressure Sensor: Service and Repair Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement Removal 1. Raise the vehicle, and support it with safety stands in the proper locations. 2. Remove the wheel with the faulty sensor. 3. Remove the tire valve stem cap and the valve stem core, and let the tire deflate. 4. Remove any balance weights, and then break the bead loose from the wheel with a commercially available tire changer (A). 5. Position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then remove the tire from the wheel. 6. Remove the valve stem nut (A) and washer (B), then remove the tire pressure sensor with valve stem (C) from the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8586 7. Remove and discard the valve stem grommet (A) from the tire pressure sensor (B). NOTE: ^ The valve stem grommet might stay in the wheel; make sure you remove it. ^ Always use a new valve stem grommet whenever the tire pressure sensor has been removed from the wheel. When only removing a tire from the wheel, replace the valve stem grommet if it is possible. Installation Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8587 1. Before installing the tire pressure sensor, clean the mating surfaces on the sensor and the wheel. 2. Install the tire pressure sensor (A) and the washer (B) to the wheel (C), and tighten the valve stem nut (D) finger tight. Make sure the pressure sensor is resting on the wheel. 3. Tighten the valve stem nut to the specified torque while holding the tire pressure sensor. NOTE: ^ Do not use air or electric impact tools to tighten a valve stem nut. ^ Do not twist the tire pressure sensor to adjust its position with the wheel, as this will damage or deform the valve stem grommet. 4. Lube the tire bead sparingly, and position the wheel so the tire machine (A) and tire iron (B) are next to the valve stem (C) and will move away from it when the machine starts. Then install the tire onto the wheel. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Instrument Panel, Gauges and Warning Indicators > Tire Monitoring System > Tire Pressure Sensor > Component Information > Testing and Inspection > Page 8588 5. With a dry air source, inflate the tire to 300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi) to seat the tire bead to the rim, then adjust the tire pressure, then install the valve stem cap. NOTE: Make sure the tire bead is seated on both sides of the rim uniformly. 6. Check and adjust the wheel balance, then install the wheels on the vehicle. 7. Remove the jack stands, and lower the vehicle. Torque the wheel nuts to specifications. 8. Connect the HDS, and memorize the pressure sensor IDs using the TPMS sensor initializer tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8594 39. Back-up Light Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8595 Backup Lamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Back-up Light Switch Test 1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A). 2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the change lever is only in reverse. 3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Install the new washer and back-up light switch on the transmission housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Brake Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8600 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8601 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8602 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8603 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8604 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8605 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8606 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8607 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8608 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8609 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8610 Brake Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8611 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8612 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8613 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8614 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8615 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8616 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8617 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8618 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8619 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8620 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8621 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8622 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8623 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8624 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8625 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8626 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8627 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8628 Brake Lamp: Connector Views 238. Brake Light/Taillight, Left 239. Brake Light/Taillight, Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8629 Brake Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 110-7 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8630 Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation Brake Light Switch: Description and Operation Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8638 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8639 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8640 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8641 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8642 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8643 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8644 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8645 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8646 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8647 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8648 Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8649 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8650 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8651 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8652 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8653 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8654 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8655 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8656 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8657 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8658 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8659 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8660 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8661 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8662 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8663 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8664 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8665 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8666 Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Connector Views 7. High Mount Brake Light (Honda Accessory: DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX) 55. High Mount Brake Light (DX, DX-G, LX, GX, EX; 4-door: Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8667 Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 110-16 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8668 Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Center Mounted Brake Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8669 Center Mounted Brake Lamp: Service and Repair High Mount Brake Light Replacement Except Si models 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the high mount brake light. 3. Turn the bulb socket (B) 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb (C). 4. Remove the rear shelf. 5. Remove the high mount brake light (A). 6. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Console Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8675 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8676 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8677 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8678 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8679 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8680 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8681 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8682 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8683 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8684 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8685 Console Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8686 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8687 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8688 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8689 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8690 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8691 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8692 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8693 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8694 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8695 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8696 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8697 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8698 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8699 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8700 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8701 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8702 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8703 Console Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8704 Diagram 114-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8705 Diagram 114-2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8706 Diagram 114-3 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Console Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8707 Diagram 114-4 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Courtesy Lamp > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8711 Interior Light Switch: Service and Repair Interior Light Switch Test/Replacement With moonroof NOTE: The interior light switch is built into the moonroof switch, and it switches the front individual map lights between the OFF and DOOR positions. 1. Remove the front individual map lights. 2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector (A) and map light 3P connector (B). [ ] :'08 model 3. Remove the moonroof switch (C). 4. At the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector, check for continuity between the No. 1 [No. 7] and No. 8 [No. 9] terminals. [ ] :'08 model - There should be continuity when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position. - There should be no continuity when the interior light switch is in the OFF position. 5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the switch. 6. Install the switch and light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Daytime Running Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8716 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8717 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8718 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8719 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8720 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8721 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8722 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8723 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8724 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8725 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8726 Daytime Running Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8727 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8728 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8729 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8730 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8731 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8732 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8733 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8734 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8735 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8736 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8737 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8738 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8739 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8740 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8741 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8742 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Daytime Running Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8743 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations Gauges Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8747 189. Dash Lights Brightness Controller Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8748 Dimmer Switch: Testing and Inspection Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dimmer Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8749 Dimmer Switch: Service and Repair Dash Lights Brightness Controller and Odometer Select/Reset Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the subdisplay visor and disconnect the connectors. 2. Remove the two screws and the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulbs (B) or the dash lights brightness controller-odometer select/reset switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Dome Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8754 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8755 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8756 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8757 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8758 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8759 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8760 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8761 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8762 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8763 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8764 Dome Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8765 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8766 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8767 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8768 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8769 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8770 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8771 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8772 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8773 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8774 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8775 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8776 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8777 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8778 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8779 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8780 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8781 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8782 110. Ceiling Light Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8783 Dome Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-5 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8784 Diagram 114-8 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8785 Diagram 114-9 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Dome Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8786 Dome Lamp: Service and Repair Ceiling Light Test/Replacement 1. Turn the ceiling light switch OFF. 2. Carefully pry the lens (A) off with a small screwdriver. 3. Remove the screws, then remove the ceiling light (B). 4. Disconnect the 3P connector (C) from the ceiling light. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals with the switch in the MIDDLE position. - There should be continuity between the No. 2 and No. 3 (Body ground) terminals with the switch in the ON position. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals, and between the No. 2 and body ground with the switch in the OFF position. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb. If the bulb is OK, replace the light. 7. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8790 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8791 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8792 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8793 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8794 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 165. Fog Light Relay (Honda Accessory) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations 85. Middle Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8803 Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8804 167. Hazard Warning Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Lamps > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8805 Hazard Warning Switch: Service and Repair Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Remove the screws and the hazard warning switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb (A) or the hazard warning switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Headlamp > Headlamp Bulb > Component Information > Service and Repair Headlamp Bulb: Service and Repair Bulb Replacement Headlight 1. For low beam: Remove the inner fender. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the headlight. 3. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations 58. Steering Wheel (Lower Access Panel Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8814 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Horn > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8815 10. Horn Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8820 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8821 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8822 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8823 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8824 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8825 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8826 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8827 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8828 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8829 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8830 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8831 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8832 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8833 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8834 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8835 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8836 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8837 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8838 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8839 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8840 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8841 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8842 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8843 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8844 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8845 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8846 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8847 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8848 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 115-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8849 Diagram 115-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8850 Diagram 115-2 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions License Plate Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8855 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8856 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8857 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8858 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8859 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8860 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8861 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8862 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8863 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8864 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8865 License Plate Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8866 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8867 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8868 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8869 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8870 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8871 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8872 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8873 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8874 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8875 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8876 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8877 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8878 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8879 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8880 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8881 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8882 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8883 License Plate Lamp: Connector Views 60. License Plate Light, Left 61. License Plate Light, Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8884 License Plate Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 110-4 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8885 Diagram 110-5 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8886 Diagram 110-6 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > License Plate Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8887 License Plate Lamp: Service and Repair License Plate Light Replacement 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the rear license trim. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector (A) from the license plate light. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4-door, the 2-door is similar. 3. Release the bulb socket (B) from the lens (C) by pressing on the tabs. 4. Remove the lens from the trunk lid by pressing on the tabs. 5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Map Light: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8892 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8893 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8894 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8895 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8896 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8897 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8898 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8899 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8900 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8901 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8902 Map Light: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8903 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8904 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8905 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8906 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8907 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8908 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8909 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8910 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8911 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8912 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8913 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8914 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8915 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8916 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8917 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8918 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8919 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8920 117. Front Individual Map Lights (LX, GX, EX, Si) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8921 Map Light: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-5 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8922 Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8923 Map Light: Service and Repair Front Individual Map Light Test/Replacement With moonroof 1. Turn the map light switch OFF. 2. Carefully pry the lens (A) off with a small screwdriver. 3. Remove the screws, then remove the map lights (B) and moonroof switch or navigation microphone (C). 4. Disconnect the 3P connector from the map lights and the 10P [12P] connector from the moonroof switch or navigation microphone. [ ] : '08 model 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb(s). If the bulb(s) are OK, replace the light assembly. 7. Install in the reverse order of removal. Without moonroof 1. Turn the map light switch OFF. 2. Carefully pry the lens (A) off with a small screwdriver. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Map Light > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 8924 3. Remove the screws, then remove the map lights (B). 4. Disconnect the 3P connector (C) from the map lights. 5. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 6. If the continuity is not as specified, check the bulb(s). If the bulb(s) are OK, replace the light assembly. 7. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Marker Lamp > Marker Lamp Bulb > Component Information > Service and Repair Marker Lamp Bulb: Service and Repair Front Side Marker/Parking/Turn Signal Lights 1. Remove the inner fender. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the front side marker/parking/turn signal light. 3. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Parking Lamp > Parking Light Bulb > Component Information > Service and Repair Parking Light Bulb: Service and Repair Front Side Marker/Parking/Turn Signal Lights 1. Remove the inner fender. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the front side marker/parking/turn signal light. 3. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Fog/Driving Lamp Relay > Component Information > Diagrams 165. Fog Light Relay (Honda Accessory) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Interior Lighting Module: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8941 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8942 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8943 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8944 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8945 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8946 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8947 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8948 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8949 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8950 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8951 Interior Lighting Module: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8952 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8953 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8954 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8955 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8956 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8957 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8958 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8959 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8960 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8961 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8962 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8963 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8964 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8965 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8966 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8967 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8968 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8969 Interior Lighting Module: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 115-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8970 Diagram 115-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Relays and Modules - Lighting and Horns > Interior Lighting Module > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 8971 Diagram 115-2 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8976 39. Back-up Light Switch (M/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Backup Lamp Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8977 Backup Lamp Switch: Testing and Inspection Back-up Light Switch Test 1. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector (A). 2. Check for continuity between the back-up light switch 2P connector terminals No. 1 and No. 2. There should be continuity when the change lever is only in reverse. 3. If necessary, replace the back-up light switch. Install the new washer and back-up light switch on the transmission housing. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Brake Light Switch > Component Information > Description and Operation Brake Light Switch: Description and Operation Brake Pedal Position Switch The brake pedal position switch signals the PCM when the brake pedal is pressed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations Combination Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8984 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8985 208. Combination Light Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8986 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations Door Switch: Locations 124. Left B-pillar (Right Similar) 125. Left C-pillar (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8990 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8991 Keyless/Power Door Locks/Security System Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8992 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8993 Door Switch: Diagrams 3. Door Switch, Driver's 4. Door Switch, Front Passengers's 5. Door Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Door Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8994 6. Door Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations Hazard Warning Switch: Locations 85. Middle Of Dash Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8998 Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 8999 167. Hazard Warning Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Hazard Warning Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9000 Hazard Warning Switch: Service and Repair Hazard Warning Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the center panel. - With Audio. - With Navigation. 2. Remove the screws and the hazard warning switch (A). 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. 4. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the bulb (A) or the hazard warning switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations Horn Switch: Locations 58. Steering Wheel (Lower Access Panel Removed) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9004 Horns Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Horn Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9005 10. Horn Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations Interior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Interior Light Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9009 Interior Light Switch: Service and Repair Interior Light Switch Test/Replacement With moonroof NOTE: The interior light switch is built into the moonroof switch, and it switches the front individual map lights between the OFF and DOOR positions. 1. Remove the front individual map lights. 2. Disconnect the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector (A) and map light 3P connector (B). [ ] :'08 model 3. Remove the moonroof switch (C). 4. At the moonroof switch 10P [12P] connector, check for continuity between the No. 1 [No. 7] and No. 8 [No. 9] terminals. [ ] :'08 model - There should be continuity when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position. - There should be no continuity when the interior light switch is in the OFF position. 5. If the continuity check is not as specified, replace the switch. 6. Install the switch and light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Sensors and Switches - Lighting and Horns > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Locations Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Tail Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9017 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9018 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9019 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9020 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9021 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9022 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9023 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9024 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9025 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9026 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9027 Tail Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9028 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9029 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9030 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9031 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9032 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9033 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9034 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9035 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9036 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9037 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9038 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9039 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9040 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9041 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9042 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9043 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9044 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9045 Tail Lamp: Connector Views 86. Taillight, Left Inner (4-door) 87. Taillight, Right Inner (4-door) 238. Brake Light/Taillight, Left Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9046 239. Brake Light/Taillight, Right Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9047 Tail Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 110-4 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9048 Diagram 110-5 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9049 Diagram 110-6 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair > Taillight Replacement Tail Lamp: Service and Repair Taillight Replacement 2-Door Taillight Replacement 2-door 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the taillights (B). 3. Turn the bulb sockets 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulbs. 4. Remove the nuts and screws, then remove the taillight. 5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. 4-Door Taillight Replacement 4-door 1. Remove the rear bumper. 2. Disconnect the connectors (A) from the taillights (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair > Taillight Replacement > Page 9052 3. Turn the bulb sockets 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulbs. 4. Remove the nuts and screws, then remove the taillight. 5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Tail Lamp > Component Information > Service and Repair > Taillight Replacement > Page 9053 Tail Lamp: Service and Repair Inner Taillight Replacement Inner Taillight Replacement 4-door 1. Open the trunk lid, and remove the rear license trim. 2. Disconnect the connector (A) from the inner taillight (B). 3. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 4. Remove the nuts, then remove the taillight. 5. Install the light in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Trunk Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9058 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9059 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9060 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9061 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9062 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9063 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9064 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9065 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9066 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9067 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9068 Trunk Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9069 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9070 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9071 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9072 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9073 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9074 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9075 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9076 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9077 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9078 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9079 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9080 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9081 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9082 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9083 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9084 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9085 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9086 89. Trunk Light Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9087 Trunk Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-7 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9088 Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Trunk Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 9089 Trunk Lamp: Service and Repair Trunk Light Test/Replacement 1. Open the trunk lid. 2. Carefully pry out the trunk light (A). 3. Disconnect the 2P connector (B) from the light. 4. Check for continuity between the No. 1 (+) and No. 2 (-) terminals. There should be continuity. If there is no continuity, check the bulb. If the bulb is OK, replace the trunk light assembly. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations Combination Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Exterior Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9094 Reminder Systems Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9095 208. Combination Light Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Combination Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9096 Combination Switch: Service and Repair Combination Light Switch Test/Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the 12P connector (A) from the combination light switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the combination light switch. 5. Inspect the connector terminals to be sure they are all making good contact. - If the terminals are bent, loose or corroded, repair them as necessary, and recheck the system. - If the terminals look OK, check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Lamp > Turn Signal Bulb > Component Information > Service and Repair Turn Signal Bulb: Service and Repair Front Side Marker/Parking/Turn Signal Lights 1. Remove the inner fender. 2. Disconnect the 3P connector (A) from the front side marker/parking/turn signal light. 3. Turn the bulb socket 45° counterclockwise to remove the bulb. 4. Install a new bulb in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Turn Signals > Turn Signal Switch > Component Information > Locations Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Lights Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Vanity Lamp: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9108 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9109 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9110 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9111 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9112 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9113 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9114 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9115 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9116 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9117 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9118 Vanity Lamp: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9119 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9120 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9121 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9122 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9123 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9124 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9125 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9126 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9127 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9128 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9129 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9130 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9131 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9132 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9133 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9134 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9135 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9136 Vanity Lamp: Electrical Diagrams Diagram 114-0 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9137 Diagram 114-1 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9138 Diagram 114-2 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9139 Diagram 114-3 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Lighting and Horns > Vanity Lamp > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9140 Diagram 114-4 Diagrams: Other diagrams referred to by number (See Diagram ##-#, etc.) within these diagrams can be found at Diagrams by Number. See: Diagrams/Electrical Diagrams/Diagrams By Number Locations: Location photographs (references to PHOTOS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Locations by Photo Number. See: Locations/Component Locations/Locations By Photo Number Connector Views: Connector terminal views (references to VIEWS) referred to within these diagrams can be found at Connector Views by View Number. See: Diagrams/Connector Views/Connector Views By View Number Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9146 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations Rear Window Defogger Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Heated Glass Element Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9151 Heated Glass Element Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Power Window Control Module: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9156 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9157 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9158 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9159 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9160 Power Window Control Module: Testing and Inspection Power Window Control Unit Reset Resetting the driver's power window is required when any of the following have occurred: - Power window regulator replacement or repair - Window run channel replacement or repair - Power window motor replacement or repair - Driver's door glass replacement or repair - Power is removed from the power window control unit while the power window timer is ON. - Power window master switch replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Move the driver's window all the way down by using the driver's window DOWN switch. 3. Open the driver's door. NOTE: Steps 4-7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (O). 5. Push and hold the driver's window DOWN switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Release the driver's window DOWN switch. 8. Repeat steps 4-7 three more times. 9. Wait 1 second. 10. Confirm that AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN do not work. If AUTO UP and DOWN work, go back to step 1. If they do not, go to step 11. 11. Move the driver's window all the way down by holding the driver's window DOWN switch. 12. Pull up and hold the driver's window UP switch to the AUTO UP position until the window reaches the fully closed position, then continue to hold the switch for 1 second. 13. Confirm that the power window master switch is reset by using the driver's window AUTO UP and DOWN function. If the window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times, paying close attention to the 5 second time limit between steps. If it still does not work, refer to the master switch input test: - 4-door - 2-door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9164 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9165 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Relays and Modules - Windows and Glass > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9166 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Window Switch: Locations 126. Driver's Door (2-door) 127. Driver's Door (4-door) 134. Front Passenger's Door (4-door) (2-door Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9171 135. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9172 Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9173 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9174 Rear Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9175 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9176 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9177 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9178 Power Window Switch: Diagrams 194. Power Window Switch, Front Passenger's 195. Power Window Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9179 196. Power Window Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9180 249. Power Window Master Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement 1. 4-door: Remove the passenger's switch (A). 2-door: Remove the passenger's switch. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4-door front passenger's door. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9183 3. Connect battery power to the No. 4 terminal and ground the No. 7 (or No. 8) terminal. The switch light should come on. 4. If the continuity or switch light tests is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9184 Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement 4-door 1. Carefully pry out the power window master switch (A). 2. Disconnect the 22P connector (B) from the power window master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN) The driver's switch is combined with the control unit, so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Sensors and Switches - Windows and Glass > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9185 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Power Window Control Module: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9191 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9192 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9193 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9194 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Control Module > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9195 Power Window Control Module: Testing and Inspection Power Window Control Unit Reset Resetting the driver's power window is required when any of the following have occurred: - Power window regulator replacement or repair - Window run channel replacement or repair - Power window motor replacement or repair - Driver's door glass replacement or repair - Power is removed from the power window control unit while the power window timer is ON. - Power window master switch replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 2. Move the driver's window all the way down by using the driver's window DOWN switch. 3. Open the driver's door. NOTE: Steps 4-7 must be done within 5 seconds of each other. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (O). 5. Push and hold the driver's window DOWN switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch ON (II). 7. Release the driver's window DOWN switch. 8. Repeat steps 4-7 three more times. 9. Wait 1 second. 10. Confirm that AUTO UP and AUTO DOWN do not work. If AUTO UP and DOWN work, go back to step 1. If they do not, go to step 11. 11. Move the driver's window all the way down by holding the driver's window DOWN switch. 12. Pull up and hold the driver's window UP switch to the AUTO UP position until the window reaches the fully closed position, then continue to hold the switch for 1 second. 13. Confirm that the power window master switch is reset by using the driver's window AUTO UP and DOWN function. If the window still does not work in AUTO, repeat the procedure several times, paying close attention to the 5 second time limit between steps. If it still does not work, refer to the master switch input test: - 4-door - 2-door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations Power Window Motor: Locations 129. Driver's Door (Front Passenger's Similar) 136. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 9199 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 9200 Power Window Motor: Diagrams 178. Power Window Motor, Driver's 179. Power Window Motor, Front Passenger's Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 9201 180. Power Window Motor, Left Rear (4-door) 181. Power Window Motor, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations Power Window Relay: Locations Relay And Control Unit Locations Dashboard Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9205 Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9206 170. Moonroof Cut Relay And Power Window Cut Relay (Honda Accessory: Canada A/T) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Relay > Component Information > Locations > Page 9207 Power Window Relay: Testing and Inspection Power Relay Test Use this chart to identify the type of relay, then do the test listed for it. Normally-open type Check for continuity between the terminals. - There should be continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when battery positive terminal is connected to the No. 4 terminal, and battery negative terminal is connected to the No. 3 terminal. - There should be no continuity between the No. 1 and No. 2 terminals when power is disconnected. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations Power Window Switch: Locations 126. Driver's Door (2-door) 127. Driver's Door (4-door) 134. Front Passenger's Door (4-door) (2-door Similar) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9211 135. Left Rear Door (Right Similar) (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9212 Relay And Control Unit Locations Door And Roof Power Windows Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9213 Front Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9214 Rear Door Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9215 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9216 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9217 Doors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9218 Power Window Switch: Diagrams 194. Power Window Switch, Front Passenger's 195. Power Window Switch, Left Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9219 196. Power Window Switch, Right Rear (4-door) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9220 249. Power Window Master Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement 1. 4-door: Remove the passenger's switch (A). 2-door: Remove the passenger's switch. NOTE: The illustration shows the 4-door front passenger's door. 2. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the table. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9223 3. Connect battery power to the No. 4 terminal and ground the No. 7 (or No. 8) terminal. The switch light should come on. 4. If the continuity or switch light tests is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9224 Power Window Switch: Service and Repair Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement Power Window Master Switch Test/Replacement 4-door 1. Carefully pry out the power window master switch (A). 2. Disconnect the 22P connector (B) from the power window master switch. 3. Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position according to the tables. Driver's Switch (With AUTO UP/AUTO DOWN) The driver's switch is combined with the control unit, so you cannot isolate the switch to test it. Instead, run the master switch input test procedures. If the tests are normal, the driver's switch must be faulty. Replace the switch. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Power Window Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair > Passenger's Power Window Switch Test/Replacement > Page 9225 4. If the continuity is not as specified, remove the screws and replace the switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair Back Window Glass: Service and Repair Rear Window Replacement 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive with a piano wire. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces. - Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines, window antenna grid lines, and terminals. 1. Remove these items: - Trunk lid - Rear shelf - Rear shelf extension - Quarter pillar trim 2. Remove the window antenna terminal cover (A) from the window antenna terminal cover base (B), and disconnect the window antenna connectors (C). 3. Disconnect the rear window defogger connectors (D). 4. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass and body with a grease pencil. 5. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by detaching the clips (B). Take care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it. 6. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body. Make a hole with an awl through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner portion of the rear window. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and wrap each end around a piece of wood. 7. Remove the lower rubber dam (A) from the lower edge of the rear window (B). If necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9230 8. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around the entire rear window. 9. Carefully remove the rear window. 10. Scrape the old adhesive with a putty knife smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening flange: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the fasteners from the body. 11. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 12. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, scrape off the old adhesive with a putty knife, the moldings and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the inside face and the edge of the rear window with isopropyl alcohol where new adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 13. Attach the window antenna terminal cover base (A) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the rear window (B) as shown. Apply primer to the inside face of the rear window as shown. Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9231 14. Apply primer to the edge of the rear window (A) where the lower rubber dam adhesive tape will be attached as shown. Attach the lower rubber dam (B) with adhesive tape (C) to the lower edge of the rear window: After installing the rubber dam, cut the ends (D) of the rubber dam as shown. - Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. 15. Attach the upper rubber dam (A), side rubber dam (B), clips (C), and fasteners (D) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the rear window (E) as shown: First attach the upper rubber dam, then attach the side rubber dams around the edge of the rear window. Be sure the top of the side rubber dam Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9232 contacts with the bottom of the upper rubber dam. If necessary, cut the rubber dam. - Be sure the clips, and fasteners line up with the alignment marks (F). - Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied. 16. Attach the fasteners with adhesive tape to the rear window opening flange of the body on both sides. 17. Set the rear window in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A) across the rear window and body with a grease pencil at the four points are shown. Make sure both upper clips (B) are in the body holes. Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9233 18. Remove the rear window. 19. Apply a light coat of glass primer with a sponge along the edge of the rear window (A) between the dams (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: Do not apply body primer to the rear window, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the rear window properly, causing a leak after the rear window is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surfaces. 20. Carefully apply a light coat of body primer with a sponge to any exposed paint or metal around the flange where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Do not apply body primer to any remaining original adhesive on the flange. - Be careful not to mix up the body and glass primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9234 21. Cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) on the adhesive cartridge as shown. 22. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge of the rear window (B) between the dams (C) as shown. Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9235 23. Hold the rear window using suction cups over the opening, align it with the alignment marks you made in step 17, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the rear window until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour until the adhesive is dry. 24. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 25. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the rear window and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after rear window installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly. 26. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3 days: - Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive with a piano wire. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surfaces. - Do not damage the rear window defogger grid lines, window antenna grid lines, and terminals. 1. Remove these items: - Trunk lid - C-pillar trim - Rear shelf 2. Disconnect the window antenna connectors (A) and rear window defogger connectors (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9236 3. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass and body with a grease pencil. 4. Pull down the rear portion of the headliner (A) by detaching the clips (B). Take care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it. 5. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body. Make a hole with an awl through the adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner portion of the rear window. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and wrap each end around a piece of wood. 6. Remove the lower rubber dam (A) from the lower edge of the rear window (B). If necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife. 7. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the rear window (B) as possible to prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut through the adhesive (C) around the entire rear window. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9237 8. Carefully remove the rear window. 9. Scrape the old adhesive with a putty knife smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire rear window opening flange: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the fasteners from the body. 10. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 11. If the old rear window will be reinstalled, scrape off the old adhesive with a putty knife, the moldings and the fasteners from the rear window. Clean the inside face and the edge of the rear window with isopropyl alcohol where new adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 12. Apply primer to the edge of the rear window (A) where the lower rubber dam adhesive tape will be attached as shown. Attach the lower rubber dam (B) with adhesive tape (C) to the lower edge of the rear window: After installing the rubber dam, cut the ends (D) of the rubber dam as shown. - Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. 13. Attach the upper rubber dam (A), side rubber dams (B), clips (C) (except USA produced models), upper fasteners (D) (USA produced models), and side fasteners (E) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the rear window (F) as shown: First attach the upper rubber dam, then attach the side rubber dams around the edge of the rear window. Be sure the top of the side rubber dam contacts with the bottom of the upper rubber dam. If necessary, cut the rubber dam. - Be sure the clips, and fasteners line up with the alignment marks (G). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9238 - Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied. 14. Attach the fasteners (A) with adhesive tape to the rear window opening flange of the body on both sides. 15. Set the rear window in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A) across the rear window and body with a grease pencil at the four points shown. Make sure both clips (B) are in the body holes (except USA produced models). Make sure both pins (C) from the upper fasteners (D) contact with the edge of the body holes (USA produced models). Be careful not to touch the rear window where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9239 16. Remove the rear window. 17. Apply a light coat of glass primer with a sponge along the edge of the rear window (A) between the dams (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: With the printed dots (D) on the rear window as a guide, apply the glass primer to both lower corner portions of the rear window. - Do not apply body primer to the rear window, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the rear window properly, causing a leak after the rear window is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surfaces. 18. Carefully apply a light coat of body primer with a sponge to any exposed paint or metal around the flange where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Do not apply body primer to any remaining original adhesive on the flange. - Be careful not to mix up the body and glass primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9240 19. Cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) on the adhesive cartridge as shown. 20. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge of the rear window (B) between the dams (C) as shown: With the printed dots (D) on the rear window as a guide, apply the adhesive to both side portions of the rear window. - Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Back Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9241 21. Hold the rear window using suction cups over the opening, align it with the alignment marks you made in step 15, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the rear window until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour until the adhesive is dry. 22. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the rear window, use a soft shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 23. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the rear window and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the rear window dry, then seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after rear window installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly. 24. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3 days: Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Corner Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair Front Corner Window Glass: Service and Repair Front Corner Glass Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface. 1. Remove the A-pillar trim. 2. From inside the vehicle, use a utility knife (A) to cut through the front corner glass adhesive (B) all the way around. Apply protective tape along the edge of the entire front corner glass opening flange. 3. From outside the vehicle, pry the front corner glass clips (A) and the front corner trim clips (B), then carefully remove the glass (C) and trim (D) together. The trim has not be attached to the glass. 4. Scrape the old adhesive with a putty knife smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire front corner glass opening flange: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - If any of the clips are broken, remove them from the body. 5. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 6. If the old front corner glass will be reinstalled, scrape off the old adhesive with a putty knife from the front corner glass. Clean the inside face of Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Corner Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9245 the front corner glass and the edge of the glass with isopropyl alcohol where new adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 7. Attach the rubber dam (A) and clips (B) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the front corner glass (C) as shown. Be careful not to touch the front corner glass where adhesive will be applied. 8. Apply a light coat of glass primer with a sponge to the inside face of the front corner glass (A) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: With the printed dots (B) on the front corner glass as a guide, apply the glass primer to both lower corner portions of the front corner glass. - Do not apply body primer to the front corner glass, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the front corner glass properly, causing a leak after the front corner glass is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surface. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Corner Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9246 9. Apply a light coat of body primer with a sponge to the original adhesive remaining around the front corner glass opening flange. Let the body primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Do not apply glass primer to the body, and be careful not to mix up glass and body primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. - Mask off the dashboard before painting the flange. 10. Before filling a cartridge, cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) as shown. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Corner Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9247 11. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the front corner glass (B) as shown: With the printed dots (C) on the front corner glass as a guide, apply the adhesive to both side portions of the front corner glass. - Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. 12. Set the front corner glass (A) to the front corner trim (B) quickly. Be careful not to touch the front corner glass where adhesive will be spread. NOTE: Make sure that there is no clearance between the sash and front lower sash. 13. Hold the front corner glass (A) using suction cups over the opening while holding the front corner trim (B) by the other hand, align the clips, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the front corner glass until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour until the adhesive is dry. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Corner Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9248 14. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the front corner glass, wipe with a soft shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 15. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the front corner glass and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the front corner glass dry, then seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after front corner glass installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly. 16. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3 days: Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9254 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9255 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9256 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9257 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Remove the door sash outer trim. 3. Starting at the rear, slowly pull up the door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Release the front portion of the glass outer molding (A) from the power mirror (B). 5. Install the trim in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 9260 Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement Front Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Lower the glass fully. 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Slide the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) forward. 5. Twist the front door glass outer weatherstrip (A) to pull the rear hook (B) out from the inside of the door, then remove the weatherstrip. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass > Front Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Service and Repair > Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement > Page 9261 6. Push the clip portions of new front door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair Quarter Window Glass: Service and Repair Quarter Glass Replacement 2-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging any surface. 1. Remove these items: - Rear seat cushion - Rear shelf - Rear shelf extension - Rear side trim panel, as needed - Front seat belt upper anchor - Quarter pillar trim 2. Apply protective tape along the inside and outside edges of the body, and along the edge of the headliner. Make a hole with an awl through the adhesive from inside the vehicle. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and wrap each end around a piece of wood. 3. Remove the front seal (A) from the front edge of the quarter glass (B). If necessary, cut the front seal with a utility knife. 4. Carefully cut through the adhesive (A) at the rear corner portion of the quarter glass (B) with a utility knife. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (C) back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the quarter glass as possible to prevent damage to the body, and carefully cut through the adhesive around the entire quarter glass: If the quarter glass is to be reinstalled, take care not to damage the molding (D). - If the molding is damaged, replace the quarter glass, molding, and clips (E) as an assembly. - If any of the clips are broken, the quarter glass can be reinstalled using butyl tape (refer to step 11). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9265 5. Carefully remove the quarter glass. 6. Scrape the old adhesive with a putty knife smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0,08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire quarter glass opening flange: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the clips and fastener from the body. 7. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease, and water from getting on the surface. 8. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled, scrape off the old adhesive with a putty knife, any broken clips, and the fastener from the glass. Clean the inside face and the edge of the glass with isopropyl alcohol where new adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 9. Set the quarter glass in the opening. Make an alignment mark (A) to the quarter glass with a grease pencil as shown where the clip will be installed. 10. Remove the quarter glass. 11. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the molding), apply a light coat of primer, then apply butyl tape (A) to the molding (B) as shown. Attach the clip (C) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the quarter glass (D): Be sure the clip line up with alignment mark (E) you made in step 9. - Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. - Do not peel the separator off the butyl tape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9266 12. Attach the front seal (A) with adhesive tape (B) onto the molding (C). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9267 13. If the old quarter glass will be reinstalled (and either clip is broken off the molding), seal the body holes with pieces of urethane tape (A). Then set the quarter glass upright in the opening, and make alignment marks (B) across the quarter glass and body with a grease pencil at the three points shown. Be careful not to touch the quarter glass where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9268 14. Remove the quarter glass. 15. Apply a light coat of glass primer with a sponge along the edge of the front seal (A) and molding (B) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: With the printed dots (C) on the quarter glass (D) as a guide, apply the glass primer to the front portion of the quarter glass. - Do not apply body primer to the quarter glass, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the quarter glass properly, causing a leak after the quarter glass is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surfaces. 16. Carefully apply a light coat of body primer with a sponge to any exposed paint or metal around the flange where new adhesive will be applied. Let Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9269 the primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Do not apply body primer to any remaining original adhesive on the flange. - Be careful not to mix up the body and glass primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. 17. Cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) on the adhesive cartridge as shown. 18. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge of the front seal (B) and molding (C) as shown. With the glass primer (D) you applied in step 15 on the quarter glass (E) as a guide, apply the adhesive to the upper and lower corner portions of the quarter glass. Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Quarter Window Glass > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9270 19. Hold the quarter glass (A) using suction cups (B) over the opening, align the clips or the alignment marks (C) made in step 13, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the quarter glass until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour until the adhesive is dry. 20. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the quarter glass, wipe with a soft shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 21. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the quarter glass window and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the quarter glass window dry, then seal with sealant. Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after quarter glass window installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly. 22. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3 days: Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9276 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9277 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9278 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9279 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9280 Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass Outer Weatherstrip Replacement 4-door NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Take care not to scratch the door. 1. Remove these items: - Door panel - Plastic cover - Rear door glass - Quarter glass 2. Release the front hook (A) from inside of the door, then pull up the front portion of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). 3. Starting at the front, slowly pull up the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (A). 4. Push the rear hook (A) out from inside of the door, then remove the rear door glass outer weatherstrip (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass > Rear Door Window Glass Weatherstrip > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9281 5. Push the clip portions of the rear door glass outer weatherstrip into place securely. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Front Door Window Regulator: Customer Interest Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9291 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9292 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Front Door Window Regulator: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9298 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9299 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9300 Front Door Window Regulator: By Symptom Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9301 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9302 ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9303 PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9304 ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Technical Service Bulletin # 06-014 Date: 090707 Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9305 The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Front Door Window Regulator: > Page 9306 Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9307 Front Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the door panel. 2. Disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (A), and remove the plug caps (B). 3. Pass the cables (C) and the harnesses (D) through the slits (E) in the plastic cover (F), then remove them. 4. Carefully raise the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Carefully pull the glass out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9308 5. Disconnect the connector (A), and detach the harness clips (B) from the regulator (C). 6. Remove the bolts (D), and loosen the bolts (E), then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Front Door Window Regulator > System Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9309 7. Apply multipurpose grease to all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown. 8. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. - Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. - Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. - Do the power window control unit reset procedure. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. - Test-drive and check for wind noise and rattles. - Make sure the power door locks, windows, and power mirror operate properly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair Rear Door Window Regulator: Service and Repair Rear Door Glass and Regulator Replacement 4-door NOTE: Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the door panel. 2. Detach the harness clip (A), and disconnect the power door lock actuator connector (B). Remove the plug caps (C). 3. Pass the cable (D) and the harnesses (E) through the holes (F) and slit (G) in the plastic cover (H), then remove it. 4. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then remove them. Release the glass from the holder (B), then remove it from the regulator (C), and carefully lower the glass. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 5. Remove the bolt (A) from the rear lower channel (B). Pull the glass run channel (C) away as needed, and remove the screw (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 9313 6. Pull the glass run channel (A) away as needed. Pull the rear lower channel (B) forward from the quarter glass seal (C), then release the upper hook (D) from the door. Remove the rear lower channel from the rear door glass (E), then pull the channel up to remove it. 7. Remove the rear lower channel (A) from the glass run channel (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 9314 8. Carefully remove the glass (A) out through the window slot. Take care not to drop the glass inside the door. 9. Remove the quarter glass (A). Take care not to damage the outer weatherstrip (B). 10. Disconnect the connector (A) from the regulator (B). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Regulator > Rear Door Window Regulator > System Information > Service and Repair > Page 9315 11. Remove the bolts (C), and loosen the bolt (D), then remove the regulator through the hole in the door. 12. Grease all the sliding surfaces of the regulator (A) where shown. 13. Install the glass and regulator in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Roll the glass up and down to see if it moves freely without binding. - Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. - Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. - When reinstalling the door panel, make sure the plastic cover is installed properly and sealed around its outside perimeter to seal out water. - Check for water leaks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Window Track: Customer Interest Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9324 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9325 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Window Track: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9331 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9332 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9333 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9334 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel Window Track: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel 06-014 July 7, 2009 *Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 4-Door - ALL Japan-Produced (VIN begins with JHM) 2007-08 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2009 Civic Hybrid - From VIN JHMFA3...98000001 thru JHMFA3...98019119* Front Door Glass Comes Out of the Channel (Supersedes 06-014, dated September 7, 2007, to revise the information marked by the black bars) *REVISION SUMMARY ^ In Applies To, the VIN ranges for the 2006-08 Civic 4-Door and the 2007-09 Civic Hybrid models were changed. ^ Under PARTS INFORMATION, the part number and Honda code for the Front Window Regulator were changed.* SYMPTOM The glass in the driver's or front passenger's door comes out of the run channel, or it binds and then stalls when you try to close the window. PROBABLE CAUSE The manufacturing tolerances are not within specification for the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. CORRECTIVE ACTION Replace the glass run channel, the door glass, and the window regulator. PARTS INFORMATION REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin Etsu Silicone Grease: P/N 08798-9013, H/C 4642294 (One tube repairs about 20 vehicles.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9339 In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Failed Part: P/N 72275-SNA-A11 H/C 8303257 Defect Code: 03001 Symptom Code: 08202 Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Remove the appropriate front inner door panel: ^ Refer to page 20-12 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-7 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords PANEL REM, then select Front Door Panel Removal/Installation (4-door) from the list. 2. Remove the door glass: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 3. Replace the glass run channel. Lightly coat the inside of the glass run channel with Shin Etsu silicone grease. 4. Replace the window regulator and the door glass with new parts: ^ Refer to page 20-19 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-14 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keywords DOOR GLASS, then select Front Door Glass and Regulator Replacement from the list. 5. Adjust the window to make sure the glass is pushed to the back of the door, then tighten the glass mounting bolts: ^ Refer to page 20-35 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 20-28 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 06-014 > Jul > 09 > Body - Front Door Glass Comes Out Of Run Channel > Page 9340 ^ Online, enter keywords GLASS ADJUST, then select Glass Adjustment from the list. 6. Reassemble the remaining parts in the reverse order of removal. 7. Do the power window control unit reset procedure: ^ Refer to page 22-255 of the 2006-2009 Civic Service Manual or page 22-193 of the 2006-2009 Civic Hybrid Service Manual, or ^ Online, enter keyword RESET, then select Power Window Control Unit Reset from the list. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision Window Track: All Technical Service Bulletins Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision 10-011 March 5, 2010 Applies To: See VEHICLES AFFECTED Service Manual Update: Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information in this service bulletin addresses three power window problems that are not currently covered in the service manuals. VEHICLES AFFECTED 2003-10 Accord - ALL 2006-10 Civic - ALL 2007-10 Civic Hybrid - ALL 2007-10 CR-V - ALL 2003-10 Element - ALL 2009-10 Fit - ALL 2010 Insight - ALL 2005-10 Odyssey - ALL 2009-10 Pilot - ALL 2006-10 Ridgeline - ALL SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver's or front passenger's window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn't work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you're resetting the front passenger's power window control unit, do it from the front passenger's power window switch, not the driver's power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver's or front passenger's door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit's memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9346 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the powerwindow switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer's warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9347 ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window's noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9348 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Other Service Bulletins for Window Track: > 10-011 > Mar > 10 > Body - Power Window Diagnostics Revision > Page 9349 ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9350 Window Track: Testing and Inspection Power Window Goes Up and Reverses On Its Own, Is Slow to Open and Close, or Squeals, Creaks, Clunks, or Clicks BACKGROUND The information presented here addresses three power window problems that were not originally covered in OE. SYMPTOM 1 When using the auto-up function, the driver s or front passenger s window goes up and then reverses on its own. PROBABLE CAUSE The power window control unit needs to be reset, or the run channel is damaged/dirty. NOTE: Do the power window control unit reset procedure first. If the window still doesn t work, go to Symptom 2. REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: You must do the manual reset from the power window switch at the affected window. For example, if you re resetting the front passenger s power window control unit, do it from the front passenger s power window switch, not the driver s power window master switch. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 2. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 3. Open the driver s or front passenger s door. NOTE: Do steps 4 thru 7 within 5 seconds of each other. Do these steps a total of four times in a row. These steps clear the control unit s memory. 4. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). 5. Push down and hold the power window switch. 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). 7. Release the power window switch. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up feature doesn't work. If it does, do steps 4 thru 7 again, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit for up to three more times for each series of steps. 8. Lower the window all the way down with the power window switch. 9. Pull up and hold the power window switch until the window goes all the way up, then keep holding the switch for 1 second. NOTE: Make sure the auto-up/down feature works correctly by lowering and raising the window with the power window switch. If it doesn't work correctly, repeat the manual reset several times, paying close attention to the 5-second time limit. If it still doesn't work, troubleshoot the power window circuit. Then continue with Symptom 2. SYMPTOM 2 The windows are slow to open. PROBABLE CAUSE The run channel is damaged or dirty. REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE NOTE: Aftermarket window tinting will also cause the window to move slower and is not covered by the manufacturer s warranty. No repair attempts should be made if the window has aftermarket tinting. 1. Compare the up and down speed of the affected window to another like vehicle: ^ If the speed is the same as the other vehicle, no further troubleshooting is required. ^ If the speed is not the same, remove the door panel and the door glass, then check the window regulator speed. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9351 ^ If the speed is the same as it was with the glass in place, replace the window regulator. ^ If the speed is faster without the glass, go to step 2. NOTE: When evaluating regulator performance without the glass, never allow the regulator to travel to the full up position because damage can occur to the regulator. 2. Inspect the visible portion of the run channel for damage. ^ If the run channel is visibly damaged, replace it, then recheck the window speed. ^ If the run channel looks OK, go to step 3. 3. Reinstall the glass into the door without bolting it to the regulator, then manually slide it through its range of travel and check for excessive resistance: ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 4. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 5. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9352 4. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it, then adjust the run channels and the glass as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, go to step 5. 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. SYMPTOM 3 During operation, the window squeaks, creaks, clunks, or clicks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9353 REQUIRED MATERIALS Shin-Etsu Grease: P/N 08798-9013 REPAIR PROCEDURE 1. Compare the window s noise level to another like vehicle: ^ If the noise is the same, no repair is needed. Advise the customer that some noise is a normal characteristic. ^ If the noise is different from the other vehicle, go to step 2. 2. Inspect the run channel for damage. ^ If it is damaged, replace it, then recheck the noise level. ^ If the run channel is not damaged, go to step 3. 3. Remove the door panel. 4. Unbolt the glass from the regulator, then manually slide it through its travel to check for excessive resistance. ^ If the resistance is excessive, go to step 5. ^ If the resistance is not excessive, go to step 6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windows > Window Track > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9354 5. Clean the run channel using a soapy water solution, then apply Shin-Etsu grease inside the channel. You may also need to clean the portion of the run channel within the door. ^ If the window operates normally after cleaning and applying grease, no further action is required. ^ If the window noise symptoms are still present, go to step 6. 6. Inspect the run channel alignment, both inside and outside the door. Pay close attention just below the door skin; this is a common area for the run channel to be pinched. ^ If the run channel is pinched, replace it and adjust as needed. ^ If the run channel is not pinched, continue with normal troubleshooting. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield: Service and Repair Windshield Replacement NOTE: - Put on gloves to protect your hands. - Wear eye protection while cutting the glass adhesive with a piano wire. - Use seat covers to avoid damaging the seat. - When replacing a broken windshield a commercially available windshield cutter can be efficiently used for cutting the adhesive. For details, follow the instructions of the tool manufacturer. 1. Remove these items: - Windshield wiper arms - Cowl covers - Rearview mirror - A-pillar trim, both sides - Roof moldings 2. Remove the molding (A) from the upper edge of the windshield (B). If necessary, cut the molding with a utility knife. 3. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, make alignment marks across the glass and body with a grease pencil. 4. Pull down the front portion of the headliner. Take care not to bend the headliner excessively, or you may crease or break it. 5. Apply protective tape along the edge of the dashboard and body. Make a hole with an awl through the rubber dam and adhesive from inside the vehicle at the corner portion of the windshield. Push a piece of piano wire through the hole, and wrap each end around a piece of wood. 6. With a helper on the outside, pull the piano wire (A) back and forth in a sawing motion. Hold the piano wire as close to the windshield (B) as possible to prevent damage to the body and dashboard. Carefully cut through the rubber dam and adhesive (C) around the entire windshield. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9358 7. Carefully remove the windshield. 8. Scrape the old adhesive with a utility knife smooth to a thickness of about 2 mm (0.08 in.) on the bonding surface around the entire windshield opening flange: Do not scrape down to the painted surface of the body; damaged paint will interfere with proper bonding. - Remove the rubber dam and fasteners from the body. - Replace the dashboard seal with a new one. 9. Clean the body bonding surface with a sponge dampened in isopropyl alcohol. After cleaning, keep oil, grease and water from getting on the clean surface. 10. If the old windshield will be reinstalled, to scrape off the old adhesive with a putty knife, the fasteners and the rubber dam from the windshield. Clean the inside face and the edge of the windshield with isopropyl alcohol where new adhesive will be applied. Make sure the bonding surface is kept free of water, oil, and grease. 11. Attach the upper rubber dam (A), side rubber dam (B), and clips (C) with adhesive tape to the inside face of the windshield (D) as shown: - Be sure the rubber dam and clips line up with the alignment marks (E). - Be sure the convex portion (F) of the left and right clips toward left. - Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. 12. Attach the molding (A) with adhesive tape (B) to the upper edge of the windshield (C). Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9359 13. Apply primer to the molding (A), then attach the molding upper seal (B) with adhesive tape to the inside surface of the molding as shown. 14. Attach the lower rubber dam (A) with body side adhesive tape to the body as shown. Do not peel the glass side adhesive backing. 15. Set the windshield in the opening, and center it. Make alignment marks (A) across the windshield and body with a grease pencil at the four points shown. Make sure both clips (B) contact with the edge of the body holes. Be careful not to touch the windshield where adhesive will be applied. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9360 16. Remove the windshield. 17. Apply a light coat of glass primer with a sponge around the edge of the windshield (A) between the dams (B) and molding (C) as shown, then lightly wipe it off with gauze or cheesecloth: Apply glass primer to the molding. - Do not apply body primer to the windshield, and do not get body and glass primer sponges mixed up. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. If you do, the adhesive may not bond to the windshield properly, causing a leak after the windshield is installed. - Keep water, dust, and abrasive materials away from primed surfaces. 18. Carefully apply a light coat of body primer with a sponge to any exposed paint or metal around the flange where new adhesive will be applied. Let the primer dry for at least 10 minutes: Do not apply body primer to any remaining original adhesive on the flange. - Be careful not to mix up the body and glass primer sponges. - Never touch the primed surfaces with your hands. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9361 19. Cut a "V" in the end of the nozzle (A) on the adhesive cartridge as shown. 20. Pack adhesive into the cartridge without air pockets to ensure continuous delivery. Put the cartridge in a caulking gun, and run a bead of adhesive (A) around the edge of the windshield (B) between the dams (C) and molding (D) as shown. Apply the adhesive within 30 minutes after applying the glass primer. Make a slightly thicker bead at each corner. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Windows and Glass > Windshield > Component Information > Service and Repair > Page 9362 21. Pull out the glass side adhesive backing away from the lower rubber dam. 22. Hold the windshield using suction cups over the opening, align it with the alignment marks made in step 15, and set it down on the adhesive. Lightly push on the windshield until its edges are fully seated on the adhesive all the way around. NOTE: Do not open or close any of the doors for about an hour until the adhesive is dry. 23. Scrape or wipe the excess adhesive off with a putty knife or towel. To remove adhesive from a painted surface or the windshield, wipe with a soft shop towel dampened with isopropyl alcohol. 24. After the adhesive has dried, spray water over the windshield and check for leaks. Mark the leaking areas, let the windshield dry, then seal with sealant: Let the vehicle stand for at least 4 hours after windshield installation. If the vehicle has to be used within the first 4 hours, it must be driven slowly. - Keep the windshield dry for the first hour after installation. 25. Reinstall all remaining removed parts. NOTE: Advise the customer not to do the following things for 2 to 3 days: - Slam the doors with all the windows rolled up. - Twist the body excessively (such as when going in and out of driveways at an angle or driving over rough, uneven roads). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Relays and Modules - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9372 93. Washer Fluid Level Switch (Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9379 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9380 197. Wiper/Washer Switch Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Sensors and Switches - Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9381 Wiper Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Washer Fluid Level Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9385 93. Washer Fluid Level Switch (Canada) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Hose > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Hose: Service and Repair Washer Tube Replacement 1. Remove the right inner fender. 2. Remove the washer nozzles and clips, then remove the tubes. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Take care not to pinch the washer tube. Check the windshield washer operation. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations Windshield Washer Motor: Locations 175. Behind Right Side Of Front Bumper Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Motor > Component Information > Locations > Page 9392 99. Windshield Washer Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Reservoir > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Reservoir: Service and Repair Washer Reservoir Replacement 1. Remove the right inner fender. 2. Disconnect the 2P connector(s) (A) from the windshield washer motor (B) and the washer fluid level switch". 3. Disconnect the windshield washer tube (C). 4. Remove the bolts (A) and the clip (B), then remove the washer reservoir. 5. Install in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Spray Nozzle > Component Information > Adjustments Windshield Washer Spray Nozzle: Adjustments Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment 4-door Wiper arms stop position 1. When the wiper arms stop at the automatic stop position, confirm that they are at the standard position. a: Position at about 0.9 in. (23 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A) b: Position at about 3.8 in. (96 mm) [4.5 in. (114 mm)] from the top of cowl cover (A) [ ] : '08 model Washer nozzle position 2. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50 % or more of the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles. c: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield d: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield e: Position at about 9.8 in. (250 mm) from the windshield center line (C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Spray Nozzle > Component Information > Adjustments > Page 9399 Windshield Washer Spray Nozzle: Service and Repair Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment 4-door Wiper arms stop position 1. When the wiper arms stop at the automatic stop position, confirm that they are at the standard position. a: Position at about 0.9 in. (23 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A) b: Position at about 3.8 in. (96 mm) [4.5 in. (114 mm)] from the top of cowl cover (A) [ ] : '08 model Washer nozzle position 2. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50 % or more of the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles. c: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield d: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield e: Position at about 9.8 in. (250 mm) from the windshield center line (C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Windshield Washer Switch > Component Information > Service and Repair Windshield Washer Switch: Service and Repair Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement 1. Remove the dashboard lower cover. 2. Remove the steering column covers. 3. Disconnect the dashboard wire harness 8P connector (A) from the wiper/washer switch (B). 4. Remove the two screws, then slide out the wiper/washer switch. 5. Install the switch in the reverse order of removal. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Arm > Component Information > Adjustments Wiper Arm: Adjustments Wiper Arm/Nozzle Adjustment 4-door Wiper arms stop position 1. When the wiper arms stop at the automatic stop position, confirm that they are at the standard position. a: Position at about 0.9 in. (23 mm) from the top of cowl cover (A) b: Position at about 3.8 in. (96 mm) [4.5 in. (114 mm)] from the top of cowl cover (A) [ ] : '08 model Washer nozzle position 2. When you turn on the washers, confirm 50 % or more of the washer fluid lands within the spray area. If the spray area is not within the standard positions, adjust the nozzles. c: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield d: Position at about 7.6 in. (192 mm) from the top of the black ceramic area (B) at the lower windshield e: Position at about 9.8 in. (250 mm) from the windshield center line (C) Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Blade > Component Information > Service and Repair Wiper Blade: Service and Repair Wiper Blade Replacement 4-door ('08 model) 1. Lift the wiper arm off the windshield, raising the driver's side first, then the passenger's side. 2. Pull up the tab (A), and slide the wiper blade (B) until it releases from the wiper arm (C). 3. Find the blade labeled "SET" (A), then release the blade from it. 4. Pull back the end of the blade and slide out the old rubber (B). 5. Install a new rubber in the reverse order of removal. 6. Install the wiper blades onto the windshield wiper arms in the reverse order of removal. 7. Test by turning on the wipers. If the blades slip, turn off the wipers and seat the attachments more firmly. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off Wiper Motor: Customer Interest Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off 09-015 October 9, 2009 Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 2-door - ALL Wipers Do Not Return to the Park Position When Turned Off (Supersedes 09-015, dated March 20, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION, the flat rate time for replacing the wiper motor kit was updated after the operation was reviewed and validated.* SYMPTOM The windshield wipers do not return to the park position when turned off. PROBABLE CAUSE The wiper motor nut became loose allowing the linkage to slip. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install a new wiper motor with a new link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut; torque the new nut to a higher value than the original nut. PARTS INFORMATION Wiper Motor Kit: P/N 76505-SVA-A21, H/C 9186446 (Contains wiper motor, link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 740100 *Flat Rate Time: 0.8 hour* Failed Part: P/N 76505-SVA-A01 H/C 8067050 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03220 Template ID: 09-015A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9417 1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, the nuts, and the windshield wiper arms. 2. Remove the cowl covers. 3. Remove the nine bolts and the under-cowl panel. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor, then remove the six bolts and the wiper linkage assembly. 5. Remove the wiper motor nut, then remove the link with the joint ball seal, the dust seal, and the wiper motor. None of these removed parts will be reused. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9418 6. Before you install the new wiper motor, set it to its park position: ^ Connect the 5P connector to the motor. ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ^ Turn the wiper switch on and then off. ^ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ^ Disconnect the 5P connector from the motor. 7. Install the new wiper motor to the linkage with the new dust seal. Install the new joint ball seal on the link. 8. Position the new link on the wiper motor shaft as shown, then install the new nut, and torque it to 25 N.m (18.4 lb-ft). 9. Install the linkage parallel to the link, with the holes in the link and the rod aligned. 10. Reinstall the wiper linkage, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9419 11. Reinstall the under-cowl panel, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the cowl covers, and replace any damaged clips. 13. Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the wiper switch on and then off to return the wiper shafts to the park position. 14. Reinstall the wiper arms, and torque the wiper arm nuts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 15. Make sure the wiper arms are correctly adjusted. If needed, reposition the arms on their posts. 16. Reinstall the wiper arm caps. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off Wiper Motor: All Technical Service Bulletins Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off 09-015 October 9, 2009 Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 2-door - ALL Wipers Do Not Return to the Park Position When Turned Off (Supersedes 09-015, dated March 20, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION, the flat rate time for replacing the wiper motor kit was updated after the operation was reviewed and validated.* SYMPTOM The windshield wipers do not return to the park position when turned off. PROBABLE CAUSE The wiper motor nut became loose allowing the linkage to slip. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install a new wiper motor with a new link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut; torque the new nut to a higher value than the original nut. PARTS INFORMATION Wiper Motor Kit: P/N 76505-SVA-A21, H/C 9186446 (Contains wiper motor, link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 740100 *Flat Rate Time: 0.8 hour* Failed Part: P/N 76505-SVA-A01 H/C 8067050 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03220 Template ID: 09-015A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9425 1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, the nuts, and the windshield wiper arms. 2. Remove the cowl covers. 3. Remove the nine bolts and the under-cowl panel. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor, then remove the six bolts and the wiper linkage assembly. 5. Remove the wiper motor nut, then remove the link with the joint ball seal, the dust seal, and the wiper motor. None of these removed parts will be reused. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9426 6. Before you install the new wiper motor, set it to its park position: ^ Connect the 5P connector to the motor. ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ^ Turn the wiper switch on and then off. ^ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ^ Disconnect the 5P connector from the motor. 7. Install the new wiper motor to the linkage with the new dust seal. Install the new joint ball seal on the link. 8. Position the new link on the wiper motor shaft as shown, then install the new nut, and torque it to 25 N.m (18.4 lb-ft). 9. Install the linkage parallel to the link, with the holes in the link and the rod aligned. 10. Reinstall the wiper linkage, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9427 11. Reinstall the under-cowl panel, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the cowl covers, and replace any damaged clips. 13. Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the wiper switch on and then off to return the wiper shafts to the park position. 14. Reinstall the wiper arms, and torque the wiper arm nuts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 15. Make sure the wiper arms are correctly adjusted. If needed, reposition the arms on their posts. 16. Reinstall the wiper arm caps. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9428 Wiper Motor: Locations 55. Under Right Side Of Windshield Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Page 9429 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions Wiper Motor: Diagram Information and Instructions Circuit Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9432 Circuit Schematics Each schematic represents one circuit. A circuit's wires and components are arranged to show current flow, from power at the top of the diagram, to ground at the bottom. Shared Circuits Other circuits may share power or ground terminals or wiring with the circuit shown. A wire that connects one circuit to another, for example, is cut short and has an arrowhead at the end of it pointing in the direction of current flow. Next to the arrowhead is the name of the circuit or component which shares that wiring. To quickly check shared wiring, check the operation of a component it serves. If that component works, you know the shared wiring is OK. Connectors Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9433 All in-line and junction connectors are numbered (C725, C416, etc.). Component connectors are not numbered but are identified either by the name of the component if the component only has one connector, or by a capital letter (A, B, C, etc.) if the component has more than one connector. Below most connector numbers and component names are PHOTO and VIEW numbers. The PHOTO number refers to a photo at Vehicle Level Locations that shows the connector's location on the car. The VIEW number refers to an connector view at the Vehicle Level Connector Views that shows the connector terminals, wire colors, connector cavity numbers, and other details. The connector cavity numbering sequence begins at the top left corner of the connector as seen from either of the viewpoints. Except for the DLC (data link connector), disregard any numbers molded into the connector housing. Wires Wires are identified by the abbreviated names of their colors; the second color is the color of the stripe. Wires are also identified by their location in a connector. The number "2" next to the male and female wire terminals at C554, for example, means those terminals join in cavity 2 of connector C554. Power Distribution Schematics Power Distribution Schematics Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9434 Power Distribution schematics show how power is supplied from the positive battery terminal to various circuits in the vehicle. Refer to the Power Distribution Diagram Set to get a more detailed understanding of how power is supplied to the circuit you're working on. Individual circuit schematics begin with a fuse. So if Power Distribution shows that an inoperative circuit and another circuit share a fuse, check a component in the other circuit. If it works, you know the fuse is good and power is available to the inoperative circuit. Ground Distribution Schematics Ground Distribution Schematics This sample Ground Distribution schematic shows all of the components that share the same ground point. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9435 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9436 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9437 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9438 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9439 Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9440 How to Identify Connector Terminals How to Identify Connector Terminals Connector terminals are numbered according to the cavities they are in. The cavities are numbered starting from the upper left, looking at the male terminals from the terminal side or looking at the female terminals from the wire side. Both views are in the same direction so the numbers are the same. All actual cavities are numbered, even if they have no wire terminals in them. NOTE: Data Link Connector (DLC) terminals are numbered according to SAE standard J1962, not the Honda standard. The numbers of the four end terminals are molded into the corners of the connector face. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9441 The connector cavity number is listed next to each terminal on the circuit schematic. The cavity/terminal shown above is #6. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9442 Wiper Motor: Diagnostic Aids How to Replace Connector Terminals HOW TO REPLACE CONNECTOR TERMINALS The terminal repair kits provide necessary tools and materials (terminals, wire seals, and splice connectors) to repair many damaged or faulty connector terminals. However, not all terminals for all connectors are available. Refer to the labels on the lids of the repair kits for replacement terminal availability. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. Before you begin, inspect the wire you are about to repair for damage and length. Make sure the wire will be long enough to make a terminal repair without stretching it when you reinstall the terminal in the connector. If the wire is too short, or if access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair, you may need to install a pigtail terminal (a short length of wire with a factory-crimped terminal on it). Refer to HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS. Removing the Terminal Use the tools from Pin Tool Set. First, check the connector that you are about to repair. - If it has a secondary terminal lock, go to Connectors With a Secondary Lock. A secondary lock, found on most connectors on some models, is an additional locking device on the connector housing as a backup for the primary lock on the terminal. - If the connector does not have a secondary lock, go to Connectors Without a Secondary Lock. Connectors With a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of the secondary terminal locks; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size. Identify the connector by the type of secondary lock, not by the number of terminal cavities. EXAMPLE A: 1. Release the secondary lock. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9443 2. Remove the terminal. 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: 1. Remove the secondary lock from the male terminal half. 2. Remove the secondary lock from the female terminal half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9444 3. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the secondary lock. 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9445 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9446 1. Remove the secondary locks. 2. Remove the terminal (same procedure for male and female). 3. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: 1. Remove the secondary locks. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9447 2. Remove the terminal from the female half. 3. Remove the terminal from the male half. 4. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. Connectors Without a Secondary Lock All examples are shown with the connector lock facing up. The illustrations are examples of connector terminals without a secondary lock; however, the connector you are repairing may vary in size and shape. EXAMPLE A: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE B: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9448 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE C: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE D: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9449 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE E: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE F: Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9450 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. EXAMPLE G: 1. Remove the terminal. 2. Go to HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS. How to Install New Terminals HOW TO INSTALL NEW TERMINALS 1. Carefully match the old terminal with a new one from the terminal repair kit. Choose the correct replacement terminal based on the wire size range the terminal will accommodate. NOTE: If the replacement terminal quantities are low, reorder them by using the terminal part number listed on the inside lid of the terminal repair kit. Replacement terminals are available through your parts department using normal parts ordering procedures. 2. Depending on the size of the wire you are repairing, use the proper size slot in the crimping tool. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9451 3. Strip the insulation off the end of the wire so the wire fits in the new terminal as shown. (If the wire has a wire seal, replace it with a new one from the kit.) NOTE: After stripping the end of the wire, make sure you did not cut any wire strands. If you did, cut the wire off even with the insulation, and strip it again. 4. Position the terminal in the crimping tool slot with the solid portion of the terminal toward the anvil and the open section toward the former. 5. Insert the wire in the terminal to the position shown in step 3. 6. Squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. 7. Crimp the insulation crimp. - If you do not have a wire seal, then use the next larger size crimp slot. Position the crimping tool over the insulation crimp section of the terminal, then squeeze the tool with both hands until the stops make contact. - If you have a wire seal, position the insulation crimp in the 5.5 crimping slot, then carefully squeeze the crimp closed until its ends are touching and making a full-circle shape. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9452 8. Inspect the quality of the wire crimp. If it has any of the following NO GOOD crimps, cut it off and start over. 9. Insert the terminal into the connector. Make sure the wire seals are pushed all the way into the connector. Lightly pull on the wires to make sure the terminal is locked into place. 10. Close or insert the secondary terminal lock, if applicable, and reconnect the connector. How to Install Pigtail Terminals HOW TO INSTALL PIGTAIL TERMINALS Pigtail terminals (short pieces of wire with a factory crimped terminal) are used when the wire is too short or when access to the connector is too restricted to make a terminal repair. NOTE: To replace just a connector terminal, go to How to Replace Connector Terminals. IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION: On some models, the SRS wires are in a separate harness. If the SRS harness is damaged, replace the harness; do not repair it. On other models, wire harnesses include yellow SRS wires. If any SRS wire is damaged, replace the entire harness; do not repair it. 1. Remove the damaged or faulty terminal from the connector. Use the proper removal tool from Pin Tool Set. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9453 2. Cut off the wire about an inch back from where it connects to the damaged or faulty terminal, then strip about half of the insulation off that piece. This will be used to size the wire end of the replacement pigtail terminal. NOTE: If you are not sure of the wire size, start with a large enough hole on the stripper that will not nick or cut off any strands of wires. 3. Select a pigtail terminal that matches the original wire at both ends (same kind of terminal and same diameter bare wire). 4. Select the smallest splice connector (yellow, pink, or blue) that will fit onto the stripped end of the original wire. 5. Insert the pigtail terminal into the connector cavity; push it in until it locks in place. 6. Lay the pigtail and the original wire side-by-side, and cut off both ends at once. If you are making more than one splice, do not cut each pigtail at the same location; the resulting "lump" of splice connectors would interfere with rewrapping the harness. Instead, cut the first pigtail close enough to the terminal so you will have room to make each remaining cut about 20 mm (3/4 inch) farther down on the next pigtail. 7. If you are using a yellow splice connector, strip about 6 mm (1/4 inch) of insulation off the ends of both wires. If you are using a pink or blue splice connector, strip off about 8 mm (5/16 inch) of insulation. NOTE: If you nick or cut off any strands of wire, try again with the next larger size hole on the stripper. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9454 8. Put the splice connector in the proper size slot in the Crimper Tool, slide it to one end (where the flare begins), and close the crimper handles far enough to hold it in place. To release the ratchet mechanism at any point after the first click, squeeze the handles slightly and push the release lever, then let the handles open. 9. Insert one of the bare wires into the splice connector end that is in the crimper jaws. Push the wire all the way into the splice connector, and squeeze the crimper handles. Keep squeezing until the jaws touch, and hold it at that position until the ratchet clicks again. 10. Crimp the other wire in the same way into the other end of the splice connector. 11. After crimping, gently pull on the wires in the opposite directions to make sure they are secure in the connector. 12. Separate the other wires in the harness from the repaired wire(s), and shield them with nonflammable material. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9455 13. Plug in the heat gun, and turn it on. Start at the middle of the splice connector, and move the gun toward the ends as the tube shrinks. Apply heat evenly by rotating the curved heat spreader around the splice connector. Shrinking is complete when a small amount of sealant appears at each end of the tube. NOTE: Be careful when working with the high heat produced by the heat gun. Pigtail Terminal Selection Chart PIGTAIL TERMINAL SELECTION CHART Select the proper size pigtail terminal by matching the replacement terminal part number and the wire size being repaired to the corresponding pigtail terminal part number. Then use the color (size) splice connector listed. In some instances you may also have to match the wire seal style to select the proper pigtail terminal. Pigtail terminals are available through your parts department, in quantities of 10, using normal parts ordering procedures. Checking For Poor Fit Terminals CHECKING FOR POOR FIT OF TERMINALS Loose terminal fit can cause a number of intermittent problems in electrical circuits. By using the Terminal Inspection Feeler Tool Set you can inspect the terminal fit between the two matching connectors without removing the terminals from the connector body. 1. Find the terminal tool that best matches the male terminal in the mating connector. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9456 2. Insert the terminal tool into the female terminal, and then remove the terminal tool. NOTE: Make sure you do not select a terminal tool that is larger than the mating male terminal because it would spread the female terminal and cause a loose fit. 3. Compare the drag to the other terminals in the connector. If the drag is less, replace the terminal with a replacement terminal from the appropriate terminal repair kit. Five-Step Troubleshooting Five-Step Troubleshooting 1. Verify The Complaint Turn on all the components in the problem circuit to check the accuracy of the customer complaint. Note the symptoms. Do not begin disassembly or testing until you have narrowed down the problem area. 2. Analyze The Schematic Look up the schematic for the problem circuit. Determine how the circuit is supposed to work by tracing the current paths from the power source through the circuit components to ground (certain circuits contain a "How the Circuit Works" Diagram set). Also, trace circuits that share wiring with the problem circuit. The names of circuits that share the same fuse, ground, or switch, and so on, are referred to in each circuit schematic. Try to operate any shared circuits you didn't check in step 1. If the shared circuits work, the shared wiring is OK, and the cause must be in the wiring used only by the problem circuit. If several circuits fail at the same time, the fuse or ground is a likely cause. Based on the symptoms and your understanding of the circuit's operation, identify one or more possible causes. 3. Isolate The Problem By Testing The Circuit Make circuit tests to check the diagnosis you made in step 2. Keep in mind that a logical, simple procedure is the key to efficient troubleshooting. Test for the most likely cause of failure first. Try to make tests at points that are easily accessible. 4. Fix The Problem Once the specific problem is identified, make the repair. Be sure to use proper tools and safe procedures. 5. Make Sure The Circuit Works Turn on all components in the repaired circuit in all modes to make sure you've fixed the entire problem. If the problem was a blown fuse, be sure to test all of the circuits on that fuse. Make sure no new problems turn up and the original problem does not recur. Test Equipment Test Equipment CAUTION: Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 1O-megaohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Test Light and DVOM On circuits without solid-state devices, use a test light to check for voltage. A test light is made up of a 12 volt bulb with a pair of leads attached. After grounding one lead, touch the other lead to various points along the circuit where voltage should be present. The bulb will go on if there is voltage at the point being tested. If you need to know how much voltage is present, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). If, in addition, you need to know exactly how much resistance there is between two points, use a digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM). In the "OHMS" range, the DVOM will measure resistance between two points along a circuit. Low resistance means good continuity. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9457 Diodes and solid-state devices in a circuit can make a DVOM give a false reading. To check a reading, reverse the leads, and take a second reading. If the readings differ, the component is affecting the measurement. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Jumper Wire Use a jumper wire to bypass an open circuit. A jumper wire is made up of an in-line fuse holder connected to a set of test leads. It should have a five ampere fuse. Never connect a jumper wire across a short circuit. The direct battery short will blow the fuse. To order any test equipment shown, contact your local tool supplier. For a list of suppliers and tool numbers, refer to Honda Required Special Tools and Equipment Service Bulletin. Troubleshooting Precautions Troubleshooting Precautions Before Troubleshooting 1. Check the main fuse and the fuse box. 2. Check the battery for damage, state of charge, and clean and tight connections. CAUTION: Do not quick-charge a battery unless the battery ground cable has been disconnected, or you will damage the alternator diodes. - Do not attempt to crank the engine with the ground cable disconnected or you will severely damage the wiring. While You're Working 1. Make sure connectors are clean, and have no loose terminals or receptacles. 2. Make sure that connectors without wire seals are packed with dielectric (silicone) grease. Part Number: 08798-9001. 3. When connecting a connector, push it until it "clicks" into place. CAUTION: Do not pull on the wires when disconnecting a connector. Pull only on the connector housings. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9458 - Most circuits include solid-state devices. Test the voltages in these circuits only with a 10-mega ohm or higher impedance digital multimeter. Never use a test light or analog meter on circuits that contain solid-state devices. Damage to the devices may result. Troubleshooting Tests Troubleshooting Tests Testing for Voltage When testing for voltage at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Connect one lead of the test light to a known good ground, or, if you're using a digital volt ohmmeter (DVOM), place it in the appropriate DC volts range, and connect its negative lead to ground. 2. Connect the other lead of the test light or DVOM to the point you want to check. 3. If the test light glows, there is voltage present. If you're using a DVOM, note the voltage reading. It should be within one volt of measured battery voltage. A loss of more than one volt indicates a problem. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Testing for Continuity When testing for continuity at a connector without wire seals, you do not have to separate the two halves of the connector. Instead, probe the connector from the back. Always check both sides of the connector because dirty, corroded, and bent terminals can cause problems (no electrical contact = an open). 1. Disconnect the negative cable from the car battery. If you're using a DVOM, place it in the lowest "OHMS" range. 2. Connect one lead of a self-powered test light or DVOM to one end of the part of the circuit you want to test. 3. Connect the other lead to the other end. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9459 4. If the self-powered test light glows, there is continuity. If you're using a DVOM, a low reading or no reading (zero), means good continuity. Testing for Voltage Drop Wires, connectors, and switches are designed to conduct current with a minimum loss of voltage. A voltage drop of more than one volt indicates a problem. Circuits must be operating when checking voltage drop. 1. Place the digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM) in the appropriate DC volts range. Connect the positive lead to the end of the wire (or to the connector or switch) closest to the battery. 2. Connect the negative lead to the other end of the wire (or the other side of the connector or switch). 3. Turn on the components in the circuit. 4. The DVOM will show the difference in voltage between the two points. A difference, or drop, of more than one volt indicates a problem. Check the circuit for loose, dirty, or bent terminals. Testing for a Short with a Test Light or DVOM 1. Remove the blown fuse and disconnect the load. 2. Connect a test light or digital volt/ohmmeter (DVOM), switched to the appropriate DC volts range, across the fuse terminals to make sure voltage is present. You might have to turn the ignition switch to ON; check the schematic to see. 3. Beginning near the fuse box, wiggle the harness. Continue this at convenient points about six inches apart while watching the test light or DVOM. 4. Where the test light goes off, or the DVOM voltage drops to zero, there is a short to ground in the wiring near that point. NOTE: Always use a DVOM on high impedance circuits. A test light may not glow (even with battery voltage present). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Diagram Information and Instructions > Page 9460 173. Windshield Wiper Motor Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 9461 Wiper Motor: Service and Repair Wiper Motor Replacement 4-door 1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, nuts (A), and the windshield wiper arms (B). 2. Remove the cowl covers (C). 3. Remove the bolts and the under-cowl panel (A). 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor (B), then remove the six bolts and wiper linkage assembly (C). 5. Make sure the mark (A) on the link (B) is aligned with the mark (C) on the windshield wiper linkage (D). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor > Component Information > Diagrams > Page 9462 6. Remove the nut (E), and separate the link and windshield wiper linkage. 7. Remove the three bolts, and separate the windshield wiper linkage from the wiper motor (F). 8. Install in the reverse order of removal, and note these items: - Align the marks of the link and the linkage to install the linkage with the original adjustment. - Apply multipurpose grease to the moving parts. - Before installing the wiper arms, turn the wiper switch ON, then OFF to return the wiper shafts to the park position. - If necessary, replace any damaged clips. 9. After installation, adjust the wiper arms. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off Wiper Motor Linkage: Customer Interest Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off 09-015 October 9, 2009 Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 2-door - ALL Wipers Do Not Return to the Park Position When Turned Off (Supersedes 09-015, dated March 20, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION, the flat rate time for replacing the wiper motor kit was updated after the operation was reviewed and validated.* SYMPTOM The windshield wipers do not return to the park position when turned off. PROBABLE CAUSE The wiper motor nut became loose allowing the linkage to slip. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install a new wiper motor with a new link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut; torque the new nut to a higher value than the original nut. PARTS INFORMATION Wiper Motor Kit: P/N 76505-SVA-A21, H/C 9186446 (Contains wiper motor, link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 740100 *Flat Rate Time: 0.8 hour* Failed Part: P/N 76505-SVA-A01 H/C 8067050 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03220 Template ID: 09-015A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9471 1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, the nuts, and the windshield wiper arms. 2. Remove the cowl covers. 3. Remove the nine bolts and the under-cowl panel. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor, then remove the six bolts and the wiper linkage assembly. 5. Remove the wiper motor nut, then remove the link with the joint ball seal, the dust seal, and the wiper motor. None of these removed parts will be reused. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9472 6. Before you install the new wiper motor, set it to its park position: ^ Connect the 5P connector to the motor. ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ^ Turn the wiper switch on and then off. ^ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ^ Disconnect the 5P connector from the motor. 7. Install the new wiper motor to the linkage with the new dust seal. Install the new joint ball seal on the link. 8. Position the new link on the wiper motor shaft as shown, then install the new nut, and torque it to 25 N.m (18.4 lb-ft). 9. Install the linkage parallel to the link, with the holes in the link and the rod aligned. 10. Reinstall the wiper linkage, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > Customer Interest for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9473 11. Reinstall the under-cowl panel, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the cowl covers, and replace any damaged clips. 13. Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the wiper switch on and then off to return the wiper shafts to the park position. 14. Reinstall the wiper arms, and torque the wiper arm nuts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 15. Make sure the wiper arms are correctly adjusted. If needed, reposition the arms on their posts. 16. Reinstall the wiper arm caps. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off Wiper Motor Linkage: All Technical Service Bulletins Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off 09-015 October 9, 2009 Applies To: 2006-08 Civic 2-door - ALL Wipers Do Not Return to the Park Position When Turned Off (Supersedes 09-015, dated March 20, 2009, to revise the information marked by asterisks) *REVISION SUMMARY Under WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION, the flat rate time for replacing the wiper motor kit was updated after the operation was reviewed and validated.* SYMPTOM The windshield wipers do not return to the park position when turned off. PROBABLE CAUSE The wiper motor nut became loose allowing the linkage to slip. CORRECTIVE ACTION Install a new wiper motor with a new link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut; torque the new nut to a higher value than the original nut. PARTS INFORMATION Wiper Motor Kit: P/N 76505-SVA-A21, H/C 9186446 (Contains wiper motor, link, dust seal, joint ball seal, and shoulder nut.) WARRANTY CLAIM INFORMATION In warranty: The normal warranty applies. Operation Number: 740100 *Flat Rate Time: 0.8 hour* Failed Part: P/N 76505-SVA-A01 H/C 8067050 Defect Code: 03214 Symptom Code: 03220 Template ID: 09-015A Skill Level: Repair Technician Out of warranty: Any repair performed after warranty expiration may be eligible for goodwill consideration by the District Parts and Service Manager or your Zone Office. You must request consideration, and get a decision, before starting work. REPAIR PROCEDURE Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9479 1. Open the hood. Remove the caps, the nuts, and the windshield wiper arms. 2. Remove the cowl covers. 3. Remove the nine bolts and the under-cowl panel. 4. Disconnect the 5P connector from the wiper motor, then remove the six bolts and the wiper linkage assembly. 5. Remove the wiper motor nut, then remove the link with the joint ball seal, the dust seal, and the wiper motor. None of these removed parts will be reused. Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9480 6. Before you install the new wiper motor, set it to its park position: ^ Connect the 5P connector to the motor. ^ Turn the ignition switch to ON (II). ^ Turn the wiper switch on and then off. ^ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0). ^ Disconnect the 5P connector from the motor. 7. Install the new wiper motor to the linkage with the new dust seal. Install the new joint ball seal on the link. 8. Position the new link on the wiper motor shaft as shown, then install the new nut, and torque it to 25 N.m (18.4 lb-ft). 9. Install the linkage parallel to the link, with the holes in the link and the rod aligned. 10. Reinstall the wiper linkage, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Motor Linkage > Component Information > Technical Service Bulletins > All Technical Service Bulletins for Wiper Motor Linkage: > 09-015 > Oct > 09 > Wipers/Washers - Wipers Won't Park When Turned Off > Page 9481 11. Reinstall the under-cowl panel, and torque its bolts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 12. Reinstall the cowl covers, and replace any damaged clips. 13. Before reinstalling the wiper arms, turn the ignition switch to ON (II). Turn the wiper switch on and then off to return the wiper shafts to the park position. 14. Reinstall the wiper arms, and torque the wiper arm nuts to 9.8 N.m (7.2 lb-ft). 15. Make sure the wiper arms are correctly adjusted. If needed, reposition the arms on their posts. 16. Reinstall the wiper arm caps. Disclaimer Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Relay > Component Information > Locations Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations Wiper Switch: Locations 63. In Steering Column Cover Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9488 Wipers/Washers Component Location Index Honda Civic Workshop Manual (L4-1.8L CNG (2008)) Honda Workshop Manuals > Wiper and Washer Systems > Wiper Switch > Component Information > Locations > Page 9489 197. Wiper/Washer Switch